Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout1151 Rinehart Rd 04-2746 New Commercial Bldg��^�, 7 46 , PlEMA411 17"Amwo ;nkk� , ug" F r YPr I -t e v PLANS REVIEWED CITY OF SANFORD OWNERIDEVELOPER DIKEOU REALTY 502 N. HIGHWAY 17-92, SUITE 200 LONGWOOD, FLORIDA 32750 (407) 830-4888 ATTN: DENO DIKEOU ENGINEER CPH ENGINEERS, INC. 500 WEST FULTON STREET POST OFFICE BOX 2808 SANFORD, FLORIDA 32772-2808 (407) 322-6841 ATTN: HOWARD L. WRAY, JR., P.E. SURVEYOR TINKLEPAUGH SURVEYING SERVICES, INC. 1104 EAST ROBINSON STREET ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32801 (407) 422-0957 ATTN: ARTHUR W. TUCKER SOILS CONSULTANT UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES, INC. 3532 MAGGIE BOULEVARD ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32811 (407) 423-0504 ATTN: BRUCE WOLOSHIN ELECTRIC SERVICE FLORIDA POWER AND LIGHT 2626 WEST S.R. 46 SANFORD, FLORIDA 32772 (407) 328-1909 ATTN: SHERRY McCORKELL WATER & SEWER SERVICE CITY OF SANFORD P.O. BOX 1788 SANFORD, FLORIDA 32772 (407) 330-5639 ATTN: ELIZABETH O'REILLY TELEPHONE SERVICE BELLSOUTH TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. 132 COMMERCE WAY SANFORD, FLORIDA 32771 (407) 327-0447 ATTN: MARTIN NOISE NATURAL GAS FLORIDA PUBLIC UTILITIES 830 WEST 6TH STREET SANFORD, FLORIDA 32771 (407) 322-5733 ATTN: JIM McKENNA ENVIRONMENTAL/WETLAND ENVIROSOUTH TECHNOLOGIES, INC. P.O. BOX 7681 L.AKELAND, FLORIDA 33807-7681 (863) 648-2098 ATTN: DAVID M. POE, C.F.E.A. PERMITTING AGENCIES SITE PLAN REVIEW CITY OF SANFO,RD . PLANNING DEPARTMENT 300 NORTH PARK AVENUE SANFORD; FLORIDA 32771 (407) 330-5669 ATTN: RUSS GIBSON STORMWATER CITY OF SANFORD 300 NORTH PARK AVENUE SANFORD, FLORIDA 32771 (407) 330-5671 ATTN: DAVE �ICHARDS ST. JOHN'S RIVER WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT 618 EAST SOUTH STREET ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32801 (407) 897-4300 ATTN: MARGIE COOK SEMINOLE COUNTY PUBLIC WORKS DEPT. STORMWATER OFFICE 520 WEST LAKE MARY BLVD. SANFORD, FLORIDA 32773 (407) 665-5710 ` ATTN: MARK FLOMMERFELT WASTEWATER FDEP - CENTRAL DISTRICT WASTEWATER COLLECTION DIVISION 3319 MAGUIRE BOULEVARD, SUITE 232 ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32803-3767 (407) 893-3315 ATTN: H. LEE MILLER UTILITY CITY OF SANFORD P.O. BOX 1788 SANFORD, FLORIDA 32772 (407) 33075639 ATTN: PAUL MOORE, P.E. SOLID WASTE CITY OF SANFORD P.O. BOX 1788 SANFORD, FLORIDA 32772-1788 (407) 302-9414 ATTN: JO ANN LEGGE WILSON ROAD 0 m S, TW IN LAKE RD. ui w w E STEN w g U 2i w w w SITE 0 w S. OREGON AVE. Q w 0 J 0 m OOD RIDGE RAIL w E 9 o PAOLA ROAD C. 46A o U) V EXIT 51A Q SI ER PINE DR. w o Y _j EAGLE CLAW CT. ui z z—\ � = N z 0 W -r— m � Z TIMACUAN GOLF & COUNTRY CLUB VICINITY MAP SCALE: 1" = 2000' PARCEL I.D. # 32193030000 900000 32193030000 9A0000 32193030000 9E0000 INDEX OF= SHEETS C-1 COVER SHEET C-2 GENERAL NOTES SHEET C-3 ALTA / ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEY C-4 ALTA / ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEY C-5 SITE DIMENSION PLAN C-5A ALTERNATE DRIVEWAY IMPROVEMENTS C-6 GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLAN C-7 COMPOSITEUTILITY PLAN C-8 SECTIONS AND GENERAL DETAILS SHEET C-9 GENERAL DETAILS SHEET C-9A CITY STANDARD DETAILS C-913 CITY STANDARD DETAILS C-9C CITY STANDARD DETAILS L-1 LANDSCAPE PLAN NOTES: 1. ALL NECESSARY INSPECTIONS AND/OR CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY CODES AND/OR UTILITY SERVICE COMPANIES SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO ANNOUNCED BUILDING POSSESSION AND THE FINAL CONNECTION OF SERVICES. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND ARRANGE WITH THE CITY OF SANFORD A PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE. CONTACT BOB WALTER AT (407) 330-5671. Virg p�-.1 �G+ y• , r Fll'al %%Asp Sanford ire rev nt. 1 vatg--�-�'"� Date: FINAL ENGINEERIiVG . N 00 M oc) 00 E O op 0 N 0) M p U Z N N O (1) ,4 C N OM .0 0 M j M � U p � O v p O a) 21 LL•C c `t Q. Q tin T3 X U `o O O .� Q U U -0 0 L 0- CL Q c: 0 A .j (D w Q� .F 0 Il O Z < N cM It U7 r r o o 0 ;c:) r r r r r ELo co Lo Lo Z J Lo Q m z O 6 Z m m m m U O i c» 0 0 (2)Q Ir W W _ Q O W / LQL Woo LL- Z p a< U) U 0) Qc:) U N N � w RECEffiD OZ Ov z o MAR 0 20U�r r c:) ai ai o Z o N cu - w -0 N O (1)fo iL � *NOTICE* THIS SET OF PLANS IS NOT VALID FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES +, WITHOUT BEING STAMPED "APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION BY CPH ENGINEERS, INC.- PLANS WITHOUT THIS STAMP ARE GIVEN FOR AN INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. THE SIZE OF THESE PLANS MAY HAVE BEEN SLIGHTLY ALTERED HOWARD L.1; IRAY, JR., P.E. , BY REPRODUCTION PROCESSES, THIS MUST BE CONSIDERED WHEN 55557.' SCALING ANY REPRODUCED PLANS FOR THE PURPOSE OF COLLECTING DATA.WSW - JAN �� 2 8 2/0011, , i .d 7 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF CONTRACTUAL AGREEMENTS, THIS SET OF DRAWINGS IS DATED JANUARY 25, 2002 . ANY REVISIONS THEREAFTER WILL BE NOTED AND DATED ON THE AFFECTED DRAWING(S). 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN FROM THE OWNER COPIES OF ALL AVAILABLE REGULATORY AGENCY PERMITS AND LOCAL AGENCY PERMITS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ABIDE BY ALL U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA) AND FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION (FDEP) REQUIREMENTS FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL OF STORMWATER DISCHARGE FROM CONSTRUCTION SITES UNDER THE EPA NPDES (NATIONAL POLLUTION DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM) PROGRAM. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING AND SUBMITTING NPDES "NOTICE OF INTENT" (N.O.I.) AND "NOTICE OF TERMINATION" (N.O.T.) NOTICES TO THE EPA AND FDEP. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ONSITE A COPY OF THE WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT AND NPDES PERMITS ISSUED TOGETHER WITH THE INSPECTION REPORTS AND CURRENT PLANS, INCLUDING ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE THE GEOMETRY PROVIDED ON THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. BENCHMARK INFORMATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CONTRACTOR BY THE OWNER OR OWNER'S SURVEYOR. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CONSTRUCTION PLAN INFORMATION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT (6) COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING THE MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION. PRIOR TO SUBMISSION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CHECK SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR COMPLETENESS AND FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONS AND SHALL COORDINATE THE SHOP DRAWINGS WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR OTHER RELATED WORK. THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS AND OMISSIONS IN SUBMITTALS IS NOT RELIEVED BY THE ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER, IN WRITING AT THE TIME OF SUBMISSION, OF DEVIATIONS IN SUBMITTALS FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 4. THE LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ON THE PLANS HAVE BEEN DETERMINED FROM THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE AND ARE GIVEN FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE ENGINEER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR ACCURACY. PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO NOTIFY THE VARIOUS UTILITIES AND TO MAKE THE NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS FOR ANY RELOCATIONS OF THESE UTILITIES WITH THE OWNER OF THE UTILITY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE CAUTION WHEN CROSSING AN UNDERGROUND UTILITY, WHETHER SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR LOCATED BY THE UTILITY COMPANY. ANY UTILITIES, WHETHER SHOWN ON THESE PLANS OR NOT, THAT INTERFERE WITH THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CLOSELY COORDINATED WITH THE ENGINEER AND THE RESPECTIVE UTILITY COMPANY FOR RELOCATION OR PROPER INSTRUCTION. 5. PROTECT BENCHMARKS, PROPERTY CORNERS, AND OTHER SURVEY MONUMENTS FROM DAMAGE OR DISPLACEMENT. IF MARKER NEEDS TO BE REMOVED IT SHALL BE REFERENCED BY LICENSED LAND SURVEYOR AND REPLACED, AS NECESSARY, BY SAME. 6. IN ADDITION TO QUALITY CONTROL TESTING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REQUIRED TESTING OR APPROVALS FOR ANY WORK (OR ANY PART THEREOF) IF LAWS OR REGULATIONS OF ANY PUBLIC BODY HAVING JURISDICTION SPECIFICALLY REQUIRE TESTING, INSPECTIONS OR APPROVAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY ALL COSTS IN CONNECTION THEREWITH AND SHALL FURNISH THE OWNER AND ENGINEER THE REQUIRED CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION, TESTING OR APPROVAL. 7. TESTING RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER/OPERATOR AND THE ENGINEER. ALL TEST RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED (PASSING AND FAILING) ON A REGULAR AND IMMEDIATE BASIS. 8. AS-BUILTS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE ENGINEER THREE WEEKS PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. ALL AS -BUILT DATA SHALL BE PROVIDED BY A FLORIDA LICENSED SURVEYOR, SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED BY THE RESPONSIBLE PARTY. TRAFFIC CONTROL 1. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING A MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC (M.O.T.) PLAN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE M.O.T. PLAN SHALL SHOW ALL PROPOSED TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS, PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND BARRICADES, AND SHALL DETAIL ALL PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING. THE M.O.T. PLAN SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER, OWNER, AND ROADWAY JURISDICTIONAL AGENCY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ALL PROPOSED ROADWAY AND DRIVEWAY LANE CLOSURES SHALL BE RESTRICTED TO THE HOURS BETWEEN 9:00 A.M. AND 4:00 P.M. UNLESS OTHERWISE AUTHORIZED IN THE APPROVED M.O.T. 2. ALL CONSTRUCTION SIGNING AND MARKINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAINED DURING CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH FDOT INDEX NO.600 AND THE MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD). THE PLACEMENT OF THE SIGNING AND MARKINGS SHALL BE APPROVED IN THE FIELD BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. INSPECT TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES ON A DAILY BASIS TO ENSURE PLACEMENT OF BARRICADES AND FUNCTION OF LIGHTS IS MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. 4. CONTACT PROPERTY OWNERS AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE TEMPORARY DRIVEWAY CLOSURES AND SEQUENCING. MAINTAIN ACCESS FORALL PROPERTY OWNERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5. WET UNSTABILIZED AREAS AS NECESSARY TO CONTROL DUST. 6. ADJUST TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AS REQUIRED UNDER EMERGENCY CONDITIONS. 7. THE CONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO COORDINATE ITS ACTIVITIES WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS WHO MAY BE WORKING IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY. 8. WHEN WORK OCCURS WITHIN 15-FT OF ACTIVE ROAD TRAVEL LANES BUT NO CLOSER THAN 2-FT FROM THE EDGE OF PAVEMENT, SIGNAGE AND WARNING DEVICES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FDOT INDEX NO.600 AND 602. 9. TYPE I OR TYPE 11 BARRICADES AT 20-FT CENTERS SHALL BE PLACED AND MAINTAINED ALONG THE EDGE OF THE ROAD WHEREVER DROP-OFFS OR OTHER HAZARDS EXIST AND TO BLOCK ENTRANCE INTO COMPLETED OR PARTIALLY COMPLETED PAVEMENTS UNTIL SUCH PAVEMENTS ARE OPEN TO PUBLIC USE. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS 1. EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL MEASURES ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. SEDIMENT CONTROL CONSISTS OF SILT FENCING, HAY BALES, AND FLOATING TURBIDITY BARRIERS PER FDOT INDEX NO. 102 AND 103. EROSION CONTROL CONSISTS OF SEEDING AND MULCHING SODDING, N IN , WETTING SURFACES, PLACEMENT OF COARSE AGGREGATE, TEMPORARY PAVING. 2. INSPECT EVERY TWO WEEKS OR WITHIN 24 HRS. OF ANY EVENT GR EATER THAN 0.5 INCHES OF RAIN WITHIN A 24 HR. PERIOD DURING CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE ANY SEDIMENT BUILD-UP. REPAIR AND REINSTALL ANY DAMAGED OR MISSING SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES. INSTALL ADDITIONAL MEASURES IF INSPECTION REVEALS ADDITIONAL SEDIMENTATION CONTROL TR IS NECESSARY. Y. 3. ESTABLISH EROSION CONTROL MEASURES WITHIN 48 HOURS OF THE COMPLETION OF ANY CLEARING, TRENCHING, AND GRADING ACTIVITIES. 4. AREAS TO BE PAVED SHALL BE TREATED WITH A BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT AND SANDED TO MINIMIZE EROSION, WHERE PAVING IS SCHEDULED TO OCCUR MORE THAN 48 HOURS AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF BASE COURSE. AREAS TO RECEIVE CONCRETE PAVING SHALL BE EITHER PROTECTED WITH A LAYER OF FDOT COARSE AGGREGATE MATERIAL OR SHALL BE PAVED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE SUBGRADE. SITE PREPARATION 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE OWNER OR ENGINEER, THE CONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO CONTAIN ALL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WITHIN THE PROPERTY, RIGHT-OF-WAY, AND EASEMENTS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. AT NO TIME SHALL THE CONTRACTOR DISTURB SURROUNDING PROPERTIES OR TRAVEL ON SURROUNDING PROPERTIES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT FROM THE PROPERTY OWNER. ANY REPAIR OR RECONSTRUCTION OF DAMAGED AREAS IN SURROUNDING PROPERTIES SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR ON AN IMMEDIATE BASIS. ALL COSTS FOR REPAIRS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND NO EXTRA COMPENSATION SHALL BE PROVIDED. 2. STAKE OUT THE CONSTRUCTION, ESTABLISH LINES AND LEVELS, TEMPORARY BENCH MARKS, BATTER BOARDS, CENTERLINES AND REFERENCE POINTS FOR THE WORK, AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS RELATING TO INTERCONNECTION WITH EXISTING FEATURES. REPORT ANY INCONSISTENCIES IN THE PROPOSED GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS, DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS TO THE ENGINEER BEFORE COMMENCING WORK. 3. PROTECT ALL TREES AND SHRUBS LOCATED OUTSIDE THE RIGHT-OF-WAY, EASEMENTS, AND OWNER SECURED PROPERTY, PARTICULARLY THOSE TREES AND SHRUBS LOCATED ADJACENT TO WORK AREAS. 4. WITHIN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY, EASEMENTS, AND OWNER SECURED PROPERTY, THE INTENT IS TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING LANDSCAPING AND REPLACE PER THE NEW PLAN. 5. TREES TO REMAIN IN THE NON CONSTRUCTION AREA SHALL BE BOXED, FENCED OR OTHERWISE PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS ON THE DRAWINGS. DO NOT PERMIT HEAVY EQUIPMENT OR STOCKPILES WITHIN BRANCH SPREAD 6. AREAS TO RECEIVE CLEARING AND GRUBBING SHALL INCLUDE ALL AREAS TO BE OCCUPIED BY THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, AREAS FOR FILL AND SITE GRADING, AND BORROW SITES. REMOVE TREES OUTSIDE OF THESE AREAS ONLY AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER. 7. CLEARING SHALL CONSIST OF REMOVING TREES AND BRUSH AND DISPOSAL OF OTHER MATERIALS THAT ENCROACH UPON OR OTHERWISE OBSTRUCT THE WORK. 8. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE DURING THE CLEARING AND GRUBBING OPERATIONS. DO NOT DAMAGE EXISTING STRUCTURES, PIPES OR UTILITIES. 9. GRUBBING SHALL CONSIST OF REMOVING AND DISPOSING OF STUMPS, ROOTS LARGER THAN 2" IN DIAMETER, AND MATTED ROOTS. REMOVE TO A DEPTH OF NOT LESS THAN 18" BELOW THE ORIGINAL SURFACE LEVEL OF THE GROUND. 10. ALL COMBUSTIBLE DEBRIS AND REFUSE FROM SITE PREPARATION OPERATIONS SHALL BE REMOVED TO LEGAL OFF -SITE DISPOSAL AREAS. 11. ALL NON-COMBUSTIBLE DEBRIS (NOT INCLUDING ACCEPTABLE FILL MATERIAL, FENCES, OR OTHER STRUCTURES), RESULTING FROM SITE PREPARATION OPERATIONS SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED TO LEGAL OFF -SITE DISPOSAL AREAS. DEWATERING 1. DESIGN AND PROVIDE DEWATERING SYSTEM USING ACCEPTED AND PROFESSIONAL METHODS CONSISTENT WITH CURRENT INDUSTRY PRACTICE. PROVIDE DEWATERING SYSTEM OF SUFFICIENT SIZE AND CAPACITY TO CONTROL GROUNDWATER IN A MANNER THAT PRESERVES STRENGTH OF FOUNDATION SOILS, DOES NOT CAUSE INSTABILITY OR RAVELING OF EXCAVATION SLOPES, AND DOES NOT RESULT IN DAMAGE TO EXISTING STRUCTURES. WHERE NECESSARY TO THESE PURPOSES, LOWER WATER LEVEL IN ADVANCE OF EXCAVATION, UTILIZING WELLS, WELLPOINTS, OR SIMILAR POSITIVE METHODS. THE WATER LEVEL AS MEASURED BY PIEZOMETERS SHALL BE MAINTAINED A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET BELOW PREVAILING EXCAVATION LEVEL. 2. CONTROL, BY ACCEPTABLE MEANS, ALL WATER REGARDLESS OF SOURCE AND BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR DISPOSAL OF THE WATER. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR ANY SUPPLEMENTAL MEASURES TO CONTROL SEEPAGE, GROUNDWATER, OR ARTESIAN HEAD. 3. OPEN PUMPING WITH SUMPS AND DITCHES SHALL BE ALLOWED, PROVIDED IT DOES NOT RESULT IN BOILS, LOSS OF FINES, SOFTENING OF THE GROUND, OR INSTABILITY OF SLOPES. SUMPS SHALL BE LOCATED OUTSIDE OF LOAD BEARING AREAS SO THE BEARING SURFACES WILL NOT BE DISTURBED. WATER CONTAINING SILT IN SUSPENSION SHALL NOT BE PUMPED INTO SEWER LINES OR ADJACENT STREAMS. DURING NORMAL PUMPING, AND UPON DEVELOPMENT OF WELL(S), LEVELS OF FINE SAND OR SILT IN THE DISCHARGE WATER SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 PPM. 4. IF DEWATERING EQUIPMENT NEEDED EXCEEDS ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: 1) 6" PUMP VOLUTE; 2) 100,000 GPD TOTAL 24 HOUR (1 DAY) DEWATERING, AND; 3) 1.000,000 GPD PUMP CAPACITY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PERMIT THE DEWATERING SYSTEM WITH THE WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT. 5. CONTINUOUSLY MAINTAIN EXCAVATIONS IN A DRY CONDITION WITH POSITIVE DEWATERING METHODS DURING PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE, INSTALLATION OF PIPE, AND CONSTRUCTION OF STRUCTURES UNTIL THE CRITICAL PERIOD OF CONSTRUCTION AND/OR BACKFILL IS COMPLETED TO PREVENT DAMAGE OF SUBGRADE SUPPORT, PIPING, STRUCTURE, SIDE SLOPES, OR ADJACENT FACILITIES FROM FLOTATION OR OTHER HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE IMBALANCE. GRADING 1. GRADING SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE PROVIDED TO THE CONTRACTOR TO EXPRESS THE GENERAL GRADING INTENT OF THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE EXPECTED TO GRADE THE ENTIRE SITE TO PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE IN ALL AREAS THROUGHOUT THE SITE. SMOOTH TRANSITIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN CONTOURS OR SPOT ELEVATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS TO ACCOMPLISH THE GRADING INTENT. ALL SLOPES SHALL BE STABILIZED IMMEDIATELY AFTER FINAL GRADING HAS BEEN COMPLETED. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO DEMOBILIZATION OF GRADING EQUIPMENT TO DETERMINE THAT THE GRADING INTENT HAS BEEN ACHIEVED. 2. ALL PAVING SURFACES INTERSECTIONS N I AND ADJACENT SECTIONS SHALL BE GRADED TO DRAIN POSITIVELY AND TO PROVIDE A SMOOTHLY TRANSI TIONED DRIVING SURFACE FOR VEHICLES WITH NO SHARP BREAKS IN GRADE, AND NO UNUSUALLY STEEP OR REVERSE CROSS SLOPES. THE STANDARD CROWN MAY HAVE TO BE CHANGED IN ORDER TO DRAIN POSITIVELY IN THE AREA OF INTERSECTIONS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ACCOMPLISH THE ABOVE AND THE ENGINEER SHALL BE CONSULTED SO THAT HE MAY MAKE ANY AND ALL REQUIRED INTERPRETATIONS OF THE PLANS OR GIVE SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT OF THE PLANS. 3. UNIFORMLY SMOOTH GRADE THE SITE. DEPRESSIONS FROM SETTLEMENT SHALL BE FILLED AND COMPACTED. TOPS OF EMBANKMENTS AND BREAKS IN GRADE SHALL BE ROUNDED. FINISHED SURFACES SHALL BE REASONABLY SMOOTH, COMPACTED, FREE FROM IRREGULAR SURFACE CHANGES AND COMPARABLE TO THE SMOOTHNESS OBTAINED BY BLADE -GRADER OPERATIONS. 4. SLOPE GRADES TO DRAIN AWAY FROM STRUCTURES AT A MINIMUM OF 1/4" INCH PER FOOT FOR 10 FEET. FINISHED SURFACES ADJACENT TO PAVED AREAS AND WITHIN 10 FEET OF STRUCTURES SHALL BE WITHIN 1 INCH OF THE PROPOSED GRADE. ALL OTHER AREAS SHALL BE WITHIN 3 INCHES T N HES OF THE PROPOSED GRADE. 5. NEWLY GRADED AREAS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM TRAFFIC AND EROSION. ALL SETTLEMENT OR WASHING AWAY THAT MAY OCCUR FROM ANY CAUSE PRIOR TO SEEDING OR ACCEPTANCE SHALL BE REPAIRED AND GRADES RE-ESTABLISHED TO THE REQUIRED ELEVATIONS AND SLOPES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND FILL 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RECOGNIZE AND ABIDE BY ALL OSHA EXCAVATION SAFETY STANDARDS, INCLUDING THE FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT (FS 553.60-553.64). ANY MATERIAL, CONSTRUCTION METHODS, OR MATERIAL COST TO COMPLY WITH THESE LAWS SHALL BE INCIDENTAL TO THE CONTRACT. 2. ROUGH EXCAVATE AND GRADE ANY PROPOSED STORMWATER PONDS AT THE START OF SITE GRADING ACTIVITIES. DIRECT SITE RUNOFF TO THE PONDS TO MINIMIZE RUNOFF TO OFFSITE AREAS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER AND ENGINEER RETENTION POND AS-BUILTS, INCLUDING TOP, WHERE SLOPE CHANGES AND BOTTOM ELEVATIONS MEASURED AT A MINIMUM OF SIX LOCATIONS ALONG EACH POND, POND LENGTH AND WIDTH DIMENSIONS, AND CONTROL STRUCTURE DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS. 4. FIELD DENSITY TESTING FREQUENCIES: A) ONE TEST FOR EACH 10,000 SQUARE FEET OR FRACTION THEREOF PER LIFT OF GENERAL BACKFILLING, MINIMUM 2 TESTS EACH LAYER; B) ONE TEST FOR EACH 100 SQUARE FEET OR FRACTION THEREOF OF BACKFILL AROUND AND UNDER C STRUCTURES; ES R ) ONE T FOR EACH 300 LINEAL FEET OR FRACTION THEREOF PER LIFT OF GENERAL BACKFILLING IN THE PIPELINE TRENCH; D) ONE TEST PER LIFT PER EACH CHANGE IN TYPE OF FILL; E) ONE TEST PER 1000 SQUARE FEET OF PAVEMENT SUBGRADE, MINIMUM OF 2 TESTS. 5. IT IS INTENDED THAT PREVIOUSLY EXCAVATED MATERIALS CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS BE UTILIZED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. A. ACCEPTABLEMATERIALS: AASHTO, M145 CL ASSIFICATION A 1, A-3, A-2-4, A-2-6; ASTM D2487 CLASSIFICATION GW, GP, GM, SM, SW, SP; UNLESS OTHERWISE DISAPPROVED WITHIN THE SOIL AND SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION REPORTS. NO MORE THAN 12% OF ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS SHALL PASS THE NUMBER 200 SIEVE. B. UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS: AASHTO M145 CLASSIFICATION A-2-5, A-2-7, A4, A-5, A-6, A-7, A-8; ASTM D2487 CLASSIFICATION GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, PT; UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED WITHIN THE SOIL AND SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION REPORTS. 6. PROVIDE BARRIERS, WARNING LIGHTS AND OTHER PROTECTIVE DEVICES AT ALL EXCAVATIONS. 7. SIDEWALKS, ROADS, STREETS, AND PAVEMENTS SHALL NOT BE BLOCKED OR OBSTRUCTED BY EXCAVATED MATERIALS, EXCEPT AS AUTHORIZED BY THE ENGINEER, IN WHICH CASE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY PROVISIONS MUST BE MADE FOR SATISFACTORY TEMPORARY PASSAGE OF PEDESTRIANS, AND VEHICLES. MINIMIZE INCONVENIENCE TO PUBLIC TRAVEL OR TO TENANTS OCCUPYING ADJOINING PROPERTY. 8. FURNISH, INSTALL, AND MAINTAIN, WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION, SHEETING, BRACING, AND SHORING SUPPORT REQUIRED TO KEEP EXCAVATIONS WITHIN THE PROPERTY OR EASEMENTS PROVIDED, TO SUPPORT THE SIDES OF THE EXCAVATION, AND TO PREVENT ANY MOVEMENT WHICH MAY DAMAGE ADJACENT PAVEMENTS OR STRUCTURES, DAMAGE OR DELAY THE WORK, OR ENDANGER LIFE AND HEALTH. VOIDS OUTSIDE THE SUPPORTS SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY D I FILLED AND COMPACTED. 9. ALL SUITABLE MATERIALS REMOVED FROM EXCAVATION AREAS SHALL BE USED FOR THE PROJECT. EXCESS EXCAVATED SUITABLE MATERIAL SHALL BE STOCKPILED ON SITE AT A LOCATION OF THE OWNER'S CHOOSING, AND SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 10. UNSUITABLE MATERIALS WITHIN THE INFLUENCE AREA OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE EXCAVATED, REMOVED FROM THE SITE, AND DISPOSED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 11. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, EXCAVATE FOR PRESSURE PIPING SO TOP OF PIPING IS MINIMUM 3 FEET BELOW FINISHED GRADE. 12. IF MORE THAN ONE PIPE IS TO BE INSTALLED IN A TRENCH, THE PIPES SHALL BE SPACED A MINIMUM OF ONE FOOT APART FOR PIPES 4 INCHES AND LARGER. 13. IF PORTIONS OF THE BOTTOM OF TRENCHES OR EXCAVATIONS CONSIST OF MATERIAL UNSTABLE TO SUCH A DEGREE THAT, IN THE OPINION OF THE ENGINEER, IT CANNOT ADEQUATELY SUPPORT THE PIPE OR STRUCTURE, THE BOTTOM SHALL BE OVER EXCAVATED AND STABILIZED WITH APPROVED COARSE GRANULAR STABILIZATION MATERIAL. DEPTH OF STABILIZATION SHALL BE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 14. EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE KEPT DRY, COMPACTED, AND STABLE TO A DEPTH TWO FEET BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE EXCAVATION OR TRENCH. 15. ALL FILL MATERIAL SHALL BE SUITABLE SOILS OR DIGGABLE FLOWABLE FILL. FILL PLACED WITHIN 1 FOOT OF STRUCTURES OR PIPING SHALL NOT CONTAIN ROCK OR STONE LARGER THAN 2 INCH DIAMETER. IF A SUFFICIENT QUANTITY OF SUITABLE MATERIAL IS NOT AVAILABLE FROM OTHER EXCAVATIONS WITHIN THE SITE, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUITABLE MATERIAL. .16. FILL WITHIN THE INFLUENCE AREA OF ROADWAYS, STRUCTURES, FOUNDATIONS, OR SLABS, SHALL BE PLACED IN LAYERS OF 8 INCH LOOSE DEPTH. IN ALL OTHER AREAS, PLACE FILL IN LAYERS OF 12 INCH LOOSE DEPTH. 17. VIBRATORY COMPACTION IS NOT ALLOWED WITHIN 100 FEET OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. IN THESE AREAS, COMPACTION SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY STATIC MEANS ONLY. 18. MINIMUM DENSITY REQUIREMENT (ASTM D1557 OR AASHTO T180) IS: A) FILL UNDER AND WITHIN THE INFLUENCE AREA OF ROADWAYS, STRUCTURES, SLABS, FOUNDATIONS = 98%; B) POND AND ROAD EMBANKMENT FILL = 95%; C) LANDSCAPE AREAS = 85%; D) ALL OTHER AREAS = 90%. WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1. THE ENTITIES THAT WILL OPERATE AND MAINTAIN THE WATER SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS DIKEOU REALTY, INC. FOR THE WATER MAIN ON LOT 2 AND THE CITY OF SANFORD FOR THE WATER MAIN IN THE RIGHT OF WAY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THESE ENTITIES. 2. ALL WATER PIPE SHALL BE EITHER DUCTILE IRON OR PVC, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. BURIED DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL CONFORM WITH ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 AND C151/ A21.51, AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 150 PSI. BURIED PIPE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASS (PC) DESIGNATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS: A) 12" DIAMETER AND SMALLER = PC 350; B) 14" THROUGH 20" DIAMETER = PC 250; C) 24" THROUGH 64" DIAMETER = PC 200. 4. EXPOSED PIPE SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON FLANGED AND SHALL CONFORM WITH AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 150 PSI. FLANGED PIPE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING THICKNESS CLASS (TC) DESIGNATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS: A) 3" DIAMETER AND SMALLER = TC 55; B) 4" DIAMETER = TC 54; C) W THROUGH 24" DIAMETER = TC 53. 5. DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS WITHIN 10 FEET OF GAS MAINS SHALL HAVE AN 8-MIL POLYETHYLENE WRAP IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSUASTM D1248. 6. PVC PIPE 4" - 12" SHALL CONFORM TO AWWA C900. PIPE 14"- 36" SHALL CONFORM TO AWWA C905. PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D1784, TYPE I, GRADE I, 4000 PSI DESIGN STRESS, AND SHALL BE NATIONAL SANITATION FEDERATION (NSF) APPROVED. PIPE SHALL BE CLASS 150 (DR18) WITH MARKINGS ON EACH SECTION SHOWING CONFORMANCE TO THE ABOVE SPECIFICATIONS. JOINTS SHALL BE RUBBER GASKETED CONFORMING TO AWWA C900 OR C905 THE BELL SHALL BE INTEGRAL WITH THE PIPE AND OF EQUAL OR GREATER PRESSURE RATING. THE BELL OF PIPE AND FITTINGS USING PUSH -ON JOINTS SHALL HAVE AN INTEGRAL GROOVE TO RETAIN THE GASKET IN PLACE. 7. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED OF DUCTILE IRON, CONFORMING TO ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 OR ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53. ALL FULL BODY (C110/A21.10) FITTINGS SHALL BE PRESSURE RATED TO 250 PSI, MINIMUM. ALL COMPACT FITTINGS (C153/A21.53) SHALL BE PRESSURE RATED TO 350 PSI, MINIMUM. 8. ALL DUCTILE IRON R N PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE LINED AND COATED. INTERIOR LINING SHALL BE STANDARD THICKNESS ANSI A21.4 CEMENT MORTAR LINING AND BITUMINOUS SEAL COAT. EXTERIOR COATING FOR BURIED PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL HAVE AN ANSI A21.51 OR A21.10 BITUMINOUS COATING. EXTERIOR COATING OF EXPOSED PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE FACTORY APPLIED RUST INHIBITING EPDXY PRIMER, MINIMUM 3 MILS DRY FILM THICKNESS. AFTER INSTALLATION, EXTERIOR SURFACES SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS TNEMEC SERIES 2 TNEME-GLOSS, GLIDDEN LIFE MASTER PRO HIGH PERFORMANCE ACRYLIC NO.6900 SERIES, OR EQUAL, AT MINIMUM 4 MILS DRY FILM THICKNESS PER COAT. PAINT COLOR TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. 9. MECHANICAL AND PUSH ON JOINTS FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE RUBBER GASKETED, CONFORMING TO ANSUAWWA C111/A21.11. LUBRICANTS OTHER THAN THAT FURNISHED BY THE PIPE MANUFACTURER WITH THE PIPE SHALL NOT BE USED. 10. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE RESTRAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIPRA, "THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGNED FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE". PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED UPSTREAM AND DOWNSTREAM OF FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS OR THE TABLE SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. DUCTILE IRON RESTRAINED JOINTS SHALL BE AMERICAN FAST GRIP GASKET, FLEX -RING, FIELD FLEX RING, LOK-RING, US PIPE TR-FLEX, EBAA MEGALUG, OR EQUAL. PVC PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED USING MECHANICAL DEVICES, UNI-FLANGE BLOCK BUSTER SERIES 1350 OR ENGINEER APPROVED EQUAL. 11. ALL SERVICE PIPING (1" -3") SHALL BE POLYETHYLENE. SDR-PR PE PIPE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM PE3408 AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D2239 AND ANSI/AWWA C901. ALL PIPE SHALL BE DR9, PRESSURE CLASS 200 PSI. PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE NSF APPROVED FOR THE USAGE TO WHICH THEY ARE TO BE APPLIED. JOINTS IN SDR-PR PE PIPE SHALL BE BUTT HEAT FUSION OR SOCKET HEAT FUSION TYPE. FITTINGS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED OF THE SAME MATERIAL AS THE PIPE AND SHALL BE OF THE SAME SDR OR LESS. PROVIDE ADAPTERS AS REQUIRED TO JOIN PE PIPE TO PIPE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT OF OTHER MATERIALS. 12. ALL SERVICE SADDLES SHALL CONSIST OF DUCTILE IRON BODIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A536, WITH DOUBLE STAINLESS STEEL STRAPS, BOLTS, WASHERS AND NUTS. STAINLESS STEEL TO BE TYPE 304. NUTS TO BE TEFLON COATED. DUCTILE IRON BODY TO BE FUSION BONDED NYLON COATING, MINIMUM THICKNESS 12 MILS. OUTLET OF SADDLE TO HAVE NPT THREADS. 13. ALL SERVICES SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: CURB STOPS, UNIONS AS REQUIRED, CORPORATION STOPS. CONFORMANCE WITH AWWA C800 AND C901 IS REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CUT "W" IN THE TOP CURB OF EACH WATER SERVICE AND A "V" AT ALL VALVE LOCATIONS. CUT W'S AND V'S SHALL BE HIGHLIGHTED WITH BLUE PAINT. 14. THE OWNER SHALL OR PAY A F THE WATER METER AND THE UTILITY COMPANY SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATER METERS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT WATER SERVICE TO THE CORPORATION STOP. 15. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR SPECIFIED, ALL VALVES TWO INCHES AND SMALLER SHALL BE ALL BRASS OR BRONZE; VALVES OVER TWO INCHES SHALL BE IRON BODY, FULLY BRONZE OR BRONZE MOUNTED. 16. VALVES 4 INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE LINED AND COATED. INTERIOR OF VALVES SHALL BE COATED WITH &RUST INHIBITING EPDXY PRIMER, FOLLOWED BY A COAL TAR EPDXY, TOTAL MINIMUM DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 16 MILS, APPLIED AT THE FACTORY. EXTERIOR COATING ON BURIED VALVES SHALL BE RUST INHIBITING EPDXY PRIMER, FOLLOWED BY A COAL TAR EPDXY, TOTAL MINIMUM DRY FILM THICKNESS OF 16 MILS, APPLIED AT THE FACTORY. EXTERIOR COATING OF EXPOSED VALVES SHALL BE FACTORY APPLIED RUST INHIBITING EPDXY PRIMER, MINIMUM 3 MILS DRY FILM THICKNESS. AFTER INSTALLATION, EXTERIOR SURFACES SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS TNEMEC SERIES 2 TNEME-GLOSS, GLIDDEN LIFE MASTER PRO HIGH PERFORMANCE ACRYLIC NO.6900 SERIES, OR EQUAL, AT 4 MILS MINIMUM DRY FILM THICKNESS PER COAT. PAINT COLOR TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. 17. ALL VALVES 12" AND SMALLER SHALL BE GATE VALVES UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. GATE VALVES 3 INCHES TO 12 INCHES SHALL CONFORM TO AWWA C509. THE VALVES SHALL BE IRON BODY, CAST IRON FULLY ENCAPSULATED MOLDED RUBBER WEDGE COMPLYING WITH ASTM D2000, NON -RISING STEM WITH O-RING SEALS. VALVES SHALL OPEN COUNTERCLOCKWISE. 18. TAPPING VALVES AND SLEEVES SHALL BE APPROVED AWWA TYPE OF THE SIZE REQUIRED. VALVES SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF AWWA C509. 19. VALVE SEATS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY RETAINED, AND MAY BE INSTALLED ON EITHER THE BODY OR DISC. O- G I RIN SEATS ON VALVE DISCS AR E UNACCEPTABLE. SEATS FOR VALVES 14" DIAMETER AND LARGER SHALL BE FULLY FIELD REPLACEABLE WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIAL TOOLS. OPERATORS OF THE ENCLOSED TRAVELING -NUT TYPE SHALL BE PROVIDED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 20. ALL BURIED VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ADJUSTABLE VALVE BOXES APPROXIMATELY 5 INCHES IN DIAMETER WITH A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 3/16 INCH CAST IRON. BOXES SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO OPERATE ALL VALVES BURIED IN THE GROUND, CONSISTING OF BASE, CENTER SECTION, AND TOP SECTION WITH COVER. VALVE BOXES LOCATED IN UNPAVED AREAS SHALL BE SLIP TYPE DESIGN TO PERMIT MOVEMENT OF THE TOP SECTION WITHOUT TRANSMITTING FORCES ONTO THE VALVE BODY. VALVE BOXES CAST INTO CONCRETE OR ASPHALT SURFACING SHALL HAVE BRASS COVERS. ALL VALVE BOX COVERS SHALL BE INTERNALLY CHAINED TO VALVE BOXES WITH AN APPROXIMATELY 18 INCH GALVANIZED CHAIN. VALVE BOX COVERS SHALL BE CAST WITH THE INSCRIPTION 'WATER". 21. HYDRANTS SHALL CONFORM TO AWWA C502 AND SHALL BE FURNISHED COMPLETE WITH WRENCH AND OTHER APPURTENANCES. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AWWA C 502 AND TESTS LISTED THEREIN WILL T TH R IN W L BE REQUIRED. 22. ALL HYDRANTS SHALL BE OF BREAKABLE TYPE, WITH THE BREAKABLE SECTION LOCATED SLIGHTLY ABOVE THE FINISH GROUND LINE. HYDRANTS SHALL CONTAIN TWO -TWO AND A HALF INCH (2-1/2") HOSE CONNECTIONS AND ONE -FOUR AND A HALF INCH (4-10) STEAMER CONNECTIONS WITH NATIONAL STANDARD FIRE HOSE COUPLING SCREW THREADS, FIVE AND ONE QUARTER INCH (5-1/4") VALVE OPENING, SIX INCH (6") DIAMETER MECHANICAL JOINT INLET, ONE AND ONE-HALF INCH (1-1/2") PENTAGON OPERATING NUT. THE HYDRANTS SHALL OPEN COUNTERCLOCKWISE. 23. ALL HYDRANTS SHALL BE PAINTED IN AN APPROVED MANNER WITH THE PRIMER PAINT BEING KOPPER'S "GLAMORTEX" NO.622 RUST PRIMER AND THE FINISH PAINT SHALL BE TWO COATS OF ENAMEL OR SPECIAL COATING TO COLOR AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. 24. BLUE PAVEMENT REFLECTORS (CAT EYES) SHALL BE PLACED IN THE CENTERLINE OF THE DRIVING LANE DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF ALL FIRE HYDRANTS. THERE SHALL BE NO TREES, SHRUBS, OR LANDSCAPING PLANTED AROUND THE FIRE HYDRANTS OR IN AREAS DESIGNATED AS FIRE LANES. 25. PVC PIPE SHALL BE COLOR CODED BLUE FOR WATER MAINS STENCILED "WATER LINE", (2" LETTERING ON TWO SIDES OF THE PIPE IN AT LEAST THREE AREAS PER SECTION). 26. INSTALL IDENTIFICATION TAPE ALONG ALL DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND PVC PIPE, MINIMUM THICKNESS 4 MILS, WIDTH 6 INCHES, LETTER SIZE 1 INCH. TAPE COLOR AND LETTERING SHALL BE BLACK PRINTING ON BLUE BACKGROUND FOR WATER MAINS, PLACE TAPE AS FOLLOWS: 2"- 8" PIPE - CENTER ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE; 10" - 18" PIPE - PLACE ALONG BOTH SIDES OF THE TOP HALF OF PIPE; 20" PIPE AND LARGER - PLACE ON BOTH SIDES OF TOP HALF OF PIPE WITH A THIRD STRIP CENTERED ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE. 27. INSTALL WARNING TAPE ALONG ALL PIPELINES. TAPE SHALL BE 6-INCH WIDE VINYL CONTINUOUS TAPE. TAPE SHALL BE COLORED BLUE FOR WATER MAINS. CODED AND WORDED "CAUTION: WATER MAIN BURIED BELOW". 28. INSTALL LOCATING WIRE ALONG ALL PVC PIPELINES. WIRE SHALL BE COLOR -CODED 14 GAUGE CONTINUOUS INSULATED WIRE. COLOR CODING SHALL BE SIMILAR TO WARNING TAPE COLORS. INSTALL LOCATOR WIRE ALONG ALL PRESSURIZED PIPELINES 2" AND LARGER. LOOP WIRE INTO ALL VALVE BOXES. LOOPING TO OCCUR EVERY 600 FEET MINIMUM. WHERE THERE ARE NO VALVE BOXES TO ALLOW LOOPING, PROVIDE ACCESS BOXES PER CITY REQUIREMENTS. 29. ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTION SHALL BE MADE WITH FITTINGS OR APPROVED JOINT DEFLECTION. BENDING OF PIPE, EXCEPT COPPER, IS PROHIBITED. JOINT DEFLECTION SHALL NOT EXCEED 90% OF THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM DEFLECTION. 30. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, EXISTING AND PROPOSED WATER AND SEWER LINES (STORM AND SANITARY) SHALL BE SEPARATED AT LEAST 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY. SHOULD LOCAL CONDITIONS PREVAIL WHICH WOULD PREVENT THE 10-FT MINIMUM SPECIFIED SEPARATION, INSTALLATION AT CLOSER HORIZONTAL SEPARATIONS WILL ONLY BE ALLOWED PROVIDED THAT THE WATER MAIN IS INSTALLED IN A SEPARATE TRENCH OR ON AN UNDISTURBED EARTH BENCH LOCATED TO ONE SIDE OF THE SEWER AT SUCH AN ELEVATION THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE WATER MAIN IS AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE SEWER. 31. WHENEVER WATER AND SEWER LINES (STORM AND SANITARY) RUN PARALLELAND DO NOT MEET THE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS, THEN THE LINES SHALL BE VERTICALLY SEPARATED WITH THE POTABLE LINE AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE NON -POTABLE LINES. WATER MAINS CROSSING SEWERS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM VERTICAL DISTANCE OF 18 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE OUTSIDE OF THE WATER MAIN TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE SEWER THE WATER MAIN MAY BE EITHER ABOVE OR BELOW THE SEWER AT CROSSINGS. THE . CONSTRUCTED PIPELINE SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE PIPELINE JOINTS ARE AS FAR FROM THE CROSSING AS POSSIBLE. 32. VERTICAL SEPARATION AT CROSSINGS BETWEEN WATER MAINS AND SANITARY SEWER LINES MAY BE REDUCED FROM 18 INCHES TO 6 INCHES PROVIDED ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS IS MET: A) THE SEWER PIPELINE MATERIAL IS EITHER C900IC905 DR 18 PVC OR PRESSURE CLASS 350 DUCTILE IRON AND THE PIPE IS PRESSURE TESTED; OR B) THE SEWER IS ENCASED IN CONCRETE (F'C = 2600 PSI) SO THAT THE ENCASEMENT EXTENDS BEYOND THE FIRST SEWER PIPELINE JOINT IN EACH DIRECTION (GENERALLY A DISTANCE OF 10 FEET EACH SIDE OF CROSSING). 33. VERTICAL SEPARATION AT CROSSINGS BETWEEN WATER MAINS AND STORM SEWER LINES MAY BE REDUCED FROM 18 INCHES TO 6 INCHES PROVIDED THAT THE WATER PIPELINE MATERIAL IS DUCTIL IRON PIPE FOR A DISTANCE OF 20 FEET CENTERED ON THE POINT OF CROSSING. 34. TEST PROCEDURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ALL TESTS SHALL BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ENGINEER AND UTILITY. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND THE UTILITY COMPANIES AT LEAST 72 HOURS BEFORE ANY WORK IS TO BE INSPECTED OR TESTED. 35. PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT FOR TESTING. INCREMENTS ON GAGES USED FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TESTING SHALL BE OF SCALED TO THE NEAREST 0.1 PSI. GAGES, PUMPS, AND HOSES SHALL BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER WITH NO NOTICEABLE LEAKS. 36. ALL SERVICE LINES SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO TESTING, AND ARE SUBJECT TO THE SAME TESTING REQUIREMENTS AS THE MAIN LINE. 37• APPLY HYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURE OF 150 PSI FOR WATER MAINS. FOR 10 MINUTES AND FOR SUCH ADDITIONAL E A IT L PERIOD NECESSARY FOR THE ENGINEER TO COMPLETE THE INSPECTION OF THE LINE UNDER TEST. DO NOT EXCEED PIPE MANUFACTURER'S SUGGESTED TIME DURATION AT THE TEST PRESSURE. IF DEFECTS ARE NOTED, REPAIRS SHALL BE MADE AND THE TEST REPEATED UNTIL ALL PARTS OF THE LINE WITHSTAND THE TEST PRESSURE. 38. APPLY LEAKAGE TEST PRESSURE OF 150 PSI FOR WATER MAINS, MAINTAIN PRESSURE AT A MAXIMUM VARIATION OF 5% DURING THE ENTIRE LEAKAGE TEST. THE DURATION OF THE LEAKAGE TEST SHALL BE TWO HOURS MINIMUM, AND FOR SUCH ADDITIONAL TIME NECESSARY FOR THE ENGINEER TO COMPLETE INSPECTION OF THE SECTION OF LINE UNDER TEST. LEAKAGE MEASUREMENTS SHALL NOT BE STARTED UNTIL A CONSTANT TEST PRESSURE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED. THE LINE LEAKAGE SHALL BE MEASURED BY MEANS OF A WATER METER INSTALLED ON THE SUPPLY SIDE OF THE PRESSURE PUMP. 39. NO LEAKAGE IS ALLOWED IN EXPOSED PIPING, BURIED PIPING WITH FLANGED, THREADED OR WELDED JOINTS OR BURIED NON POTABLE PIPING IN CONFLICT WITH POTABLE WATER LINES. 40. TESTED O SECTIONS N F BURIED PIPING WITH SLIP TYPE OR MECHANICAL JOINTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF IT HAS A LEAKAGE RATE IN EXCESS OF THAT RATE DETERMINED BY THE FORMULA L = SDP/133200 (AWWA C-600 DUCTILE IRON MAINS), OR L = NDP/7400 (AWWA MANUAL NO. M-23 - PVC MAIN); WHERE L = MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LEAKAGE RATE IN GALLONS PER OUR THROUGHOUT H R HOUT THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF LINE BEING TESTED; S = LENGTH OF LINE TESTED (IN FEET); O = NOMINAL INTERNAL DIAMETER (IN INCHES) OF THE PIPE; AND P = THE SQUARE ROOT OF THE ACTUAL PRESSURE IN PSIG ON ALL JOINTS IN THE TESTED PORTION OF THE LINE. THIS ACTUAL PRESSURE SHALL BE DETERMINED BY FINDING G F N THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE AVERAGE ELEVATION OF ALL TESTED PIPE JOINTS AND THE ELEVATION OF THE PRESSURE GAUGE AND ADDING THE DIFFERENCE IN ELEVATION HEAD TO THE AUTHORIZED TEST PRESSURE. 41. ALL APPARENT LEAKS DISCOVERED WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK BY THE OWNER SHALL BE LOCATED AND REPAIRED BY CONTRACTOR, REGARDLESS OF THE TOTAL LINE LEAKAGE RATE. 42. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A POST -CONSTRUCTION FIRE FLOW TEST WITNESSED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER AND THE UTILITY. HYDRANTS SHALL DELIVER A MINIMUM OF 1250 GPM WITH A RESIDUAL PRESSURE OF 20 PSI. 43. DISINFECT ALL POTABLE WATER LINES, VALVES, FITTINGS, HYDRANTS. 44. ALL DISINFECTION WORK SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE STATE HEALTH AUTHORITY. IF ANY REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION ARE IN CONFLICT WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORITY FOR DISINFECTION, THOSE OF THE AUTHORITY SHALL GOVERN. THE WATER MAIN DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL SAMPLING AND METHODS OF DISINFECTION FOR ALL WATER CONTAINMENT DEVICES AND PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL CONFORM TO AWWA C651. 45. AS -BUILT INFORMATION SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: A) LOCATION OF ALL VALVES, FITTINGS, HYDRANTS AND SERVICES; B) LOCATION OF THE MAINS TIED HORIZONTALLY TO THE BACK OF CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT; C) CERTIFICATION AS TO THE SYSTEM MEETING THE MINIMUM COVER REQUIREMENTS. SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS 1. THE ENTITY THAT WILL OPERATE AND MAINTAIN THE SEWER SYSTEM ON LOT 2 SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS DIKEOU REALTY, INC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET ALL THE . REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF SANFORD. 2. PVC SEWER PIPE SHALL BE TYPE PSM PVC PIPE CONFORMING TO ASTM D3034 AND SHALL BE SDR 35 FOR 4" THROUGH 15", AND ASTM F 679, WALL THICKNESS T-1, FOR PIPE 18" THROUGH 27". 3. JOINTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM D3212 USING RUBBER GASKETS CONFORMING TO ASTM F477. 4. FITTINGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE SAME REQUIREMENTS AS THE PIPE. PROVIDE ADAPTERS AS REQUIRED TO JOIN PVC PIPE TO PIPE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT OF OTHER MATERIALS. SOLVENT CEMENT SHALL BE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE PIPE MANUFACTURER. 5. PVC SEWER PIPE SHALL BE COLOR CODED GREEN, STENCILED "SEWER LINE" (2" LETTERING ON TWO SIDES OF THE PIPE IN AT LEAST THREE AREAS PER PIPE SECTION). 6. INSTALL ADHESIVE IDENTIFICATION TAPE ALONG PIPELINE. TAPE SHALL BE MINIMUM THICKNESS 4 MILS, WIDTH 6 INCHES, LETTER SIZE 1 INCH. TAPE COLOR AND LETTERING SHALL BE "SEWER LINE", BLACK PRINTING ON GREEN BACKGROUND. PLACE TAPE AS FOLLOWS: 2"- 8" PIPE - CENTER ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE; 10"- 18' PIPE - PLACE ALONG BOTH SIDES OF THE TOP HALF OF PIPE; 20" PIPE AND LARGER - PLACE ON BOTH SIDES OF TOP HALF OF PIPE WITH A THIRD STRIP CENTERED ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE. 7. INSTALL WARNING TAPE ALONG ALL SEWER PIPELINES. TAPE SHALL BE &INCH WIDE VINYL CONTINUOUS TAPE, COLORED GREEN WITH BLACK LETTERING CODED AND WORDED "CAUTION: SEWER BURIED BELOW". INSTALL ALONG PIPELINE, 2 FEET ABOVE PIPE, MINIMUM OF 1 FOOT BELOW GRADE. 8. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, EXISTING AND PROPOSED WATER AND SEWER LINES SHALL BE SEPARATED AT LEAST 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY. SHOULD LOCAL CONDITIONS PREVAIL WHICH WOULD PREVENT THE 10-FT MINIMUM SPECIFIED SEPARATION, INSTALLATION AT CLOSER HORIZONTAL SEPARATIONS WILL ONLY BE ALLOWED PROVIDED THAT THE WATER MAIN IS INSTALLED IN A SEPARATE TRENCH OR ON AN UNDISTURBED EARTH BENCH LOCATED TO ONE SIDE OF THE SEWER AT SUCH AN ELEVATION THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE WATER MAIN IS AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE SEWER. 9. WHENEVER WATER AND SEWER LINES RUN PARALLEL AND DO NOT MEET THE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS, THEN THE LINES SHALL BE VERTICALLY SEPARATED WITH THE POTABLE LINE AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE NON -POTABLE LINES. WATER MAINS CROSSING SEWERS SHALL BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM VERTICAL DISTANCE OF 18 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE OUTSIDE OF THE WATER MAIN TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE SEWER THE WATER MAIN MAY BE EITHER ABOVE OR BELOW THE SEWER AT CROSSINGS. THE CONSTRUCTED PIPELINE SHALL BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE PIPELINE JOINTS ARE AS FAR FROM THE CROSSING AS POSSIBLE. 10. VERTICAL SEPARATION AT CROSSINGS BETWEEN WATER MAINS AND SEWER LINES MAY BE REDUCED FROM 18 INCHES TO 6 INCHES PROVIDED ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS IS MET: A) THE SEWER PIPELINE MATERIAL IS EITHER C900/C905 DR 18 PVC OR PRESSURE CLASS 350 DUCTILE IRON AND THE PIPE IS PRESSURE TESTED; OR B) THE SEWER IS ENCASED IN CONCRETE (F'C = 2500 PSI) SO THAT THE ENCASEMENT EXTENDS BEYOND THE FIRST SEWER PIPELINE JOINT IN EACH DIRECTION (GENERALLY A DISTANCE OF 10 FEET EACH SIDE OF CROSSING) 11. TEST PROCEDURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ALL TESTS SHALL BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ENGINEER AND UTILITY. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND THE UTILITY COMPANIES AT LEAST 72 HOURS BEFORE ANY WORK IS TO BE INSPECTED OR TESTED. 12. PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT FOR TESTING. INCREMENTS ON GAGES USED FOR LOW PRESSURE AIR TESTING SHALL BE OF SCALED TO THE NEAREST 0.1 PSI. GAGES, PUMPS, AND HOSES SHALL BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER WITH NO NOTICEABLE LEAKS. 13. ALL SERVICE LATERALS SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO TESTING, AND ARE SUBJECT TO THE SAME TESTING REQUIREMENTS AS THE MAIN LINE. 14. PROVIDE LIGHT SOURCE AND MIRRORS FOR LAMPING OF SEWER. ANY SEWER IN WHICH THE DIRECT LIGHT OF A LAMP CANNOT BE VIEWED IN EITHER DIRECTION, FULL CIRCLE, BETWEEN ADJACENT MANHOLES SHALL BE CONSIDERED UNSATISFACTORY, UNLESS THE LINE IS DESIGNED WITH HORIZONTAL DEFLECTIONS, AND SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION. 15. PORTIONS OF GRAVITY SEWERS WHICH EITHER A) CROSS WATER MAINS WITH LESS THAN 18" CLEARANCE, OR B) ARE CLOSER THAN 10-FT HORIZONTAL TO WATER MAINS WHILE THE VERTICAL SEPARATION OF THE WATER AND SEWER LINES IS LESS THAN 18" SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED TO 150 PSI FOR A MINIMUM DURATION OF TWO HOURS. TESTED SECTIONS OF SEWER WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED IF IT HAS A LEAKAGE RATE IN EXCESS OF THAT RATE DETERMINED BY THE FORMULA SPECIFIED IN AWWA C-600 (DUCTILE IRON PIPE) OR AWWA MANUAL NO. M-23 (PVC PIPE). 16. CONDUCT LOW PRESSURE AIR TESTING (4.0 PSI INITIAL PRESSURE) OF INSTALLED SEWER PIPING AND MANHOLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F1417. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE IS 0.0015 CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE PER SQUARE FOOT INTERNAL SURFACE AREA BEING TESTED. ALLOWABLE AIR PRESSURE DROP DURING THE TEST IS 0.5 PSIG. MINIMUM REQUIRED TEST TIME (DURATION) IS: A) 4" PIPE =1 MIN 53 SEC; B) 6" PIPE = 2 MIN 50 SEC, OR 0.427 X LENGTH OF PIPE TESTED, WHICHEVER IS GREATER; C) 8" PIPE = 3 MIN 47 SEC, OR 0.760 X LENGTH OF PIPE TESTED, WHICHEVER IS GREATER; D)10" PIPE = 4 MIN 43 SEC, OR 1.187 X LENGTH OF PIPE TESTED, WHICHEVER IS GREATER; E)12" PIPE = 5 MIN 40 SEC, OR 1.709 X LENGTH OF PIPE . TESTED, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 17. CONDUCT LEAKAGE TESTING OF MANHOLES. PLUG INVERTS AND FILL MANHOLE WITH WATER. ALLOWABLE WATER DROP IN MANHOLE TO BE FIELD DETERMINED BY UTILITY AND ENGINEER. MINIMUM TEST DURATION IS 1 HOUR. 18. AS -BUILT INFORMATION SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO DISTANCES OF SEWER LINE LAID FROM MANHOLE TO MANHOLE AND/OR CLEAN -OUT WITH TIES TO LATERALS. PAVING, SIDEWALKS, AND CURBING 1. MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS FOR THE ROADWAY AND PAVING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION, LATEST EDITION. 2. ROADWAY PAVING, BASE, AND SUBGRADE THICKNESSES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAILS & DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS ON THESE DRAWINGS. 3. SIDEWALKS ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN THE AREAS AS SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. THE SIDEWALK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 4" OF CONCRETE WITH A 28-DAY COMPRESSION STRENGTH OF 2500 PSI. JOINTS SHALL BE EITHER TOOLED OR SAW CUT AT A DISTANCE OF 10'. HANDICAPPED RAMPS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL INTERSECTIONS AND SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, LATEST EDITION. 4. CURBING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WHERE NOTED ON THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. CONCRETE FOR CURBS SHALL BE FDOT CLASS "1" CONCRETE WITH A 28-DAY COMPRESSION STRENGTH OF 2500 PSI. ALL CURBS SHALL HAVE SAW CUT CONTRACTION JOINTS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 10'-0" ON CENTER. CONSTRUCTION OF CURBS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH FDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION (LATEST EDITION) SECTION 520 AND DETAILS PROVIDED ON THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS. 5. AS -BUILT INFORMATION SHALL CONTAIN AT MINIMUM, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, PAVEMENT WIDTHS AND ELEVATIONS. PAVEMENT CENTERLINE AND EDGE OF PAVEMENT ELEVATIONS SHALL BE MEASURED EVERY 200 FT PLUS AT ALL CHANGES IN SLOPE, INLET LOCATIONS, AND AT ALL DRIVEWAY AND STREET INTERSECTIONS. FOR PARKING LOTS, RECORD CENTERLINE AND EDGE OF PAVEMENT ELEVATIONS ALONG ALL DRIVE AISLES AND ISLANDS. SIGNS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS 1. ALL SIGNS AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES" AND THE FDOT ROADWAY AND TRAFFIC DESIGNS ST ANDARDS. ARDS. STANDARD INDEX N0. 9535, 11860, 11862, 11865, 17302, 17346 AND 17349 APPLY. GENERALLY, ALL MARKINGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: 6" EDGE LINES, 6' LANE LINES, 6" SINGLE CENTERLINES, AND 4" DOUBLE LINE PATTERNS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS. 2. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS WITHIN RNV & ENTRANCE DRIVE SHALL BE THERMOPLASTIC WITH RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS (TYPE 911 - 4" x 4"). RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE PLANS AND FDOT INDEX NO, 17352. 3. PARKING STALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS SHALL BE PAINTED. PAINT SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF FDOT SPECIFICATION SECTION 971, NON -REFLECTIVE WHITE TRAFFIC PAINT. 4. ALL ROADWAY TRAFFIC SIGNS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED USING HIGH INTENSITY RETROREFLECTIVE MATERIALS. THE BACK OF ALL FINISHED PANELS SHALL BE STENCILED WITH THE DATE OF FABRICATION, THE FABRICATOR'S INITIALS, AND THE NAME OF THE SHEETING IN THREE-INCH LETTERS. 5. INTERNAL SITE TRAFFIC SIGNS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE RETROREFLECTIVE EXCEPT FOR STOP SIGNS. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE REQUIRED LENGTH OF THE SIGN COLUMN SUPPORTS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 7. ALL PAVEMENT MARKINGS REQUIRE LAYOUT APPROVAL IN THE FIELD BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 8. PRIOR TO FINAL PAVEMENT MARKING INSTALLATION, A TWO WEEK CURE TIME OF THE ASPHALT IS REQUIRED. FINAL ENGINEERING Lo r N MO T-M O C:)� N C co 0)U N (O N 00 - r- N O i 0 M O t0 O O M- M O N C11 3 to o co ,C L _U Li -p .d. 6> o .L r- C = O =3 Q O LL. O- a Q ) 0 •r Lo D. N U O ELC � ♦- .4_ it U C O .5 B) ZHT_ rI-v- . }- E _:�: ~ w Lo Z _j Lo Lo Q 0 U P �: m Z 2 o � _ i `- Q m m 3 >. m ) U m > 2N Z � O co N &_ = Q N 0 0 U Q � w W UT v/ rn V, W ON�y Z .� _ QW W >_ �_ .� Q Ll. ::) 0 W 0 0 / cL O J LL _ 0 R O LL Z Q W Z rw V ) �NozZ LLJ z Q WL0L O W CD(13 O %N Z ..__..._.`-_....._- a> 1 I (1) Q ZI � = .;t- c) VARD L. WRAY, JR., P.c. 55557 1 JAN 2 8 200 *11 4f OA- GRAPHIC SCALE 3 .� 89, w 4 of 32 T e�R o c�M�NC, 50 0 25 50 100 200 COb N �� 89•4Cy� �, �SEcr,ON yip /sryo S 1 MfI�1T h en ( IN FEET) _0•O ) Sy/p /9 sO cE 30 �r/off C-7 •% 33a W, - 1 inch = 50 ft. q - /09 O E 0 GRATE !N_ET _ 0) A�+-- 75.2 �---o* 74.8 TOP = 70.25 _ (v \.}, 70.4 r/�a0o SEE. 5EIR !N\(3C`\RCPI=67.43 �mV �n ° o SAN-`, 72.5 / 71.9 72.9 72.4 70.4 70.8 \ + 72.8 + 73.5 + .74.0 ! 75.2 w o <n zo -o-o-o-o-o-o # 74.0 + 73.7 073�-0-0-0-0-0-o-o+za'40-0-0-0-0 lo-o-o+o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o+-o-o-o-o- y-7g=o-o-o-�o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o- 4--o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-io-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-s-o-o-o- ` 70.6 / +TILT °o;' �� oo (TYPICAL) v _.; u IGHT 4/ _ + 71.5n ..,. �,.,, _._. ns,,_- 3� n__, --- r�' 70.9+ n_,,, /*71.�� - - + 6 /ID , - t r + 73.0 �.:.,,72 ��,��� d' + 72.0 + ,71.9 yrY,�P� �.. _ I,;Ef 30� 7 7 7 Co - [75.24 p T';B 71.8 - N+JFRT 70.83 ' F ; t i 5. C' o N ^ . w- ...+70' _T 75.0 �zTRAFFIC - l �. ---- .iY=1� 9F5_.7 -• ---+ 74 04 .� _ -W W lOt W W -----W W-- v.� M! w IM + 69 J 69 9 f' + 70 4 �� 1 It�F 7t3.8 i""^' 7-.. ..T i ----- .L ! c 6 4 �' �� 75.54 �u �W E WW N /ERT= 71. y1 --W 11tl 1M-"--W W-•--- ----t� 1� W by �1 tgl � + 70.3 + 69.4 » 69. �/} : 71.3 + r--4'-- --'t . j '+ 71.8 "".� Y .� a . ti n 75.17 ' •9 Ir.`r ,<T=7I.dU.� 74.26 74.37 + 70.9 + 70.6 POTABLE-P---p------p-- , 73, 73.7- 73.3 T A 4 v- 74.0 + TILT + 71.5 - -F---P= F - -p P-P--F---F--- - rp_ 1 I / 74.90 I' �'r ► 98 72.0+ [_ .,,t...�r[- r+ 72.3T �ATER t 71.1 72.2+ 72.59 73J0+ 73.2 + 73.9 RDL rr 33 + 74.09 + 71.5 + 71.0 v + 71.1 I + 71.7 + 74.7 r ` - 75.69 74.0+ + 73.8 + 72.9 + 72.51 + 72.20 I -¢ O 71.29 / 3.52 74.29 Q 75.16 _ r /5.69 73.83 73I'll.71 + 71.9 3.93 73.98 73.65 r q'iE INLET •1 72.75 { 72.29 71.38 0 71.9 72.56 + 7�94 / / ... 75.98 p = 72. 3.5 RIN�h�1RT RO�IJ rR,&1%Zff.4R.?r 1 'e%Il� / i - 5E I :r(18'R P)=70.a3 ASPHALT PAVEMENT ASPHALT PAVEMENT 75.41 75. s PN� ..� WHITE PAINTED STRIPING 74.34 74.15 7. 0 + 73.60 73.32 14 140 RIGHT OF WAY 72.74 72.33 71.87 71.90 72.00 7 .35 59 1 GRASSED MEDIAN + 73.2 +774.31 -a 75.77 75.96 Nam'_ CIO-76.50 7644 76.13 GRASSED MEDIAN 73 '� 73.gt 73- GRASSED MEDIAN _ - - .".. T 76 73.1 72.5 73 7 73. 7 73.68 �73.3 172.6 72.4 71.7 71.5 _ 70.7 r :, +TILT 73.67 _ 73.85 - - - � ; 7 + 6 � 76.34 "'� 7� q 7a.o3 :-E14W �Ji 1 fY 16 FORE i':1?,IN _ _ r -. -- --- --- -- -- -- -• --- --� ` � �°< i 75. 2 �` " 76.64 76.41 73.5 _ _v.-.-. � - � r - �-.r. � _.ram ..- ....._...._.....--� -.._ - ---.-..........._ m s.�. e.._ _., 72.41 76.23 - - .-. __ _. - _ ..- - - _... - _ - _ - _ _ _ - r � v�i _ v 73 7 7 _ -. o _ 3.70 71.73 � 71.78 71.89 F / 75.6 � 76.01 GF.ATE INLET � + 73.75 72.85 72.42 1. I TC-P = 71.1'-' / 75.94 NW INV1'30"RCP)=67.30 75.4� v / 15E IN`/'"30"ItCF')=s7.30 ASPHALT PAVEMENT / '+ 75.20 74.34 74.04 73.90 73.40 73.30 74.25 •� ASPHALT PAVEMENT 55 p / 75.64 75.49 7 .94 74.03 73.71 I 73.27 72.72 72.33 71.94 71.47 71.43 71.48 71.48 72.18 73.15 74.23 17 ix• ' 71.92 72.87 0 73.78 73.88 3.57 + 72.3 + TILT + 71.3 0.9 / t IN''iERT=6'i,6� 71.98 n 72+8 �. 75.60T, p� 76.07 75.83 71.48 L\ /cRT= .OLDS 73.1 71.9 71.3 \. 72.87 L\`rcnT=70.7<1 + 73.8;' + 74.2 c� LSD s�� / h� pl,r '- �o + 71.8 v4" # 72 0 r N`dERI'=77.4i, + 73.8 rIN`dERT=71.43 + 72.9 � �{ 6 + 73.8 +.73. c til iFRf=r�3.74 �j it�-----" ids--��lr�o� "W ( ----+ 75.4 IN'•.LPT=63 71. 7- 71. 72.31R`=p t�1 '"� a Y'"^ I 72.48 2.41 i 7 .7 73.0 18 RAt �� 7 73.7 1 _ 70.2 22 t �4.1 74. 7 2."F J 69.9- (,c' 1.8 ` N 4.2' -� t n {'+ -/ ` t 72 9 �. �. +Nff + 70.4 - -o-o-o=�o- o-o-0 0-�1--v�e�-o=o=o o-o-o+0 59 74.81 5 72.5 70.4+ -- + --. '« . F + 70.8 / 74 37 76.35 P 1\`-,RT=;0�5t +72.5 + / 72 70.6 71. •��F 71.49 72.0733 72.3 WATER + 72.1 74.074 N DOU L o ? + 73.6 t ;� e S;A.?E_.n- UH4'! - --- �'-73.2Y' ---- U - - 0F-J�-aJJv UFaM cno�r - Of D-� --- OWN -- OW' --�' t 74.3 -o�o�o =.-o� o- O i1, r - - - - =a= C so �.o t o-• a- o- -v for. o.k. o .o o a i� -'� = n =D - - 4= 2 - V 3 ° o BELL. 'SOUTH w 3 n; - o in 70 3 TOLD I---_--+ 69.5 I / rn oo t; 0 LOCATION MAP NOT TO SCALE - - -a= UuX P. - o-o-o 0-0-0-0- + - o-o-o-0 0 0=0=0 op-o- 0-0-o-9=a- - 0- 5' WIRE FENCE 78.2 7.3 712 POLE ^^� M W/BARBED WIRE ° 12' PERPETUAL RI HT OF AY E EM T 0.2 ^ `�0 At1tT � PARCEL 1: ° s a 0 PER ORB 2222, P 144 �o �• GRATE INLET � ° + 76. / 65.8 TOP = 69.39 �c; / \ / + .8 0 =` 6'``3 I wa ItIV(30'RCP)=66.40 The West 755 feet of the South 288.47 feet of the West 17 1/2 chains of the East 22 1/2 chains of + 71 7 / + 783 791 0 + 77' PO 9 OF B GI I PA 2 8 69' 70.4 sE INv(3D"RCp)=ss.4o ^� ' the North 1/2 of the Southwest 1/4 of Section 32, Township 19 South, Range 30 East, all in Seminole / / I �� l County, Florida. / + + 6 / o /+ 65.6 o Z + 79.8 ° � z P I T OF E G OP O OT , + 65.0 � � PARCEL 2: D / +74.1 +79.9 -.4 C) + 7 / RETENTION I / _ + •7 A portion of the Southwest 1/4 of Section 32, Township 19 South, Range 30 East, Seminole County, lb 72.7 + 72.8 + 75.0 79.9 9 0 , + 65.4 AREA 7t.2 0 / Florida, g / + 72.0 + 7 .6 + 74.1 / ° CRATE INLET � being described as follows: + 75 0 +-�8.9 + 78.0 4 7 �• "h -'fCp = 67.34 / � + 72 0.0+ 70 + 7 s j '` -.r SE Ir,','i3n",tcp�=s4.;,s °' Commence at a 2" pipe marking the Northeast corner of the Southwest 1/4 of Section 32, Township ° + .1 Q / 19 South, Range 30 East, Seminole County, Florida; thence North 89' 45' 11 " West along the ° ° u � / ; + 69 ° i . North line of the Southwest 1/4 of said Section 32, a distance of 330.00 feet; thence South 00' / 75.1 + 4. �'� 77.0 ar 1 + 77.8 ° �, j l ° z OX 58" West parallel with the East line of the Southwest 1/4 of said Section 32 a distance of 296.16 / m ° + 70 l feet to the Southerly right of way line of Rinehart Road, per Official Records Book 2219, Page 1034, % o�Q Z¢i + 78.8 + + 7 ��' Public Records of Seminole County, Florida, and the Point of Beginning; thence continue South ° ° V) Q �A Op + 78.9 / cv / 00' 03 58 West, 1,039.42 feet to the South line of the North '1/2 of said Southwest 1/4, thence it, 4ij N LI/ � O Gq T A ° - o - ° ° ° ° ° o r ° - ° - ° - ° - ° - ° - 7a.1 � _ North 89' 57' 33" West along said South line 400.00 feet; thence North 00' 03' 58" East, 72.7 o� 288.47 feet; thence North 89' 67' 33" West parallel with said South line 755.00 feet to the West cam° + 73 is + 74.7 0 + 70.0 % _ I� ��!/// r; l line of said West 17 1/2 chains of the East 22 1/2 chains of the North 1/2 of the Southwest 1/4 of o� 7 5 + 75.0 J + 3. 75.7 � •.y s ^ / <v Section 32 thence North 00. 03' 58" East 310.97 feet to the Southerly right of way line of ° �• Nj �l Rinehart Road (140' right of way); thence North 69. 11' 37" East, along said Southerly right of / 7 .77 74.8 + 70.4 + 79.0 M ` o way line 1,236.15 feet to the Point of Beginning; LESS THEREFROM The following described parcel of land. 0 78.2 n 4.50 \l A portion of the Southwest 1/4, of Section 32, Township 19 South, Range 30 East, Seminole County, + ° + 73 + 78.9 + 74.5 Florida, being described as follows: Q / o 6.4 + 75 7 S _ ° 0 7+•2 ° + 71.3 + 70.4 //. + 73.6 h �, l Commence at the Northeast comer of the Southwest 1/4 of said Section 32, Township 19 South, o 10• �r ;� ��' Range 30 East, .Seminole County, Florida; thence North 894627" West along the North line ° �/ o` w• / of the Southwest 1/4 of said Section 32 for a distance of 330.00 feet; thence South 4 FETAL RAME ° + 70. 89� ; �� w • 00'03'12"West for a distance 296.17 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING; thence continue FENCE / �+0 �/ South 00'03 12 West for a distance of 337.97 feet; thence North 89 56'48" West for a ° + 79.1 distance of 385.10 feet; thence North 20.48 23" West for a distance of 178.69 feet to the P AR C \ aforementioned South Right of Right of Way Line of Rinehart Road; thence North 69'11 37 .00 6737 ACRIE 1 29, 055.03 q. Ft. ° ° - ° l 6y ? y East for a distance of 480.20 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING. c• �4.g4 �q s9 73 � 73.8Z36 72.0 + 69.2 + 7 .5 76.9 6 i + 72.3 \ H ?� � � � THE ABOVE PARCEL 1 AND PARCEL 2 ARE ALSO DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS.• .95 ?� a� 77.0 `GCS 08 l P 114, P 9 County, 2 �3 + 3.z ° J, f/oridoobeing tdescribed as follows: Section 32, Township 19 South, Range 30 East, Seminole Coun 74.16 71.90/ 70.6 71.0 p + 73.4 / + 69.2 k WOOD / Commence of the Northeast comer of the Southwest 1/4 of said Section 32, Township 19 South, O\ •O ,44.16 ONE STORY � 71.0 0 o METAL BUILDING °33So _ �C` l Range 30 East, Seminole County, f7orido; thence North 89' 46' 27" West along the North line 9F F\ j FINIS )OR + 7 s + 71 o SHEDS 32-19-30-300-0100-0000 of the Southwest 1/4 of said Section 32 for a distance ,of 330.00 feet; thence South 00' 03' 12" E TION = 74.12 T /1 ;; CITY OF SANFORD / West for a distance of 634.14 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING, thence continue South 00' /t-7d•5 ` V PO BOX 1788 03'12" West for a distance of 701.52 feet to the South line of the North One half of said Southwest °SANFORD, FLORIDA 32772 1/4; thence North 89' 58' 56" West for a distance of 1155.00 feet; thence North 00' 03'12" `°_ + 7 East for a distance of 600.08 feet; to the South right of way line of Rinehart Road as recorded in l ° °moo Are + 78.5 Official Records Book 2219, page 1034 of the Public Records of Seminole County, Florida; thence / Rio j �3 ° + 3.5 / �0°s ° q North 69' 11 ' 37" East along said South right of way line for a distance of 755.82 feet; thence .(, 74.9 South 20' 48' 2.3" East for a distance of 178.69 feet; thence South 89' 56' 48" East for a P 1 ANTENNA j O ° ° °71 0 � 70.5 � 4.4 distance of 385.10 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING. � • �2's QZ�B (p�OAp + 7+ 70.4 \° / 70.8 WOOD -9�a° �, Containing19.258 acres 838,870.51 square feet) more or less. 2. FRAME + 69. o / + 72.8 �72.0 69.7 SHED �O + 77.8 ? / I 2 WIRE ° o ��� + 71.6 + + 70.2 eARe f £47R SURVEYORS NOTES.• ,` 1.) Bearings are based on the Southerly Right of Way of Rinehart Rood as being North 69' 11' n •.� - - ,,e.6 AREA CALCULATIONS 37" East, per caption description. + 71. Q�s o &2.5 + 66.5 s -0 0, `, PARCEL 1 s 5.00 ACRES 217,794.87 SO. FT. 2.) Elevations are based on Seminole County Bench Mark ,,�4150601, Elevation = 72.71 (NGVD 4 4 3 LEGEND PARCEL 2 s 16.737 ACRES 729.055.03 SQ. FT. 1929). 1i4 75.1°- o v ; TSB TRAFFIC SIGNAL BOX 21.737 ACRES TOTAL 946,849.90 SQ. FT. 3.) Underground utility locations shown or noted are based on information supplied to this office or + 65.4 + 6 ' TR SFORMER 167 10"C + 74.5 © (C) CALCULATED ACRES survey crew; point marks and/or flags located in fhe 6e/d and should be confirmed with the governing 8 °- 059 7 ` 4.1 + 2 I. Q GHT POLE (P) MEASUDIMENSION LOT 2 - 2.479 ORES M870.51 SQ. FT. 1 979 39 SQ. FL utility companies for this area prior to site design by the engineer or construction by the contractor. t g + 7.8 '� GRATE DROP INLET - ' 4.) Legal description and matters of record listed below are from Tit/e Commitment prepared by 9 \ ` o"C �/ ®❑ (D) DESCRIPTION DIMENSION Lawyers %itle Insurance Corporation, rile number 01-02562-b/o, effective dote of August 8, 2001, °\ + /�heR O + �P1tIITARY VALVE L ARC LENGTH 21.737 ACRES TOTAL 946,849.90 SQ. FT. P.M.at 6.00 4Nf R RADIUS ?9e� 7y WV WATER VALVE CH CHORD Survey Related Schedule Bl/ Exceptions: a PG l� fiyT 70.1 h DRAINAGE MANHOLE DELTA PARCEL 2 � 16.737 ACRES 729.0g.?r.03 SO. FT. _.- TB TANGENT BEARING 16 Easement to Florida Power and Light Company recorded September 1, 1995 in 4 MANHOLE(UNKNOWN TYPE) PC POINT OF CURVATURE LESS Official Records Book 2962, Page 737, Public Records of Seminole County, Florida. o-j 5 . `IrK SANITARY MANHOLE O) -oNw- OVERHEAD UTILITY WIRES pCC POINT OF COMPOUND LOT 2 2.479 ACRES 107.979.39 SQ. FT. (Force/ l) (Plotted) 5 I PT POINT OF TANGENCY ® MONITORING WELL PRC POINT OF REVERSE 14.258 ACRES TOTAL 621 075.64 /10 Unrecorded Easement for Sunrise Hill Trail as shown on Seminole County Tax i ` ,� \ w A,�• ev ® TELEPHONE MANHOLE REC. RECOVERED Assessment Map. (Parcels 1 and 2) (Physical location of paved driveway shown on h EITR TELEPHONE RISER I.P. IRON PIPE survey) EIEB POWER RISER IR REBAR PARCEL 1 5.000 ACRES 217 794.87 SQ. FT. 11 Easement to Florida Power and Light Company recorded September 1 1995 in 9'1 70.4 A OCR CABLE RISER CM CONCRETE MONUMENT " g ' 5 1 O 77WM WATER METER -T- BURIED TELEPHONE LINES PARCEL 2 s 16.737 ACRES 729.055.03 SQ. FT. Official Records Book 2962, Page 731. (Parcel 2) Plotted ' - 1\ O pMB MAIL BOX - Fo- BURIED FIBER OPTIC LESS 13 Conveyance to Semino% County, a politico/ subdivision of the Stote of Florida, for 09 ASCV SPRINKLER CONTROL VALVE - �- BURIED TELEVISION CABLE I �•1'�. � � LOT 2 s 2.479 ACRES 107.979.39 SQ. FT. Rhinehart Road recorded in Official Records Book 2219, Page 1032. + Q1 GUY WIRE - P - BURIED POWER CABLES �• WOOD POWER POLE -o- BURIED GAS LINE 56.1 \ ;\ � ` \ �UG 19.258 ACRES TOTAL 838.870.51SQ. FT. 114. Joint Facilitation of Public Infrastructure Agreement with Seminole County recorded in (UNDERGROUND FEED) -w- WATER LINE official Records Book 2222, Page 1448. (gPLOTTED) 4 0 `( WOOD POWER POLE M SANITARY -STORM SEWER LINE FIRM COMMUNITY 0• 64. � .__ �iCPP CONCRETE POWER POLE CONC. CONCRETE 115. Survey, dated April 25, 2001, prepared by link/epaugh Surveying Services, Inc., as Order E PANEL NO. 12117CO040 1 ` =� DATED APRIL 17, 1995 5 . •�� �. � GAS VALVE O.R.B. OFFICIAL RECORD BOOK No. TO1-A92, discloses the following. '7 PG. PAGE 1 ZONE "AE" ELEVATION 51 0•o A R E �,` '9(TSP TRAFFIC SIGNAL POLE o) Barbed wire fence encroached over o portion of the Rhinehart Road Right -Of --Way. SIGN (INFO/ROAD)hinehort Road \ + 55.4 e 0. 0 (SIZE)" OAK bj R/W tartens�n�Job �'ghB8531. Way, Easement per Glace do Radcliffe Inc.,I o . 737 ES/ 9i • 0 �%• !. 66. + ^ CD CEDAR E ELM + 39.1 \ c) Various frees located throughout property. ° 12•P C 551 .90 MAG MAGNOLIA P PINE CB CHINABERRY PM PALM CERTIFIED TO: 5 BB BOTTLEBRUSH MP MAPLE 3 5 \ �. HC HICKORY CAM CAMPHOR COMMONWEALTH LAND TITLE INSURANCE CO. 5.) According to FIRM Community Panel No. 12117c0040 E, Dated April 17, 1995, a portion of this o + '7 67.27 GEORGE B. WALLACE ESQUIRE P.A: property lies in Zone AE (as depicted on survey); base flood elevations determined, and the \ TREE UNKNOWN TYPE OF TREE E EAR �l + s8.8 DENO DIKEOU remainder of the property lies in Flood Zone areas determined to be outside the 500 year flood + .58 SAM'S EAST INC. plain. WETLAND LINE AS FIELD FLAGGED 2 Z \ + a.9 BY OTHERS q� O °\ + s s MATCH LINE Cy + 3 .6 + 5 s DETAIL OF SE CORNER;:$ G/ C4 4 . ALTA/ACSM LAND TITLE SURVEY 59.1 A PORTION OF THE SW 1/4 OF SECTION 32 TOWNSHIP 19 SOUTH, RANGE 30 EAST SEMINOLE COUNTY, FLORIDA 3 8/27/01 ADD AREA TABLE/ NEW TITLE INFO RN 2 8/24/01 ADD CERTIFICATIONS RN 1 8/22/01 ADD CERTIFICATIONS RN NO. DATE REVISIONS BY RUDEN McCLOSKY SMITH SCHUSTER & RUSSELL, P.A. LAWYERS TITLE INSURANCE CORPORATION I hereby affirm that this survey represented hereon is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. It has been prepared in accordance with the Standards set forth in Chapter 61G17, F.A.C., FIELD BY.• RS pursuant to Chapters 177 and 472, Florida Statutes. Unless it bears the signature and the original raised seal of a Florida licensed surveyor and mapper this drawing, sketch, plat or map is"for informational purposes only and is not valid. DRAWN BY KLH RN 7�_ �� P.S.M. No. 4381 SCALE: 1 " _= 50' NORTH CAWS1 DATE Of - SURVEY.• 8/20/01 Tinklepaugh SURVEYING SERVICES, INC. ORDER No.: T01 D 23 379 W. Michigan Street, Suite 208 a Orlando, Florida 32806 Tele. No. (407) 422-0967 Fax No. (407) 422-6915 LICENSED BUSINESS No. 3778 SHEET 1 of 2 FILE NO. SX- 7134 -B 0 )PHALT PAVEMr_IN ASP CD RINEHART ROAD / GLASSED MEDIAN / NOTE: SEE CPH ENGINEERS JOB NO. W13160 FOR DETAILS --_�- OF IMPROVEMENTS TO RINEHART RD. TURN LANES & PEDESTRIAN TRAIL SAM'S SITE PLAN / CONSTRUCTED AS PART OF SAM'S CONTRACT 425.30' CD - PROTECT Q2 \� / -- EXISTING STOP SIGN 1 � r'\ L - - - �- �� 133.50' - - = \ 12 3 6 -� =' 12 .J �O. 0 (M) -- r-, (BLDG. TIE) �-F cc=:=- -� G 20' LANDSCAPE BUFFER C �l --- --_-0 ----------------------- ------ ------ ------__---------- _-------------- - - -_ ----- - - - - -- NY --------------- RT w (S) 10 10 10q(Typ. I Q� (P) L I I m a , TYP w N 00 i------------------------------------•--------- -- ------------------ r° �-- - - - - - - -- --- (TYP.} ---- -- --- _ _ Gam_ -- ---------------- 5' 12' 10' 10' - - 5' E 5` 12' 10' 10' - - - m R11Y R3 B Q // C (TYP.) (TYP. Q3 (TYP.) (TYP. _ 50 / 8' 8' 8' 1 2 CONTRACTOR TO NEATLY SAW G 10 10 O (D CUT EXISTING SIDEWE SIDEWALK TO O gp 9D 9D 9D 9D / CONSTRUCT DRIVEWAY I - - s . / - / 17.00' • RT / _PROTECT G C _ / _ EXISTING (BLDG. TIE 2� SIDEWALK ) K LOT 2 K G G B I BIN / N / EXIST. NO BUILD L It37111 / MATCH }. EASEMENT 4 / EDGE OF / POINT OF BEGINNING PARCEL 2 RETEIITION AREA EXISTING 330.30' / ENTRANCE ROAD CONSTRUCTED 4 AS PART OF SAM'S CONTRACT SIDEWALK . w,l R6' / PROTECT 24,600 S.F.± G.F.A. EXISTING RV R2.5' / STOP SIGN H 3 H 5, 20' 5' h'- <:�. lI RT (TYP.) - � R& (TYP.) R3'/ ^� N (S) 2 / ' 2 � B 4O F i \o Q• B 0 � (S) / B 10' LANDSCAPE BUFFER AND BUILDING SETBACK / / GENERAL SITE NOTES 1. FOR LEGAL DESCRIPTION, BOUNDARY INFO., AND BENCHMARK INFO., SEE SITE SURVEY SHEETS. 2. PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD STAKE ALL CENTERLINE GEOMETRY TO ENSURE PROPOSED DIMENSIONS FIT EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ANY DISCREPANCIES ARISE. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION OF ALL PROPERTY CORNERS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH PROPOSED CURB AND GUTTER, CONCRETE AND PAVEMENT TO EXISTING IN GRADE AND ALIGNMENT. 5. THE EARTHWORK FOR ALL BUILDING FOUNDATIONS AND SLABS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 6. SITEWORK FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE DEVELOPERS SITEWORK SPECIFICATIONS. 7. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING THE DAMAGE DONE TO ANY EXISTING ITEM DURING CONSTRUCTION, SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DRAINAGE, UTILITIES, PAVEMENT, STRIPING, CURB, ETC. REPAIRS SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN EXISTING CONDITIONS. 8. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CITY/COUNTY REGULATIONS AND CODES AND O.S.H.A. STANDARDS. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF DOORWAYS AND PORCHES, PRECISE BUILDING DIMENSIONS AND EXACT BUILDING UTILITY ENTRANCE LOCATIONS. 10. ALL DISTURBED AREAS ARE TO RECEIVE FOUR INCHES OF TOPSOIL, SEED, MULCH AND WATER UNTIL HEALTHY STAND OF GRASS IS ESTABLISHED. 11. ALL ISLANDS WITH CURB &GUTTER SHALL BE LANDSCAPED. IHOSE ISLANDS ARE TO HAVE 18" CURB & GUTTER. 12. ALL CURBED RADII ARE TO BE 10' AND T UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. STRIPED RADII ARE TO BE 10' AND 3'. 13. ALL DIMENSIONS AND RADII ARE TO THE FACE OF CURB UNLESS NOTED (BOC) WHICH INDICATES BACK OF CURB. 14. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL FROM THE POWER AND TELEPHONE COMPANIES FOR THE LOCATION AND HEIGHT OF THE PYLON SIGN BEFORE CONDUIT AND WIRING IS INSTALLED. 15. SITE BOUNDARY, TOPOGRAPHY, UTILITY AND ROAD INFORMATION TAKEN FROM A SURVEY BY TINKLEPAUGH. 16. REFER TO ARCH. PLANS FOR SITE LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL PLANS. 17. ALL PAINT USED FOR PARKING STRIPING SHALL BE ALKYD PETROLEUM BASED PAINT. TWO COATS OF PAINT TO BE USED. 18. STOP BAR STRIPING, CROSS WALK STRIPING, FIRE LANE STRIPING, HANDICAP SYMBOL AND SURROUNDING DIAGONAL STRIPING ADJACENT TO HANDICAP PARKING SPACE SHALL BE THERMOPLASTIC. 19. PROPOSED ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNS TO BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING SIGNS NEEDED. ALL ACCESSIBLE SIGNS SHALL BE BUILT INSIDE PIPE BOLLARD PER DETAIL LOCATED ON DETAIL SHEET. 20. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING AND PLACING PEDESTRIAN CROSSING SIGNS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT NUMBER OF SIGNS REQUIRED. SEE DETAIL SHEET. 21. CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS IN DISPOSING OF ALL MATERIALS REMOVED FROM THIS SITE. 22. CONTRACTOR IS TO INSTALL SMOOTH TRANSITIONS BETWEEN CHANGES IN CURB TYPES. 23. ALL SIGNS SHALL HAVE 7'-0" MIN. CLEARANCE FROM FINISH GRADE TO BOTTOM OF LOWEST SIGN MOUNTED ON POST. 24. EXISTING SITE HAS BEEN GRADED TO ELEVATION 72.00 AS PART OF SAM'S CONTRACT. 25. FUTURE BUSINESSES USING THIS RETAIL CENTER WILL HAVE TO BE PRE -APPROVED BY THE UTILITY DEPARTMENT, IF THE FACILITY IS USED TO STORE HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AS DEFINED UNDER FDEP CHAPTER 62-555. ALL FUTURE BUSINESSES MUST COMPLY WITH THE CIIY'S WELL PROTECTION ORDINANCE. 26. IF A FUTURE BUSINESS IS USED TO HANDLE FOOD, A PRETREATMENT DEVICE MUST BE INSTALLED AND MUST COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S UTILITY STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL, CURRENT EDITION. SITE DATA TOTAL AREA: 107,979.39 S.F. (2.48 AC.) ZONING: PUD PARCEL ADDRESS: 1101 RINEHART ROAD * TAX PARCEL I.D. No. 32193030000 900000 32193030000 9A0000 32193030000 9E0000 FLOOD PRONE: NONE ON LOT 2 WETLANDS: NONE ON LOT 2 CROSS ACCESS PROVIDED ON PLAT SITE ALLOCATION AREA: RETAIL BUILDING AREA: 24,600 S.F.± RETAIL PARKING AREA: 60,886.97 S.F.± OPEN SPACE REQUIRED: 21,595.87 S.F.± (20.00%) OPEN SPACE PROVIDED: 21,963.42 S.F.±(21.00%) PROPOSED USE; OFFICE DENSITY PROPOSED: 17 UNITS / LOT PARKING INFORMATION: RETAIL PARKING: PARKING REQUIRED BY CITY OF SANFORD : 1 SPACE/200 SF GROSS FLOOR AREA 24,600 S.F. / 200 S.F. = 123 SPACES QTOTAL PARKING PROVIDED: 2 125 SPACES RATIO = 5.08 SP. / 1000 S.F. (BASED ON GROSS BUILDING AREA OF 24,600 S.F.) ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR 101 -150 SPACES: REQUIRED: 5 SPACES PROVIDED: 5 SPACES LO m cc)o ��co C N(0 T Eorn o Z co N c N ti N N 0 U L C O o c� a m (6 � p (i a 'N L 0 p a) o LL 0 0 CL Q N D X(fS O w- O CL 10� o F- U BUILDING HEIGHT: LESS THAN 35' * THE I.D. NUMBER MAY CHANGE WHEN PLAT IS RECORDED Q.. J J m = 2 PROPOSED KEYNOTE Q LEGEND W �A YELLOW STRIPING AT 45° (TYP.). O E E W QB REMOVE EXISTING CURB, SAW CUT PAVEMENT AND MATCH NEW PAYMENT -5 U U = TO EXISTING PAVEMENT W Cc > U QC PEDESTRIAN CROSSWALK WITH 12". WIDE WHITE THERMOPLASTIC STRIPING PARALLEL TO DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC AT T O.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, a w SEE PLAN VIEW FOR WIDTH. D 6" DIA. PIPE BOLLARD (TYP.) SEE SHEET C-8. N O co co O QQE PROP. WHITE THERMOPLASTIC ACCESSIBLE SYMBOL PAINTED ON PAVEMENT .. cu � O N (IYP.) N c0 O QF 12' X 10' TRASH DUMPSTER Z r N co d LO QACCESSIBLE RAMP LOCATIONS. ALL ACCESSIBLE RAMPS TO MEET ADA STANDARDS. IT IS REQUIRED THAT EXISTING SIDEWALKS BEcu c- SAW-CUT FOR ACCESSIBLE RAMP INSTALLATIONS QH INTEGRAL CURB AND GUTTER AND SIDEWALK. tZ' QI SPILL TYPE 18" CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (TYP.) >- E cu Z LO O � KK LANDSCAPED ISLAND 0 < � U p � 0PROPOSED MONUMENT SIGN (CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE EXACT SIZE AND m Z � O LOCATION WITH DIKEOU REALTY) QM 18" TYPE "F" CURB & GUTTER QTRANSITION TO SPILL TYPE CURB O Z >, m >, m m O Q m v p� 3 V O 0 0 U Q IY r� J PROPOSED LEGEND 0. � � o (RTO) _tr_ RIGHT TURN ONLY SIGN (R3-2) 24" WHITE THERMO. STOP BAR © J Q 0 (RLRT) �- RIGHT LANE RIGHT TURN ONLY SIGN (R3-7) �► SOLID WHITE PAINTED TRAFFIC ARROW W J - co Q ` w LL (NR) NO RIGHT TURN SIGN (R3-1) SYSL/4" SINGLE YELLOW SOLID LINE / 4" WIDE z ,32- % (F) NO PARKING FIRE LANE SIGN SWSL/4" SINGLE WHITE SOLID LINE / 4" WIDE W ''�I W O 3(P) -II- PED. CROSSING SIGN DYSL-T/6" DOUBLE YELLOW SOLID LINE-(THERMO.) / 6" WIDE N W O SA IF( (S) STOP SIGN (R1-1) SWSL-T/6" SINGLE WHITE SOLID LINE-(THERMO.) / 6" WIDE ... �e Q �\ (1 W) ONE WAY SIGN (R6-2) SWDL-T/6" SINGLE WHITE DASHED LINE-(THERMO.) / 6" WIDE 10 \ (D) DO NOT ENTER SIGN (R5-1) 14 NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES " W \ �`\ \ (T1) -�' TRUCKS ENTRANCE SIGN (ARROW RT.) (4WIDE WHITE SOLID STRIPING) \ (T3) TRUCK EXIT SIGN (ARROW UP) Uw �// \\\ \ \ (NT) -� NO TRUCKS (R5-2) gp - �- ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE W/ ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT SUNSHINE STATE ONE -CALL OF FLORIDA, INC. @ 1-800-432-4770 FOR LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES, AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION O 0) N m - N -0 O a II O cQ t- Z 0 (n o O ai ai Z O 76 .4-1N U Ca O U) 0 o L U O Z 4-1 r FINAL ENGINEERING Howes L:w'JR.,P.. cn 55557 - JAN 2 8 2 " 1 nw'"r72.4 _ 0f_, x 72.0 rV 1.9 H x 71.5 ONE nr �1 �H ..�� N- --+N W +r+! 4V W -- W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W X 71.5 X 70.9 x 70.6 x 70.3 x 69.4 8" POTABLE WATER x 72.51 x 72.20 A- x 71.9 x 71.5 X 71.0 x 73.14 n 72.75 K 72.29 71.86 x 71.38 ).43 ASPHALT PAVEMENT x 73.60 73.91 73.59 3 -- - .9�7 73.68 , -x 73.3 74.03 73. x 73.75 x A (I r'l I I A 1 -r rl A / r- fl A r' A I-r ■ = 1 3.7l 1 D -__ ')OD A n' A r- RINEHART ROAD 72.33 .. / . 70.9 71 x -W W- W W- x 69.7 69.8� x ® x x 71.1 x 7, 71,29 71.90 / 72 - 71.78 -4 71.43 / ,- TC SE .; • lk • • • ELATION REA `x 65.4 32 - 1 CITY G PO Sc SANFO, MIII' Pill 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST AND/OR CUT EXISTING PAVEMENT AS NECESSARY TO ASSURE A SMOOTH FIT AND CONTINUOUS GRADE. 2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL UTILITIES AND NOTIFYING THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING STORM SEWER STRUCTURES, PIPES AND ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 4. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRS OF DAMAGE TO ANY EXISTING STRUCTURES DURING CONSTRUCTION, SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DRAINAGE, UTILITIES, PAVEMENT, STRIPING, CURBS, ETC. REPAIRS SHALL BE EQUAL TO OR BETTER THAN EXISTING CONDITIONS. 5. EXISTING GRADE CONTOURS ARE SHOWN AT ONE FOOT (V) INTERVALS, PRIOR TO SAM'S CONTRACT. LOT 2 WAS GRADED TO ELEV.72.00 AS PART OF THE SAM'S CONTRACT. 6. FINISHED GRADE CONTOURS ARE SHOWN AT ONE FOOT (1') INTERVALS. 7. CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL GOVERNING CODES AND BE CONSTRUCTED TO SAME. 8. THE CONTRACTOR IS SPECIFICALLY CAUTIONED THAT THE LOCATION AND/ OR ELEVATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE BASED ON RECORDS OF THE VARIOUS UTILITY COMPANIES AND, WHERE POSSIBLE, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN IN THE FIELD. THE INFORMATION IS NOT TO BE RELIED ON AS BEING EXACT OR COMPLETE. THE CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANY AT LEAST 72 HOURS BEFORE ANY EXCAVATION TO REQUEST EXACT FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WHICH CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 9. SITEWORK SHALL MEET OR EXCEED CITY OF SANFORD SPECIFICATIONS. 10. PRE -CAST STRUCTURES MAY BE USED AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 11. ALL CONCRETE TO HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSION STRENGTH OF 2500 P.S.I. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 12. EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURES TO BE INSPECTED AND REPAIRED AS NEEDED AND EXISTING PIPES TO BE CLEANED OUT TO REMOVE ALL SILT AND DEBRIS. ALL INSTALLED STRUCTURES SHALL BE CLEARED OF SILT AND DEBRIS PRIOR TO PROJECT CLOSE-OUT. 13. ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY LAND DISTURBANCE ACTIVITIES. 14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO ALL TERMS & CONDITIONS AS OUT- LINED IN THE GENERAL N.P.D.E.S. PERMIT FOR STORMWATER DISCHARGE ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM BUILDINGS FOR ALL NATURAL AND PAVED AREAS. 16. CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNING CODES AND BE CONSTRUCTED TO SAME. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL EXISTING PARKING, SIDEWALK, DRIVES, ETC. CLEAR AND FREE FROM ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY AND/OR MATERIAL TO ENSURE EASY AND SAFE PEDESTRIAN AND VEHICULAR TRAFFIC. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE PROPOSED UTILITY CONSTRUCTION WITH ALL UTILITY PROVIDERS TO ALLOW THEM TO WITNESS THE CONSTRUCTION AND ENSURE THEIR PARTICULAR UTILITY LINES ARE PROTECTED. 19. CONTRACTOR MUST STOP OPERATION AND NOTIFY THE OWNER FOR PROPER DIRECTION IF ANY ENVIRONMENTAL OR HEALTH RELATED CONTAMINATE IS ENCOUNTERED DURING EXCAVATION/CONSTRUCTION. 20. SEE NATURAL RESOURCE & LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR TREE PROTECTION AND GRADING METHODS ADJACENT TO TREES. 21. ALL UNSURFACED AREAS DISTURBED BY GRADING OPERATION SHALL RECEIVE 4 INCHES OF TOPSOIL. CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY STABILIZATION FABRIC TO ALL SLOPES 3HAV OR STEEPER. CONTRACTOR SHALL GRASS DISTURBED AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AGENCY SPECIFICATIONS AND WATER UNTIL A HEALTHY STAND OF GRASS IS OBTAINED. 22. CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION PLAN FOR RELOCATIONS AND ADDITIONS TO SUCH. EROSION & SEDIMENTATION CONTROL NOTES MAINTENANCE OF EROSION CONTROL MEASURES IS OF PARAMOUNT IMPORTANCE TO SAM'S CLUB. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHOWN ON THE PLANS. THE EROSION CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIBED WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED TO REPRESENT THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE STANDARDS FOR THIS PROJECT. ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES MAY BE REQUIRED DEPENDENT UPON THE STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION, THE SEVERITY OF THE RAINFALL EVENT AND/OR AS DEEMED NECESSARY AS A RESULT OF ON -SITE INSPECTIONS BY THE OWNER, THEIR REPRESENTATIVES OR THE JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. THESE ADDITIONAL MEASURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S ULTIMATE RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSURE THAT THE STORM WATER DISCHARGE FROM THE SITE DOES NOT EXCEED THE TOLERANCES ESTABLISHED BY ANY OF THE JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES. FINAL ENGINEERING Lo o Ce) CoCD _ O N OD E O b N T N M CO O C N Cn - N C) 2.0 x c N CO M o aw cn m 2 O co .N i N U LL 'o C 7s n O) C O L p Q) L- o - a) aQ - o � U O O a_C) O ILL � FN m U N Q. J J = 2 Q U) > c: o E U' U S U °_ a co O 0 41 CO Q M N CD z1 W�- 4- O C7 C7 (D } E 3 U-) C� Z J 0 c 0 U o m _ O Z > m O. Q (U : > Oy +�? U ,N � N 0 r*) U <L Of z a J a Jo 0 Z j�o a W� LL LL 0 W W ®Q O u. W f� o (y) II � > O N o U 3 a �- Z 0 0 ai U U)M­5u- � o Z � .aj � N 0 '111 M E!! J ANN Z_ U) HOWARD L. WRAY, JR., P.E. 55557 JAN 2 8 2004 { W ,�J N W W W -W-- W W W W W W W -W W W W +N W 8" POTABLE WATER `` >PHAL T PAVEIVIET GRASSED MEDIAN ASPHALT PAVEMENT EXIST. 10" FORCE MAIN (SEMINOLE COUNTY) �J CD / W wN +N • I w / 1 / 1 1 0 1 EXIST. 16" X 8" TEE W/ p 8" GATE VALVE -__ 'S ------� --------------------------------------------- ---------------'�_��^ ---- ------ _RWM W RWMNk,S - _ �� RWM RWM RWM RWM RWM RWM RWM - W W W W W W W W W RWM �` RWW � R � TV _R _ VI-Y EXIST. 8" STUB OUTc)oNW 1--- _------_------------------------------ ----------------------__ ---o�_E � 1 PROP. 8" X 8" TAPPING & EE j I -12' PERPETUAL RIGHT OF WF EASEMENT rJ Liu PER GLACE & RADCLIFFE, IN lEHART I Q ROAD R/W EXTENSION, JOB #88531 U U - J PROPOSED DOUBLE CHECK DETECTO ASSEMBLY -J , SEE FIGURE 500B SHEET C-913 II ! ' II JI Jl REMOVE 8" PLUG AND CONNECT TO J� EXIST. WATER MAIN W18"X4" REDUC RETENTION II AREA _- .4 ,• ti ., t - 1 UTILITY AND ACCESS J EASEMENT II ! RETAIL S PACE IJ O I J : \\ FIRE SERVICE 6" CLEANOUT (TYP) A* PER RECORD DRAWINGS f 1 I CONNECTION FOR SAM'S CLUB /J MANHOLE TOP EL. 71.80 , r,Ti"I1 I I I INV. EL.66.40 EXIST. MANHOLE TOP EL. / 1 1/2" SERVICE 24,600 S.F.± G.F.A. TO BE ADJUSTED TO J! t _KV I _ BANK 17 EACH CORE BORE INV. PROP. GRADE (71.65±) a;; I 2 . 0 I CL 2 Qo x ' N O L 2 Q ' � 3 2 .o . I � 00 M (D IR o_ c`M O 0 N 00 N n 3 a a U z w J Q ' 3 N O O •C: \ IJ �' 4 II 3 j. VAL I J f -, 125 LF-8" PVC @ 0.4% Q 160 LF-8" PVC 0.4% O IJ MH TOIL INV. EL.65.90 3 @ INV. EL.65.90 (CORE BORE INV.) INV. EL. 66.54 EL.71.20 *INV. EL.65.74 c S.01 \ F\ F O-ev/ - * S f J\ S A O ® (9l/ f �FN` CCFSS \ \ �- ` * INV. EL.64.74 coH O \ co \ \ \ 1-0- // / <r o w ��J � I � r) LOT 1 I TAKE BACK CALCULATIONS I TOTAL SITE ACREAGE: 2.48 ACRES IRRIGATED ACREAGE: 0.48 ACRES POTABLE WATER USAGE: 3,769 GPD RECLAIMED WATER USAGE: 1,660 GPD WASTEWATER GENERATION: 3,578 GPD CITY OF SANFORD PERMITTED CAPACITY: 7.5 MGD .USAGE STATEM ENT A rULLT AU I UMA I Ili IKKIIiA I FUN SY6I EM, U I ILIZING RECLAIM WATER, SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO PROVIDE TOTAL COVERAGE FOR ALL LANDSCAPING. THIS INCLUDES ALL HEDGES, TREES AND GRASSED AREAS FOR THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT. 1 GENERAL UTILITY NOTES: 1, SEE COVER SHEET FOR A LIST OF UTILITY COMPANIES. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE WITH APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, ADJUSTMENT OR RELOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AS DESIGNATED ON PLANS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE UTILITY AUTHORITY INSPECTORS 72 HOURS BEFORE CONNECTING TO ANY EXISTING LINE. 4. DRAWINGS DO NOT PURPORT TO SHOW ALL EXISTING UTILITIES. EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO NEW UTILITY LINES BEING INSTALLED. 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS SPECIFICALLY CAUTIONED THAT THE LOCATION AND/ OR ELEVATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS BASED ON RECORDS OF THE VARIOUS UTILITY COMPANIES AND, WHERE POSSIBLE, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN IN THE FIELD. THE INFORMATION IS NOT TO BE RELIED ON AS BEING EXACT OR COMPLETE. THE CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANY AT LEAST 72 HOURS BEFORE ANY EXCAVATION TO REQUEST EXACT FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WHICH CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRS OF DAMAGE TO ANY EXISTING UTILITY DURING CONSTRUCTION AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACTUAL LOCATION OF ALL UTILITY ENTRANCES TO INCLUDE SANITARY SEWER LATERALS, DOMESTIC AND FIRE PROTECTION WATER SERVICE, ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND GAS SERVICE. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF UTILITIES, IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO AVOID CONFLICT AND ASSURE PROPER DEPTHS ARE ACHIEVED AS WELL AS COORDINATING WITH UTILITY REQUIREMENTS AS TO LOCATION AND SCHEDULING FOR TIE-INS/CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO CONNECTING TO EXISTING UTILITIES. 8., ALL CLEAN -OUTS CONSTRUCTED WITHIN PAVED AREAS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH TRAFFIC BEARING RINGS & COVERS. 9. ALL CLEAN -OUTS WITHIN THE PAVEMENT AREA SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH TRAFFIC BEARING PARTS AS APPLICABLE. 10. SANITARY SEWER PIPE AND MANHOLE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A. PVC SEWER PIPE SHALL BE TYPE PSM PVC PIPE CONFORMING TO ASTM D3034 AND SHALL BE SDR 35 FOR 4" THROUGH 15", AND ASTM F 679, WALL THICKNESS T-1, FOR PIPE 18" THROUGH 27". B. ALL MANHOLES SHALL BE PRECAST CONSTRUCTION. THE MINIMUM DIAMETER OF MANHOLES SHALL BE 48" FOR SEWER LINES 21" IN DIAMETER OR LESS. INTEGRALLY CAST STEPS WITHIN PRECAST STRUCTURES ARE NOT ALLOWED. C. FRAMES AND COVERS SHALL BE GREY IRON PER ASTM A48, CLASS 30B AND SHALL BE US FOUNDRY TYPE 227AS, TRAFFIC BEARING (AASHTO H-20 LOADING), UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. 11. WATERLINES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A. BURIED DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL CONFORM WITH ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 AND C151/A21.51, AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 150 PSI. BURIED PIPE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASS (PC) DESIGNATION UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS: 12" DIAMETER AND SMALLER = PC 350; B. EXPOSED PIPE SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON FLANGED AND SHALL CONFORM WITH AWWA/ANSI C115/A21.15, AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM WORKING PRESSURE OF 150 PSI. FLANGED PIPE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING THICKNESS CLASS (TC) DESIGNATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS: A) 3" DIAMETER AND SMALLER = TC 55; B) 4" DIAMETER = TC 54; C) 6" THROUGH 24" DIAMETER = TC 53. C. PVC PIPE 4"- 12" SHALL CONFORM TO AWWA C900. PIPE 14" - 36" SHALL CONFORM TO AWWA C905. PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D1784, TYPE I, GRADE 1, 4000 PSI DESIGN STRESS, AND SHALL BE NATIONAL SANITATION FEDERATION (NSF) APPROVED. PIPE SHALL BE CLASS 150 (DR18) WITH MARKINGS ON EACH SECTION SHOWING D. ALL SERVICE PIPING (1" -3") SHALL BE POLYETHYLENE. SDR-PR PE PIPE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM PE3408 AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM D2239 AND ANSI/AWWA C901. ALL PIPE SHALL BE DR9, PRESSURE CLASS 200 PSI. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL GROUT AROUND ALL PIPE ENTRANCES TO SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES WITH NON -SHRINKING GROUT TO ASSURE CONNECTION IS WATER TIGHT. 13. ALL CONCRETE FOR ENCASEMENT SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3000 P.S.I. AT 28 DAYS. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL APPURTENANCES SUCH AS CHECK VALVES, BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, ETC., AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 15. ALL WATER LINES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF T OF COVER. 16. REFER TO SHEET C-2, GENERAL NOTES SHEET, WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM NOTES AND SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM NOTES FOR PVC PIPE IDENTIFICATION SPECIFICATIONS. 17. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE INSPECTION ON ALL UTILITIES, WITH APPROPRIATE AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO COVERING TRENCHES DURING INSTALLATION. 18. CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL GOVERNING CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. 19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT ALL REQUIRED TESTS TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE RESPECTIVE UTILITY COMPANIES AND THE OWNER'S INSPECTING AUTHORITIES. 20. ALL NECESSARY INSPECTIONS AND/OR CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY CODES AND/OR UTILITY SERVICE COMPANIES SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO ANNOUNCED BUILDING POSSESSION AND THE FINAL CONNECTION OF SERVICES. 21. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR BACK FILLING AND COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS ON UTILITY TRENCHES. 22. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY TO THE FULLEST EXTENT WITH THE LATEST STANDARDS OF OSHA DIRECTIVES OR ANY OTHER AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING PROCEDURES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE SUPPORT SYSTEMS, SLOPING, BENCHING AND OTHER MEANS OF PROTECTION. THIS TO INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED, FOR ACCESS AND EGRESS FROM ALL EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE. CRITERIA FOR OSHA, INCLUDING THE FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT (90-96, LAWS OF FLORIDA). 23. ALL FILL MATERIAL IS TO BE IN PLACE AND COMPACTED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF PROPOSED UTILITIES. 24. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING TRENCH, BEDDING, CONDUIT, PULL WIRES, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION FOR TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL LINES. 25. PARKING LOT LIGHTING CONDUIT SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC, 3/4 INCH MINIMUM OR AS INDICATED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 26. CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE LIGHT POLES AND FIXTURES AS INDICATED. CONTRACTOR TO BUILD NEW POLE BASE AND STUB CONDUIT AND WIRE AS NEEDED. LEGEND S SANITARY SEWER LINE W WATER LINE '-'RWM----- RECLAIM WATER LINE STORM SEWER PIPE FW FIRE WATER LINE FINAL ENGINEERING Lo C) CO N N co E O c0 N C4 M OV !_ N U) � N Oo ,� O O (�0 m 0 co C) M 'L r+ O LL c `t Q < 0 0 m a cu U LO Q m m m Q p N J Q O w of W o w LU w w m U w a z w o� U U a W w U cr LU d 0 wLD W w 4) (Q Q N ti O Ch m 9' (o mO O N co CV M CID O �- N M to N M O -_ O -_ C) -_ C) C) E Z Lo to Lo Lo r� U m U C) � Q < O Q m a) 0 >, m ca 0 m 4) U m 0- Q O Z O m � z Q ^J ii. J j p W -j Q LL cl W Wwo w- U. ...� Z co _ a 0 U N 3 O M N -0 > O a II O (=) co r- Z O U O c:) Z C) N U N 0 z HOW ARD L. WRAY, JR., P.E. 55 57 T* O N 0 `m in O a cQ 0 0 N n ' N (O Ot 3 v W z O I= U W 0 z W J Q z 3, N 0 0 m Q 7'-0" 12"X18" FOOTING a� TF---- ---- r 18 GA. PAINTED METAL GATE (BOX RIB OR EXPANDED METAL) e CONST. JOINTS 10, O.C. 6" THICK P.C.C. SLAB W/ 6"X 6"-10/10 W.W.M. ON 6" GRAVEL BASE. SEE JAMB DETAIL AT RIGHT PLAN VIEW #5 BARS - VERTICAL 32" O.C. 1 PROVIDE 1" DIA.-6" LONG GLAV. PIPE EMBEDED IN CONCRETE FOR CANEBOLT. �77 -rl o F. o 3 z O U W U) w w U) PAINT INSIDE TO MATCH GA. CLEANED, PRIMED BLDG, EPDXY PAINT�18 & PAINTED METAL GATE. (BOX RIB) 10'-0" WALL FTG. BEYOND (SEE SECTION "A") 6" THK. P.C.C. PAD W/ 6X6-10/10 — W.W.M. ON 6" AGG. BASE & 12" WIDE FTG. AROUND PERIMER OF SLAB OR 5"X 5"X 1/4" STEEL TUBE EMBEDED 12" INTO FOOTING. 1/2" DIA.X 8" BARREL BOLT LOCK (ONE GATE) 1" X 18 GA. METAL DECK 3"X 4"X 1/4" METAL ANGLE FRAME 4 SIDES EA. GATE 2 PAIR McKINNEY T4133781 HINGES EA. GATE. METAL SCREED f STUCCO ON / METAL LATH 8"X 8"X 16" C.M.U. WALL L_ 1/2" DIA. X 12" CANE BOLT ONE GATE 3/8" DIA. BAR 8"X2" 1 1/2"X 1 1/2"X 3/16" METAL WELDED TO STEEL ANGLE DIAGONAL BRACE TUBE 16" C.C. 5"X 5"X 1/4" STEEL TUBE W/ 5"X 5"X 1/4" CAP PLATE EMBEDED 12" INTO FOOTING JAMB DETAIL NOTE: STUCCO MAY BE OMITTED IF C.M.U. IS SPLIT FACE BLOCK, SLUMP STONE BLOCK, OR FLUTED BLOCK. PROJECT STUCCO & STRIKE PAVEMENT SURFACE AS SPECIFIED —� #5 BARS CONT. TOP & BOTTOM 0 DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE DETAIL NOTE: STRUCTURAL DESIGN BY ARCHITECT. THREADED PVC HEAVY DUTY FRAME AND COVER W/ LETTERS "C.O.' CAST IN COVER GRADE SURFACE AWAY CLEANOUT PLUG UT— FROM CLEAN OUT —". . � . 1' IN GRASSY AREA WIN PAVED AREA ADJUSTABLE HEAD 4" MIN. 2500 PSI P.C. CONCRETE COLLAR 12' 12' NOTE: SEE APPLICABLE DETAIL FOR BACKFILL AND BEDDING INSTRUCTIONS. SIZE OF RISER PIPE PER LOCAL CODES I I I I I I 45° BEND °°O °0.° ° o o°O°Oo •� ° °o0 /! o°°•ob°• o . a°° °°o //� z . ° o o° Q o o ° ."'e CRUSHED STONE PER LOCAL CODES �.o. G 00 .°00:0 °. 000. o • OO a ° • 00. p 0 a DIRECTION OF FLOW — _ Oo ° 01 00009 O°.o.. 0. SEE PLAN FOR PIPE SIZE, E TYPE, AND ELEVATION PLUG WYE IF SERVICE LATERAL DOES NOT CONTINUE SANITARY SEWER CLEAN —OUT N.T.S. SOLID GROUT ALL CELLS. #5 BARS 32" O.C. 8"X 8"X 16" C.M.0 WALL W/ DUR-O-WALL EVERY SECOND COURSE. STUCCO & PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING. 6" THK. P.C.C. SLAB W/ 6"X 6"-10/10 / W.W.M. ON 6" AGG. BASE4. ifl 1 4�. SECTION "A" 4' A a. d n 4 io A d a - Ui - SAW -CUT EXIST. ASPHALT PVMT. AND REMOVE PVMT. IN PROPOSED SIDEWALK AREA EXIST. ASPHALT PAVEMENT COMPACTED BENEATH PROPOSED L6] SIDEWALK AREA TO 98% MAX. DENSITY PER AASHTO T-180. INTEGRAL CURS & SIDEWALK N.T.S. F.F. = 72.95 — PROPOSED BUILDING SIDEWALK W/ INTEGRAL CURB 5' F 30' 30' SECTION A -A SCALE: 1" = 10' HORIZ. 1" = 2' VERT. L5' PROPOSED BUILDING 8, 2' 8' EXIST. GRADE F.F. = 72.95 Q �.1�11I� II 1.5' t7SPILL TYPE x- CURB EXISTING 7 GRADE 1 1/2 ASPHALT MIN. S-1 8" MIN. LIMEROCK BASE COURSE (COMPACTED TO MINIMUM 98% T-180) 12" STABILIZED SUB BASE COMPACTED TO MINIMUM FBV 75 PSI 51.5' , 8, S' 1.5' STANDARD TYPED CURB & GUTTER SPILL TYPE .:.....::.......... ::::::::::::::::: ;:::;::::: �-I CURB SPILL TYPE ........................... ...........:.:...:.. :::.:..... /�i. MV— A SECTION B-B SCALE: 1" = 10' HORIZ. 1" = 2' VERT. EXIST. DRIVE 1 1/2" ASPHALT MIN. S-1 8" MIN. LIMEROCK BASE COURSE (COMPACTED TO MINIMUM 98% T-180) 12" STABILIZED SUB BASE COMPACTED TO MINIMUM FBV 75 PSI 2O' S 30' 30' CONCRETE _ I—T—I I I —I I I— SIDEWALK LANDSCAPE AREA III -III -III -III -I _11E I SPILL TYPE III I I Ir'�T CURB SPILL TYPE EXISTING' —III CURB EXIST. GRADE LANDSCAPED BERM S�2`� M_ ...................... ..... rraw.:xw... rnw :.. .. .................................................. SECTION C-C SCALE: 1" = 10' HORIZ. 1" = 2' VERT. 1 3' 7' A F.F. 72.95 1 1/2" ASPHALT MIN. S-1 8" MIN. LIMEROCK BASE COURSE (COMPACTED TO MINIMUM 98% T-1 12" STABILIZED SUB BASE COMPAC TO MINIMUM FBV 75 PSI II FINAL ENGINEERING N co co N CD CO co Z N GA0 co 0 00 N (A ~ N N O G $_ O m O M N I C .0) O O LL -2 .. 1� C .� O 0)LL O c O O Q Q o 0O40Q.� __ d � a) W c U >o .Q ELL = 2 Q W E E > O W o o '� U U 2 U U � N N W W d IL N co �,� R3 0 o N N r (o z �- cq o 0 0 0 Q r r r r r r r r ti N Lo m z -� I) Lo C6 C6 0 Y Y O -i -i r 0 z > m m m O Qa�i co a�i c+a U O a� •ln � N s� � UQ N J W W j J Z w OJ w Q�LL 0 WO p Z (� w � Q N V/ Z O V W N r 0) W Qp O N N U) z j Z o O lw 0 m Q ZZ 0 ~ o z O N !I) LL" O O Alm z W W HO ARD L. WRAY, JR., P.E. 55557 , JAN 2 8 2004 FACE OF CURB FACE OF CURB 6' 6" 10" TRANSITION FROM LOW 2" R. T_ ILPOINT OF GUTTER TO c0 r M -' a 6" SLOPE OF PAVEMENT. 6" SCH. 40 STEEL PIPE 00 ct E 0 ` I a v 3" R. FILLEWITHDTOP/ ROUNDED. o 0) N(D M V Z PAVEMENT SLOPE 00 h N r A = h N coO I . I4 _ M Oa) t�V io Q• _ 3!4" R 8 2' 0" O p N 9 co h m" M N A B C D E F o • 4 b a PAVEMENT OR cu o L SUB -BASE FINISHED GRADE O ~O SUB - BASE U O u- C d CL Q , 12' 18" 12" 8" 10' • 4 a GO co CL LLL N a 3 COVER TO c0 N SPILL TYPE CURB -STANDARD CURB AND F OVER FOOTING ~ �° ® °• A 3" FDOT TYPE S I OR S ill ASPHALTIC OD 4" FDOT TYPE S I OR S III ASPHALTIC O FILL POST w/ CONCRETE U CONCRETE WITH A MINIMUM STABILITY OF CONCRETE WITH A MINIMUM STABILITY OF 1500 LBS. COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% 1500 LBS. COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% p Z ' OF THE MAXIMUM LABORATORY DENSITY. OF THE MAXIMUM LABORATORY DENSITY. FACE OF CURB GUTTER DETAIL W .. OW LIMEROCK HAVING A MINIMUM LBR OF 100 UE W LIMEROCK HAVING A MINIMUM LBR OF 100 6' a • 2500 PSI P.C. COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 98% OF THE MODIFIED COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 98% OF THE MODIFIED CONCRETE MINIMUM PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY (ASTM D-1557). PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY (ASTM D-1557). e (TYP.) �— • • 'a OC 8" SUBBASE IN -SITU SOILS COMPACTED TO AT OF 8" SUBBASE IN -SITU SOILS COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% OF THE MODIFIED PROCTOR MAXIMUM LEAST 95% OF THE MODIFIED PROCTOR MAXIMUM • ? ,�:. _ NOTE: DRY DENSITY (ASTM D-1557) DRY DENSITY (ASTM D-1557) �+ �- ;' ' • ; ' o 1' 6" SEE PAVING SPECS. PED =• : ' ` • i ALL PIPES SHALL BE THIS SHEET PAINTED TRAFFIC YELLOW nT XING LIGHT DUTY HEAVY DUTY SUB -BASE 24" NOTE: BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE EXTENDED A MINIMUM OF 1 FOOT BEYOND THE BACK BLACK LEGEND ON OF CURB AND SUBBASE SHALL BE EXTENDED 1 FOOT MIN. BEYOND THE BASE. 12" YELLOW BACKGROUND (WllA-2) (WllA-2P) FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION PIPE BOLLARD DETAIL "PEDESTRIAN CROSSING" SIGN INTEGRAL CURB DETAIL 31'r " B T H I J SURFACE MATERIAL -p BASE COURSE SLOPE TO FIT {+ I�-r 0 • ORNEWAY CL .• 7�' STD. Q : •• a — — — -� . Q. Q 64 MIN. RESERVED 11111 PARKING O5" TYPE 1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE O 7" TYPE 1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 6" X 2„ CONCRETE WITH A 4000 PSI COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH WITH A 4000 PSI COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH . _ O AT 28 DAYS. 10' X 10' CONTROL JOINT NOTE: TO BE PAID FOR AS PARENT CURB. AT 28 DAYS. 12' X 12' CONTROL JOINT RIBBON CURBING REFER TO SHEET C-14A 0 SPACING W/ MIN. 1-1/4' SAW -CUT DEPTH. SPACING W/ MIN. 1-3/4" SAWCUT DEPTH. O DROP CURB FOR ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNS REQUIRED O 12" CLEAN, FINE SAND SUBGRADE WITH LESS O 12" CLEAN, FINE SAND SUBGRADE WITH LESS THAN 10% PASSING A NO.200 SIEVE, THAN 10% PASSING A NO.200 SIEVE, COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% OF THE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% OF THE GENERAL NOTES MODIFIED PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. MODIFIED PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. 1. THE CONCRETE FOR CURBS SHALL BE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION LIGHT DUTY HEAVY DUTY CLASS T CONCRETE, AND HAVE A COMPRESSIVE STRENGTT OF 2500 PSI. "U"-CHANNEL— I I 2. ALL CURBS SHALL HAVE CONTRACTION JOINTS AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED POST (24bs1B.) AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 10'- 0" ON CENTERS FOR ALL CURBS. .I 6- dl. w o CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER DETAILS I r 10'-0' Max. 1/2' EXPANSION FIBERBOARD FILLER 4" PIPE BOLLARD PAINTED ! o Z SEE THE SITEWORK SPECIFICATIONS TRAFFIC YELLOW, FILLED I 4 MATERIALS THAT WILL BE USED FOR W/CONCRETE. O O O O CONSTRUCTION OF A CHAIN LINK FENCE. I� O FOR THE SIZE, TYPE, AND GAUGE OF NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH WAL-MART SPECIFICATIONS, AND DESIGN � ••' • i DATA AND RECOMMENDATION OF THE FCPA'DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF CONCRETE I I �- is Y u 'j ' • PAVEMENT MANUAL" FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINT SPACING. THIS IS TO INCLUDE �! '••' • ••.' � ': ;'•a• �: CONTROLlCONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTION AND ISOLATION JOINTS. SLOPE TOP (� B OF CONCRETE lal GROUND/PAVING RIGID PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION SURFACE NOTE: PROVIDE 1/2" EXPANSION as a JOINT BETWEEN SIDEWALK AeI o E L `? ZD ¢ AND ALL FIXED OBJECTS 3500 P.S.I. �a I \// \LO � \ cu LO z A A P.C. CONCRETE ��\ z a I I a\'i' t1� 1/2" RADIUS TOOLED JOINT OR a ' \� NOTES: PLAN VIEW 1" DEEP SAWED JOINT (TYP.) B I I 3• _ \\<�`7`� U a SEE SITE PLAN R Z 1. SUB -BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE EXTENDED A MINIMUM OF 1 FOOT BEYOND THE BACK OF CURB. A L J- A O N m 2. WHERE CONCRETE PAVEMENT IS CONSTRUCTED ALL CURBING ADJACENT TO IT SHALL BE INTEGRAL CURB, 1/4" THICKNESS PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER SPACED @ 35' O.C. MAX. d' . 3. CONCRETE PAVEMENT SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED ONLY OVER STABLE AND SMOOTH COMPACTED SUBGRADES. EXTEND JOINT FILLER FULL DEPTH OF SIDEWALK 2+ SLOPE 1/4" /FT. ANY SURFACE DISTURBANCES OR WHEEL RUTTING SHOULD BE PREPARED PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. (TYP) MAX. 4. THE SUBGRADE SHOULD BE'i HOROUGHLY WETTED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE TO r MINIMIZE ABSORPTION OF MOISTURE FROM THE CONCRETE DURING CURING. 5.0' 5.0' 5.0' 5.0' 5.0' S.0' 5.0' (TYP) 1/2'R 2• (TYP.) S. CONCRETE PAVEMENT THICKNESS SHOULD BE UNIFORM THROUGHOUT, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF CURBING OR X-0" MIN. THICKENED EDGES. • e LINE POSTS l:, '* �-�' "..:: ' 3"(TYP.) 3'-6' MIN. 4" O GATE O PAVING DETAILS 6 �s PC CONCRETE ,� Z R NOTE: (TYP) U4" ffYPl � �, ca � CORNER POSTS WHERE REQUIRED REINFORCEMENT (TYP) ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN 4�> ..a �, m -a O 'AGGREGATE BASE U -0 WILL W No. 3 BARS 24' O.C. COURSE COMPACTED TO <C G m 0) > SECTION A —A 90% STD. PROCTOR (TYP) SECTION B-B c Y O 4 TIMES POST DIA EACH WAY SPACING, cn � N � O CHAIN LINK FENCE o o Q w CONCRETE SIDEWALK J F- 2'-0" W TYp• Lu t2" � I 0 2'-0"R _ 5/8" I I V/1 Q - J o 1'-0' 3" 4'-9" No-- 5/8" " " J ®9 0 J 4' LEFTTURN PARKING 2'5/8" R1-130 < W O p 2" 518* f-- Q LL r W 0 . Typ. STANDING 5/$+ STANDARD RED AND WHffESIGN 1'-0• FIRE LANE 2' NOTE: NOTE: R5-1 C) �W�y/ O E Typ 7/16" ALL STOP SIGNS ARE TO BE 30"X30" LL 2'-0"R Y z HIGH INTENSITY TYPE. z 12" 1'-0' <C NOTE: ALL TRAFFIC FLOW ARROWS NOTE: SIGN BORDERS ARE 3/8" TO BE REFLECTIVE YELLOW 4'-9' (RED LETTERS ON WHITE) "D O NOT ENTER" U) PAINT PER SPECS. Typ. NOTE.S:. STOP SIGN W RIGHT TURN 1. SIGNS SHALL FACE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC. SIGN % L W PARKING BY TRAFFIC FLOW ARROW FIRE LANE SIGN DISABLED r n PERMIT V ONLY $ 250 FINE - CITY ORD. 3211 co ZO O O CV SIGNS USED AS PER FLORIDA STATUTES O O J FTP 25 PER FS 316.1955, FS 316.1956 i- 0 ce O Q PON NOTES: pp L�MM 12" RI-6X 18" O Z Z Cl w r O� QDDIN� 1. ALL LETTERS ARE 1" SERIES "C" PER MUTCD O Z O 2. TOP PORTION OF SIGN SHALL HAVE FLECTREFLECTORIZED (ENGINEERING GRADE) ^ O [\p M 30" X 36" V 0 O BLUE BACKGROUND WITH WHITE REFLECTORIZED LEGEND &BORDER J W e U 3. BOTTOM PORTION OF SIGN SHALL HAVE A REFLECTORIZED (ENGINEERING (ONLY GRADE) WHITE BACKGROUND WITH BLACK OPAQUE LEGEND & BORDER 4. FINE NOTIFICATION SIGN SHALL HAVE A REFLECTORIZED (ENGINEERING R6-1 R GRADE) WHITE BACKGROUND WITH BLACK OPAQUE LEGEND & BORDER 5. ONE (1) SIGN REQUIRED FOR EACH PARKING SPACE. 36" X 12" R3-5R IMPROVEMENT .P 11-_AN 6. INSTALLATION HEIGHT OF SIGN SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION NO PARKING ` Y����M 24-23 OF MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD) - "RIGHT TURN ��-~�-�-•- �---�--�°� �' LOADING / UNLOADING HANDICAPPED SIGN DETAIL ZONE SIGN ONE WAY SIGN ONLY SKIN --�- HOWARD L, NRAY, JR., P.E. , 55557 = JAN 2.8 2007 I mm I Z00.130 13d NO1dImO •` •a3AO8ddV 6661 31Ya SlIV130 (INVONVIS Aimn (IN03NVS 30 )U10 W5AW � JNI�I��NIJN�-1�/N1� 'SN` Id ONIN33NION3 103f 8nS 3H1 30 IVAONddd S11N31N18dd3a S3111111n 3H1 30 IVMVN(]H11M 3H1. NI 11nS38 11VHS `SN011`dO01 NOLM4803N1 ANd18 30 NI ON11113 3H1 NVHl 83H10 /13NNOS83d a8OANVS 30 J11.10-NON ke S11d13a 3S3H1 30 NOLLVO131a01N Wundo 00£ 'Old r 6661 alliDAYS d0 A110 V I V I V d d JLLp 3HL A8 031d=V SI 103'08d 111Nn Nou0nN1SNOD ONIanO SLNno03V Alnun TM 803 3181SNOdS38 38 TIVHS 83do1YW 3H1 '9 ZO£ 3bMU NO ONVAYaa TV13a oumds mis (NIA ,OZ a .I) a31Y3S V 301AONd TIVHS 833NION3 '9 KRS,1S 831)INIadS m81od 3V 3OTr10�N1NO33 ATTM LLLVV401ny UV TTVISNI TNHS 83�-QA3a 'r 30N3i 30 NMV1183d °NnONY 0381103N 38 TIVHS ONWOSONVI '£ 11naNO3 ONnOW83ONn HDMNHI 38 TI1YHS NOLLV1Sdoinldd3111 011 83A d Z '313WNW 'I'S'd OOO£ VIH1 HONI (9) XIS 38 TIVHS NoWy aNY kVM3AI80 'L I IVITI s31 oN -n3m13M M 3H1 30 HLd3a 3141 01 1VnO3 38 TMHS NO1SN3W10 SIHL NIVYI N31VM 03YIIV133N a313W N3IVM M/2! 0118nd - I/O 318V1Od .4/£ 1FfJn 133N1S BBrYJ 30 NOVG 31vo 9 IMS X1YM3als ,9 v ('NIW) ,5 E M/N 31380NOO ? o .# 3OIA30 d38/M 8818 3SOH 30rA ,OL 331AN3S N31YM .l 8313N NOLLY01881 .$,/£ (LO£ 38r1OL3 33S) NIYi , 13NYd 10UN03 (du) IY31sAs Nouvai N1 5 RZ 38MU 33S) nNvvi 3HL 30 9 9P (INV VNN3INY (UNT OLT73 NOLLO3S 83d J# 30N33 )INn NrVHO ,I 30N33 30 .£ NIHIM 01 O803NVS 30 AID Ol 031V31030 BVIS 31380NOO 38 Ol IDVNI 30 sll)Yn ISd OOO£ H31HL J, Z0Z 'Old 6661 (IHOANVS d0 A110 �J3A0O aNV 3-IOHNVW ad1VGNV1S NOLLVA313 7Yn03 NO .96ZL. 3Sn :3YIVN3 13IN1 .LZZ. isn :3NVN3 31OHNVYi-% 'NIW .Z/L- S30Y3Nn ONLLVI 03NIHOV1 S310H NOW 9NLLV613N3d-NON Z AINO SMn13Y3 03NIVINIVA )U13 803 .ONO3NVS 30 AID NVId p 'IVn03 NO .JY. .3011 SN3A03 IIY 318VOnddV SV .831VM VINOlS. NO.'3SV3I3H WV N3M3S. .3SV3I38 8IV N3LYM. NO ANVI1NVS. 83A00 30 dol HIIM HSnl3 Sa31131 .Z/L-L 03SIVN LOZ 'Old 6661 aw-ANVS d0 A110 00 D a3 7q Q Q Q Q Q Q z 'a v D $ �D A z�v v� D SE D 6=O O -O A CA J1-n t0 0 0 0 � 0 0 Jk� o � 0 0 0 0 � J1� # $ JIB -.e g 9 91 8 g 0 A p to W J 01 N # W N Z O 0m �n O7 l0 v t"�� yy -Q f g z z o z x x n; m -1 A A 10Z 'Oid 6661 aaOANVS d0 Alb IVl NOLLOBNOO 31OHNVV4 UMANI 3did MOW)O 3Hl 3AO8V 3NOY1 NO .i•Z 1N3ANI NY 3AYH HDIVA 1N3n UN1 TM 803 (13811*03N 38 TIVHS NOLL03HNOD dO8O 3OtSLno NY '£ 803 S11Y13a NOLL03NNO3 IH0LLN3iVVM 31VNLM-TVNY SUIC! �3A0addV AV?( 3RI Z 3HI SY IVIa3LVW (INV 3ZIS 1Vn03 30 38 TIYHS SONILLU NY 3dldddONa .I fi310N N01103NNOO 3d1d 3IOHNVII 1SV03Hd GHVONVIS WL03NNT,.31OHNYVI dMY1D 3d1331S SS31NIYrols 83O8Y1 ONY 3did 8313YM1a .*Z NO3 11Y13a 1VI33dS dKl 210 0Adr7inOUS N 33S) TMM HIM HSn13 XNINHS-NON DN3BYTIW TMM 310HNVW 1SVD3Nd 11Y.3a dO8a ONWNVIS ON313 .06' (L 31ON 33S) r; 038I1"1038 SY 3d1d d08a NOLL03NNOD I3IN1 3d1d lYDLL83A 30 - 1N3W3SY3N3 313WN03 (£ 3ION 33S) 83M3S 1N3n11N1---_­* TTYM 31OHNVVI 1SVD38d 331 9OZ 'Old 6661T_ aWgNVS d0 Alb 1N3N39NV88V NNV1 (INV lld 3AIVA (13NIGHOO II3 133HIS .06 MO .E 0381N 800Z 'Oid 6661 aMOdNVS d0 Alb 1IV134 T0HNVW 3V30,1 SV N3Nn 8oimmm NY 3AVH TIVHS 3OWK)S10 NNIYrt 3D803u0NIA0038 �S31OHNVW •9 3RL GNYMOI 31OHNVVI 3HI 30 TMM 3HL ViOW ONOI S3FpN1 91 30 WnMIN�Vr�38 TIYHS TIVM WMQ HoV3 'f '3AILYN83LN NY SY 03Sn 38 AVW NoIS30 3N00 OWN30NOD a3A0addV '£ 'SlIV130 NOLL03NNOO 3pHNVW 33S '31OHNYM 3HI 30 183ANI 31A1 3AO8Y 3MY1 No .4Z SI 83M3S 1N3nUNI 30 1NMNI NWN3K% 0381nb38 3NY SHOIL03NNOD dONa Z 4Z NvHL Mow Sa3vm 803 8313rryia 31OHNYW 80A 1VnNVW 3HI 30 £'4'OZ NOLms 33S '.4Z nNH1 .9 3ZIS 83M3S 803 SI WOHS 31OHNYM 'L :S310N .C. ® 1 e �.7C � •C 50Z 'Old 6661 (180AVS 30 Alb SNOI1V013103dS IV63-LV1 301Ad3S H3M3S Wfln0VA i 1 • �'� ONV 1N3A 331AN3S IVOIdAl V '00 Ad 01, HS 3JN 'A''0 3L GN38 St, 38nLDn81S'0M3SddVO 03aVMHL -On OAd J, 83M OAd ON38 .00 aN38 ,06 aHVM HSV81 HS3W 1331S SS31NM1S ,8/t HIM 3331d -)OOdS ONO-1 ,9 Via ,f NOLL33S-SSON3 331A83S IV31dU J•YM NWMA 31�T/A IV n0�rus 1(L� S•LL 1YJl3g03Sy) YM 39 1lgNy3p my -,anus CL�S S•a >tY 3JS) 'O� ti 0 M3N 3Hl 30 NOILVTTVISNI 31­11 NO3 SIIV13a D IDUS 3W M0138 d31Y81SnTII 'S11V13a NOLLYIIVISNI f9SZ0 NOIIVNDs30 rim Ol WNO.iN00 aNY OT3N 1lLiA-)OS 3HI 110.1 03Sn 38 TIVHS 3mo aNV 83MI8d 'N3NV3p 3LVNYd3S Y 3n10 (INV 8310,118d NY310 OAd '0 '91•£3 W1SY Ol VWJNW TIYHS SONUIU 'SNOLL03NN00a a01 AA iisi aA -JOS HIM 3dA1 IN3A ONY 31SYM NIYNO 3H1 30 38 TIVHS SONILLU SONLL113 '8 99Lta aNv m1a r(lSV Ol ONIrMJN00 3did TEW 1N3A103 DAd 01. 31n03HDS 38 TMHS 3did 3did y :SIVIN31VY1 (INV 310n(md VOOZ 'Old 6661 allOANVS d0 Alb -lIV13a 31)HNVW 3V0Id)d 3SY8 3SY8 3132pNW 01HLnONOW 1SV33Nd 3DVld-NI-1SY� 'NIW ,Z X008 ONI0CM a e MID NIW 3H1 As a3A08ddV .tnO-3Z33nDS 1n0-3Z33nbs 'NIW aNY 833NION3 3H1 =. A8 a3NO153a 38 01 11Y130 HLML 1NIOP _ 03133dM00 1M01' ONY INW03803N138 (03AOVGb 38 < ti OL 83ddVW) ^� o 0 LL _ ," NOLLVD11p3dS 83d ONiH0N38 �a3dddY0 HIM 1NOP DM 3VAnS 1NIOPS 03OIOM-38d 03MI (9 310N 33S)A' NIW .9 .0-.4 SNOIIYOIAWdS 83d�mnsAq a d SONLLY AXOd3 SnONIW 18 30Ln0 M301SN1 < .0-,Z .s XVW.o-,£TIYM NIM .9-,L ('XVW) sminoo Y ('NIW) NOWO 30 S3SanW Z SY38V 03AVdNn NI NAOHS SNOLLYA313 NVIHOW NI 030038 S3KV83 1V V SV3W O3AVd (ZOZ 38fg13 33S) NI HSnI3 SN3AO3 13S 89AOD V 3WY83 31OHNVVI ob )P STY130 F' NO1103NNW T1OHNYW 33S 3SV8 313WNW ONIHON38 313MONOO a3HSINU-'13M081 50£ 'Old 6661 _T ciwgNVS d0 Alb SWIM 30VNOIS (INV HO-LIMS 32inSS lid N011VIS drind 1VAIdd 'MnNvri s3LLnan �- 30" 3H1 30 Z'9'ZZ N01103s K C•ml SXDAO) HTT SNI (INV lO NI NO1S� NOI171�Y}JAVIS drilld TMISNI OMl 10nalSNW ]l'llll�d � KMNU39 OWN4 A/C Hm X uew N ,z SKUIM 3r '3I8ViSnrOV aNY TS'd OL 38 _nVHS IVLLN3N33310 drind 330 (INV NO 3HI 'I'S'd OZ 30 3NnSS3Nd NIVW 30803 V 1V NOLLVIS drind 330 in3 Ol ONLL13S IVLLINI 3HI HIM 3I8VIsnraV 38 -nVHS H31LMS 3anSS38dT 'I331S MINIM t0£ 38 -nVHS S13NOV88 N00I (INV 38VMO8VH IIV '83A03 HO.LVH SS300V YinNIYIMV IVNn13nus mHININ H3NI 9£ A8 HONI 4Z V HIIM S3H0NI 8t A8 S3H3N1 8* 38 IIVHS X08 30 3ZIS rinNININ '3ZIS 3N11 01 ON10N030V ANVA IIIM SNOISN3WI0'Z '031NOddnS AIOIOIN 38 IIVHS SH311 IIV 'S_LN3NOdNO0 IIV 01 SS300V A0V38 IGIAONd Ol ONIdid 39NVN8V 'AINO OLLVVIYIV80VIO SI 1IV130 SIHI'L InN ONILYn1DY Sm76A 3WnOS .Z WM WV3HISWO0 03LNnOr( 3ATVA Onld mo-u T)ru NIYW 30803 NOUVIS drind A110 Ol 31YArdd WON3 moiuno MO11NI 3AIVA 31YO 331 MONY13 SSYNB .Z 3 lV1NOZ180H (MOl3 T1n3) 3A NO3H0 live did Via NIW .l X08 3AIVA 3A1VA NIVHQ SSV88 SSO •Z 3Onvo NONIISVO 38nSS38d a3-ilLi-lp 331 NIW .Z S0 11 1W ONV S3AIVA 3A1Vn TIVS IN3n1s3N ims sSYNe (NIW) dVO .Z NO SSYNEI 3ZN088 .Z HDIMS 38(1SS38d NOLLYLS dMnd MOLL! ONPJM( AYM-30- A1N3doad (MnNlAMY) HD1VH SS300Y �- y dnS NON 318VND01 u83d08d111018 H3AO3 ONI8Y38 01MYN1 HiM 311monals 313HoNW *OZ 'Old 6661 (IMANVS d0 AID 31V.L30 3V2i 1V� 2i3M3S .1�1V11NVS j 1£ 1n08nLS 3H1 Ol N30Y1'OY CMYld 38 TIVHS S301A3a a01V00101NO&33T1 '9 TmINIVI V SV 8313W O NI S3H0N1 9 38 TIVHS S3MIA83S 1VLLN3OtS38-NON V S31­13N1 4 38 TIVHS MOK83S IVLLN3aIS38 a3TM1SNI 38 TrVHS 30N3a ONLLY0011 ' DINOHI0313 a3A08ddV Alp '£ NOLL0n81SN00 ONI0lln8 30 3WLL IV a31IVISNI 38 TIYHS S1f)O-NV313 3o1A83S -Z 3Nn ON18dS MOT38 NMW H]MM 831N3 ION TIVHS 1Va3LY1 30 I83ANI 'I 'S310N Ind 3YAa S 3 . 31en°a TOM NiYM NAM ('NM .C) MVM (t 310N 33S) 80.4 23Ewxm SY ('NM ,£) 33KH3S 311171 0NQk1S HLd3a IYNIMa31 WA aWW38 SV OAd . 3LVlOa M,130 1YNWQfU (dAl) 'NM XO•l �.. - IV 1V HLd30 IYMMMI OAd .9 A O1 3d01S 30Va0 03HSBBi (z 3LON 1J10-NV310 im X 30 NO IYOWAl m 01 (Z 31014 (dAl 1NiNVMifi,! (3d�^0Tm2no-NV31O 301n 1 NV313 30 HO VA a1A1 aloe sr .9 'XYM 5 s3lavn 3ZIS NIVM LLiM35 31in NYi18 ,9 MI 3AM A 911 'Old 6661 aw-gwS d0 Am agV I 1100 NOH3NV 31380NO3 ONV 3d1d N313YWO H398VI V 3NIn03N kVW 0310310Nd 38 01 301A3O 3H1 (INV NOLLVOOI 311S -31ON '3dA1 allTM8 3d1d 103NNO3 HOA £1-0 133HS 01 83d38 103f Dad SIHl H6_q a3Sn 38 Ol ION 'ON00 ISd 000E r 'NM 'VI0 .3Z 30V80 03HSIN13--" (S1V03 Z) MOII3A VHSO O31NIVd (INV 03NINd 'O3III3 'ONO3 NIW 1331S NOVIB .9 W 1 C *'0£ 'Old 6661 (180dNVS d0 A110 11 N 3 I NIV IANIA N3VI8 03nddY ANOIOV3 V 3AVH _nVHS SIVI831VYi -nd 'Z 'AINO 1SOd 83N800 V 30 301S HOV3 NO NVdS 1S813 3H1 (INV NOLL03S 31VO HOV3 NO3 03NIn038 38V SNUB SSna 'L :S310N 11VACI 3.LVON 'XVW ,OZ ,ZL-I HT _9ZLX,ZL X Zt 313N0N00dO1S 831N30-\ 'I'S'd 00W£ _ T-- -r •. ••. ssnu 83N800O •• 11VAG TON -Ili EA • 111 • :O:❖:: •Oi i • • . Oi •...•.: �;.•.:� :0HOAHIS ISOd dOI •. DN1DdS Xvvq /' • 1 1 £oZ 'Old 6661 aNOANVS d0 A110 1IV130 X08 aNV 3AIVA On3d '3OVNJ 03HSINIA M0138 Hld3a 1003 ti NIHIM Ol 030N31X3 38 INNS S3AIVA 83d330 NO3 inN 9NLLVnIOV 3H1 'Z 'NOLLVIIVISNI X08 3AIVA NO 03Sn 38 AVYi SN01SN31X3 3Ad 'l :S31ON N008 ONI0038 .9 inN JN11V83dO NO 0301N30 38 IIVHS aNV 3d1d NO 3AIVAON10 JNI0NO� ION 'N30N 038 NO 1S38 IIVHS X08 X08 3AIVA NOW 1SVD 318YisnraY / (LOL 3NnoU 33S) SV38V O3AVdNn N1� aVd 31MIONO3 (9LL 38na13 33S) N3A03 NIVN 30NO3 N31VM31SVM (AINO S3d1d OMV13Y(-NON) 3NW1 031vinSNI 39nY0 4L 03003 NO103 SnOnNLLN03 3AIVA 3n1d TA Z RON 33S ` 30VN0 03HSINIA 3aVN0 03HSINIA IV X08 3AIVA 30 d01 13S _T 911 'Old 6661 0NOdNVS d0 Alp SIIVl3 d-V\UJ XUH 3AIVA IVOidu 831VM 3I8VlOd - 3n18 83M3S - N3389 U31VM 03NIVI338 - 3lddnd 'INIVd I3YIVN3 NOIN31X3 30 SIV03 OMl AlddV :31ON 2i31VM 31OVlOd ❑00000 00000000 0000000000 000000000,00 000 0C10 MOD 831YM E3013 ❑00 00❑ 000000000000 o00v000000❑ oovoo000va ❑000000❑ ❑vo0 83M3S H31VM 03104IVIOM 00000❑ ❑0000000 o0vov00000 voovovoo0vo0 DO❑ ❑O❑ 0130[- 130 000 0❑ 000000000000 00000000000 000000000❑ \vo000000 ❑0a0 uuuuuuQIIUTrO'0-0 000000000000[7 o0voovoovo0❑ 0000vo00voo0 ❑0000000000❑ ❑00 El 1300 a31VM o a l 0 0 o a3 V4aWL 3N 0 0 10000 O 0000000 iovo00vovoo0❑ 000000000000 00000000000❑ 000000000000 m SET TOP OF VALVE BOX TO FINISHED GRADE FINISHED GRADE --- SEE NOTE 2 RESILIENT SEAT - M. J. GATE VALVE WATER MAIN COVER (SEE FIGURE 115) CONCRETE PAD IN UNPAVED AREAS (SEE FIGURE 107) rw ADJUSTABLE CAST IRON VALVE BOX BOX SHALL REST ON BEDDING ROCK NOT ON VALVE OR PIPE AND SHALL BE CENTERED ON OPERATING NUT CONTINUOUS COLOR CODED 14 GAUGE INSULATED COPPER 6" BEDDING ROCK LOCATING WARE NOTES: 1. PVC EXTENSIONS MAY BE USED ON VALVE BOX INSTALLATION. 2. THE ACTUATING NUT FOR DEEPER VALVES SHALL BE EXTENDED TO WITHIN 4 FOOT DEPTH BELOW FINISHED GRADE. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CITY WiTH VALVE KEYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 52.4 OF THE UTILITIES MANUAL. GATE VALVE AND BOX DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 400 BALL VALVE FOR 2 - INCHES AND BELOW (DOMESTIC AND IRRI- GATION ONLY. 2 REQUIRED) TEST COCK (TYP.) THREADED NIPPLE (TYP.) SLOPE 1 MAIN z FINAL GRADE DOUBLE CHECK OR REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE DETECTOR ASSEMBLY AS APPROVED BY THE CITY i- DIELECTRIC UNION (2 REQUIRED) 90• BEND (2 REQUIRED) r SLOPE TO 2 INCH AND BELOW ASSEMBLY NOTES: 1. ALL PIPE FITTINGS, MATERIALS, LABOR, AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 2. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS TWO (2) INCHES AND SMALLER SHALL BE THREADED SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL OR BRASS. (FIGURE 5DOA). 3. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS THREE (3) INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE. ABOVE GRADE JOINTS SHALL BE FACTORY -FLANGED. (FIGURE 5008). 4. VALVES SHALL BE CHAINED CLOSED.(FlGURE 5006) 5. ALL FIRE LINES SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY THE FIRE DEPT. (FIGURE 5006). 6. THE ENTIRE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PAINTED SAFETY RED FOR FIRE PROTECTION USES AND BLACK FOR ALL OTHER USES. 7. A GATE VALVE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE ASSEMBLYS CONNECTION POINT TO THE MAIN. (FIGURE 5008) DOUBLE CHECK OR REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE DETECTOR ASSEMBLY CITY OF SANFORD 1999 nG. 500A TEMPORARY JUMPER CONNECTION NOTES: 1. A tempwary')umper connection Is required at oil Connections between existing active water maina and proposed new water main Improvements. 2. The dotal above Is to be used for filling any new water main of any size from existing active water mains and for flushing of new moina up to 8 INCHES IN DIAMETER (2.5 FPSminlmum velocity) and for pulling bacteriological samples from any new water main of any size. The Jumper connection sholi be maintained until after filling, flushing, testing and disinfection of the new main has been successfully completed and deoronce for use from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) and other pertinent agencies have been received. The Jumper connection shall also be used to maintain a minimum pressure of 20 pal in the new mains after disinfection and until the FDEP Clearance letter Is obtained adequate. Thrust blocking and/or restraints shall be provided temporarily, as required Pipe and fittings used for connecting the new pipe to the existingi all be disinfected ppa u9Hi prior to Installation In accordance with AWWA C851, 1992 edition. The topping sleeve and the exterior of the main to be tapped shall be disinfected by spraying or swabbing per section II of AWWA C651-92. 3. Flushing of 10 Inches In diameter and larger water maina may be done through the tie-in Volvo under very controlled Conditions. The following procedures shal be followed: A. The tie -In valves shall be operated and pressure tested In the presence of the utility company and engineer to verify water tightness prior to tle-ln. Valves which ore not water tight stall be replaced with a new volve Installed irnmedtotely od)aeent to the looking wive. B. The temporary Jumper connection shal be constructed as detailed. The Jumper connection shall be used to fill the new water main and for providing water for bac- terlologkal sampling of the new main as required by the FDEP permit • Flushing shall not be attempted during peak demand hours of the existing water mains. • All downstream valves in the system must be open prior to opening the tie-kn valve. • Provide for and monitor the pressure in the tie-in point. The pressure in the existing main must not drop below 35 pel. • The tle-In valve shell be opened a few turns only, ensuring a pressure drop aaose the Wye is greater than 10 pet C. The tle-> valve shall be locked dosed by the utility company untl flushing begins. D. The tle-in Volvo shall be opened only for flushing of the new main. The procedure shal be directed by the utility company and observed by the engineer. E. After flushing, the tie-in Volvo shall be dosed and locked in the dosed position by the utility company. 4. The contractor shall provide documentation demonstrating that the double check backflow prevention device has been tented and to In good woridng order at the time of installation. 5. Except as required to flush Linea of greater than 8 Inches in diameter, the tie-in Volvo shall remain dosed and shal be locked In the dosed position by the utility company. The tie-in Volvo shall remain locked dosed until the new ayetem has been cleared for use by FDEP and oll other pertinent agencies. 6. Upon receipt of clearance for use from FDEP and ail other pertinent agencies, the contractor shall remove the temporary )umper connection. The corporation stops are to be dosed and plugged with 2 Inch brose plugs 7. All Installation and maintenance of the temporary Jumper connection and associated backflow prevention device, fittings, Valve, eta shall be the responsibility of the contractor. TEMPORARY JUMPER CONNECTION CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 504B COVER (SEE FIGURE 115)JINSULATED VALVE PAD IN UNPAVED AREAS (SEE FIGURE 107) FINISHED GRADE BACKFILL GAUGE COLOR CODED SPLICE BACKINTO LOCATE WIRE MAIN LOCATE WIRE M BUTTERFLY VALVE ADJUSTABLE CAST IRON VALVE BOX aS 1a ko UNDISTURBED BEDDING ROCK EARTH NOTES: 1. PVC EXTENSIONS MAY BE USED ON VALVE BOX INSTALLATION. 2. ALL WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES THIRTY (30) INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE BUTTERFLY VALVES. SEE SECTION 52.3 OF THE UTILITIES MANUAL. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CITY WITH VALVE KEYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 52.4 OF THE UTILITIES MANUAL. BUTTERFLY VALVE AND BOX DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 401 HYDRANT OPERATING NUT HOSE NOZZLE AS REQ'D. 24" SQUARE AND 6" THICK REIN- PUMPER NOZZLE FORCED CONCRETE FACING STREET SHEAR PAD. (SEE NOTE 2) VALVE PAD 2 - fi AT 8' z (SEE FIGURE 107) O.C. ALL z z AROUND N COMPACTED 6" r BACKFILL M J HYDRANT SEE NOTE 3 w ANCHORING TEE 12" MIN. 6" BEDDING ROCK 6' PIPE MECHANICAL JOINT - RESILIENT SEAT GATE WITH RESTRAINERS VALVE AND BOX NOTES: (TYP-) (SEE FIGURE 400) 1. FIRE HYDRANT SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITHOUT A WEEP HOLE, OR WITH A PERMANENTLY PLUGGED WEEP HOLE. 2. THE DEVELOPER SHALL INSTALL THE SHEAR PAD RECESSED 6 INCHES BELOW THE FINISHED GRADE AND SOD THE RECESSED SECTION. 3. CLEARANCE BETWEEN BOTTOM OF BOLTS AND TOP OF SHEAR PAD SHALL BE A 12 INCH MINIMUM. 4. FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE MUELLER A-423, AMERICAN DARLING B-84, KENNEDY K81A OR CLOW MEDALLION F-2545. 5. FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 52.7.5 OF THE UTILITIES MANUAL. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE THE CITY WITH HYDRANT WRENCHES AND VALVE KEYS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTIONS 52.4 AND 52.7.3 OF THE UTILITIES MANUAL. FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 402 DOUBLE CHECK OR REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE DETECTOR ASSEMBLY AS APPROVED BY THE CITY S. do Y. RESILIENT SEAT GATE VALVE. (2 REQUIRED) TEST COCK (TYP.) ODS ON D.I.P. RISER (TYP) FLANGED 90' BEND (2 REQ.) 4" CONCRETE SLAB WiTH NO. 6 x 6 W10 x W10 i z WIRE MESH SLOPE ( -24• SLOPE 1/2" PREFORMED JOINT 31U I 6" MIN. COVER �� MATERIAL BETWEEN AN �i PIPE AND CONCRETE SLAB (TYP) FROM MAN 90- BEND (2 REQ.) TO SERVICE THRUST COLLAR RODDED TO THRUST COLLAR RODDED TO 90' BEND OR AS REQUIRED 90' BEND OR RESTRAINED BY THE CITY BACK TO VALVE AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY 3 INCH AND ABOVE ASSEMBLY DOUBLE CHECK VALVE DETECTOR METER ASSEMBLY (MINIMUM) BALL VALVE 1'D" MIN (2 REQUIRED) • �- 5'0" MIN CONCRETE SLAB 'L___ ABOVE GROUND DEVICE WITH 2'0' MIN DETECTOR BYPASS DOUBLE CHECK OR REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE DETECTOR ASSEMBLY CITY OF SANFORD 1999 ][FIG. 500B O ;O 0 a. _ Z Z a. IN I. $ L9 a=. �o 14e W AIBeal y7j is Jig! . 0gF= W r 3 a..Z b id $ ZZ !I� � oaD zdd�Ai R L S z� m� F r4 z Z a 3 w .2 I4a ~� x -i> m z TYPICAL RESIDENTIAL RECLAIMED WATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM LAYOUT CITY OF SANFORD 1999 1 FIG. 505 RIGHT OF WAY LIE VARIM aF UTIJTY EASEMENTBYPASS CaH1aEtE Stile FLANGED TEE .-.L,(2 REQUIRED) COVERTRAFFIC WHERE • 1 DOUBLE METER C• FINISHED(18 \ - X 24' MIN.) GRADE CAP 2* GATE VALVE h/Ni:"t� w•w•t�•t�•t�•vt�•t�'w•w�t' �t�•t�•t� �t.�•t�<� �Q•t� �t�����4at+<�t�Jat� �t �t�ti 1��� �<•t�ti� �i�tAa�•� �i ����t�O�t •te<N<N. te. te, t•� t�' te. t� tteJteate, te: i. •. •. i. •. •. LANs. •. i. •. i. �. RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE .•6" 13EDDING ROCK WATER MAIN 7 _`VALE tiAal VALVE b LEIER Q SrRMEIt-/ (sE> No. 9-lo) Yo' 1aN. Yr AQ1. tr SPOOL PIECE DOUBLE CHEa( at REDUCED FEurm 'Y ro t1YPAss PRESSURE ZONE DETECTOR ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED BY THE arc 1/r PRUDRED JOW MATERIAL BETWEEN PIPE 0.& 6 Y. RESILIENT SPAT VALVES AND CONCRETE 8!B (a REQUIRED) Ha• FUHGED BEND RODS ON D.I.P. WSR e CONCRETE SLAB WIN t No. a xa. Mox wlo NINE MESH SLOPE FI•SF#D QtADE YAK SLOPE VALw 8 90• MJ SEND (2 REQUIRED) MAIN TO SERVICE - THRUST COLLAR N RQODED To oo• BEND OR RESTRAINED ADJUSTABLE PPE To VALVE AS REQUIRED SUPPORT WANDS THRUST COLLAR RODOED ToBY THE an NOTES: 90' BIM OR TOTALLY NED 1. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS, MATERIALS, LABOR, D APPURTENANCES Err THE CIT AS R£OIJRED AN STALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 2. ALL PIPE AM RTONGS THREE J INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE RESTRAINED JOINT DUCTILE MON PIPE ABOVE GRADE JOINTS SHALL BE FACTORY -FLANGED. I TH9kEP (s) wail METExs AND ABOVE SHALL BE ABOVE GROUND INSTAILA YWTIH BYPASS 4. VALN:S SHALL BE CHAINED CLOSED. a THE ABOVE GROUND BYPASS LIE SHALL BE sHztu FOR FIRE FLOW REWREMENTS. e ALL FIRE LINES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF EIGHT (a) INCHES OR AS APPROVED BY THE FIRE DEPT. 7. THE ENTIRE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PANTED SAFETY RED FOR FIRE PROTECTION USES AND BLACK FOR ALL OTHER USES P. A GATE VALVE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE ASSENBL.YS OMMC710N POINT To THE AWN. 9. DUAL DOMESTIC -FIRE FLOW MASTER METERS SHALL BE THE: COMPOUND TYPE . to DOMESTIC WATER MASTER METERS SHALL BE EITHER COMPOUND OR I414E TURBINE TYPE AS DETERMINED FROM THE PROPOSED USAGE IN ACCORDANCE PATH APPENDIX 'D" OF THE UTIUHES MANUAL DUAL DOMESTIC-FIRE/FLOW DOMESTIC WATER MASTER METER ASSEMBLY CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 501 a 6 0 0.R z In TYPICAL COMMERCIAL RECLAIMED WATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM LAYOUT CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 5�l TAPPED CAP NOTES: 1. ALL 2 INCH PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE SCHEDULE 4U GALVANIZED STEEL OR BRASS WITH THREADED (NPT) JOINTS. USE TEFLON TAPE ON JOINTS. 2. COLOR SHALL BE APPROPRIATE FOR USE. 3. WATER PLUS CORPORATION MODEL VB 2000 OR EQUAL MAY BE SUBSTITUTED AS APPROVED BY THE UTILITIES DIRECTOR. BLOWOFF VALVE DETAIL -T- CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 403 DOUBLE SINGLE LOTS (TYP.) SERVICE (TYP.) SERVICE (TYP.) PROPERTY LINE (TYP.) CLEANOUT� (TYP) Svc LI Uf9 4" WATER REDUCER MAIN (MIN.) a FIRE FITTINGS AS HYDRANT REQUIRED (TYP.) ASSEMBLY (SEE NOTE ) RIGHT OF WAY LINE SEPARATE TER CURB BOXES WATER MAIN z (TYP.) SIDEWALK (TYP.) - --RIGHT, OF WAY LINE NOTES: 1. ANCHORING TYPE 90' BEND SHALL ONLY BE USED WHERE RIGHT- OF-WAY CONSTRUCTION WILL NOT ALLOW INSTALLATION OF A STRAIGHT ASSEMBLY. 2. LAYOUT OF RECLAIMED WATER MAINS AND SERVICES SHALL CONFORM TO THE INTENT OF THIS FIGURE. TYPICAL SERVICE LOCATION DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 404 SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED PIPE AND FITTINGS OR PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKER OR SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE R REDUCED PRESSURE DEVICE AND FITTINGS WATER REQUIREDWHERE RECLAIMED IS METER BOX AND LID UNION UNION TO BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED GRADE. SHUT OFF VALVE 12" TO 30" ABOVE CURB 4' TO 8" GRADE FINISHED GRAD • 1• METER CURB STOP -+-- SERVICE LINE APPLIES ONLY IF IRRIGATION METER HAS SEPARATE TAP TO MAIN. IN MOST CASES CORP. STOP THE IRRIGATION METER WILL BE PARALLEL TO 'THE HOUSE METER AND OFF OF THE DOUBLE STRAP SADDLE SAME SERVICE CONNECTION. WATER MAIN NOTES 1. A POSITIVE DIELECTRIC CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE BETWEEN ALL GALVANIZED AND BRASS COMPONENTS 2. METER SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN SIDEWALK AND CURB WHERE APPLICABLE, OR AT PROPERTY LINE AND IN NO CASE SHALL. IT BE INSTALLED IN SIDEWALK OR OTHER PAVED AREAS 3. USE PRIMER SUITED TO BASE MATERIALS FINISH WITH TWO COATS OF PURPLE EXTERIOR ENAMEL 4. DEVICE SHALL BE 12 INCHES (MINIMUM) ABOVE HIGHEST OUTLET. IRRIGATION METER PRESSURE VACUUM BREAKER OR REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE ASSEMBLY CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 502 DISINFECTION Before being placed In service, all new water mains shall be chlorinated In accordance with the specifications below and the procedures outline In AWWA C-651 Standard Procedure for Disinfecting Water Maine. All provisions of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection permit shall be complied with. WATER SYSTEM TESTING: H rootGtk: testing shall be performed at 150 pounds per square Inch pressure, unless o erwIse approved by the City, for a period of not less than two 2) hours. Testing shall be in accordance with the ap licable provisions as set forth in Section 1 , AWWA Standard 0600 for ductible iron pipe and AWWA Manual Number M-23 for PVC pipe. The testing procedure shall include the continued application of the specified pressure to the teat system, for the two hour period, by wayy of a pump taking Puppl from a container suitable for measuring water loss. The amount of we( shall be determineC Dy measuring the volume displaced from sold container. Should the teat fail, necessary repairs eholl be accomplished b the contractor and the teat repeated until within the established limits. The contractor shol�furnish the necessary labor, water pugp9, gauges and all other items required to conduct the required water distribution system and perform necessary repairs. WATER SYSTEM TESTING AND DISINFECTION CITY'OF SANFORD 1 1999 FIG. 507 SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED PIPE AND FITTINGS OR DOUBLE CHECK OR SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE NUD\ REDUCED PRESSURE DEVICE AND FITTINGS METER BOX ANDUNION UNION TO BE FLUSH WiTH FINISHED GRADE. SHUT OFF VALVE 12" TO 30' CURB ABOVE -j 4" TO 6" GRADE FINISHED tl GRADfE 7 7; METER CURB STOP SERVICE LINE • ---- CORP. STOP DOUBLE STRAP SADDLE WATER MAIN NOTES 1. A POSITIVE DIELECTRIC CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE BETWEEN ALL GALVANIZED AND BRASS COMPONENTS 2. METER SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN SIDEWALK AND CURB WHERE APPLICABLE, OR AT PROPERTY LINE AND IN NO CASE SHALL IT BE INSTALLED IN SIDEWALK OR OTHER PAVED AREAS. 3. USE PRIMER SUITED TO BASE MATERIALS. FINISH WiTH TWO COATS OF BLACK EXTERIOR ENAMEL. DOMESTIC METER AND DOUBLE CHECK VALVE OR REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE ASSEMBLY CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 503 PROPOSED HORIZONTAL do VERTICAL SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS UTILITY POTABLE WATER RI3JAMW WATEx ('ff4 4S")RM STOW SEVER ACCEPTABLE Na�. Ra VENT. IHDI� ,ERN. ecwz. YIIHT. HUM Y4tT. VARIABLES POT_ WATER - - 5 C la' to, 1r 14Y 1r amrY W CA C C SEE GENIERAI. wA�LY 0/0 1P' - - NOTES 4N0. SEWER I to I it s a ,e• - - - - GENERAL NOTES: 1. THE TABLE REPRESENTS THE MINIMUM SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS AS DESCRIBED IN F.D.E.P. RULES OF THE FLORIDA ADMINISTRATION CODE (F.A.C.). THESE SEPARATION REQIREMENTS SHALL APPLY BETWEEN NEWLY PROPOSED UTILITY LINES AND EXISTING OR PROPOSED UTILITY •2. FOR THE PURPOSE OF THIS TABLE, RECLAIMED WATER SHALL MEAN UNRESTRICTED PUBLIC ACCESS REUSE WATER AS DEFINED BY F.A.C. 17-610. OTHER TYPES OF RECLAIMED WATER ARE CONSIDERED RAW SEWAGE AND SEPARATIONS LISTED FOR SANITARY SEWER SHALL APPLY. 3. ALL SEPARATION DISTANCES ARE FROM OUTSIDE OF PIPE TO OUTSIDE OF PIPE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. CRITERION PRODUCING GREATER CLEARANCE SHALL BE USED. C/C - DENOTES CENTER OF PIPE TO CENTER OF PIPE. 0/0 - DENOTES OUTSIDE OF PIPE TO OUTSIDE OF PIPE. 4. ACCEPTABLE VARIANCES: A. WHERE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION IS NOT ATTAINABLE, DUCTILE IRON PIPE OR CONCRETE ENCASEMENT MUST BE USED FOR AT LEAST ONE OF THE PIPES. DUCTILE IRON OR CONCRETE EN- CASEMENT MUST BE USED UNTIL MINIMUM CLEARANCE IS REGAINED. B. WHERE 18 INCH VERTICAL SEPARATION IS NOT ATTAINABLE AT CROSSINGS, USE ONE FULL LENGTH OF DUCTILE IRON OR EN- CASED PIPE CENTERED AT THE POINT OF CROSSING. SPECIAL SUPPORT MAY BE REQUIRED, 5. NO WATER PIPE SHALL PASS THROUGH OR COME IN CONTACT WiTH ANY PART OF A SANITARY OR STORM WATER MANHOLE OR STRUCTURE. UTILITY MAIN SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS _T CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 508 CORPORATION MARK WTII WOOD CORPORATION Y-BRANCH STOP (1- MW) CALPAWED �OR�hTM STOP (I- MIN.) FITTING *NO7E (1• x 3/4• x 3/4) aH� STOP w ZZ 2 EA.. a zPROPERTY THE(�w�PRrnERnUNE IWMDUAL METER BOXES t WATER METER UP TD r WATER METERS UP TD r (BY CITY OF SANFORD) (BY CITY OF SANFORD) SINGLE SERVICE DOUBLE SERVICE CONTINUOUS COLOR CODED 14 GAUGE CORPORATION STOP INSULATED COPPER DOUBLE CHECK & FITTING LOCATING WIRE VALVE (NORMALLY OPEN) LOCATING WARE ALONG MAIN (SPUCE SERVICE WARE 70 MAIN WARE WITH WATERPROOF CONNECTOR) YOKE BAR METER AWWA TYPE CURB STOP CC THREADS WATER MAIN TYPE 'K' FLEXIBLE COPPER OR CTS POLYETHYLENE SADDLE TUBING (1" MIN) NOTES: 1. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE BRASS WITH COMPRESSION/PACK JOINT TYPE CONNECTIONS. 2. NO SERVICE LINE SHALL TERMINATE UNDER A DRIVEWAY. 3. EACH SERVICE SHALL TERMINATE AT A CURB STOP(S) WHICH SHALL BE BURIED APPROXIMATELY 3' BELOW FINAL GRADE AND SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED WITH A 2' x 2' x 18' STAKE WITH THE TOP PAINTED BLUE AND MARKED WiTH THE NUMBER OF THE LOT(S) TO BE SERVED. 4. RECLAIMED WATER SERVICES SHALL BE PAINTED PURPLE (COPPER) OR USE PURPLE COLORED CTS POLYETHYLENE TUBING. 5. POTABLE WATER SERVICES SHALL BE PAINTED BLUE (COPPER) OR USE BLUE COLORED CTS POLYETHYLENE TUBING. WATER SERVICE CONNECTION DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 405 BLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY SCH. 40 GALVANIZED PIPE AND FITTINGS PRESSURE GAUGE PROVIDE TEMPORAR SUPPORTS AS Y L 72' TO 30' 3/4' HOSEBIBB ABOVE W/VACUUM BREAKER 2" SCHD. 80 PVC. GRADE 2' SCHD. 80 PVC PRESSURE GAUGE DOUBLE STRAP SADDLE 2" CORP. STOP 2' CORP. STOP EXISTING WATER UNG G NEW WATER LINE E - FLOW TIE-IN VALVE MUST BE CLOSED AND REMAIN LOCKED. CITY TO PROVIDE LOCKING MECHANISM. VALVE WILL BE OPERATED BY CITY PERSONNEL ONLY. NOTE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL MATERIALS, ASSEMBLY, AND THE INSTALLATION OF THE DEVICE. TEMPORARY JUMPER CONNECTION CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 504A CAUTION MODIFICATION OF THESE DETAILS BY NON -CITY OF SANFORD N RD PERSONNEL, OTHER THAN THE FILLING IN OF BLANK INFORMATION LOCATIONS, SHALL RESULT IN THE WITHDRAWAL OF THE UTILITIES DEPARTMENT'S APPROVAL OF THE SUBJECT ENGINEERING PLANS. FINAL ENGINt=EKING C-09AU CITY OF SANFORD UTILITY STANDARD DETAILS IDAiE1 999 APPROVED M. CRUMPTON PEI DET003 J SQUARE CUT EDGE OF EXISTING PAVMENT (TYP.) FINISHED GRADE -\ ENCH WIDTH VARIES SEE NOTE 10 wl SIZE OF PIPE L 2' MIN. ASPHALTIC CONC. --- WHEN FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT N IS CUT. SEE NOTE 2 GLE MAY VARY $ m o �zyH /_SEE NOTE 4 ih PIPE O.D. 6 ( ) SELECT Z COMMON o FILL m z w }y BEDDING ROCK a GS PIPE BEDDING a (SEE NOTE 8 & 9) UNDISTURBED NOTES: \ EARTH 1. PIPE BEDDING: SELECT COMMON FILL COMPACTED TO 95X OF THE MAXIMUM DENSITY AS PER AASHTO T-180. 2. TRENCH BAC FILL• COMMON FILL COMPACTED TO 95X OF THE MAXIMUM DENSITY AS PER AASHTO T-180. FLOWABLE FILL, 100-125 P.S.L. SHALL BE USED WHERE EXISTING PAVED AREAS ARE AFFECTED. SEE SECTION 32.8.4 OF UTILITY MANUAL FOR DESIGN MIX 3. USE OF TYPE A BEDDING TO BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY. 4. 15' MAX FOR PIPE DIAMETER LESS THAN 24% AND 24' MAX FOR PIPE DIAMETER 24' AND LARGER THE MINIMUM DISTANCE SHALL EQUAL THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE 5. WATER SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED IN THE TRENCH DURING CONSTRUCTION. 6. ALL PIPE TO BE INSTALLED WITH BELL FACING UPSTREAM TO THE DIRECTION OF THE FLOW. 7. REFER TO SECTION 315 OF THE MANUAL FOR SHEETING AND BRACING IN EXCAVATIONS. SHALL COMPLY WITH STATE OF FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT. 8. GRAVITY SEWERS SHALL UTILIZE TYPE A BEDDING IF REQUIRED BY THE CITY. BEDDING DEPTH SHALL BE 4' MINIMUM FOR PIPE DIAMETER LESS THAN 15" AND 6' MINIMUM FOR PIPE DIAMETER 16- AND LARGER 9. DEPTH FOR REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL SHALL GOVERN DEPTH OF BEDDING ROCK BELOW THE PIPE THE CITY SHALL DETERMINE IN THE FIELD IF REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL IS REQUIRED TO REACH A SUITABLE FOUNDATION. 10. ALL UNPAVED DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE SODDED TO MATCH ADJACENT DOMINATE GRASS SPECIES. 11. FINAL RESTORATION IN IMPROVED AREAS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF GOVERNING AGENCIES. SURFACE RESTORATION WITHIN CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY. SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF RIGHT-OF-WAY UTILIZATION REGULATIONS. TYPE A BEDDING AND OPEN -CUT DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 100 MINIMUM LENGTH (FT) TO BE RESTRAINED ON EACH SIDE OF FITTING(S). PVC:C-900/905 VERT. UP/HORIZ. PIPE SIZE 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 90' BEND 23 32 42 50 58 45' BEND 1 10 13 17 21 24 22-1/2- BEND 5 6 8 10 12 11-1/4' BEND 2 1 3 4 5 6 PLUG OR BRANCH OF TEE 56 79 102 122 143 NOTES: 1. FITTINGS SHALL BE RESTRAINED JOINT TYPE. 2. INSTALL FULL LENGTHS OF PIPE WITH TOTAL LENGTH CONTAINING ONLY RESTRAINED JOINTS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN LENGTH SHOWN IN TABLE. 3. WHERE TWO OR MORE FITTINGS ARE TOGETHER, USE FITTING WHICH YIELDS GREATEST LENGTH OF RESTRAINED PIPE. 4. IN LINE VALVES AND THROUGH RUN OF TEES OUTSIDE LIMITS OF RESTRAINED JOINTS FROM OTHER FITTINGS NEED NOT BE RESTRAINED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 5. LENGTHS SHOWN IN THE TABLE HAVE BEEN CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURE OUTLINED IN "THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE" AS PUBLISHED BY DIPRA, WITH THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS: •TYPE OF PIPE: PVC HDPE *WORKING PRESSURE: 150 P,S.I. P.S.I. *SOIL DESIGNATION: SIS LT L$ANp *LAYING CONDITIONS: III * TO BE COMPLETED BY THE ENGINEER RESTRAINED PIPE TABLE ( PVC-HDPE ) CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 104A PVC PIPE COLOR WATER MAIN: BLUE TYPICAL PIPE 2' TO 8' PIPE - 6' TAPE IS CENTERED ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE. POTABLE WATER MAIN POTABLE WATER MAIN 10' TO 18' PIPE - 6' TAPE IS PLACED ALONG BOTH SIDES OF TOP HALF OF PIPE I•III ruva 71B/lOd Will AMVA 3WWd Inn u.livll PQVBE MIDI YAII PoVall RAIIR Mm M" E 1 11u, "A 20' AND LARGER PIPE - TAPE IS PLACED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE TOP HALF OF THE PIPE WITH A THIRD STRIP CENTERED ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE MITI x;va 3A/lOd PINK suw 31W1Dd I•rll "YA 3w1O° ParAalE wrot Wn POTAPE AIARR Ilvl POfAdE MnR YA•I PCTAME VIA" MAN MAKE carol UM MAKE carol can PAPER BACKED ADHESIVE TAPE (TYPICAL) 71 `-i 12' IIAM MAX POTA= ■AMR UM 1' •QfABL WAIM WAN 6 INCHES BLUE TAPE WITH BLACK PERMANENTLY IMPREGNATED LETTERING J SHALL BE USED. THE TAPE SHALL RUN FROM JOINT TO JOINT ALONG THE PIPE. POTABLEWAR MAIN WITH IDENTIFICATION TAPE NTS PIPE IDENTIFICATION (POTABLE WATER) __jCITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 110 SQUARE CUT EDGE OF EXISTING PAVMENT (TYP.) TRENCH MIRTH VARIES SEE NOTE 9 W/ SIZE OF PIPE FINISHED GRADE 2' MIN. ASPHALTIC CONC. WHEN FLEXIBLE PAVVENAEUMNAT IS CUT /�� - -LINGLE MAY VARY .a • <�SEE NOTE 4PIPE „ . O.D. `// �a / UNDISTURBED a I EARTH (SEE NOTE 3) NOTES: 1. PIPE BEDDING: SELECT COMMON FILL COMPACTED TO 95% OF THE MAXIMUM DENSITY AS PER AASHTO T-180. 2. TRENCH BACKFILL• COMMON FILL COMPACTED TO 95% OF THE MAXIMUM DENSITY AS PER AASHTO T-180. FLOWABIF FILL, 1001-125 P,S.I., SHALL BE USED WHERE EXISTING PAVED AREAS ARE AFFECTED. SEE SECTION 32.8.4 OF UTILITIES MANUAL FOR DESIGN MIX 3. PIPE BEDDING UTIU23NG SELECT COMMON FILL OR BEDDING ROCK IN ACCORDANCE WITH TYPE A BEDDING AND TRENCHING DETAIL MAY BE REQUIRED AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY. 4. 15' MAX FOR PIPE DIAMETERS LESS THAN 24% AND 24" FOR PIPE DIAMETER 24' AND LARGER. THE MINIMUM DISTANCE SHALL EQUAL THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE 5. WATER SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED IN THE TRENCH DURING CONSTRUCTION. 6. ALL PIPE TO BE INSTALLED WITH BELL FACING UPSTREAM TO THE DIRECTION OF THE FLOW. 7. REFER TO SECTION 32.5 OF THE MANUAL FOR SHEETING AND BRACING IN EXCAVATIONS. SHALL COMPLY WITH STATE OF FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT. 8. FINAL RESTORATION IN IMPROVED AREAS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPUCABLE REGULATIONS OF GOVERNING AGENCIES. SURFACE RESTORATION WITHIN CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF RIGHT-OF-WAY UTILIZATION REGULATIONS 9. ALL UNPAVED DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE SODDED TO MATCH ADJACENT DOMINATE GRASS SPECIES. TYPE B BEDDING AND OPEN -CUT DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 TnG. 101 RENCt LIMITS 18' MIN. (MIN. r CLEARANCE AROUND PIPE.) TIE ROOS INCLUDING 4• x 4' x 1/2' TS (SEE SCHEDULE BELOW) HOT DIPPED GALVINIZED OR STAINLESS STEEL -�►�4.-C (6- MIN.) BEARING PLATE MECHANICAL (TYP,) JCINTS #4 BARS UNDISTURBED -: EARTH D 4'-•0" MIN. SEE TRENCH DETAILS FOR PIPE BEDDING ENCASE TIE RODS IN 3" COVER REQUIREMENTS 1-1/2" PVC SLEEVE NOTES: 1. ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENTS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER 2. MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH FOR CONCRETE SHALL BE 3000 P.S,I. 3. BEDDING, BACKFILI. AND COMPACTION SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THE STANDARD DRAWINGS. 4. ALL FORM BOARDS SHALL BE REMOVED PRIOR TO BACKFILL 5. NO ALLOWANCE SHALL BE MADE FOR FRICTION BETWEEN THE PIPE WALL AND THE THRUST COLLAR. S. DESIGN PRESSURE: P.&I.• SCHEDULE OF • a N /.-- -- IALS WATER MAIN THRUST COLLAR DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FlG. 105 GROUND LEVEL 1' I VINYL CONTINUOUS MAX 36• WARNING TAPE MIN. TYPICAL UTILITY PIPE GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL UTILITY PIPES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH 6 INCH WIDE VINYL CONTINUOUS NON- METALLIC TAPE, FOR IDENTIFICATION AND WARNING PURPOSES, BURIED ABOVE THE PIPE AT A MAXIMUM DEPTH DEPTH OF 18 INCHES OR AS APPROVED BY THE CITY. IT SHALL BE COLOR CODED AND WORDED AS FOLLOWS: 1. POTABLE WATER 3. GRAVITY SEWER A. COLOR: BLUE WITH BLACK LETTERING. A. COLOR: GREEN WITH BLACK LETTERING. B. LETTERING: 'CAUTION: WATER LINE B. LETTERING: 'CAUTION: SEWER LINE BURIED BELOW* OR SIMILAR WORDING. BURIED BELOW OR SIMILAR WORDING. 2. RECLAIMED WATER 4. SEWER FORCE MAIN A COLOR:PURPLE WITH BLACK LETTERING. A COLOR: BROWN WITH BLACK LETTERING. B. LETTERING: 'CAUTION: RECLAIMED WATER B. LETTERING: 'CAUTION: SEWER FORCE LINE BURIED BELOW' OR SIMILAR MAIN BURIED BELOW" OR SIMILAR WORDING. WORDING. B. A COLOR -COOED 14 GAUGE CONTINOUS INSULATED LOCATING WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED ALONG ALL PRESSURIZED MAINS. THE WIRES SHALL BE LOOPED AND TIED TO ALL VALVE BOXES. (SEE FIG. 400) UTILITY PIPE WARNING TAPE (SEWER. POTABLE WATER, AND RECLAIMEDSEWER, POTABLE WATER, RECLAIMED WATER) CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 111 UNDISTUI EARTH / NOTE 1 f - TYPJ CONCRETE ARCH FULL ENCASEMENT . NOTE 1 P.) SIDES CAN BE FORMED )DO P.S.I. 3NCRETE NDISRIRBED ARTH SHEETED TRENCH UNSHEEED TRENCH 1(' MIN. 6, SEE NOTE 1 (TYP.) SHEETING SIDES CAN BE FORMED -D-/2 3000 PSI CONCRETE UNDISTURBED EARTH CONCRETE CRADLE NOTES. 1. (): 15' MAX FOR PIPE DIAMETER LESS THAN 24, AND 24' MAX FOR PIPE DIAMETER 24" AND OVER. FOR CONCRETE ARCH, THE MIN. WIDTH SHALL BE EQUAL TO OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE 2. "D" REFERS TO THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE 3. "T" REFERS TO THE THICKNESS OF THE PIPE 4. THE NEED FOR CONCRETE ARCH HALF ENCASEMENT OR FULL ENCASEMENT TO BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY. 5. REFER TO SECTION 32.5 OF THE UTILITIES MANUAL FOR SHEETING AND BRACING EXCAVATIONS. 6. ENDS OF ENCASEMENT SHALL BE FORMED, AND LOCATIONS SHALL BE INDICATED ON RECORD DRAWINGS. CONCRETE ARCH AND ENCASEMENT DETAILS CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 102 FINISHED GRADE CONCRETE BLOCK OR BRICK AND (SEE NOTE i MORTAR WALL FILLING AT BOTH ENDS VENT RESTRAINED - JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE T 4" MIN. 6" MIN. STEEL CASING PIPE DUCTILE IRON PIPE -� CASCADE TYPE CASING SPACER NOTES: 1. WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS WITHIN FDOT JURISDICTION, ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE UTILITY ACCOMODATION GUIDE SHALL BE MET. 2. WHERE PRACTICAL, CASING SHALL EXTEND 10 FEET BEYOND EDGE OF PAVEMENT AND SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 6 FEET BEYOND EDGE OF PAVEMENT IN ANY CASE. THE CITY MAY REQUIRE LONGER CASING FOR DEEPER BORES. 3. AS A CONDITIONAL ALTERNATE SPACER METHOD, FOUR-4 FOOT LONG, 4 INCH BY 4 INCH PRESSURE TREATED WOOD SKIDS, WHICH ARE NOTCHED FOR THE USE OF ONE INCH WIDE STAINLESS STEEL BANDS, HAVEA BEVELED LEADING EDGE, AND ARE PLACED 90 DEGREES TO EACH OTHER AROUND THE PIPES, MAY BE USED ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS AS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE DIRECTOR. SLIPPAGE OF THE SKIDS WILL RESULT IN THE REQUIRED USE OF CASCADE TYPE CASING SPACERS. BORING AND JACKING DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 106 WATER MAIN THRUST COLLAR DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FlG. 105 GROUND LEVEL 1' I VINYL CONTINUOUS MAX 36• WARNING TAPE MIN. TYPICAL UTILITY PIPE GENERAL NOTES: A. ALL UTILITY PIPES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH 6 INCH WIDE VINYL CONTINUOUS NON- METALLIC TAPE, FOR IDENTIFICATION AND WARNING PURPOSES, BURIED ABOVE THE PIPE AT A MAXIMUM DEPTH DEPTH OF 18 INCHES OR AS APPROVED BY THE CITY. IT SHALL BE COLOR CODED AND WORDED AS FOLLOWS: 1. POTABLE WATER 3. GRAVITY SEWER A. COLOR: BLUE WITH BLACK LETTERING. A. COLOR: GREEN WITH BLACK LETTERING. B. LETTERING: 'CAUTION: WATER LINE B. LETTERING: 'CAUTION: SEWER LINE BURIED BELOW* OR SIMILAR WORDING. BURIED BELOW OR SIMILAR WORDING. 2. RECLAIMED WATER 4. SEWER FORCE MAIN A COLOR:PURPLE WITH BLACK LETTERING. A COLOR: BROWN WITH BLACK LETTERING. B. LETTERING: 'CAUTION: RECLAIMED WATER B. LETTERING: 'CAUTION: SEWER FORCE LINE BURIED BELOW' OR SIMILAR MAIN BURIED BELOW" OR SIMILAR WORDING. WORDING. B. A COLOR -COOED 14 GAUGE CONTINOUS INSULATED LOCATING WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED ALONG ALL PRESSURIZED MAINS. THE WIRES SHALL BE LOOPED AND TIED TO ALL VALVE BOXES. (SEE FIG. 400) UTILITY PIPE WARNING TAPE (SEWER. POTABLE WATER, AND RECLAIMEDSEWER, POTABLE WATER, RECLAIMED WATER) CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 111 UNDISTUI EARTH / NOTE 1 f - TYPJ CONCRETE ARCH FULL ENCASEMENT . NOTE 1 P.) SIDES CAN BE FORMED )DO P.S.I. 3NCRETE NDISRIRBED ARTH SHEETED TRENCH UNSHEEED TRENCH 1(' MIN. 6, SEE NOTE 1 (TYP.) SHEETING SIDES CAN BE FORMED -D-/2 3000 PSI CONCRETE UNDISTURBED EARTH CONCRETE CRADLE NOTES. 1. (): 15' MAX FOR PIPE DIAMETER LESS THAN 24, AND 24' MAX FOR PIPE DIAMETER 24" AND OVER. FOR CONCRETE ARCH, THE MIN. WIDTH SHALL BE EQUAL TO OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE 2. "D" REFERS TO THE DIAMETER OF THE PIPE 3. "T" REFERS TO THE THICKNESS OF THE PIPE 4. THE NEED FOR CONCRETE ARCH HALF ENCASEMENT OR FULL ENCASEMENT TO BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY. 5. REFER TO SECTION 32.5 OF THE UTILITIES MANUAL FOR SHEETING AND BRACING EXCAVATIONS. 6. ENDS OF ENCASEMENT SHALL BE FORMED, AND LOCATIONS SHALL BE INDICATED ON RECORD DRAWINGS. CONCRETE ARCH AND ENCASEMENT DETAILS CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 102 FINISHED GRADE CONCRETE BLOCK OR BRICK AND (SEE NOTE i MORTAR WALL FILLING AT BOTH ENDS VENT RESTRAINED - JOINT DUCTILE IRON PIPE T 4" MIN. 6" MIN. STEEL CASING PIPE DUCTILE IRON PIPE -� CASCADE TYPE CASING SPACER NOTES: 1. WHEN CONSTRUCTION IS WITHIN FDOT JURISDICTION, ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE UTILITY ACCOMODATION GUIDE SHALL BE MET. 2. WHERE PRACTICAL, CASING SHALL EXTEND 10 FEET BEYOND EDGE OF PAVEMENT AND SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 6 FEET BEYOND EDGE OF PAVEMENT IN ANY CASE. THE CITY MAY REQUIRE LONGER CASING FOR DEEPER BORES. 3. AS A CONDITIONAL ALTERNATE SPACER METHOD, FOUR-4 FOOT LONG, 4 INCH BY 4 INCH PRESSURE TREATED WOOD SKIDS, WHICH ARE NOTCHED FOR THE USE OF ONE INCH WIDE STAINLESS STEEL BANDS, HAVEA BEVELED LEADING EDGE, AND ARE PLACED 90 DEGREES TO EACH OTHER AROUND THE PIPES, MAY BE USED ON A CASE BY CASE BASIS AS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE DIRECTOR. SLIPPAGE OF THE SKIDS WILL RESULT IN THE REQUIRED USE OF CASCADE TYPE CASING SPACERS. BORING AND JACKING DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 106 2" D.I. VENT PIPE W/SCREEN MESH 4' x 4' PRECAST OPENING AND 4'x4" (TYP. FINISHED CONCRETE VAULT LOCATTIRT ION)POST GRADE 36" SQ. CAST IRON FRAME AND COVER WITH 4" MAX. 17-1/4• ACCESS LID. GROUT 00 PREMOLDED PLASTIC "- 2" VALVE (TYP.) JOINT FILLER " POLY •'� 5" WALLS (MIN.) -*-', 2" PORT WITH THREADED PLUG PIPE PLUG (TYP.) _ CUT OUT AND SEAL JOINT 2" NIPPLE WITH MORTAR FOR FORCE MAIN OR WATER MAIN 2" GATE VALVE SEE NOTE 2 2" NIPPLE-'..-' '-SERVICE SADDLE PER SPECIFICATION FITTINGS AND SECTION 50.5.4 PIPE FOR A.R.V. SHALL BE BRASS 6" ��LL BEDDING ROCK 8" x 16" REINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTING. (INTEGRAL WITH PRECAST STRUCTURE) NOTES: 1. ABOVE DETAIL IS BASED ON 2 INCH COMBINATION AIR/VACUUM RELEASE VALVE CHANGE PIPE AND FITTINGS ACCORDINGLY FOR OTHER VALVE SIZES AND TYPES. VALVE SIZES TO BE DETER- MINED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED BY THE CITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 2. THE MINIMUM DIMENSION FROM TOP OF PIPE TO FINISHED GRADE SHALL BE 4.0 FEET. 3. ALL STRUCTURES TO BE TRAFFIC BEARING RATED. AIR OR COMBINATION AIR/VACUUM RELEASE DETAIL VALVE DETAIL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 112 AREA FOR UNDISTURBED PLU SOIL (TYP.) -� EDGE OF TRENCH W r- CROSS W/PLUG TWO PLUGS ARE A WOOD BLOCKING (TYP.) AREA FOR PLUG TT TEE W/PLUG AREA FOR AREA FOR 45' BEND TEE AREA FOR PLUG TEE W/ WYE END PLUG THRUST BLOCK DETAILS CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 103A 30' x 30' x6" TK. CONC. PAD (FLUSH WITH FINISHED GRADE) 3" DIA. BRONZE 2" 3" DIA. BRONZE DISC REBARS TK• DISC ANCHORED IN ANCHORED IN CONC. PAD CONC. PAD -STAMP AS STAMP AS REQ'D. � ALL AROUND REQ'D. SIZE OF VALVE i 1 L ��� x ro • . f ,_ + TYPE OF VALVE r8v SERVICE DIRECTION & NO. t L '<•', ; TURNS TO OPEN 1. C in •' =. -•a.i. 't WATER �, • i°- . a e r APPLICABLE VALVE BOX AND COVER ; <!• (SEE FIG. 115) ` 7=NCHORS 3000 P.S.I. MIN. (TO BE APPROVED CONC. MIN. BY CITY) VALVES 16 INCHES AND LARGER 6" TK. CONC. PAD 24' -�I (FLUSH WITH FINISHED GRADE) -- #4 REBARS ALL AROUND = WATER _ 24' APPLICABLE VALVE BOX AND COVER ° - (SEE FIG. 115) VALVES SMALLER THAN 16 INCHES VALVE BOX PAD DETAIL _f CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FlG..107 •• al •1 FILLERINT PIPE PLUG (TYP.) -2" �� NIPPLE 2* GATE VALVE 2' NIPPLE BEDDINGw. .. •• REINFORCED • ..FOOTING. 2" D.I. VENT PIPE SCREEN MESH OPENIONRG AND 4'x4" OPENING L CPAPiIOfT•1)POST(TYP. LCOASSTT7IIRRNON FRAME �- AND COVER WITH STING/ . ACCESS LID. PROPOSED /- GROUT PAVEMENT ---FINISHED GRADE OPERATOR HANDLE �- 2• VALVE (TYP.) CAST IRON VALVE BOX 5' WALL (MIN.) TOP SECTION - 2" PORT WITH EXTENSION ROD AS THREADED PLUG REQUIRED SEE NOTE 3 -GROUT 2' 9W BEND � �ON 2' NIPPLE 2" BRASS PIPE 2' GATE VALVE WASTEWATER FORCE MAIN OR WATER MAIN SERVICE SADDLE PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 50.5.4 NOTES: 1. ABOVE DETAIL IS BASED ON 2 INCH COMBINATION AIR/VACUUM RELEASE VALVE. CHANGE PIPE AND FITTINGS ACCORDINGLY FOR OTHER VALVE SIZES AND TYPES. VALVE SIZES TO BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER AND APPROVED BY THE CITY PRIOR TO INSTAL- LATION. 2. THE MINIMUM DIMENSION FROM ELBOW INVERT TO FINISHED GRADE SHALL BE 4.0 FEET. 3. THE AIR RELEASE VALVE SHALL BE ADEQUATELY SUPPORTED. OFFSET AIR OR COMBINATION AIR/VACUUM RELEASE VALWDETAIVA��DETAL CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 113 OFFSET (AS REQ'D) BENDS WOOD FORM BOARDS BEHIND EDGE OF CROSSCUT BELL SHALL NOT INTERFERE UNDISTURBED WITH JOINT (TYP.) A SOIL (TYP.) CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK (TYP.) 0/2 r` TRENCH WIDTH = . N Q t• THRUST `' _ EDGE OF TRENCH AREAS�SQ. TYP. ( ) FITTING MIN. FT.) CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK NOTES: 1. THRUST BLOCK BEARING AREAS SHALL BE POURED AGAINST UNDISTURBED MATERIAL WHERE TRENCH WALL HAS BEEN DISTURBED, EXCAVATE ALL LOOSE MATERIAL AND EXTEND TO UNDISTURBED MATERIAL 2. EXTEND THRUST BLOCK FULL LENGTH OF FITTINGS. JOINTS, NUTS AND BOLTS SHALL NOT BE COVERED BY THRUST BLOCKS. FITTINGS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY POLYETHYLENE FILM (8 MIL) PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK. 3. ROUGH BLOCKING FORMS SHALL BE USED ALONG SIDES OF THRUST BLOCKS AS REQUIRED. 4. THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE USED IN COMBINATION, AS REQUIRED TO SUIT THE SPECIFIC FITTING ARRANGEMENT. 5. ALL WOOD BLOCKING SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED WITH PRESERVATIVE IF FORMS ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE 6. ALL THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE ALLOYED TO SET FIVE 5 DAYS BEFORE PRESSURE TESTING, UNLESS HIGH EARLY STRENGTH CONCRETE IS USED AND CITY HAS APPROVED A SHORTER PERIOD. SCHEDULE FOR THRUST BLOCK AREAS WE am pock to Moo po r» I8 eoo from 21-1/1 ell CUM n-1* roil roo 1» AtOF9W 0,0M wm 0% • 10 u AIxn m paa COA�a1•ry �_ A Am IDt Nam rt AIaaart • 10 ff 03ELM Ff EAIi6R. THRUST BLOCK DETAILS CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 1038 PVC PIPE COLORS GRAVITY SEWER: SOLID LIGHT GREEN FORCE MAIN: SOLID LIGHT GREEN TYPICAL PIPE 4' TO 6' PIPE - 6" TAPE IS CENTERED ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE SEWER LINE SEWER LINE 10' TO 18' PIPE - 6'TAPE IS PLACED ALONG BOTH SIDES OF TOP HALF OF PIPE 3n loot 3n ous an Io•3: arm UK sau uw MAIM Ioc 20' AND LARGER PIPE - TAPE IS PLACED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE TOP HALF OF THE PIPE WITH A THIRD STRIP CENTERED ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE 3 r1 toA74 3n "us 3n urrs aatx ult 3cm UK MAIM u/c cAiR ule Mnl uAIE aoe ule PAPER BACKED ADHESIVE VINYL TAPE (TYPICAL) 12' --j ula MAX mu ucT 1' MAIM trE � 6' FOR SEWER LINES - TAPE SHALL BE GREEN WITH BLACK LETTERING. FOR SEWER FORCE MAIN - TAPE SHALL BE BROWN WITH BLACK LETTERING. TAPE SHALL RUN FROM JOINT TO JOINT ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE PIPE ALL FORCE MAINS AND DUCTILE IRON GRAVITY LINES WITH IDENTIFICATION TAPE NIS PIPE IDENTIFICATION (SEWER - FORCE MAIN AND GRAVITY} CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 108 ALL LETTERS 2' IN HEIGHT WITH 3/4' SPACING BETWEEtK ROWS RRIGATING WITH TE NOT DANK 1 1/2' o 36- MAX)( 0 1 1/4' o , 0 1/:' BORDER 0 0 o 0 NOTES: 1. HWIT OF SIGN WILL DEPEND ON LOCATION AND SURRDUNDING LANDSCAPE PIANT TYPES IN ALL CASES, THE SIGN SHALL BE VISIBLE TO THE PUBUC. 2. BACKGROUND SHALL BE PANTOLE PURPLE 522C, LETTERS SHALL BE WHITE 3. ENGINEERING GRADE REFLECTIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE USED. 4. POST SHALL BE U CHANNEL 2 LB. HOT ROLLED NIGH TENSILE RAIL OR MET S1ET1, HOT DIP GALVANIZED PER ASIM A-123. 5. MOUNTING HARDWARE SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL 5. SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY APPROVED EN0IE3" PLANS AND/OR AS APPROVED BY THE UXRES DIRECTOR. RECLAIMED WATER IRRIGATION SIGN CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FlG. 114 MINIMUM LENGTH (FT) TO BE RESTRAINED ON EACH SIDE OF FITTING(S). DIP: CL350 VERT. UP/HORIZ. ' PIPE SIZE 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 90• BEND 2 3 4 4 5 45' BEND 4 6 7 9 10 22-1/2• BEND 8 12 15 18 21 11-1/4' BEND 20 29 39 44 52 PLUG OR BRANCH OF TEE NOTES: 1. FITTINGS SHALL BE RESTRAINED JOINT TYPE. 2. INSTALL FULL LENGTHS OF PIPE WITH TOTAL LENGTH CONTAINING ONLY RESTRAINED JOINTS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN LENGTH SHOWN IN TABLE. 3. WHERE TWO OR MORE FITTINGS ARE TOGETHER, USE FITTING WHICH YIELDS GREATEST LENGTH OF RESTRAINED PIPE. 4. IN LINE VALVES AND THROUGH RUN OF TEES OUTSIDE LIMITS OF RESTRAINED JOINTS FROM OTHER FITTINGS NEED NOT BE RESTRAINED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 5. LENGTHS SHOWN IN THE TABLE HAVE BEEN CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURE OUTLINED IN "THRUST RESTRAINT DESIGN FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE" AS PUBLISHED BY DIPRA, WITH THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS: *TYPE OF PIPE: DIP *WORKING PRESSURE: 150 P,S.I. *SOIL DESIGNATION: SILT SAND *LAYING CONDITIONS: III *TO BE COMPLETED BY THE ENGINEER 6. FOR HOPE PIPE OR PIPE ENCASED IN POLYETHYLENE, USE VALUES GIVEN IN PARENTHESES OR INCREASE THE GIVEN VALUE BY A FACTOR OF 1.5. RESTRAINED PIPE TABLE ( DIP CITY OF SANFORD 1999 IFIG. 104B PVC PIPE COLOR PANTONE PURPLE 522C TYPICAL PIPE 2' TO 8" PIPE - 6' TAPE IS CENTERED ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE i RECIIJMED WATER MAIN RECLAIMED WATER 10' TO 18' PIPE - 6' TAPE IS PLACED ALONG BOTH SIDES OF THE TOP HALF OF PIPE 20" AND LARGER PIPE - TAPE IS PLACED ON BOTH SIDES OF TOP HALF OF PIPE WITH A THIRD STRIP CENTERED ALONG TOP HALF OF PIPE AI•1,•o„ owv ,AIw AIw alv0r AIw AId ar.r i i j sli A •M AIew� AIml w, �lr AIVA,,,., �, , i PAPER BACKED ADHESIVE VINYL TAPE (TYPICAL) 12• od / [�� T6. INCHES IMPREGNATED LETTERING SHALL BE USED. THE TAPE SMALL RU� FROM JOINT TO JOINT ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE PIPE RECLAIMED WATER MAINS WITH IDENTIFICATION TAPE NTS PIPE IDENTIFICATION (RECLAIMED WATER) CITY OF SANFORD 1999 FIG. 109 CAUTION MODIFICATION OF THESE DETAILS BY NON -CITY OF SANFORD PERSONNEL, OTHER THAN THE FILLING IN OF BLANK INFORMATION LOCATIONS, SHALL RESULT IN THE WITHDRAWAL OF THE UTILITIES DEPARTMENT'S APPROVAL OF THE SUBJECT ENGINEERING PLANS. FINAL ENGINEERING CITY OF SANFORD UTILITY STANDARD DETAILS IDATE 999 1 APPROVED M. CRUMPTON PE DET001 6y t __.__._-_...... .. ___....__._.._...____..___.__.__._.-._.__..._______.._..._.___.• `ci'^ ♦ �' �: t' y tF 'k` ry 4 4t.. ._�_..., .. .. _.. .._ _ .... .. ... .... _._ ._._. _.. .._... ...__.. .. _.. -..._ _'._ __... _. _._ .-_.. ...__• __. .. _. __ _._.. ._._ _.... ._. .___- ..._ --._ ___. ._., ...._ _ ' --__ 1 H ✓ 1 N 3" i x 1 r ;i ) _ -itt y+"_1 _.S r !r^S`^' kt�' •z< - _l� i+,_. 'Y.. 1Fh.r- ss.`n, '' s.5_:�i:•.�5:r_._>..,7.,.K.C:-�...�;�`zs:a•�:!:::: J r. 5 .,L.s..e:s??s;r-�:.A.:a-. 4 x w{3y°,f i �.g, !.`}`'-�J-.__� �y... I( �.r�:i.� .,t r. _.� ' i---i�•--r i < -r-:.t !` i` ,{ \ fl. `•.ti '•' -�''q; "''r !` _/_ ',-,'/'-f' i1`. ''L / t ,f `sg7 - ?1. __ •�r , -Y-• jri , _�.c__ .L.J• I._ tea- I"ti ' ,7 y,. �3 .-• t y, Y �'tT-_.=•.: �.t,�,a i .liR. •.,. 1 Vl � _ i'f l.: 7h ..s,.. '' }f,Y ---i •- -' - C:J-'r,; t s• •a' �..:�e .n•••�!y_Y 7....:f . i d, ."r 1 /r�.J.,�''�'3 / ..f.` I :.f!.''^.1. ¢' ! i1 +%- ._. __ ._.. -•>• - -•• -' 1 i ..r-`i-, ?>L, a "'. il,;fi�s -'C•-::� 4•� z -'-- t 'ter'%=.. id= r . f--' ` __ a '�• ! ,,, ,ti __. / ..-._._ sue. 'T} �•J t\� `f _s ii i -t r6i is..,.�7i. i..,f /��''. ,t.\ '^�i,h1;. f�',-,`.,r-:"'r'...;,,.il.i��./_J..�':- r.�-:...-:."•. ___'.../.•��'•a`: r �`;` - T _ -'t:-_ f... .rt `•)Fj-` ,_.- ..rs._ -. __ - -i..._ " _ __ - '_.-. __ i.., ,?_'f ,�'.---' f` ,/�� ,_..7y:'. 7. J••` F :. �/ 1 .i r _ -�'t t ' V T1 P,l1Lf� / } § ,.. / i 1 / I NOTE: THE LOCATION OF ALL REQUIRED TREES MUST NOT CONFLICT WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES, SIGNS, UNDER- GROUND AND OVERHEAD UTILITIES, FLORIDA POWER EQUIPMENT, FIRE HYDRANTS, ETC. LAN[ WAPE NOTE& i. This landacapp�� Contractor shall be ree ible for all mgtartale and all work ae called for on the �andac�ppee Plana and In the Londe tftcatione. In the ovnt of variation between qquantttTea on plant Itet and the plrthe lava shall r4Ontrol. Thg Landscape Contractor "If vartfy all quantities and report d4 (acrapanctee at time of tddtng. 2. The Landscape Contractor shall review architectural/anginearing plans and become thoroughly familiar with burface and subsurface utilities. 3. vory oeaible safeguard ehal a taken to otact bulldi q surfaces, ut ant. and furnteht a. Thi which ma�yacape aCora ra6oi of nogltgencCo sin the exrec idam�fq¢ or on iniuN ppareon or proper�i j 4. Twork shall be coordinated with trades to ev conflicts. Coordinate the ar�r�.tnnqq with the irrigation work to assure avatlabtitty and proper location of irrigation items ar plartie. 5. All plantinnqg shall be forme�dd Iny personnel familiar with planting procedure and under the euperviaidi't of a qualified p al ntt foreman. (o. All plant material shall be gVed Florida No. I or Wtar ae outlined and Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants, Part 1 AT$, II, published by the Florida Department of ,;rteulture and Consumer bervicea. 1. The Landedape Architect or Owner shall have the rt�ht, at any eta a of the operations to reject anV and all utortc and materials which, in hie opinion, db not medCt wt the requirements of th�3ee apectftcatione. S, Except ae 9therwilps apecifted, the Landscape Contractor's work shall conform to accepted hortIbulturalpractices as used In the trade. 9 The minimum a bla atza of all gplance, measured after prunin ,with branches in normal ppoetttorre, form t� the meadurementa sppeeccified on them 11et or a indicated on the landscape drawing. Height and spread dimanhtone refer to maftn body of t plant and not extre�nst branch ttP to t(p The cdlipar of tree trunlca la to be taken one foot above the ground level. 10• Plants shall be protected upon arrival at the site, by being thoroughly watered and properly maintained until planted. EXISTING PLANT MATERIAL TO REMAIN TYP. PLANT LW SYM. QTY. BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME DESCRIPTION TREES 3 QUERCUS VIRGINIANA LIVE OAK 4" CAL., 12'-14' HT, 5' MM. SPREAD d�aL02 IEP 8 ILEX ATTENUATA EAST PALATKA HOLLY 4" CAL., 12'-14' HT, SINGLE TRUNK l_l 6 LAGERSTROEMiA INDICA CRAM MYRTLE 3" CAL., 12-14' HT, SINGLE TRUNK MG2 a��SHRUBS 'i MAGNOLIA GRANDIFLORA SOUTHERN MAGNOLIA 4" CAL, 12'-14' HT, 5' MIN. SPREAD cRB 5 BETULA NIGRA RIVER BIRCH 4" CAL., 12'-14'HT, 5'MIN. SPREAD AND CsROI?JDCOVER ® W'1 28 MYRICA CERIFERA SOUTHERN WAX MYRTLE 3 GAL, 30" HT., 30" O.C. Q VO 32 VIBURNUM ODARRITISSiMUM SWEET VIBURNUM 3 GAL., 24" MIN. HT., 30" O.C. RI 315 RHAPIOLEPIS INDICA INDIAN HAWTHORN 3 GAL., 12-15" HT, 24" O.C. LEG 306 LIRIOPE 'EVERGREEN GIANT' EVERGREEN GIANT I GAL, FULL, 12" HT., 6-6 PPP, 24" O.C. ®LC 55 LOROPETALUM CHINENSI8 RUBRUM LOROPETALUM 3 GAL., IS" HT., 18" SPREAD, 30" O.C. ®LVG 515 LIRIOPE 'VARIGATED' VARiGATED LIRIOPE 1 GAL, FULL, 12" HT., 6-6 PPP, 24" O.C. SOD BY PASPALUM NOTATUM 'ARGENTINE' ARGENTINE BAHIA SOD SOLID SOD, CONTRACTOR TO VITRIFY QTY. NOTE: CONTR IF SPECIFIED PLANTS ARE UNAVAILABLE AT TIME OF CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR MAY REPLACE SPECIFIED PLANTS WITH PLANTS APPROVED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND CITY STAFF. K MEDIUM TREE 250 SQ. FT. AREA 4X4 POST SPACED ' A MAXIMUM OF 6' APART F�c 2 rci�vc rt+a�F�. i 1" PROTECTION VETA I L NTS TREE PROTECTION NOTES 1. DURING LAND ALTERATION AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, IT SHALL BE UNLAWFUL TO REMOVE VEGETATION BY GRUBBING OR TO PLACE SOIL DEPOSITS, DEBRIS, SOLVENTS, CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL, MACHINERY OR OTHER EQUIPMENT OF ANY KIND WITHIN THE MINIMUM SETBACK OF A TREE TO REMAIN ON SITE UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. 2. ALL TRIMMING UNDERTAKEN ON A TREE PROTECTED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL AR50RIST ASSOCIATION (NAA) PRUNING STANDARDS. 3. ALL TREE ROOTS EXISTING WITHIN APPROVED IMPROVEMENT AREAS AND ORIGINATING FROM A PROTECTED TREE, SHALL BE SEVERED CLEAN AT THE LiMITS OF THE PRESERVED AREA INDICATED ON THE MAN. 4. THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO MINIMIZE ROOT DISTURBANCE TO EXISTING TREES AND OTHER VEGETATION TO 15E RETAINED. PLAN -- 8" 2-PLY RUBBER HOSE DOUBLE STRAND 12 GAUGE WIRE COVERED W/2-PLY RUBBER HOSE PAINTED FLUORESCENT ORANGE WHITE FLAGGING (TYP.) �4 TREE WRAP 4 INCHES MULCH 4 INCH DEEP SAUCER S' STEEL 'SEE POST AD BACKFILL MIX N •i •�. i • ' s. UNDISTURBED SUBSOIL REMOVE BURLAP a ROPE FROrl TOP 1/3 OF THE BALL NOTE: SEE LANDSCAPE NOTES FOR THE TYPE OF MULCH MATERIAL TO USE. T r: P L ANT I N6 N.T.B. EDGE OF PAVEMENT OR CURB t88 DGE OF REDLINE NOTE: LOCATE PLANTS IN A TRIANGULAR PATTERN AS SHOtLN, SPACED EQUIDISTANT FROM EACH OTHER (AT SPACING SPECIFIED IN THE PLANT LIST). 9H'rP%U_B/6R0UNVC0\ r=R SPAG I N6 PLAN N _ O coO N 00 E O CO N N OV N U) N O s0 O O O (�6 N O) O o O wEL c : CL < O O -2@. U O (o (D F- O U W W O U W IL (y) Q) o N O r- �. Z N r r•- r- — OO O O O CU r r r T E� W f0 z co ( W Z) < :D Z) R, Q >, 1Yl Qi 2) My>, W j >, V >, m > Z O co LD z CL ^LW Y. V U)L J WI NL Q LLI o LLJ o U. 4L Q If. All t pita,ehali bV excavated to size and depth in accordar wtth_the USDA Standard for 19. he Landscape Contractor ell pr shape and remove dead fo iage/limba from pxietlnq plant GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT: Nara v�oc+c 260., unl e.ehown othmwtee on tra drawl e, an� e4acfilled with the metaria to rixnatn Confirm wittl�e andecdpe Archkect or Owner extent of work req�ilfbd a act ed 0 anttnd soil. he Landeea a C�aetor eha�l t ft all tree pits with water before at time of bidding. 1. All plartt material , except sod, and alma shall be uararrteod for one hundred etq planting td aeeurd' proper drainage percolation la oval ab e. (180) daya from tho t�of final Inspection tend im a ^ nce "if be alive 09 20. Mulch - All lent b a shall be top dreaaad with 4" shredded hardwood bark mulch to aatiefabtor ccttro!�t� for each s 'If kind of plant at�end of ttg rantoed 12, The ands pe Contractor shall be reeponatble for pr watering of �SII plame. All plants shall fora oval ual artod. Palm Shalt ba uerant d be 1 watered at time of pplantings and a uatal wa%ad until time of 6 � p abd for art of one 1) ear from ate of final N for de y ccaptance 1 paction and interim aaeptance. Soc�e�ia11 �e uarantaea for a parto of ninetg(W) o It alias ba Landscape Cotrtrac 'e r ponatb tty to assure that plants are not over watered. 21. Trannsepplanted tercel - Tl�a LLandscappee actor shall be ras�onaible for datarmintnq and ddye from the data of final inspection on interim d capttince. c� r N -p evati]atl wht plant materials are ettltabb a for transpplantinngq� and aFiall verif this with tf�§ II �O Q. 13. t shall be the Landaca Contractor's re Ibtitt �o prevent Iant� Flom falling or being Landaea ,q� itect Owner. The Landeca Contfactor3hall to}* all ref thIA.a 2. At the end of the guarani ert d an I nt raqutrad under tht contract that le dead p �louri over to restrai and r lent slip ants wh�ch i�ian or f 1 a d r lacdall larrt3 horttcultlxall acceptable measures to aeaure�t�ie successful trans le2n3of datenn(ned plant or not in aatiefactdtU grayt i, c�eterm thb or the �andeca Architect, Z p U) rap t� materia e. L ndeea Contractor shall be roe able for r laa relocated 1 M shall be emoved anti?' lacac� lacemant lancep �r end uarantee,wht ar¢ dam�gqad d to lade df pr uyi �r etakt �andaea e Contrapctor shall `` p p pone0 p a �� ao � sFiall have an ext gbe legally Ilabl3 for any damage ca�a �n6ta tlity of ar plant material. materials whi die if a meaeur are not taken, �ia datermt a scope Architect as above, from t e of rapla ant. or Owner. Replacement plants ahal be of Identical epectas and aT a if required. 3. All re ly II be la��� of the oa a ki and size as specified on the plant O t4. All trees 665 allon ll2pe-14' in hat ) or I rcc�� mall� ppatine shall be gquyed or eta 22. MAINTENANCE PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE: Itet. Therj 6 abbe raaronalbtllty of tha�.andcape Contractor. p braced. iria� ndeca Contra ehal� d wMch small or mulEt-[rank see to be o ad nd staked to maintain lam StaWnq of tr and •tea, tf raq�ir ,shall be done as 1 Maintenance shall commence after each plant to I ntad and the maim nce. wiiood� a ata,c and U�TTnnqq detail �rapared �ha Landscape Architect It abut be the raaponaibtltt c�mm p �I the L (D a�i Z N pof the Car leca yb oiitractor to remove juye and etak,sa from the trees a job site after a y shall continue until the _cob or specific �hase of the .lob Ill acc= p o a) O ariod of 90 a Architect or Owner. Extreme cure shall be to{� to i truct the or` hie —4 INCHES MULCH U) p j,L 15. P14irnte blown over tit h winds, tthin �qquarantead ariod, ahal not be cause for representatives in general maintenance procedures. additional e��penea t ahl f3a the Tea tbtlit, 6h i pq �r 2. Plant maintenance shall include watering, nq, w�edinq cultivating, l R TYPE OF LANDSCAPE NOTES Damaged plahta shall ba reply the LandacapepContractbr at no edd(tt�ohal oe to tF�a tt tnq, and alrl of s, r [acemerit bf aiok o7'�dead lariTsmr 1�� q�ant�L ) propdF grad or uprt ettiI 6 and restoration of the 1lanttng aaueer yid all other 0tit�n care n8� A for propisr of the plants. " ��`;�ti`� IF SHRUB i8 B i B, THEN 16. Sod shall be certified to free of the im fir ant. Sod shall hav¢ a clean growth of - REMOVE BURLAP 4 ROPE O accnible grass, reaeonabi free of a wl not �a66 than 1 1/2" of soil firmI adPrer Inq to 3• Dur'Inq the m�rintana period and up to the date of final a�t�nca, Landaca Z Tqqq rootd. It ahalT"ba the ryapona'tbtitt of the andscap�actor to measure an� detarmW(e the Conir'l9ctor shall doe I aeaaonal e! t and/or dust of trade a �:.:�} ^::.'` FR01'1 TOP I/3 OF BALL exact amou�inritt r utred. This amou�t shall be varlfied with the Owner or Landscape Architect completion of all planting, �n In epartf%Aoraaccaccnnca of work will ba��. C,, _ �:j •x: �_ � before lnatallati l andr patCoon 108ator s1'tall r i 'btaer L n tad date. chitect or Owner for echaduling ofthe �— BACKFILL MIX O M. The Landscappe Contractor shall insure adequate varti I dra[nave in a I �l�rnt bode pl anter and 4• At the ttm of dins action iF sill of the materials re a table, a written notice will UNDISTURBED SUBSOIL sod ar e. Vert! I drtiltnc� thrV a y cort►pacted fil( to nativ3 soil andlI be accoin 1tItoboa insure drainaga. If well drdtnod fttl le n6ceaaa to assure poeitive drainage, this iaa be ba atve►r a ecape Architect or Owner to � La cape Contractor Stating the brought up I% the Landscape Contractor at ti�ii a of biddt gri . data uVh* r► intenance.Pertod ends. 9HFg5W5 PLANT I NS 'FINAL ENGINEERING MICHAEL J. URCHUK; RLA U) 0. The Landscape Contractor shall insure that hill work dose not interrupt eatabltahed or projected 6666675 drainage part r N.T.S. GENERAL NOTES 1) PLANS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. ALL DIMENSIONS, QUANTITIES AND MATERIALS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ADDITIONAL HEADS AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE COVERAGE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 2) SYSTEM DESIGNED AT 70 PSI STATIC WATER PRESSURE WITH A MAXIMUM FLOW OF 40 GPM. THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THIS PRE55URE ON -SITE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY SPRINKLER IRRIGATION WORK. IF THERE IS A DISCREPANCY, THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IN WRITING SO ADJUSTMENTS CAN BE MADE. 3) CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES SO PROGRESS OF WORK IS NOT INTERRUPTED AND CAN BE COMPLETED IN A TIMELY MANNER. REFER TO LANDSCAPE AND UTILITIES PLANS WHEN TRENCHING TO AVOID TREES, SHRUBS AND UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 4) ALL MATERIAL AND LABOR REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE, OPERATIONAL AND FULLY GUARANTEED SYSTEM SHALL BE CONSIDERED PART OF THE WORK, WHETHER OR NOT THEY ARE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DOCUMENTS. 5) ALL HEADS SHALL BE OF THE PROPER TYPE FOR THE AREAS WHERE LOCATED, AND AND SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB AND WITH THE PROPER HEIGHT. ALL HEADS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH ADEQUATE AND UNIFORM CLEARANCE FROM ALL HARD-SCAPING, TO MINIMIZE WATER OVER SPRAY ON IMPERVIOUS AREAS. 6) THE WATER SUPPLY FOR THIS SYSTEM SHALL BE REUSE SEE LEGEND FOR METER SIZE WITH APPROX. P.O.C.'S AS SHOWN. THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW ALL LOCAL CODES PERTAINING TO REUSE WATER. 7) ALL CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER MAINLINE, IF NOT POSSIBLE THEN ELEC. CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR WIRE PROTECTION USING PULL BOXES 150' O.C. WIRES SHALL BE TAPED EVERY 20 L.F. WITH ADEQUATE SLACK AND SURGE, EXPANSION LOOPS AND SHALL BE SPLICED ONLY IN VALVE BOXES, USING SNAP TITS CONNECTORS. THE CONTROL WIRE SHALL BE MINIMUM OF#14 PVC JACKETED, . SINGLE CONDUCTOR CABLE, USING RED FOR "HOT" AND WHITE FOR VALVE COMMON. (SEE PLAN FOR SPARE WIRES.) 8) ANY PIPING SHOWN OUTSIDE THE PROPERTY LINE OR RUNNING OUTSIDE A LANDSCAPE AREA 15 SHOWN THERE FOR CLARITY ONLY. ALL LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PROPERTY AND INSIDE THE LANDSCAPE AREAS. 9) RE -USE WARNING SIGNAGE OF APPROVED TYPE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN REQUIRED LOCATIONS. REFER TO DETAILS FOR EXAMPLE OF THE SIGNAGE. CONFIRM APPROVAL OF THE SIGNAGE BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 10) THE INSTALLER SHALL BE EXPECTED TO BE FAMILIAR WITH AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN, ON THE DRAWINGS, IN THE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, AND IN THE WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS, SHOULD A CONFLICT BE DISCOVERED WITHIN THE DOCUMENTS, HE SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE PROJECT MANAGER AND REQUEST CLARIFICATION. 11) IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF ANY UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION, SHALL BE REPAIRED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE GOVERNING AGENCY AND/OR OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS OF SUCH REPAIRS. 12) ALL LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES SHALL BE COMPLIED WITH. IF THERE IS A CONFLICT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IN WRITING. 13) SLEEVES: A. ALL PIPING AND 24 VOLT WIRING PASSING UNDER PAVING SHALL BE SLEEVED. B. IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH PAVING CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES. C. SLEEVE WIRE AND WATER LINES SEPARATELY. 14) INSTALL SLEEVES AS NECE55ARY OR AS REQUIRED PER PLANS. THE SLEEVES SHALL BE INSTALLED JUST PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS AND PAVING. BACKFILL FOR SLEEVES SHALL BE SAND COMPACTED TO THE SPECIFIED DENSITY FOR THE WORK FOR WHICH THE SLEEVES ARE TO BE PLACED UNDER. 16) THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT ALL WORK PRIOR TO TRENCHING OPERATIONS TO DETERMINE IF MINOR MODIFICATIONS WILL BE REQUIRED. 16) IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CONTROLLERS, CONTROL WIRE, MAINLINE, AND POINT OF CONNECTIONS AS THE FIRST PART OF WORK. 17) THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL THE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER AND ALL OF-14 CONTROL WIRE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SERVICE AND SERVICE HOOKUPS FROM THE POWER SOURCE TO THE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERS. 15) MAINLINE SHALL BE PVC CLASS 315. SOLVENT WELD PVC WITH SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS. ALL OTHER FITTINGS FOR SIZES 2" AND LESS SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 MINIMUM. COVER FOR MAINLINE SHALL BE 18". 19) LATERAL LINES SHALL BE PVC SCHEDULE 40 PIPE WITH SCHEDULE 60 NIPPLES AND SCHEDULE 40 SOLVENT WELD FITTINGS. MINIMUM COVER 12'. 20) ALL PIPING, RCV'S AND QCV'S SHALL BE INSTALLED IN PLANTING AREA (PIPING MAY PASS UNDER PAVING AS REQUIRED). RCV'S AND QCV'S SHALL BE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO WALKS OR PAVING. 21) AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER SHALL BE PROGRAMMED TO OPERATE A MAXIMUM OF ONE VALVE AT A TIME, TO KEEP PLANT MATERIAL IN A HEALTHY. GROWING CONDITION AND TO MINIMIZE RUNOFF OR EXCESSIVE WATERING. 22) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AN A5-BUILT DRAWING ON A REPRODUCIBLE PAPER (SEPIA OR MYLAR) SHOWING ALL IRRIGATION INSTALLATION. A MYLAR OR SEPIA OF THE ORIGINAL PLAN MAYBE OBTAINED FROM THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT FOR A FEE. THE DRAWING SHALL LOCATE ALL MAINLINE AND VALVES SHOWN BY EXACT MEASUREMENTS FROM HARD SURFACES. PLEASE SHOW WIRE DIRECTION. 23) SEE IRRIGATION DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 24) NO OVER SPRAY SHALL BE ALLOWED ON SIDEWALKS, ROADS, OR PARKING. 25) VALVE BOXES TO BE INSTALLED AS PER DETAIL. 4E IRRIGATION CONTROLLER SEE PLAN FOR NUMBER OF STATIONS. ANCHOR SECURELY TO WALL. CONDUIT FOR REMOTE CONTROL VALVES AND SENSOR WIRES SECURE TO WALL WITH APPROPRIATE PIPE CLAMPS CONDUIT FOR 115V POWER FINISHED SURFACE FRONT RIGHT -SIDE SECTION/ELEVATION SECTION/ELEVATION MALL -MOUNT CONTROLLER SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 23 NOTE: INSTALL SPRINKLER AT FINISHED GRADE APPROVED BACKFILL SPRINKLER MANUFACTURED SWING JOINT W/FLEX PIPE FLEX PIPE LATERAL PIPE LATERAL TEE ROTOR SPRINKLER SCALE: NOT TO SCALE -.I2' 1'EPPf TliAl. RIGH ; OF ' :SAY E r SE,\ ENT PEI f+_.A :s & 1:ADCI IFFE=, wlC, f :iNIEF-1'\ftT --, CONCRETE THRUST `T TaELZ EI 71t J THRUST I. INSTALL MAIN LINE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDE 2. SIZE OF CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDE T� 4RUST BLOCKS ZONE IDENTIFICATION VINDICATES VALVE NUMBER INDICATES G.P.M. INDICATES VALVE SIZE VALVE BOX « COVER CONTROL WIRES WITH 12" MIN. SERVICE COIL AND WATERPROOF WIRE SPLICE CONNECTORS PVC LATERAL LINE SEE SPECS. FOR DEPTH REMOTE CONTROL VALVE FINISHED GRADE PVC MALE ADAPTER (TYP.) PVC MAIN LINE LENGTH AS REQUIRED 6" GRAVEL PVC ELBOW (TYP.) CONTINUOUS BRICK SUPPORTS PVC TEE OR ELBOW (TYP.) PVC MAIN LINE (TYP.) SEE SPECS. FOR DEPTH NOTES: LEGEND SYMBOL MFG DESCRIPTION NOZZLE PSI GPM RAD REMARKS • RAINBIRD 1500 SERIES POP-UP SEE NOZZLE CHART 6" FOR TURF, 12" FOR SHRUB 4 GROUND COVER ® RAINBIRD 1800 SERIES 12" POP-UP SEE NOZZLE CHART # RAINBIRD 1400 SERIES BUBBLER SEE NOZZLE CHART ® HUNTER PGM ROTOR HEAD 1.5 40 1.5 24' ® HUNTER PGP ROTOR HEAD 3 40 3 33, HUNTER PGP ROTOR HEAD j 7 140 j 5 40' APPROVED CLASS 160 PVC LATERAL LINE SIZE AS SHOWN UNTIL A SMALLER SEE DETAIL SIZE IS SHOWN APPROVED CLASS 200 PVC MAINLINE SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLAN SEE DETAIL ------------ APPROVED SLEEVE MINIMUM TWICE THE INNER PIPE DIAMETER CONTROL WIRE SEE DETAIL �_ SHALL BE SLEEVED SEPARATELY ® HUNTER HUNTER ICV ELECTRIC VALVE. 1-1/2" OR SIZE AS SHOWN ON THE SEE DETAIL ZONE LABEL. INSTALL VALVE IN AN AMETEK V5-12A VALVE BOX. © RAINE31RD CONTROLLER-RAINBIRD ESP-LX PLUS 12 STA. AS SHOWN ON SEE DETAIL PLAN, INSTALL WITH A MINICLIK II RAIN SENSOR. ® APPROVED POINT OF CONNECTION TO RECLAIMED WATER LINE AND 1" METER. SEE DETAIL SEE SHEET C-95 FOR RECLAIMED WATER METER DETAIL. APPROVED 1 1/2" REUSE WATER METER TO SUPPLY MIN. (45 GPM @65 PSI) SEE DETAIL V �� � �" `< �;• ��,':�: a ��-� � •�,�, ,J�i -; NOZZLE CHART LETTER MODEL GPM AT 30 PSI A 1800-15F 3.7 B 1800-15H 1.85 C 1500-15Q .912 D 1800-15VAN VARIES E 1800-12F 2.6 F 1500-12H 1.3 G 1800-12Q .65 H 1500-12VAN VARIES J 1500-1OF 1.55 K 1800-ION .79 .L 1800-1OQ .39 M 1500-10VAN VARIES N 1800-SF 1.05 P 1800-BH .52 R 1800-5Q .26 S 1800-8VAN VARIES T 1500-155ST 1.21 U 1500-15EST .61 V 1500-95ST .52 X 1800-15CST 1.21 MPR PLUS NOZZLES (SIZE PER PLAN) 77 r' SHRUB ADAPTER S 7n r RADIUS PATTERN 00 Q0 N � N M a��w 0 ° 2 U , WR,acnU to . g M v c c w w v 0 O N 0 04 cy) 0 (D cy) 6 0 O � '�' a U U) m 0 CL 0- Q 15, FULL 15, HALF 15, QUARTER 15, ADJ. 12' FULL 12' HALF 12' QUARTER 12' ADJ. 10, FULL 10, HALF 10, QUARTER o 10, ADJ. Lh 8' FULL 8' HALF 8' QUARTER 8' ADJ. 41X30' SIDE STRIP 41X15' END STRIP 91X18' SIDE STRIP 41X30' CENTER STRIP ZONE CHART ZONE TYPE GPM RUN TIME 1 SPRAY 43 15 MIN 2 SPRAY 33 15 MIN 3 SPRAY 42 15 MIN 4 SPRAY 45 15 MIN TOTALS 163 1 HOURS NOTE: INSTALL SPRINKLER AT FINISHED GRADE APPROVED BACKFILL SPRINKLER NOTE: CONTRACTOR MAY INSTALL PIPE TO SIDE INLET MANUFACTURED SWING JOINT W/FLEX PIPE FLEX PIPE LATERAL TEE LATERAL PIPE LATERAL TEE POP-UP SPRINKLER -I i l•_-j I f_=-41 i F==11 -- SCALE: NOT TO SCALE APPROVED BACKFILL NIPPLE LATERAL TEE r-- LATERAL PIPE SEE PLANS, LEGEND AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION NOTES. (ELECTRIC) REMOTE CONTROL VALVES FIXED -SPRAY G.►FDRINKLER SCALE: NOT TO SCALE SCALE_: NOT TO SCALE - ®®� Z - C'7 O i:z O C7 O ti O C�3 O ti O M O ti O E m Z U -� Y �o z N •a c .n � N > U Q cl cu 0 _2 ai 0 n- 0 Z ® Q r W W W i ® O U- cl O z co • r � s W MICHAEL J. URCHUK, RLA 6666675 _-_ _ _ _ -- _ r..---'_-� __-- ----�_T--- _---�--_ - _- _«-��--__--. _.-- ----- `--- ---------�------- h1 Code Information JURISDICTION AUTHORITY SEMINOLE COUNTY, FLORIDA ADOPTED CODES BUILDING: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 (W/ LOCAL ADOPTED AMEPM.MENTS) FIRE: FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE - 2001 CHAPTER 36 - (NFPA 1 & NFPA 101 W/ STATE FIRE MARSHAL AMENDMENTS) PLUMBING: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, PLUMBING - 2001 MECHANICAL: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, MECHANICAL - 2001 ELECTRICAL: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 CHAPTER 27 - (NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE) FUEL/GAS: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, FUEL/GAS - 2001 ACCESSIBILITY: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 CHAPTER 11 - (FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION). ENERGY: FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, BUILDING - 2001 CHAPTER 13 - (FLORIDA ENERGY EFFICIENCY FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION). BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION DATA OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION (FBC 304) GROUP M - MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE (FBC TABLE 600) TYPE IV SPRINKLERED MAXIMUM HEIGHT AND AREA (FBC TABLE 500) AREA - 27,000 SQ. FT. HEIGHT - 55' ACTUALHEIGHT AND AREA AREA - 24.500 SQ. FT. HEIGHT - 32'-4" FIRE RESISTANCE MATERIALS/CONSTRUCTION (FBC 704.3.1) SINGLE OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS TENANTS SEPARATED BY 1-HOUR MINIMUM FIRE RESISTANCE, FBC TABLE 705.1.2 WALLS OPENINGS SHAFTS > 4 STORIES 1 1 FIRE WALLS 4 3 TENANT SPACE 1 .75 HORIZONTAL EXIT 2 1.5 EXIT ACCESS CORRIDORS OCCUPANCY SEPERATIONS (OPENING RATING 4 3 REQUIREMENTS FOR GIVEN WALL RATINGS, 3 3 FBC TABLE 705.1.2 2 1.5 1 .75 CALCULATED FIRE RESISTANCE, FBC 709 CONCRETE MASONRY WALLS (MIN. 4 HOUR = 6.7" (SILICEOUS GRAVEL) EQ. THICKNESS), FBC TABLE 709.3.1 CONCRETE OR APPROVED FILL :MATERIAL INTERIOR FINISHES, FBC 803 CLASSIFICATION, FBC 803.2 A-FLAMESPREAD 0-25, SMOKE DEV. 0-450 B-FLAMESPREAD 26-75,SMOKE DEV.0-450 C-FLAMESPREAD 76-200,SMOKE DE'V.0-450 OCCUPANCY (MERCANTILE, SPRINKLERED), EXITS - CLASS C TABLE 803.3 ACCESS - CLASS C OTHER SPACES - CLASS C FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS FBC 903,905 SPRINKLERS, FBC 903 DESIGN STANDARD NFPA 13 AS MODIFIED BY NFPA 231, NFPA 231C OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS FBC 903.7 SPRINKLERS REQUIRED IN MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES STORIES > 2, OR GROSS AREAS > 12,000 SQ. FT. FIRE ALARMS, FBC 905 GROUP M - MERCANTILE SINGLE STORY OCCUPANT LOAD > 500 'MULTI -STORY OCCUPANT LOAD > 100 ABOVE OR BELOW ACTUAL OCCUPANCY 817 - REQUIRED AND PROVIDED MEANS OF EGRESS FBC 1003 - 1005 OCCUPANT LOAD, FBC TABLE 1003.1 MERCANTILE BASEMENT/GRADE AREAS, OPEN TO PUBLIC 30 GROSS AREAS ON OTHER FLOORS, OPEN TO PUBLIC 60 GROSS MULTIPLE STREET FLOORS, OPEN TO PUBLIC 40 GROSS STORAGE/STOCK/SHIPPING NON-PUBLIC 300 GROSS TRAVEL DISTANCE (SPRINKLERED) 200 FT. MAXIMUM DEAD END CORRIDOR 20 FT. EGRESS WIDTH/PERSON SERVED 0.2"- LEVEL, 0.3"- STAIRS MINIMUM CORRIDOR WIDTH 44" (36" WHEN CORRIDOR SERVES < 50) MINIMUM CLEAR OPENING DOORS 32" MINIMUM STAIR WIDTH 44" ARRANGEMENT AND NUMBER, FBC 1004 1PER ROOM WHEN EXIT TRAVEL { 75' 2 PER ROOM WHEN EXIT TRAVEL :> 75' MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS, FBC 1004.2.2 2 WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD 1-500 3 WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD 501-1000 4 WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD > 1000 MEZZANINES (STORAGE/STOCK), FBC TABLE 1005.7 SINGLE EXIT WHEN OCCUPANT LOAD < 10 AND TRAVEL' DISTANCE TO EXIT < 75' FIRE DEPARTMENT ACCESS FBC 1405.2 MINIMUM ACCESS REQUIREMENTS 32" X 48" HIGH MINIMUM EVERY 200' PLUMBING, MINIMUM FACILITIES PFBC, PLUMBING, TABLE 403.1 OCCUPANCY - MERCANTILE MEN WOMEN WATER CLOSETS 1PER 500 1PER 500 LAVATORIES 1 PER 750 1 PER 750 DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1 PER 1,000 SEPARATE FACILITIES (403.2 EXCEPTION 4) SEPARATE FACILITIES NOT REQUIRED 'IN MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES < 30D0 SQ. FT. UNISEX TOILET ROOM REQUIRED WHEN WATER CLOSET COUNT EXCEEDS A COMBINED 5 FIXTU€}cS. General Notes 1. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS PREVAIL. DO NOT SCALE THESE DRAWINGS. IF DIMENSIONS ARE IN QUESTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. 2. WHERE BUILDING ELEMENTS ARE TOO LARGE TO FIT INSIDE THE CAVITY OF WALLS, WALLS ARE TO BE FURRED TO CONCEAL OR "BUILD IN PIPING, ELECTRICAL PANELS AND OTHER RECESSED OBJECTS. 3. IF THE CONTRACTOR DISCOVERS ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND THE 'CONDITIONS WHERE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED, HE SHALL_ 'PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT WITH THE FIRE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION REGARDING FIRE EXTINGUISHER PROTECTION FOR THE BUILDING, OBTAIN CLARIFICATION AND PROVIDE APPROPRIATE QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 5. SIDEWALK SLABS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4" THICK CONCRETE WITH -1\ION-SLIP FINISH ON COMPACTED EXISTING POROUS SUBBASE OR COMPACTED POROUS FILL AS REQUIRED AND / OR RECOMMENDED BY SOILS ENGINEER. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE SPACED AS INDICATED. SIDEWALK TO SLOPE AWAY FROM BUILDING AT 1/4" /FOOT. 6. ALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD WALL AND CEILING SURFACES INDENTIFIED IN THE WORK ARE TO BE APPROPRIATELY PREPARED INCLUDING TAPTNG, SPACKLING, AND SANDING TO A SMOOTH FINISH. COMPLETED WORK SHALL BE PAINT' READY. 7. ALL PENETRATIONS THAT OCCUR WHERE FIRE RATINGS ARE REQUCPED SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY SEALED TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE WALL TO THE COMPLETE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY OR GYPSUM ASSOCIATION ASSEMBLY INDENTIFIED. RE: A-401. 8. WHERE WALLS ARE INDICATED TO BE EXTENDED FROM FLOOR TO `ROOF DECK, THE WALL SHALL BE COMPLETELY SEALED TO MAINTAIN, THE ENTEGRITY OF THE WALL. WHERE FIRE RATINGS ARE REQUIRED, THE WALL SHALL_ BE SEALED TO THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION OF THE UL / OR GYPSUM ASSOCIATION ASSEMBLY IDENTIFIED. RE: A-401. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS SIGNED :AND SEALED BY AN ENGINEER AND APPROVED BY PROPER AUTHORITIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. I Schedule of Symbols $,$ — — GRID DESIGNATION T� 0 SOMETHING ELEVATION MARKER X -X A.F.F. 888 ROOM NUMBER 888 DOOR NUMBER WALL SECTION AXXX-X 8O WINDOW TYPE SECTION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER O STOREFRONT TYPE 8X WALL TYPE AXXX-X SECTION DETAIL DETAIL NUMBER 88 KEYNOTE SHEET NUMBER A REVISION NUMBER `N 1 I 8 8 CASEWORK A502-22 DETAIL REFERENCE — DETAIL NUMBER REAR SHEET NUMBER LEFT RIGHT �`' INTERIOR ELEVATION N AXXX-X FRONT ELEV. NUMBER NORTH ARROW SHEET NUMBER Schedule of Abbreviations AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR (SLAB) INT INTERIOR AFG ABOVE FINISH GRADE LAV LAVATORY BLK BLOCK B.O. BOTTOM OF MECH MECHANICAL BLDG BUILDING MISC MISCELLANEOUS CW COLD WATER NIC NOT IN CONTRACT CL CENTER LINE NTS NOT TO SCALE CLR CLEAR/CLEARANCE COL COLUMN OPP OPPOSITE CONC CONCRETE CU CONDENSING UNIT PLBG PLUMBING CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT PLYWD PLYWOOD CONT CONTINUOUS CJ CONTROL JOINT RD ROOF DRAIN RET RETAINING DN DOWN REF REFERENCE REV REVISE/REVISION EA. EACH REINF REINFORCING EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATED RTU ROOF TOP UNIT (HVAC) FINISHING SYSTEM SAN SANITARY SEWER LINE EL ELEVATION SIM SIMILAR ELEC ELECTRIC/ELECTRICAL SPECS SPECIFICATIONS EQIV EQUIVALENT EXIST EXISTING TS TUBE STEEL EXT EXTERIOR T.O. TOP OF EJ EXPANSION JOINT TOC TOP OF CONCRETE TOS TOP OF STEEL FD FLOOR DRAIN TYP TYPICAL FF FINISHED FLOOR FLR FLOOR UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GA GAGE/GAUGE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR WC WATER CLOSET GALV GALVANIZED WH WATER HEATER GYP GYPSUM WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC HVAC HEATING VENTILATING AIR CONDITIONING HW HOT WATER 5 Site Location Map 0'_4-_; NlRpQue_to rn, [no.; C32'003, Niv+gatbn TC­_hnr.bq'):%s CLIENT: Dikeou Realty 502 N. Highway 17-92 Suite 200 Longwood, FL.32750 (407) 830-4888 FAX: (407) 830-4502 PROJECT LOCATION 10]z AF Vk Ad"huc RN in X.-etail ShC11 C.,,,nst_t tion {.0 f RlttehartN.W.a 6 Drawing Index: SHEET NO. COVER SHEET COVER COVER SHEET A-001 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS A-002 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS A-003 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS A-004 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS A-005 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS A-006 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS A-007 SHEET SPECIFICATIONS A-100 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN A-102 FLOOR PLAN A-103 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-104 ROOF PLAN A-201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-202 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-301 WALL SECTIONS A-302 WALL SECTIONS A-304 WALL SECTIONS A-305 WALL SECTIONS A-306 WALL SECTIONS & COLUMN SECTIONS A-401 WALL TYPES & UL DETAILS A-402 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND BUILDING FINISH SCHEDULES A-501 DETAILS A-502 DETAILS A-601 DOOR & STOREFRONT SCHEDULES & DETAILS S-1 FOUNDATION PLANS S-2 FRAMING ROOF PLANS S-3 TYPICAL DETAILS PLAN S-4 STRUCTURAL SECTIONS & DETAILS ;FP-1 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN " P-1 FLOOR PLAN / PLUMBING P-2 PLUMBING DETAILS & SCHEDULES M-1 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN, LEGEND AND NOTES M-2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS ES-100 SITE PLAN - ELECTRICAL E-,101 FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL E-201 PANEL SCHDULES E-301 ELECTRICAL LEGEND & SPECS ARCHITECT: Cuhaci & Peterson Architects, LLC Florida Certificate #AAC000526 1220 Alden Road Orlando, FL. 32803 (407) 228-4220 FAX (407) 228-4219 STRUCTURAL: ONM&J 37 North Orange Avenue Suite 770 Orlando, FL. 32801 (407) 481-0800 FAX (407) 481-0727 CIVIL ENGINEER: CPH Engineers, Inc. 500 W. Fulton Street Sanford, FL. 32772 (407) 322-6841 FAX (407) 330-0839 ISSUED DATE 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 Q5/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 05/02/2003 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER: Harold Hart & Associates 4201 West Gray", Street Tampa, FL. 33609 (813) 287-2719 FAX (813) 287-5704 R [Ew"WED By: � �. 1J E Sanford Fire Preve:fflon�DL Dater 'A �� le SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: Project consists of a one story retail building housing various retail tenants to be determined. 1. Project Location: Rinehart Road; Seminole County, Florida. 2. Owner: DikeoU Realty B. The Work consists of 24,500.squuare feet of "vanilla shell" space. C. Project will be constructed under:a general construction contract. 1.2 WORK SEQUENCE A. The Work shall be conducted in one phase. 1.3 USE OF PREMISES A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project site, during construction peri,iod. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smootl-dy, without interfering with or delaying: -work under this Contract. 1.4 SPECIFICATION FORMI-VTS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16-division format and CSUCSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system. B. Specification Content: Thy Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certainterms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. END OF SECTION 01100 SECTION 01250 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adj ustment to the Contract Scum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G7 I0, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions." 1.2 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner -Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental cur revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 14 days, or as Indicated after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list Hof quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate . quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade dis- Counts. C. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, :but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. Contractor -Initiated Proposals: 'If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a=�quest-for a change. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Pro- vide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum andthe Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes,=delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not liniited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity rela- tionship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 5. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution c;f one product or system for product or system specified. C. Proposal Request Form: Use.AIA Document 0709. D. Submit claims for increased. ,costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the Purchase Order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installa- tion, overhead, and profit. Submit claims within 21 days of receipt of the Change Order or Construction Change Directive authorizing work to proceed. Owner will reject claims submitted later than 21 days after such authorization. 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower -priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. 1.3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE ;DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA DOcur- merit G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also des- ignates method to be fdllowed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construc- tion Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substan- tiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. . END OF SECTION 01250 SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Con- struction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including Submittals Schedule and Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. 2. Subunit the Schedule ,,df`Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than 7 days before the date scheduled for ubmittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provides at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Includ-_.the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and4ocation. b. Name ofArchit&t. C. Architect's proct number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. C. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value. 1) 1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one -hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of con- tents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. 4. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance. Show line - item value of unit -cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIADocument G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. C. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of constriction period covered by application. D. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Archi- tect by a method ensuring receipt. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate informa- tion about application. E. Waivers of Mechanic's. Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. I. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application. a. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfuully entitled to a lien. F. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). 5. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 6. Copies of building permits. 7. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 8. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 9. Performance and payment bonds. 10. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. G. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Comple- tion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously .for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. H. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documen- tation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corre- sponding elements of the Work. END OF SECTION 01290 SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: . 1. General Project coordination procedures. 2. Coordination Drawings. . 3. Project meetings. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and opera- tion. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own instal- lation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum acces- sibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meet- ings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 1.3 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes I i to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within 3 days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting constriction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibili- ties and personnel assignments. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect the progress and completion of the Work. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction or as specifically requested elsewhere in the Construction Documents. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activ- ity under consideration. Discuss and resolve all items related to the activity to be performed. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements. 4. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate what- ever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule . revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present. 3. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meet- ing where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. END OF SECTION 01310 SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of con- struction during performance of the Work, including the following: - 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submittals Schedule. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Schedule: Submit 3 copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Name of subcontractor. 4. Description of the Work covered. 5. Scheduled date for Architect's final -release or approval. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit 2 printed copies of initial schedule, one a reproducible print and one a blue- or black -line print, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activi- ties and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submit- tals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by con- struction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. 1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of Substan- tial Completion. B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: f 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and deliv- ery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construc- tion Schedule with Submittals Schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include munber of days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect on the schedule of the following: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Use of premises restrictions. e. Provisions for future construction. f. Seasonal variations. g. Environmental control. 5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of constriction for each major portion of the Work. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not lim- ited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. 2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCI-IEDULE (GANTT CHART) A. Gantt -Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt -chart -type, Contrac- tor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At intervals appropriate to the construction, update sched- ule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recog- nized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule respon- sibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 01320 SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PARTI- GENERAL - 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. 1. Initial Review: Allow 14 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if pro- cessing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Allow 14 days for processing each resubmittal. 4. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. C. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Unique identifier, including revision number. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Other necessary identification. D. Deviations: i-lighlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submit- tals. E. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final Submit- ' tal. F. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review received from sources otlief ihan Contractor or for items that do not require submittals in the Contract Documents. 1. Include Contractor's certification stating that the information submitted has been reviewed and complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810. G. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in con- nection with construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit 3 copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return 2 copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. 2. Complete Submittals: Submit complete submittals in accordance with submittal schedule. The arclutect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal until remaining information required in that section or division is provided. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of constriction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suit- able for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options -are applicable. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the -Contract Documents or standard printed data. D. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 2. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit mamufact Lire es color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 3. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of quali- ties indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side. 4. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these character- istics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality -control com- parisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. E. Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work - arid their intended location. F. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use CSI Form 1.5A or similar format suitable to the Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and loca- tion, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compli- ance with the Contract Documents. t .91 4 0 0 .; 0. E 0 E a 15 .s E I 0 0 0 1 Z P a t `o t .21 0 0 a 0 0 a 0 0 E E 0 0 a U a U 0 I 0 0 wn o 0 FL a 0 0- 0 U U a 0 0 E V O 0 0 E 0 0 0 a 6 0 ,. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A- 00 1 A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return ) I y them without action. i . i I -- ._ T, - �___ - _ _ - �- y _ - . B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifi- cations required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken. C. Submittals not required by Ihe�Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 01330 SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality con- trol. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indi- cated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract DOCrI- ment requirements. 1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurrisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. See Divisions 2 through 16 :Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against ,defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. B. Quality -Control Services: Vests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that .completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities ;performed by Architect. C. Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials. Mockups are used to verify selections made tinder Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. 1.3 DELEGATED DESIGN A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design profes- sional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional iinformation to Architect. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Delegated -Design Subri ittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors .used in performing these services. B. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. . 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals -making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Worrk and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of prodruct,and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. It. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requiremerts. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations onTetesting and reinspecting. C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifica- tions, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judg- ments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Factory -Authorized Service' Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. C. Installer Qualifications: Afsrin:or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work simi- lar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construc- tion with a record of successful in-service performance. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project anti with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be per- formed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade -union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as docw merited by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed. 1.6 . QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: VAt ere quality -control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testiD,g,agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a descriion of the types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting arirl reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities_ '.Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and required by authorities haviuJ jurisdiction. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality ­control services. a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 2. Notify testing agencies :at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be peufommed. 3. Where quality -contra services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified writ- ten report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service. 4. Testing and inspecting,requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing. D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Re&,,ardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsi- bility, provide quality-contrl•services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed,to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Pro- vide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service through Contractor. 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. END OF SECTION 01400 SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART I- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Sewers and drainage. 2. Water service and distribution. 3. Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking -water facilities. 4. Electric power service. 5. Lighting. 6. Telephone service. C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Project identification and temporary signs. 2. Field offices. 3. Temporary stairs. D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Environmental protection. 2. Storinwater control. 3. Tree and plant protection. 4. Barricades, warning signs, and lights. 5. Fire protection. 1.2 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Owner's construction forces. 2. Occupants of Project. 3. Architect. 4. Testing agencies. 5. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage, by all parties engaged in construction, at Project site. C. Water Service: Pay water service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for water used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for elec- tricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. 1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. 2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary util- ity before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures in quantities and loca- tions determined by regulation of any authority having jurisdiction. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. C. Self -Contained Toilet Units: Single -occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass -fiber -reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material in quantities and locations determined by regulation of any authority having jurisdiction D. Drinking -Water Fixtures: Drinking -water fountains or Containerized, tap -dispenser, bottled -water drink- ing -water units, including paper cup supply in quantities and locations determined by regulation of any authority having jurisdiction E. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120-V plugs into higher -voltage outlets; equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light. F. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with perfor- mance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of constriction. Before temporary utility is available, pro- vide trucked -in services. B. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or camlot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off site in a lawful manner. C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construc- tion until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking -water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facili- ties. E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. 1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of building f'or normal construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas where finished Work has been installed. F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. . G. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, trans- fonners, overload -protected disconnecting means, automatic ground -fault interrupters, and main distribu- tion switchgear. H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for con- struction operations and traffic conditions. I. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for common -use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with modem in each field office. 2. Provide an answering machine on superintendent's telephone. 3. Provide a facsimile machine for site use 4. Provide a portable cellular telephone for superintendent's use in making and receiving telephone calls when away from field office. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access, making them accessible for handicap access where required by the author- ity having jurisdiction. 2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Comple- tion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facili- ties, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other signs in sizes indi- cated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance to Project. 1. Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. 2. Construct signs of exterior -type Grade B-B high -density concrete form overlay plywood in sizes and thicknesses indicated. Support on posts or framing of preservative -treated wood or steel. 3. Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior -grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer. C. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. Cover finished, permanent stairs with protective covering of plywood or similar material so finishes will be undamaged at time of acceptance. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, water- way, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site. B. Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of storrnwater from heavy rains. C. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from construction damage. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. D. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements in Division 2 Section "Tree Protection and Trim- ming." E. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erecting struc- turally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform person- nel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. F. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. G. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire -protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities of types needed, to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above. Store combustible materials in containers in fire - safe locations. 2. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire -protection facili- ties, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire -expo- sure areas. i 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL f A. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interfer- ence with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant mate- rials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01500 SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL I 1.1 SUMMARY i A. This Section includes administrative and procedural require ments for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project Record Documents. 3. Operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Warranties. 5. Instruction of Owner's personnel. 6. Final cleaning. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifica- tions, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, property sur- veys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test/adjrist/balance records. 10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 14. Touch Lip and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incom- plete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.3 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Submit certified copy ofArchitect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest -control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will pre- pare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incom- plete is completed or corrected. 1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit 3 copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use CSI Form 14. IA. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, indi- vidual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Docu- ments from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black -line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked -up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be readily identi- fied and recorded later. b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. 2. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 3. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. 4. Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAW- ING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. C. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sec- tions for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows: 1. Operation Data: Include emergency instructions and procedures, system and equipment descrip- tions, operating procedures, and sequence of operations. 2. Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's information, list of spare parts, maintenance proce- dures, maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance, and copies of warranties and bonds. B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and index data in heavy -dray, three-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate con- tents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets. Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATIONAND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents. _. 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the - surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Sub- stantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, includ- ing landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign sub- stances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. C. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. g. Sweep concrete floors broom -clean in unoccupied spaces. h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. j. Remove labels that are not permanent. . k. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 2) 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. 1. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. in. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. n. Clean plumbing fixttires to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of dif- fusers, registers, arid grills. p. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fix- tures. q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. B. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage 0 0 0 4 0 O a. I ---- -.. systems. Remove waste rmterials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01770 SECTION 02361 - TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes soil treatment for termite control. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated, including EPA -Registered Label. B. Product certificates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Apest control operator who is licensed according to regulations of authorities having jurisdiction to apply itermite control treatment in jurisdiction where Project is located. B. Regulatory Requirements: Formulate and apply termiticides, and label with a Federal registration number, to comply with EP.Aregulations and authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Soil Termiticide Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by applicator and Contractor, certifying that applied soil termiticide treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean termites. If sub- terranean termite activity a,r,damage is discovered within 5 years from date of Substantial Completion, re -treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TERMITE CONTROL A. Soil Treatment: EPA-regishe'red termiticide complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdic- tion, in a soluble or emulsible, concentrated formulation that dilutes with water or foaming agent. Use only soil treatment solutions !that are not harmful to plants. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering prod- ucts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. AgrEvo Environmental Health, Inc.; a company of Hoechst and Schering, Berlin. b. Bayer Corp.; Garden & Professional Care. C. DowElanco. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SOIL TREATMENT APPLt1CATION A. Apply soil treatment at the label volume and rate for the maximum termiticide concentration allowed for each specific use, according to the product's EPA -Registered Label. 1. Mix termiticide solution to a uniform consistency. 2. Apply to produce a continuous horizontal and vertical termiticidal barrier or treated zone around and under building construction. Distribute the treatment evenly. 3. Slabs -on -Grade and Basement Slabs: Under ground -supported slab construction, including foot- ings, building slabs, and attached slabs as an overall treatment. Treat soil materials before concrete footings and slabs are; placed. 4. Foundations: Adjacent soil including soil along entire inside perimeter of foundation walls, along both sides of interior,partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating slab, and around interior crilumn footers, piers, and chimney bases; and along entire outside perimeter, from grade to botton€ of footing. Avoid soil washout around footings. 5. Crawlspaces: Soil under and adjacent to foundations. Treat adjacent areas including around entrance platform, parches, and equipment bases. Apply overall treatment only where attached concrete platform and porches are on fill or ground. 6. Masonry: Treat voids:. 7. Penetrations: At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be penetrated. B. Avoid disturbance of treated soil after application. Keep off treated areas until completely dry. C. Protect termiticide solution, dispersed in treated soils and fills, from being diluted until ground -supported slabs are installed. Use waterproof barrier according to EPA -Registered Label instructions. D. Post warning signs in areas ssf application. E. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, grading, landscaping, or other construction activities .following application. END OF SECTION 02361 SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACECONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes cast -in -place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and Finishes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each manufactured material and product indicated. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix indicated. C. Shop Drawings: Include derails of steel reinforcement placement including material, grade, bar sched- ules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports. D. Material test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A fimi experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products com- plying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. B. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following, runless modified by the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. General requirement., including submittals, quality assurance, acceptance of structure, and protec- tion of in -place concrete. 2. Formwork and form accessories. 3. Steel reinforcement and supports. 4. Concrete mixtures. 5. Handling, placing, and constructing concrete. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Formwork: Furnish torniwoxk land form accessories according to ACI 301. B. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. 2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. C. Concrete Materials: 1. Portland Cement: AaT'ZMC 150, Type I. 2. Nonnal-Weight Aggr-,-ate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, not exceeding 1/4-inch nominal size. 3. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330. 4. Water: Complying wi4hASTIv1 C 94. D. Admixtures: 1. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 2. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Types A, D, F or G. If "IT", see 2.2A. E. Vapor Retarder: Polyethylewne:sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thick. F. Preformed Joint -Filler: AST-M D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber. G. Curing Materials: 1. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 2. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film. 3. Water: Potable. 4. Clear, Solvent -Borne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. 2.2 CONCRETE MIXES A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures. B. Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, for normal -weight concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days). , 2. Slump: 4 inches. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Formwork: Design, constrict, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301. B. Vapor Retarder: Install, protect, and repair vapor -retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. C. Steel Reinforcement: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. D. Joints: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. 1. Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 2. Isolation Joints: Install preformed joint filler at junctions with slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, to full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning con- crete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows: a. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contrac- tion cracks. E. Tolerances: Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materi- als." 3.2 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. B. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. 3.3 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Completely remove fins and other projections. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or paint- ing. 2. Apply grout -cleaned finish, defined in ACI 301, to smooth -formed finished concrete. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adja- cent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concr to surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. C. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finish, unless otherwise indicated. D. Float Finish: Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surtaces to be covered with fluid -applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo. E. Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film -finish coating system. F. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior concrete plat- forms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by broom- ing with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. 3.5 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection, and follow recommendations in ACI 305R for hot - weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions occur before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days as follows: 1. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Tests will be performed according to ACI 301. 1. Testing Frequency: One composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu, yd. or traction thereof. END OF SECTION 03300 SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete masonry units. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product indicated. B. Samples: Showing the full range of colors and textures available for exposed masonry units and colored mortars. C. Material Test Reports: For each type of masonry unit, mortar, and grout required. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold -Weather Requirements: Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with'cold-weather construction requirements in ACI 530.1. B. Hot -Weather Requirements: When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F, or 90 deg F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph, do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COLORS AND TEXTURES A. Exposed Masonry Units: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: 1900-psi minimum, average net -area compressive strength. 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. 3. Type: II, nonmoisture-controlled units. 4. Exposed Faces of Decorative Units: Normal -weight aggregate, split -face finish 5. Special Shapes: Provide for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, except Type III may be used for cold -weather constriction. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329. 1. Products: a. Blue Circle Cement; Magnolia Superbond Mortar Cement. b. Lafarge Corporation; Lafarge Mortar Cement. D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. E. Pigmented Mortar: Colored cement or cement -lime formulation as required to produce the color indi- cated. 1. Colored Masonry Cement: a. Products: 1) Blue Circle Cement; Magnolia Masonry Cement. 2) Essroc Materials, Inc.; B rixment- in- Color. 3) Holnam, Inc.; Rainbow Mortamix Custom Color Masonry Cement. F. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve. G. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. H. Water: Potable. 2.4 REINFORCING A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M; ASTM A 616/A 616M, including Supple- ment 1; or ASTM A 617/A 617M, Grade 60. B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951; mill galvanized, carbon -steel wire for interior walls and hot -dip galvanized, carbon -steel wire for exterior walls. 1. Single-Wythe Masonry: Use either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods and cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. C. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Steel Frame: Two-piece assemblies that allow vertical or horizon- tal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to wall. 1. Anchor Section: Crimped 1/4-inch diameter, galvanized steel wire anchor section for welding to steel. 2. Tie Section: Triangular -shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face, made from 0.1875-inch- diameter, galvanized steel wire. D. Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide two-piece assemblies that allow vertical or horizontal adj ustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to wall. 1. Anchor Section: Dovetail anchor section fornied from 0.0528-inch- thick, galvanized steel sheet. 2. Tie Section: Triangular -shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face, made from 0.1875-inch- diameter, galvanized steel wire. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible tip to 35 percent; formulated from neoprene. B. Preformed Control -Joint Gaskets: Designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall. Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound complying with ASTM D 2000, Designa- tion M2AA-805. C. Bond -Breaker Strips: Asphalt -saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). 2.6 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Job -Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of 1/2-cup dry measure tetrasodium polyphosphate and 1/2-cup dry measure laundry detergent dissolved in 1 gal... of water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cut masonry units with motor -driven saws. Allow units out with water-cooled saws to dry before plac- ing, unless wetting of units is specified.. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. B. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a tmiform blend of colors and textures. C. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and the following: 1. For conspicuous vertical and horizontal lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet, nor 1/2 inch maximum. 32 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and - for accurate location of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less -than -half- size units, particularly at comers, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in bond pattern indicated; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow masonry units as follows: 1. With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. 2. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, colurmis, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. D. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including areas under cells. B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than the joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 NIASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. Provide continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicated. Install with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. B. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. 3.5 ANCHORING MASONRY A. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces structural members to comply with the following: 1. Provide an open space not less than 1 inch in width between masonry and structural member, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Anchor masonry to structural members with flexible anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3.6 LINTELS A. Provide masonry lintels where shown. Provide precast lintels made from concrete matching concrete masonry units in color, texture, and compressive strength and with reinforcing bars indicated or required to support loads indicated. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality -control testing indi- cated below. 1. Testing Frequency: Tests and Evaluations listed in these subparagraphs will be performed during construction for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. 2. Mortar: Properties will be tested per ASTM C 780. 3. Grout: Sampled and tested for compressive strength per ASTM C 1019. 3.8 PARGING A. Parge predampened masonry walls, where indicated, with Type S or Type N mortar applied in 2 uniform coats to a total thickness of 3/4 inch with a steel -trowel finish. Form a wash at top of parging and a cove at bottom. Damp -cure parging for at least 24 hours. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean unit masonry by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints, as work pro- gresses. END OF SECTION 04810 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes structural steel and grout. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural -steel components. C. Welding certificates. D. Mill test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Pro- gram and is designated anAISC-Certified Plant, Category Sbd. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." C. Comply with applicable provisions of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M. B. Channels, Angles, M , S-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 22 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 heavy hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 hardened carbon -steel washers. 1. Finish: Plain. B. Threaded Rods: ASTMA 193/A 193M. 2.3 PRIMER A. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25, Type II, iron oxide, zinc oxide, raw linseed oil, and alkyd. 2.4 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and AISC's "Specification for Struc- tural Steel Buildings --Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Shop install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appear- ance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials. 4. Galvanized surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION A. Examination: Verify elevations of concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance with requirements. B. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings -- Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design" C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Build- ings and Bridges." 3.2 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Shop install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. I. Joint Type: Snug tightened. U •� o o 0 U � � U ct Qi c, d.i U 3 0 0 4 0 C 0 0. 0 a 0 E o� �o 0 00 ,, 0o C N Q, N < o� C:)N N N I� O V a M o o _ z C' N W � N O N Q \ p C7 C) LC)z W N Y w N � _ d Lr) O V B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appear- ance, and duality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC's "'Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" and "Specifi- cation for Structural `Steel Buildings --Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design" for bearing, adequacy of temporary!connections, aligmnent, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner wiMengage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect field welds. END OF SECTION 05120 SECTION 05210 - STEEL JOISTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the foAlowing: 1. Open -web, K-series ,steel joists. 2. Joist girders. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Showing layout, mark, number, type, location, and spacings of joists. Include joining and anchorage details, bracing, bridging, accessories; splice and connection locations and details; and attachments to other construction. B. Welding certificates. C. Mill certificates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Afirm experienced in manufacturing joists similar to those indicated for this Project and with a recoud of successful in-service performance. 1. Manufacturer must be certified by SJI to manufacture joists complying with SJI standard specifica- tions and load tables- B. SJI Specifications: Comply with SJI's "Standard Specifications Load Tables and Weight Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders" (hereafter, "Specifications"), applicable to types of joists indicated. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS DI. 1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel," and AWS D 1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel: Comply with SJI's "Specifications" for chord and web members. B. Carbon -Steel Bolts and Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, carbon -steel, hex -head bolts and threaded fasteners; carbon -steel nuts; and flat, unhardened steel washers; plain, uncoated. C. High -Strength Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon - steel nuts, and hardened carbon -steel washers; plain, uncoated. 2.2 PRIMERS A. Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, Tape 1, red oxide; FS TT-P-636, red oxide; or manufacturer's standard shop primer complying with perfoormance requirements of either of these red -oxide primers. 2.3 STEEL JOISTS A. Manufacture steel joists acciDrding to SR's "Specifications," with steel -angle top- and bottom -chord mem- bers, and as follows: 1. Manufacture K-series steel joists according to "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K-Series," with steel=angle top- and bottom -chord members, underslung ends, and parallel top chord. B. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for shop welding, appearance, quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 2.4 JOIST GIRDERS A. Manufacture joist girders according to "Standard Specifications for Joist Girders," in SJI's "Specifica- tions," with steel -angle top -and bottom -chord members; with end and top -chord arrangements indi- cated. B. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for shop welding, appearance, quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 2.5 JOIST ACCESSORIES A. Bridging: Schematically indicated. Detail and fabricate according to SJI's "Specifications." B. Supply miscellaneous accessories, including splice plates and bolts required by joist manufacturer to complete joist installation_ 2.6 SHOP PAINTING A. Clean and remove loose scale, heavy rust, and other foreign materials from fabricated joists and acces- sories by hand -tool cleaning,.SSPC-SP 2 or power -tool cleaning, SSPC-SP 3. B. Apply 1 shop coat of primerao joists and joist accessories to be primed to provide a continuous, dry paint film not less than 1 mil thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Do not install joists until supporting construction is in place and secured. B. Install joists and accessories :plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supporting construction according to SJI's "Specifivations," joist manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements in this Section. C. Field weld joists to supporting steel bearing plates. Coordinate welding sequence and procedure with placement of joists. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used incorrecting welding work. D. Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using high -strength structural bolts, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with RCSC's "Allowable Stress Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or ASTM A 490 Bolts." E. Install and connect bridging =concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of bridging liras at top and bottom chords if terminating at walls or beams. END OF SECTION 05210 SECTION 05310 - STEEL DECK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the fallowing: - - -- 1. Roof deck. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include layfout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, deck openings, special joinifing,.accessories, and attachments to other construction. B. Product certificates. C. Welding certificates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS DI. 1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide steel deck units identical to hose steel deck units tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspection agency acceptable to authori- ties having jurisdiction. 1. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency. 2. Steel deck units shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. C. AISI Specifications: Calculate structural characteristics of steel deck according to AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF DECK A. Steel Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top -flange stiffening grooves, to comply with "SDI Specifica- tions and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck," in SDI Publication No. 29. 1. Prime -Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 611, Grade C minimum, shop primed with gray or white baked -on, lead- and chromate -free rust -inhibitive primer. 2. Deck Profile: Type WR, wide rib. 3. Profile Depth: 1-1/2 inches. 4. Design Uncoated -Steel Thickness: 0.0295 inch. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Accessories: Steel deck manufacturer's standard accessory materials, including mechanical fasteners, Closure strips, pour stops, and closures for deck. B. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1010 through 1020 headed stud type, cold -finished carbon steel, AWS D 1. 1, Type B, with are shields. C. Repair Paint: Lead- and chromate -free rust -inhibitive primer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI Publi- cation No. 29, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. B. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bear- ing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side -lap inter- locks. C. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection. D. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to decking. E. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of decking, and support of other work. F. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work. G. Roof Deck Accessories: Install sump pans and sump plates, ridge and valley plates, finish strips, cover plates, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. Weld to substrate to provide a complete deck installation. H. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Weld steel sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting structure according to SDI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Floor Deck Closures: Weld steel sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z-closures to deck, according to SDI recommendations, to provide tight -fitting closures at open ends of ribs and sides of decking. Weld cover plates at changes in direction of floor deck panels, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Repair Painting: Wire brush and clean rust spots, welds, and abraded areas on both surfaces of prime -painted deck immediately after installation, and apply repair- paint. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality -control test- ing. B. Field welds will be subject to inspection. END OF SECTION 05310 SECTION 05400 - COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior non -load -bearing, curtain -wall framing. 2. Roof trusses. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide cold -formed metal framing capable of withstanding design loads with- out deflections greater than the following: 1. Exterior Non -Load -Bearing, Curtain -Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/240 of the wall height. 2. Roof Trusses: Vertical deflection of 1/240 of the span. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses,. and types of cold -formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 1. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Mill certificates. C. Welder certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members" for calculat- ing structural characteristics of cold -formed metal framing. 1. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a qualified professional engineer to prepare design calcula- tions, Shop Drawings, and other structural data. B. Mill certificates signed by steel sheet producer. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." D. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where metal framing is part of a fire -resistance -rated assembly, pro- vide framing identical to that of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, G60 zinc coating, Grade 33 for minimum uncoated steel thickness of 0.0428 inch and less; Grade 50 for minimum uncoated steel thickness of 0.0538 inch and greater. B. Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard steel studs, of web depths indicated, with stiffened flanges, com- plying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-3/8 inches. 3. Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, unpunched, with straight flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, manufacturer's standard flange width, and minimum uncoated -steel thickness matching steel studs. C. Roof Truss Members: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, of minimum uncoated -steel thickness and flange width indicated on Shop Drawings. 2.2 ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fabricate steel -framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members, with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated. B. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123. C. Anchor Botts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon -steel hex -headed bolts and carbon -steel nuts; and flat, hardened -steel washers; zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. D. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. E. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from cor- rosion -resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. F. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant -coated, self -drilling, self -threading steel drill screws. G. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035. H. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Preparation: Grout bearing surfaces uniform and level to ensure full contact of bearing flanges or track webs on supporting concrete or masonry construction. contact of bearing flanges or track webs on sup- porting concrete or masonry construction. B. Install cold -formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to ASTM C 1007, manufacturer's written recommendations, and require- ments in this Section. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold -formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, as standard with fabri- cator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. 3. Install framing members in one-piece lengths. 4. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. 5. Install insulation in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. 6. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. C. Erection Tolerances: Install cold -formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cnnru- lative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing mate- rials. D. Non -Load -Bearing, Certain -Wall Installation: Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure. Space studs as indicated; set plumb, align, and fasten both flanges of studs to track, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Isolate non -load -bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads white providing lateral support. 2. Install horizontal bridging in curtain -wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 54 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 3. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable curtain -wall - framing system. E. Truss Installation: Install, bridge, and brace trusses according to Shop Drawings. Do not alter, cut, or remove framing members or connections of trusses. 1. Erect trusses with plane of truss webs plumb and parallel to each other, align, and accurately posi- tion at spacings indicated. 2. Erect trusses without damaging framing members or connections. 3. Align webs of bottom chords and load -bearing studs or continuously reinforce track to transfer loads to structure. Anchor trusses securely at all bearing points. 4. Install continuous bridging and permanently brace trusses as indicated. F. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold - formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 05400 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART I- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel ladders. 2. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 3. Pipe bollards. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details of installation, and attachments to other Work. B. Templates: For anchor bolts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NIETALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. B. Ferrous Metals: 1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Stainless -Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. 3. Rolled -Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/ A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D. 4. Rolled -Stainless -Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 793. 5. Steel Tubing: Cold -formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. 6. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. 7. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold -formed metal channels 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches with flange edges returned toward web and with 9/ 16-inch- wide slotted holes in webs at 2 inches o.e. Channels made from galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural quality, Grade 33, with G90 coating; 0.079-inch nominal thickness. 8. Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063-T6. 2.2 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664 and compatible with finish paint systems indi- cated. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Connections, General: Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. 1. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. 2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or over- lap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds smooth and blended. 3. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes. 4. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. B. Steel Ladders: Comply with ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Siderails: Continuous, 1/2-by-2-1/2-inch steel flat bars, with eased edetis, spaced 18 inches apart. 2. Bar Rungs: 3/4-inch- diameter steel bars, spaced 12 inches o.c. a. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails; plug -weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 4. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches o.c. with welded or bolted steel brackets. Size brackets to support design loads specified in ANSI A14.3. 5. Fabricate ladder safety cages to comply with ANSI A14.3. Assemble by welding or riveting. 6. Galvanize exterior ladders and safety cages. C. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Fabricate steel framing and supports that are not a part of struc- tural -steel framework as necessary to complete the Work from structural steel of welded construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 1. Where indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded anchors at 24 inches o.c. 2. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes. Where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill holes at 24 inches o.c. 3. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction with steel baseplates and top plates welded to pipe with fillet welds the same size as pipe wall thickness. D. Pipe Bollards: Fabricate from Schedule 40 steel pipe. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners for securing metal fabrications to in -place construc- tion. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true. 1. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 2. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections, unless otherwise indicated. Do not weld, cut, or abrade galvanized surfaces. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling mots. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. END OF SECTION 05500 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood blocking. 2. Wood nailers. 3. Wood sheathing. 4. Plywood backing panels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber-. DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nomi- nal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Structural Panels: 1. Plywood: DOC PS I. 2. Oriented Strand Board: DOC PS 2. 2.2 WOOD -PRE, ERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood), except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). B. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.3 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire -retardant -treated materials are indicated, provide materials that comply with perfor- mance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire -retardant -treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Use treatment for which chemical manufacturer publishes physical properties of treated wood after exposure to elevated temperatures, when tested by a qualified independent testing agency accord- ing to ASTM D 5664, for lumber and ASTM D 5516, for plywood. 2. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 3. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. 4. Use Interior Type A High Temperature (HT), unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated. B. Non -Load -Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade and any of the following spe- cies: 1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB. 2. Eastern softwoods; NELMA. C. Exposed Framing: Hand select material for uniformity of appearance and freedom from characteristics that would impair finish appearance. 1. Species and Grade: As indicated above for load -bearing construction of same type. 2. Species and Grade: Hem -fir or Hem -fir (north), Select Structural grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or W WPA. 3. Species and Grade: Southern pine, Select Structural No. 1 grade; SPIB. 4. Species and Grade: Spruce -pine -fir or Spruce -pine -fir (south), Select Structural No. 1 grade; NELMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 2.5 SHEATHING A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exterior, Structural I sheathing. B. Paper -Surfaced Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 79/C 79M, with water-resistant material incorporated into core and with water-repellent paper bonded to core's face, back, and long edges. 1. Manufacturers: a. American Gypsum CO. b. G-P Gypsum Corporation. C. National Gypsum Company. d. United States Gypsum Co. 2. Type and Thickness: Regular, 1/2 inch and Type X, 518 inch thick as indicated on drawings. C. Glass -Mat Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens -Glass Gold" by G-P Gypsum Corp. 2. Type and Thickness: Regular, 1/2 inch and Type X, 5/8 inch thick as indicated on drawings. D. Extruded -Polystyrene -Foam Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 578, Type IV, in manufacturer's standard lengths and widths with tongue -and -groove or shiplap long edges as standard with manufacturer. 1. Manufacturers: a. DiversiFoam Products. b. Dow Chemical Company (The). C. Owens Corning. d. Tenneco Building Products. E. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior sheathing. 0 F. Oriented -Strand -Board Roof.Sheathing: Exposure 1 sheathing. 2.6 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire -retar- dant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 inch thick. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners: 1. Where rough carpentry 4s exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humid- ity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 2. Power -Driven Fasteners: ,CABO NER-272. 3. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. B. Metal Framing Anchors: ;Made from hot -dip, zinc -coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/ A 653M, G60 coating desLgnation. C. Building Paper: Asphalt -saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), unperforated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate [furring,] nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative -treated lumber and ply- wood. C. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. CABO NER-272 forpower-driven fasteners. 2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer. D. Apply building paper horizontally with 2-inch overlap and 6-inch end lap; fasten to sheathing with galva- nized staples or roofing nails. 'Cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch overlap. E. Apply sheathing tape to joints between sheathing panels and at items penetrating sheathing. Apply at upstanding flashing to overlap both flashing and sheathing. END OF SECTION 06100 SECTION 07210 -BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Concealed building insulation. 2. Loose -fill building insulation. 3. Vapor retarders. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire -test -response characteristics indicated, as .determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface -burning characteristics, by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdic- tion. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulatin�;rmaterials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. B. Molded -Polystyrene Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type I, 0.90 lb/cu. ft., with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indices of 75 and 450, respectively. For use in nonrated masonry walls. C. Mineral -fiber blanket insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass: 1. Faced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A; Category 1, faced with foil-scrim-kraft, foil -scrim, or foil -scrim -polyethylene vapor -retarder membrane on one face. D. Perlite Loose -Fill Insulatiom ASTM C 549, Type II or Type IV, with a thermal resistance for 4.1- to 7.4- lb/cu. ft. insulation of 33 to 2.8 deg F x h x sq. ft/Btu at 75 deg F for I -inch thickness. For use in rated masonry walls 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the Producer Members of Perlite Institute Inc. 22 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm. B. Vapor -Retarder Tape: Pressure -sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor -retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. 2.3 AUXILIARY INSULATfNIG`MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install insulation>to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area -to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly.around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. B. Pour granular insulation into_cavities indicated to receive insulation, taking care to fill voids completely. Maintain inspection ports Vs show presence of insulation at extremities of each pour area. Close ports after confirming complete coverage. Limit fall of insulation to one story in height, but not exceeding 20 feet. C. Installation of General Building Insulation: Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacttvr's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to sub- strate with adhesive or Luse .mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 1. Seal joints between closed -cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in com- pleted installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant. 2. Install mineral -fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: a. Use blanket uddths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one lengdads required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. framing members to produce a friction fit between Place blanked :yin cavities formed b ra b. a Y b edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. For metal -framed wail cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches support Lrnfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs. 4. Retain insulation in dace by metal clips and straps or integral pockets within window frames, spaced at intervals recommended in writing by insulation manufacturer to hold insulation securely in place without touching spandrel glass. Maintain cavity width of dimension indicated between insulation and glass. 5. Install insulation wlttxe it contacts perimeter fire -containment system to prevent insulation from bowing under pressure from perimeter fire -containment system. 6. Place loose -fill insula&n into spaces and onto surfaces as shown, either by pouring or by machine blowing to comply with ASTM C 1015. Level horizontal applications to uniform thickness as indicated, lightly settle to uniform density, but do not compact excessively. 7. Stuff glass -fiber insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. D. Installation of Vapor Retarders: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose -fiber insula- tion. 1. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than two wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges; at perimeter of wall openings; and at lap joints. Space fasteners 16 inches o.c. 2. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor -retarder tape according to vapor - retarder manufactLire es instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with vapor -retarder tape. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates. 3. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by vapor -retarder manufacturer. 4. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor -retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. 5. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor -retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. END OF SECTION 07210 SECTION 07241 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS - CLASS PB PART I- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Class PB exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) applied over CMU or Glass - Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Class PB EIFS: Comply with performance characteristics in EIMA's "EIMA Guideline Specification for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems, Class PB." 1. Impact Resistance: Standard and Ultra -High. 2. Positive and Negative Wind -Load Performance: Capability to withstand wind loads indicated when tested per ASTM E 330. Provide test reports indicating compliance with wind load standard of authority having jurisdiction over all substrates indicated. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, penetrations, terminations, fasteners, and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each EIFS and for each color and texture required. D. Field quality -control test reports. E. Product test reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Certified in writing by EIFS manufacturer to install manufacturer's system using trained workers. B. Source Limitations: Obtain EIFS through one source from a single EIFS manufacturer and from sources approved by EIFS manufacturer as compatible with system components. C. Fire -lest -Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide EIFS and system components identical to those of EIFS and system components tested per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Fire -Resistance Characteristics: ASTM E 119. 2. Full -Scale Fire Test: Tested mockup per ASTM E 108. 3. Radiant Heat Exposure: No ignition of EIFS when tested according to NFPA 268. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Insulation board, adhesives, base coats, and finish coats with flame -spread index of 25 or less and smoke -developed index of 450 or less, per ASTM E 84. D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made Linder sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. L Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Dryvit Systems, Inc. 2. Senergy Inc.; SKW-MBT Construction Chemicals. 3. Sto Corp. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Compatibility: Provide substrates, adhesive, fasteners, board insulation, reinforcing meshes, base- and finish -coat systems, sealants, and accessories that are compatible with one another and approved for use by EIFS manufacturer for Project. B. Substrate: Glass -Mat gypsum sheathing board ASTM C931/C 931 at thickness indicated on drawings from the following manufacturer. 1. G-P Gypsum Corporation, Dens -Glass Gold Sheathing. C. Water -/Weather -Resistive -Barrier Coating: Formulation and accessories designed for indicated use. D. Primer/Sealer: Substrate conditioner designed to seal substrates from moisture penetration and to improve the bond between substrate of type indicated and adhesive used for application of insulation. E. Spacers: Furring strips; EIFS manufacturer's standard or product recommended in writing by EIFS manu- facturer. F. Adhesive for Application of Insulation: Factory -mixed adhesive recommended by system manufacturer. G. Molded, Rigid Cellular Polystyrene Board Insulation: Comply with EIFS manufacturer's requirements, ASTM C 578 for Type I, and EDAA's "EIMA Guideline Specification for Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Insulation Board." compatibility for m H. Reinforcing Mesh: Balanced, alkali -resistant, open -weave glass fiber mesh treated f y with other EIFS materials and complying with EIMA 105.01 and ASTM D 578. 1. Standard -Impact Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 4.0 oz./sq. yd. 2. Heavy -Duty Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 20 oz./sq. yd. 3. Strip Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 3.75 oz./sq. yd. 4. Detail Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 4.0 oz./sq. yd. 5. Corner Reinforcing Mesh: Not less than 7.2 oz./sq. yd. I. Base -Coat Materials: Standard mixture: Manufacturer's standard. J. Waterproof Adhesive/Base-Coat Materials: Waterproof mixture. K. Primer: Factory -mixed elastomeric-polymer primer for preparing base -coat surface for application of finish coat. L. Finish -Coat Materials: Standard acrylic -based coating. 1. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As indicated on Drawings. M. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant fasteners consisting of thermal cap, standard washer and shaft attachments, and fastener suitable for substrate. N. Trim Accessories: Manufactured from UV -stabilized PVC and complying with ASTM D 1784 and ASTM C 1063. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1397 and EIFS manufacturer's written instructions for installation of EIFS as applicable to each type of substrate indicated. B. Insulation: Adhesively or mechanically attach to substrate. 1. Expansion Joints: Apply adhesive to insulation by notched -trowel method to coat entire surface of gypsum sheathing with adhesive once insulation is adhered to sheathing, unless system man- ufacturer's written instructions specify using primer -sealer with ribbon -and -dab method. Apply adhesive to a height of not less than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for factory mixed and not less than 3/8 inch (9.6 mm) for field mixed, measured from surface of insulation board before placement. 2. Install top surface of fastener head flush with plane of insulation. Install fasteners into or through substrates with minimum penetration according to ASTM PS 49 or system manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. Space fasteners according to system manufactur- er's written recommendations. 3. Apply insulation boards over dry substrates in courses with long edges oriented horizontally and working upward. 4. Stagger vertical joints in successive courses to produce running bond pattern. Locate joints so no piece of insulation is less than 12 inches (300 mm) wide or 6 inches (150 mm) high. Offset joints not less than 6 inches (150 mm) from comers of window and door openings. a. Offset joints of insulation not less than inches (150 mm) from horizontal and 4 inches (100 mm) from vertical joints in sheathing. b. Offset joints of insulation not less than 4 inches (100 mm) from horizontal joints in sheath- ing. C. Offset joints of insulation not less than 4 inches (100 nun) from aesthetic reveals. 5. Interlock ends at internal and external corners. 6. Abut boards tightly at joints within and between each course to produce flush, continuously even surfaces without gaps or raised edges between insulation boards. If gaps greater than 1/16 inch (1.6 min) occur, fill with insulation cut to fit gaps exactly; insert insulation without using adhesive or other material. 7. Cut insulation to fit openings, comers, and projections precisely and to produce edges and shapes complying with details indicated. 8. Rasp or sand flush entire surface of insulation to remove irregularities projecting more than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) from surface of insulation and to remove yellowed areas due to sun exposure; do not create depressions deeper than 1/ 16 inch (1.6 mm). 9. Cut aesthetic reveals in outside face of insulation with high-speed router and bit configured to pro- duce grooves, rabbets, and other features that comply with profiles and locations indicated. Do not reduce insulation thickness at features to less than 3/4 inch (19 mm). 10. Install foam shapes attached to supporting substrate, where indicated. 11. Interrupt insulation at expansion joints. 12. Form joints for sealant application by leaving gaps between adjoining insulation edges and between insulation edges and dissimilar adjoining surfaces. Make gaps wide enough to produce joint widths indicated after encapsulating joint substrates with base coat and reinforcing mesh. 13. Form joints for sealant application with back-to-back casing beads for joints within system and with perimeter casing beads at dissimilar adjoining surfaces. Make gaps between casing beads and between perimeter casing beads and adjoining surfaces of width indicated. 14. Treat exposed edges of insulation board as follows: a. Wrap edges after installing insulation board and before applying field -applied reinforcing mesh. b. Wrap mesh of width required to extend not less than 2-1/2 inches (63 min) onto substrate behind insulation board, cover insulation board edge, and extend not less than 2-1/2 inches (63 mm) onto insulation board face. C. Wrap edges of insulation board, except those forming substrates of sealant joints, by encap- sulating with base coat, reinforcing mesh, and finish coat. d. Wrap edges of insulation board forming substrates of sealant joints within system or between system and other work by encapsulating with base coat and reinforcing mesh. 15. Treat edges of insulation board at trim accessories by extending base coat, reinforcing mesh, and finish coat over face leg of accessories. C. Coordinate flashing installation with installation of insulation to produce a wall system that does not allow water to penetrate behind protective coating. at locations indicated; where required by EIFS manufacturer; where expansion joints are indicated in substrates behind EIFS; where EIFS adjoin dissimilar substrates, materials, and construction; at floor lines in multilevel wood -framed construction; and where wall height changes. D. Base Coat: Apply to exposed surfaces of insulation in minimum thickness recommended in writing by EIFS manufacturer, but not less than 1/16-inch dry -coat thickness. E. Reinforcing Mesh: Completely embed mesh in wet base coat, applying additional base -coat material if necessary, so reinforcinb mesh color and pattern are not visible. F. Double -Layer Reinforcing Mesh Application: Where indicated, apply second base coat and second layer of standard impact reinforcing mesh. G. Double Base -Coat Application: Where indicated, apply in same manner and thickness as first application except without reinforcing mesh. H. Finish Coat: Apply maintaining a wet edge at all times for uniform appearance, in thickness required by EIFS manufacturer to produce a uniform finish of color and texture matching approved sample and free of cold joints, shadow lines, and texture variations. I. Joint -Sealant Installation: 1. Prepare joints and apply sealants, of type and at locations indicated, to comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and in "EIMA Guide for Use of Sealants with Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems, Class PB." 3.2 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's standard material warranty (3-year minimum) from date of Owner Final Acceptance. END OF SECTION 07241 SECTION 07322 CLAY ROOFING TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Clay Roofing Tile. B. Fasteners. C. Underlayment. D. Flashings and Counterflashmas. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM B 370 - Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction. B. ASTM C 67 - Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile. C. ASTM C 387 - Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete. D. ASTM C 887 - Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Surface Bonding Mortar. E. ASTM C 920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Sealants. F. ASTM C 1167 - Standard Specification for Clay Roof Tiles. G. ASTM D 226 - Standard Specification for Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. Materials H. ASTiVI D 1970 -Standard Specification for Self -Adhering Polymer Modified But ominouMs Sheet at ls Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection. I. ASTM D 2626 - Standard Specification for Asphalt -Saturated and Coated Organic Felt Base Sheet Used in Roofing. J. ASTM D 4586 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos -Free. K. SMACNA Architectural Sheet i'vietal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Associa- tion, Inc. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit tinder provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for products specified in this section. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate the following: 1. Roofing tile: a. Exposure pattern. b. Locations and configurations of special shapes. C. Locations and configuration of each type roof flashing, Three full-size tile samples of each type tiles specified, representing actual color and finish of D. Verification Samples: T ee t p yp p p products to be installed. D. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions for each product, including product storage requirements. E. Closeout Submittals: Warranty documents, issued and executed by tile manufacturer, countersigned by Contractor. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products of this section in manufacturer's unopened packaging until installation. B. Maintain storage area conditions for products of this section in accordance with manufacturer's instructions until installation. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: 1. The Contractor warrants products of this section, as installed, to be in accordance with the Contract DOCLr- ments and free from faults and defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 3 years. 2. Combine special warranty of this section with products, as installed, of the following sections: d. Section 07530. e. Section 07600. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Furnish tile manufacturer's warranty against defects in product materials; warranty to include reimbursement for labor required for replacement of defective tiles for 20-year period, replacement of defective tile materials for 75-year period. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Tile Manufacturer: Ludowici Roof Tile, Inc.; P.O. Box 69, New Lexington, OH 43764. ASD. Tel: (800) 945-8453 or (740) 342-1995, Fax: (740) 342-5229. B. Substitutions: Not permitted. C. Unless otherwise specified for an individual product or material, supply all products specified in this section from the same manufacturer. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Underlayment: CertamTeed "Roofers' Select"; asphalt -impregnated fiberglass -reinforced organic felt designed for use on roof decks as a water-resistant layer beneath roofing shingles. B. Underlayment: Asphalt -saturated organic felt conforming to ASTM D 226, Type I_I, non -perforated, nominal weight 60 pounds per 100 square feet (1.5 kg/sq m); two layers required. C. Wood Stringers: S4S, maximum 19 percent moisture content, nominal 1 inch (25 mm) thick, of height required to support tile. D. Flashings and Counterflashings: Copper sheet conforming to ASTM B 370, cold rolled, natural finish; 16 ounces per square foot (4882 g/sq m) minimum thickness. E. Copper Wire: 18 gage (1.2 mm) minimum. F. Cement Mortar for Setting Tile: 1 part Portland cement mortar ASTM C 270 Type M and 4 parts sand. G. Roof Cement: Asphalt roof cement conforming to ASTM D 4586, Type I. H. Sealant Used in Lieu of Flashing Cement: ASTM C 920 silicone. I. Joint Sealer: Silicone sealant conforming to ASTM C 920, Class 25. 23 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Clay Roofing Tile Type Corona Tapered Mission: 1. Acceptable product: Corona Tapered Mission. a. Profile: Barrel tile, pan and cover system. b. Pan and cover nominal length: 16 inches (406 mm). 2. Color: Natural Reds Mixed Color. B. Special Shapes and Fittings: Supply special shapes and fittings of same material and finish as adjacent tile, fac- tory -formed before firing, as indicated on drawings or specified in manufacturer's instructions for project conditions including,but not limited to, the following: 1. Hips. 2. Ridges. 3. Rakes. 4. Eaves. 5. Valleys. 6. Termination caps. C. Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant; types and sizes specified in manufacturer's instructions for indicated uses and conditions. All tile to be mechanically fastened to roof. 2.4 MIXES A. Grout: I. Mix the following materials in equal parts: b. Factory -mixed mortar meeting requirements of ASTM C 387, Type N. C. Factory -mired surface bonding mortar meeting requirements of ASTM C 887. 2. Add mineral oxide pigment to match color of roofing tile. 3. Add water and acrylic additive in accordance with mortar materials manufacturers' instructions to obtain correct mix for workability. 2.5 FABRICATIOi A. Form flashings in accordance with manufactUrer's instructions for indicated project conditions. B. Fabrication of other indicated sheet metal items is specified in Section 07600. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Ensure that decks to receive clay tile roofing conform to requirements specified in tile manufacturer's instructions. B. Installer's Examination: 1. Have installer of this section examine conditions under which construction activities of this section are to be performed, then submit written notification if such conditions are unacceptable. 2. Transmit two copies of installer's report to Architect within 24 hours of receipt. 3. Beginning constriction activities of this section before unacceptable conditions have been corrected is prohibited. 4. Beginning construction activities of this section indicates installer's acceptance of conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Waterproofing Membrane: I . Adhere directly to deck, following membrane manufacturer's instructions. 2. Beginning at eave edge, install perpendicular to roof slope. 3. Overlap side joints minimum 4 inches (100 mm),- overlap end joints minimum 4 inches (100 mm). 4. Install additional layer on rough surfaces; install additional layer of full -width membrane parallel to, and centered on, hips, ridges and valleys. 5. Do not permit plastic cement, or other petroleum solvent -based cements, to come in contact with water- proofing membrane. B. Underlayment: 1. Beginning at eave edge, install perpendicular to roof slope; extend minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) over gutters and valley flashing, and minimum 6 inches (150 min) up abutting vertical surfaces. 2. Overlap side joints minimum 2-1/2 inches (64 min), overlap end joints minimum 6 inches (150 mm). 3. Install second layer parallel to first layer, maintaining specified overlap at gutters, valley flash- ings, and at side and end joints; locate side joints minimum 18 inches (457 mm) from first layer side joints, and locate end joints minimum 12 inches (300 mm) from first layer end joints. 4. Install additional layer on rough surfaces; install additional layer of full -width underlayment parallel to, and centered on, hips, ridges and valleys. 5. Fasten sides and ends to deck with fasteners spaced at maximum 6 inches (150 mm) on centers. C. Valley Flashings: 1. Install minimum 24 inch (610 mm) wide flashing over full -width waterproofing membrane material; fasten metal to deck with cleats. 2. Overlap end joints minimum 5 inches (127 mm)-, do not solder joints. 3. Lap underlayment over edges of flashing 4 inches (100 mm). 4. Install flashing over full -width waterproofing membrane material. 5. Interleave roofing tiles with minimum 20 inch (508 mm) wide prepared metal flashing sheets. 6. Attach roofing tiles to deck, using copper wires wired to copper straps nailed beyond top edge of metal flashing. D. Intersections of Roof Surfaces and Abutting Vertical Surfaces: 1. Install continuous 12 inch (304 mm) wide strips of waterproof membrane material to extend 9 inches (228 mm) across roof deck and 3 inches (76 mm) up vertical surface. 2. Install continuous metal flashing to extend 3 inches (76 mm) up vertical surface. 3. At locations where vertical surface will abut top edge of tile, install metal flashing to extend 3 inches (76 mm) up vertical surface, form metal flashing to extend minimum 3 inches (76 mm) over tile, and form 1/2 inch (12 mm) return hem at edge of metal 4. Form saddle flashings for protrusions through roof in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Fabricated Sheet Metal Items: Install in accordance with shop drawings and SMACNAASMM. E Fabricated Sheet Metal Items: Installation is specified in Section 07600. 33 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over finished roof surface. END OF SECTION SECTION 07500 -BUILT-UP ROOFING PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: V/ 4-1 f`1 o � U U C'J Q� V 0 0 N CO u O N Cr' (D G) C r, r �z (t5 O 2c C 1 Z c r"1 o E co U Ln U � 3 N 3 en 3 Do,- N rM M O N oco - N or, -0 CD 0 00 O \ 0 01-o C N Q, N co O N N N I� �o o o _ Z d W N N Q O\ O C D i--- o a� w w> U N CDZ Y W o :D a W � Ln _ A. All provisions of the Conditions of the contract apply to this Section. B. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere: 1. Insulation: Section 07200 2. Flashing and Sheet Metal: Section 07600 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. An applicator approved by manufacturer shall furnish all labor, material, equipment and supervision for install- ing the complete roofing membrane. B. Provide F.M. Class 1 and U.L. Class A approvals 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit certified test reports stating the 1roofing membrane physical properties meet the specification require- ments. B. Submit Product Control Data and Protocols as required by South Florida Building Code, Broward County, Edi- tion. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Storage: At the job site, materials shall be protected from the weather by the use of raised platforms and water- proof coverings. Pallets of membrane shall not be double stacked. 1.05 GUARANTEE: - A. Roofing Contractor shall provide a manufacturer's 10 year, transferable, non -prorated, no -dollar -limit, roofing guaranty for he entire roofing systenr including both materials and workmanship exclusive of metal and metal components. A specimen of the guarantee -shall be submitted to and approved by the Architect prior to starting roofing system installation. The roofing system shall be inspected by an independent technical auditor hired by the manufacturer. Sale representatives are not acceptable. 1.06 BIDDING: A. Roofing Contractor shall bid only xoofing systems which he is certified by the roofing manufacturer for issu- ance of roof system guarantees. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. Schuller -Ply IV plys/ G1asKap mineral surfaced cap sheet No. 4G1C. B. Tamko - Ply IV plys / Tam -Cap cap sheet No. 602 C. GAF-GAFGLAS Ply 4 N-B-5-G 2.02 ACCESSORIES: A. Expansion Joints: Expand-o-flash CF-4 /Galvanized Steel 26 Ga. / Neoprene Bellows B. Recover Board: 1/2" thick heavy duty perlite roof insulation board composed of expanded perlite, cellulose binders and waterproofing agents. PART 3. EXECUTION: 3.01 JOB CONDITION: A. Preparation: All surfaces to receive iBUR shall be dry, smooth, clean, sound and free of voids, debris, sharp projections, grease, oil and other contarninants. B. Insulation board shall be attached according to manufacturer's recommendations by approved fastener and fas- tener pattern. Such recommendations:shall meet appropriate F.M. 1-90, U.L. and local code approvals. C. Wood nailing strips are to be used aA:all eaves, edges, wails, roof openings, etc. for the attachment of edging, gravel stops and other roof fixtures. At..perimeter and other flashings, provisions must be made for sheet metal flashings. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Roofing Ply: 1. Install membrane materials in accordance with manufacturers current published application instructions. 2. Spot mop first ply in accordance to manufacturer's specifications to polyisocyanurate insulation. 3. Apply felts using felt laying equipment. B. Flashings: 1. Bridge all junctives of vertical and horizontal surfaces with 45 degree cant strips. 2. Base Flashings: The flashing system shall be a component of the roof deck system. Apply flashing only after the built-up roofing has been installed. A. With nailing facilities: Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. B. Without nailing facilities: Install in accordance with manufacturer's approval of deviation from recommended details. C. Sealants: 1. Any flashing requiring sealant shad ,use sealant meeting Federal Specification TT-S-00300 or TT-S-00227E. 2. Metal flashing shall be installed in accordance with current SMACNA recommendations. 3.04 INSPECTION: A. The completed BUR Roofing System shall be inspected to insure that roof application and fleshings meet the manufacturer's recommendations. Any deficiencies shall be corrected. END OF SECTION 07500 SECTION 07600 -FLASHINGS AND,SHEET METAL PART I. GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: A. All provisions of the Conditions of the contract apply to this Section. B. Related Requirements Specified Else -,where: 1. General requirements: Division 1 2. Clay Roofing Tile: Section 07322 3. Built-up Roofing: Section 07500 4. Sealants and caulking: Section 07920 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Reference Standards: 1. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Corn -actors National Association, Inc. "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". 2. FM Loss Prevention Data Bulletin I-49- 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for all shop Fabricated sheet metal work, showing details, materials types, weights, gauges, join- ing, sealing and fastening. B. Samples: Samples if required shall be submitted for specific items as may be called for herein and such other items as may be requested by the Architect. C. Coordination: Coordinate application 6f(the flashings with the application of roofing system, wood bases, protruding materials and roof accessories in such a rrranner that the complete installation is weather tight and in accordance with guaran- tee requirements. 1.04 GUARANTEE: A. Contractor shall guarantee sheet metal •work against leaking, cracking and separating from adjacent materials for a period of five (5) years from date of final acceptance of building. B. Replace or repair such defects as directed, at no cost to the Owner. Correct adjacent work affected in any way in replacing or correcting such defects. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Steel: Galvanized ASTM B370 1. Stucco reglets (two piece): 24 Ga. Paint Grip 2. Surface applied reglets (two-piece): 24 Ga. Paint Grip 3. Downspouts and collectors: 20 Ga. Paint Grip 4. Overflow scuppers: 20 Ga. Paint Grip B. Copper: 1. Flashing: .032" (.813) C. Prefinished Metal: 1. Parapet cap flashing:.032" (.813) D. Protective Coating: Asphalt base emulsion ASTM D 1187 E. Plastic Cement: ASTM D282-75 F. Sealant: Silicone base ASTM C920 PART 3. EXECUTION: 3.01 FABRICATION: A. Sheet Metal Work: Shop fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather -resistant performance- with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for form- ing material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil -canning, buckling and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 3.02 SHEET METAL INSTALLATION: A. Perimeter Wood Attachment: Install perimeter wood nailers and flashing back in conformance with the FactoryMutual recommendations identified in Loss Prevention Data Bulletin 1-49. B. Sheet Metal Work: Install as indicated on the drawings and the applicable requirements of the Architectural Sheet Metal Manual as published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association. C. Install work watertight, without waves, warps, buckles, fastening stresses, or distortion. D. Parapet cap flashing seams to have 12" wide continuous depth joint cover centered at cap flashing butt joints with sealant applied under each side of butt seam. E. Provide thermal expansion of all running trim, flashing, and other items exposed for more than 15'-0" continuous length. F. Hem exposed edges. G. Angle bottom edges of exposed vertical surfaces to form drips. H. Apply asphalt protective coating to each contacting metal face of dissimilar metals. I. Fabricate sections rep to 8' long in one piece. Use sections as large or practical for lengths over 8'. J. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions wherever possible in exposed work; and locate so as to minimize the possibil- ity of leakage. K. Seal laps and reglets with silicone sealant. 3.03 PVC MEMBRANE FLASHING INSTALLATION: A. Install membrane so that rolls overlap 5 in. to the back line of the underlying, adjacent roll. B. All flashing shall be totally adhered to approved substrate with FTR 9201 mastic applied insufficient quantity to insure total adhesions. C. All welded field seams shall be performed only by qualified personnel to ensure the continuity of the weld. D. All finished seams shall exhibit a homogeneous bond a minimum of 1 1/2" in width. E. Flash all roof drains in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation details and instructions. F. Install 1/8" in. x 1 in. aluminum rectangular termination bar with smooth rounded edges and pre punched holes 8" o.c. at op edges of gutters. G. Install continuous sealant at termination bar edges abutting metal flashing. END OF SECTION SECTION 07723 RIDGE VENTS AND SOFFIT VENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ridge vents. B. Soffit vents. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. B. Section 07322 - Clay roofing tiles. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating, Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (also listed under the designation ASHRAE 51 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating; American Society of Heat- ing, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc.) 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide vents that comply with requirements of the following 1. SBCCI. B. Provide ridge vents with external wind baffle to create negative air pressure that pulls air out of attic and helps prevent clogging of vent slots, and deflect weather and debris from entering attic space; provide ridge vents with internal weather filter to help form complete barrier against wind-blown rain, snow, dust, or insects. C. Ridge vents, when tested under 15 miles -per -hour (24 k/hr) wind condition, to exhibit the following performance charac- teristics: 1. Airflow out of attic, tested in airflow chamber designed in accordance with AMCA 210: 100 cubic feet per minute (168 cu m/hr) for 4-foot (1220 mm) section, minimum. 2. Airflow out of attic, tested in airflow chamber designed in accordance with AMCA 210: 70 cubic feet per minute (109.2 cu m/hr) for 4-foot (1220 mm) section, minimum. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical literature, specifications and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Show layout of vents, rough -in requirements, and details of attachment to substrates. D. Test reports: Submit certified reports from independent testing laboratory documenting compliance with performance requirements specified in SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Article of this section. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer to warrant ridge vents against defects in materials for a period of 30 years from the date of Substantial Completion, transferable from original owner to new owner- warranty to include, for the first five years of warranty period, reimbursement for labor costs incurred in removing defective vent and installing vent replacement, in addition to the replace- ment product itself. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Air Vent Inc., A CertainTeed Company, 3000 West Commerce Street, Dallas, TX 75212. ASD. Tel: (800) AIR -VENT. Fax: (800) 635-7006. B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Shingle -Over Ridge Vent: 1. Acceptable product: ShingleVent II, size 12 inches wide, Model SHFV203. 2. Net free area: 18 square inches per linear foot (3.5 sq m/lin m). 3. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. B. Aluminum Continuous Soffit Vent: 1. Acceptable product: Continuous Soffit Vent Model SV201. 2. Net free area: 9 square inches per linear foot (1.7 sq m/lin m). 3. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. C. PVC Continuous Soffit Vent: 1. Acceptable product: Continuous Soffit Vent Model SV351. 2. Net free area: 9 square inches per linear foot (1.7 sq m/lin m). 3. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Verify that framing, substrate, and finish materials have been installed. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install vents in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. END OF SECTION SECTION 07920 -SEALANTS AND CAULKINGS PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: A. All provisions of the Conditions of the contract apply to this Section. B. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere: 1. General requirements: Division 1 2. Flashing and sheet metal: Section 07600 3. Cement Plaster: Section 09221 4. Gypsum wallboard: Section 09250 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Applicator Qualifications: Minimum 2 years experience in applying sealants. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Two copies of product manufacturer's specifications for sealant, backing and related materials. B. Color Chart for color selection by Architect. C. Samples: One cartridge of each type and color of sealant to be used-, samples of backing material. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original sealed containers or packages with manufacturer's name, labels, product identification legible 1.05 GUARANTEE: A. Guarantee work against leaking, cracking and separating from adjacent material for a period of five (5) years after final acceptance. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Sealant for Exterior Masonry Control Joints (Polyurethane base): 1. Pecora: Dynatrol I 2. Tremco: Dymonic 3. Vulkem: 116 B. Sealant for Interior Masonry Control Joints with Fire Rating up to 3/4" wide: (Modified acrylic latest base): 1. Pecora: AC-20 FTR C. Sealant for Exterior Use (Silicone base): 1. Pecora: 864 2. Tremco: Spectrem 2 3. GE: Silglaze N SCS 2501 4. Dow Coming: Dow Corning 790 D. Caulks for Interior Use (Acrylic base): 1. Pecora: AC-20 2. Tremco: Tremco Acrylic Latex 834 3. Bostik: Chem Calk 600 4. Sonnebom: Sonolac E. Sealants for Traffic Joints: C-920, Type Ni, Grade P, Class 25, Use T (Fast Drying) F. Joint Fillers: 1. Fire blocking material: Ultra Block by Pecora. 2. Traffic Joints: Approximately 70 durometer solid neoprene, sized to fit joint widths & depths. 3. All Other Joints: Performed polyethylene foam cord, closed cell sponge butyl cord, or urethane foam strips sized for 30% compression in joints, as recommended by sealant manufacturer, and which is compatible with the sealant. G. Bond Breakers: Where joints are not of sufficient depth to receive back-up material, install polyethylene bond -breaking tap [e at back of joint. H. Primer: Type as recommended by the manufacture of the Sealant material, providing it is designated to insure adhesion and compatible with the sealant material and substrate, causing no staining of same. (Note: Not all sealants require a primer. Consult with manufacturer to determine if primer is required for the specific materials to be sealed). I. Accessories: Provide solvent, cleaning agents, and other necessary materials as recommended by the sealant manufacturer essential for a complete installation. PART 3. EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Thoroughly clean all joints, removing all foreign matter such as dirt, dust, moisture, paint, protective coatings which might fail in adhesion or interfere with bond of sealant. B. Prime surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of sealant. C. Joint Filler: Where joint filler is used as backup for sealant compounds, install filler continuously to depth and shape spec- ified by sealant manufacturer for proper application and performance of products. Apply joint fillers and gaskets accurately to form the joint profile shown. Provide watertight and airtight corners and joints in a manner recommended by the manufac- turer. D. Use bond breaker at joints subject to movement where sealant contacts back of joint. E. Provide masking tape or other precautions to prevent migration or spillage of materials onto adjoining surfaces. F. Application: Apply sealant in continuous beads, without open joints, voids or air pockets so as to provide a watertight and airtight seal for the entire joint length. 1. Depth -to -Width Ratio: Apply sealant to the depth and width ratio recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Tooling: Tool exposed surfaces of sealant o the profile shown on, if none is shown, tool slightly concave. 3. Pavement Sealants: Pour self -leveling sealant in horizontal joints to a level approximately 1/16" below adjacent surfaces. END OF SECTION SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART I- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes steel doors and frames. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. Include door designation, type, level and model, material description, label compliance, fire -resistance ratings, and finishes. B. Door Schedule. Use same reference designations indicated on Drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Door and Frame Standard: Comply with ANSI A 250.8, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Fire -Rated DoorAssemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc. 2. Ceco Door Products; a United Dominion Company. 3. Steelcraft; a division of Ingersoll-Rand. o L P 2.2 MATERIALS 0 3 v a A. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569/A 569M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or o surface defects; pickled and oiled. o O - -B.- Cold -Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTMA 366/A 366M, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTMA 620/A 620M, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher -leveled standard of flatness. Q. C. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheets: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with an A40 zinc - iron -alloy (galvamlealed) coating; stretcher -leveled standard of flatness. . E D. Electrolytic Zinc -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTMA 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), Class B coating; a mill phosphatized; suitable for unexposed applications; stretcher -leveled standard of flatness where used for face sheets. o L 2.3 DOORS E A. Interior Doors: Complying with ANSI 250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical-endttr- 0 ance level indicated. 1. Level 1 and Physical Performance Level C, Model 1 (Full Flush). a 0 0 B. Exterior Doors: Complying with ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical -ender- o ance level indicated. 1. Level 1 and Physical Performance Level C, Model 1 (Full Flush). m 2.4 FRAMES d a a A. General: ANSI A250.8; conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. r P B. Frame Steel Sheet Thickness: 1. 0.0625-inch-for level 1 steel doors(16 ga.) L C. Door Silencers: Three silencers on single -door frames and two silencers on double -door frames. v D. Plaster Guards: 0.016-inch-thick, steel sheet plaster guards or mortar boxes to close off interior of open- t 0 ings. 0 E. Supports and Anchors: Not less than 0.042-inch- thick zinc -coated steel sheet. T 0 1. Masonry Wall Anchors: 0.177-inch diameter, steel wire complying with ASTMA 510 "s (ASTM A 510M) may be used in place of steel sheet. o F. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Zinc -coat items that are to be built into exte- 0 E E rior walls according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C or D as applicable. 2.5 FABRICATION 0 a A. ` General: Fabricate steel door and frame units to comply with ANSI A250.8 free from defects including U a warp and.buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. 0 B. Exterior Doors: Fabricate doors, panels, and frames from metallic -coated steel sheet. Close top and a bottom edits of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of 0.053-inch- (1.3- 's mm-) thick, metallic -coated steel channels with channel webs placed even with top and bottom edges. E C. Interior Door Faces: Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush m ; units, from cold -rolled steel sheet. D. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that produces a door complying with SDI d standards. E E. Clearances for Non -Fire -Rated Doors: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, except not more than 1/4 inch between pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. ° U F. Clearances for Fire -Rated Doors: As required by NFPA 80. Oi G. Door -Edge Profile: Beveled edge. d H. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117. t 1. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hard- ware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI A250.6 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. m J. Frame Construction: 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners and seamless face joints. o Provide temporary spreader bars. E 2. Fabricate knock -down frames with mitered or coped corners, for field assembly. e 3. Fabricate knock -down, drywall slip-on frames for in -place gypsum board partitions. v 4. Provide terminated stops where indicated. ° K. Reinforce doors and frames to receive sturface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface -applied E o hardware may be done at Project site. 0 L. Locate hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, according to ANSI A250.8. m M. Glazing Stops: Manufacturer's standard, formed from 0.032-inch-thick steel sheet. c o 1. Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for o glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. 2. Provide screw -applied, removable, glazing stops on inside of glass, louvers, and other panels in doors. a E N. Astragals: As required by NFPA 80 to provide fire ratings indicated. o o 2.6 FINISHES n A. Prime Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory -applied coat of rust -inhibiting primer complying with ANSI A250.10 for acceptance criteria. a 0 r PART 3 - EXECUTION v 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions in SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construc- tion is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Wall Anchors: Provide at least three anchors per jamb. For openings 90 inches or more in height, install an additional anchor at hinge and strike jambs. 2. Gypsum Board Partitions: For in -place partitions, install knock -down, drywall slip-on frames. 3. Fire -Rated Frames: Install according to NFPA 80. B. Door Installation: Comply with ANSI A250.8. Shim as necessary to comply with SDI 122 and ANSI/ DHI AI I5.10. 1. Fire -Rated Doors: Install within clearances specified in NFPA 80. 2. Smoke Control Doors: Install to comply with NFPA 105. C. After installation, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames and touch up prime coat with compatible air -drying primer. END OF SECTION 08110 SECTION 08111 -HOLLOW METAL WORK PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: Or, 'o 0 C O O o o O cl::o C N Q, N a co C)N CV N I- o a o o _ � Z d W N N a o oLJ " 3 CD < v ::D [if _ Q_ V) p U A. All provisions of the Conditions of the contract apply to this Section. B. Description: Provide hollow metal doors and frames, where shown. C. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere: 1. General requirements: Division 1 2. Sealants and caulking: Section 07920 3. Finish Hardware: Section 08710 4. Painting: Section 09900 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Acceptable Manufacturer's: 1. Allied Steel Products, Inc. 2. Ceco Corporation 3. Steelcraft Manufacturing 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate each type of -door and frame, frame conditions, anchorage details. Show glass and louver open- ing sizes and locations in doors. Show location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements. B. Certificates: Manufacturer's certificates that materials meet specification requirements. C. Submit Product Control Data and Protocols as required by South Florida Building Code, Broward County Edition. 1.04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle hollow metal work in manner to prevent damage. Store doors and frames in an upright position, in a protected area, off the ground. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Steel Fabriations: Cold rolledASTMAS366. B. Protective Coating: Galvanizing zinc coating complying with ASTM A525, G60 zinc coating, mill phosphatized. C. Coating Materials: Manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive primer. D. Core Filler: Precured, preformed polystyrene material bonded to steel panels with structural thermosetting adhesive. E. Anchors, Fasteners, Accessories: Manufacturer's standard. 2.02 FABRICATION: A. General: 1. Fabricate hollow metal work to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp or buckle. 2. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles. Grind and dress exposed welds to form smooth, flush surface. Do not use metallic filler to conceal manufacturer's defects. B. Doors: 1. Face sheets: 16 GA, exterior doors, IS GA, interior doors. 2. Stiffener: Steel ladder or grid pattern,'22-GA. Min. Weld to face sheets not more than 4" (102mm) o.c. Fill spaces between stiffeners with core material. 3. Close top and bottom edges flush with face edge. 4. Louvers: Weatherproof, slat shape (52'/o free air) with 14-18 insect screen. C. Frames 1. Anchors: Manufacturer's standard 2. Welded Frames: A. Exterior openings and interior openings over T-0" in width: 14GA B. Weld frames to form rigid, neat, square, and true units free of defects, warp or buckle. Miter trim faces, weld and ground smooth. D. Edge Clearances: 1. Between doors and frames at head and jamiz 1/8" (3mm) 2. At sills without thresholds: 3/4" (19nnn) max. 3. At sills with thresholds: 1/4" (76.4mrn)-max. 4. Between meeting edges of pairs of doers: 4/3" (3mm) E. Preparation for Hardware: Applicable ANSI At 15 Series. F. Finish: Dress tool marks and surface imperfections to smooth surfaces. Chemically treat and clean doors and frames. Apply primer. PART 3. EXECUTION: 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Exterior Frames 1. Set plumb and square. Maintain scheduled dimensions, hold head level. 2. Secure masonry T anchors and connections to adjacent masonry construction. A. Minimum number of anchorages: 1) Frames up to T-6" (2.29m): 3 anchorsfjamb 2) Frames over T-6" (2.29m): 1 anchor for each 2 feet (0.61 M) of jamb or fraction thereof. 3. Wherever possible, leave spreader bars intact until frames are set and secured. 4. Grout jamb and heads solid with masonry;grout. END OF SECTION SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS SECTION 08311 - ACCESS DOOR S AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 S UMNIARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Access doors and frames. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of access door indicated B. Samples: For each exposed finish upon request of Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Dom: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Hot -Dip Galvanized ;Steel: Coat to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M for steel and iron products and ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware. B. Steel Sheet: 1. Metallic Coated: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with A60) zinc -iron - alloy (galvannealed) coating or G60 mill-phosphatized zinc coating; stretcher -leveled standard of flatness. C. Drywall Beads: Edge trim Formed from 0.0299-inch zinc -coated steel sheet formed to receive joint com- pound and in size to suit thiamess of gypsum panels indicated. D. Plaster Bead: Casing bead:_ formed from 0.0299-inch zinc -coated steel sheet with flange formed out of expanded metal lath and in size to suit thickness of plaster. E. Paint: 1. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide sound foundation for field -applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. 2. Shop Primer for Metallic -Coated Steel: Organic zinc -rich primer complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with topcoat. 2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cesco Products. 2. Elmdor/Stoneman; Div. of Acorn Engineering Co. 3. MIFAB Manufacturing, Inc. 4. Milcor Limited Partnership. B. Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: 1. Material: Prime -painted steel sheet. 2. Surface Type: Masonry, Finish on gypsum substrate, or as indicated on Drawings. 3. Locations: Ceilings or as indicated on Drawings 4. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch- thick sheet metal, set flush with exposed face flange of frame. 5. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch-thick sheet metal with 1-inch-wide, surface -mounted trim. 6. Hinges: Spring -loaded concealed pin type. 7. Latch: Screwdriver. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Advise installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door and floor door installa- tion, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices. B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finish surfaces. C. Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation. END OF SECTION 08311 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes solidcore doors as follows: I . Doors with wood -veneer faces. 2. Doors with medium -density overlay faces. 3. Doors with hardboard faces. 4. Doors with plastic -laminate faces. 5. Factory fitting wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door-, elevation of each kind of door; construction details; location and extent of hardware blocking, and other pertinent data. C. Samples: For each face material and finish. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standard: Comply with NWWDA I.S.1-A, "Architectural Wood Flush Doors." B. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Doors that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authori- ties having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated. 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manurfaetlrers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following. 1. Algoma Hardwoods Inc. 2. Ampeo Products, Inc. 3. Buell Door Company. 4. Chappell Door Co. 5. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc. 6. Eggers Industries- Architectural Door Division. 7. GRAHAM ivlanufacturing Corp. 8. Haley Brothers, Inc. 9. Ideal Wood Products, Inc. 10. IPIK Door Company. It. Lambton Doors. 12. Marlite. 13. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. 14. Oshkosh Architectural Door Co. 15. Poncraft Door Co. 16. Southwood Door Co. 17. Vancouver Door Company, Inc. 18. VT Industries Inc. 19. Weyerhaeuser Company. 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Doors for Transparent Finish: 1. Grade: Grade A faces 2. Species and Cut: White birch, rotary cut 3. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match. 4. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Center balance match. 5. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by mullions. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project -site Fitting. B. Factory fit doors to suit frame -opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. 1. Metal Astragals: Premachine astragals and formed -steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire -rated doors. D. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors to comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of door(s) required. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings. E. Exterior Doors: Flash top of outswinging doors (with manufacturer's standard metal flashing). 2.4 SHOP PRIivIING A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces and edges of doors, including cutouts, with one coat of wood pruner specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." 2.5 FACTORY FINISHING A. General: Finish doors at factory. B. Grade: Custom. C. Finish: NWWDA LS.1-A System D. Finish: AWI System TR-4 conversion varnish. E. Finish: WIC System 94 clear conversion varnish F. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish with performance comparable to AWI System TR-4 conversion varnish G. Staining: None required. H. Effect: Open -grain finish. I. Sheen: Semigloss. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 1. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. B. Job -Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels, do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. C. Factory -Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory -Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. END OF SECTION SECTION 08410 -ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS: A. Work included: Provide and install aluminum storefront system in compliance with minimum allowable wind loads as set forth in regulating Building Code. B. Related Work: 1. General Requirements: Division 1 2. Sealants and Caulking: Section 07920 3. Finish Hardware: Section 08710 4. Glazing: Section 08800 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. References: 1. "Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Storefront and Entrance Guide Specifications Manual" by AAMA. 2. Aluminum Association (AA) 1.03 SUBrMITTALS: A. Product Data: Include system and component dimensions; components within assembly, anchorage and fasteners; glass and infills; door hardware requirements; and affected related work. B. Shop Drawings: Include field verified opening dimensions; framed opening requirements and tolerances; anchorage and fasteners spacing- and affected related work. C. Installation instructions and maintenance procedures. D. Certificates: Provide certificate, signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer, registered in the State of Florida, stating that design meets the minimum allowable wind loads as set forth in the Building Code. E. Submit Product Control Data and Protocols as required by South Florida Building Code, Broward County Edition. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver entrance components to project site in manufacturer's fully identified containers. B. Store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions above grade on dunnage, properly protected from weather and con- struction activities. C. Provide wrapping or strippable coating to protect prefinished aluminum surfaces. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Provide entrance system from one manufacturer. Acceptable manufacturers are: 1. YKK, Atlanta, GA 30336 2. Arch Aluminum, Pompano Beach, FL 33069 3. Kawneer Company, Niles, MI 49120 2.02 STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCE SYSTEMS: A. Frames: Flush Glazed System. 1. Arch Aluminum: 4500 Series - 1-3/4" x 4-1/2" 2. YKK: YHS 45 - 2" x 4-1/2" 3. Kawneer: Trifab I1450 - 1-3/4" x 4-1/2" B. Doors: Medium style single action operation. 1. YKK: 35D Medium Style 2. Arch Alumirun 2" 3. Kawneer: t90 2-1/8" 2.03 MATERIALS: A. Extruded Aluminum: ANSI/ASTM B221. B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209. C. Sheet Steel: ANSUASTM A446,- hot -dipped galvanized. D. Steel Sections: ANSI/ASTM A36-1 shapes to suit mullion sections. E. Primers: FS TT-P-31, Red. F. Fasteners: Stainless steel. 2.04 FABRICATION: A. Field measure and verify each storefront opening prior to shop drawing submission. B. Fabricate door frames and frames allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assem- bly to minimize excessive caulking and break metal work. C. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners with internal reinforcement. Make joints and connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Arrange fasteners, attachments and jointing to ensure conceal- ment from view. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for door hardware. 2.05 FINISHES: A. Exposed Aluminum Surfaces: Bronze Anodized Finish complying with AA-M 12C22A31 Standards as classified by Standards of Architectural Finishes Class II. B. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dis- similar materials. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install doors, frames, glazing and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. Align assembly plumb and level, free to warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. C. Install hardware using templates provided. D. Install glass in accordance with Section 08800. E. Install backing materials and perimeter type sealant in accordance with Section 07920. Install sealants in such way as not to clog weep holes. F. Install break metal components in accordance with Section 07600. G. Adjust operating hardware. 3.02 TOLERANCES: A. Variation from Plane: 0.03" per foot (2.5 mm/m) maximum or 025" per 30 feet (6 mm/10m), whichever is less. B. Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 0.015" (0.4 mm). END OF SECTION SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE PART L GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: A. All provisions of the Conditions of the Contract apply to this section. B. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere: 1. General Requirements: Divisionl 2. Hollow Metal Work: Section 0811 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. All hardware shall conform to the requirements of the local Building Code, the National Board of Fire Underwriters, and the Owner's Insuring Agency. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Hardware Schedule: 1. Submit complete schedule of all finish hardware required. 2. Include for Each Item: Manufacturer's name and catalogue number, finish, location and keying information. 3. Approval of schedule will not relieve the hardware supplier for furnishing all hardware necessary for complete installation. B. Samples: Upon request of Architect, submit samples, plainly marked indicating part of work for which proposed. C. Catalog: Submit catalog cut sheets for all items where manufacturer substitution is made from those manufacturers speci- fied in this section. 1.04 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Delivery: Each item shall be packed individually with all trim, screws, etc. for each door and properly labeled and item numbered so that it may be checked against the hardware schedule. B. Responsibility: The Contractor will be responsible for all hardware after its delivery to him until final completion and acceptance of the building. 1.05 GUARANTEE: A. The Contractor shall guarantee all of the material in this Section for a period of one (1) year after final acceptance of the building. Any item which, during this period, breaks down because of defective material or faulty manufacture shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. All hardware manufacturer's shall be in strict accordance with hardware schedules and tenant requirements. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Examine openings scheduled to receive hardware. Repair openings requiring corrective work prior to installation of hard- ware. Installation of hardware on an opening shall be construed as acceptance of that opening for proper hardware installa- tion. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Clean and adjust for proper function. Protection from damage during construction. 3.03 KEYING: A. All locks per individual tenant's criteria. END OF SECTION SECTION 09110 - NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SYSTEMS PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: A. All provisions of the Conditions of the Contract apply to this section. B. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere: 1. General Requirements: Divisionl 2. Hollow Metal Doors: Section 08111 3. Gypsum Wallboard: Section 09250 1.02 QUALITYASSURANCE: A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Gold Bond Building Products 2. U.S. Gypsum Company 3. Dietrich Industries 4. Dale/Incor 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Manufacturer's Literature: Furnish manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver in original unopened containers. B. Protect from dampness or wetting. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Steel: ASTM A568. B. All framing shall be galvanized by the hot -dipped process in accordance with ASTM A525. 2.02 NON -LOAD BEARING SCREW STUD SYSTEM: A. Conform to ASTM C645. B. Thickness: 25 gauge. C. Accessories: Fasteners, trim, stiffener, etc. as furnished by the manufacturer of the screw stud system. D. Furring Channels: Screw furring channels, galvanized. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Install floor and ceiling tracks in accord with drawings. Anchor at ends and at 24" (61cm) o.c. B. Position studs at 24" (61cm) o.c. Attach to runners with stud shoes. Install wood studs (nailers) to metal at doorjambs and headers. Carry studs on each side of door frames from floor to structure above. Anchor securely. C. Partitions more than 10' (3.05m) long or 9' (2.74m) high and are not braced to the roof structure are to be stiffened with ?" (19mm) channels placed horizontally and not more than 6' (1.8m) apart vertically. D. Partitions which do not have gypsum wallboard extending to the underside of the structure should have fire blocking at the top of partition to enclose vertical spaces. E. Masonry Walls: Attach furring channels horizontally at the floor line of masonry surface with concrete nails through alter- nate flanges at 24" (61cm) o.c. Lay out channels vertically through alternate flanges 16" (6lem) o.c. END OF SECTION SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: A. All provisions of the Conditions of the Contract apply to this section. B. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere: 1. General requirements: Division 1 U � o J o V U � u • r-+ O U vl ct E � Q- L U Ln 3 N ; M 3 00-1 N � M O N oco cli EZ N O n -0o 0 00 e� �o C N N N -O ,� co N O N N N I� M o o _ Z d W N CIA f o ~ O p Ln W 0 U (14 O Z Y 7 w c� o a w V) 0- Ln p U A-007 2. Cold formed metal framing: Section 05400 3. Firestopping: Section 07270 4. Non -load bearing wall framing system: Section 09110 5. Painting: Section 09900 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. References Standards: 1. Gypsum Association: "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board", "GA-216." Keep copy of GA-216 in field office for duration of project. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Gold Bond Building Products 2. United States Gypsum Company 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of wall- board and accessory required. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened bundles or packages fully identified with manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade. B. Protect from weather, soiling and damage, using handling equipment and storage techniques recommended by the manu- facturer. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDARD OF COMPARISON: A. Unless otherwise specified, materials as.produced by United States Gypsum (USG) are specified herein as a standard of quality and performance. 2.02 MATERIALS: A. Gypsum Wallboard: 1 Regular Board: ASTM C36-80 tapered edge and square edge. 2. Fire -rated Board: ASTM C36-78, Type'X% 518" Firecode tapered edge. 3. Exterior Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C931, 5/8" thick SW tapered. B. Gypsum Wallboard Accessories. Provide in accordance with GA-216. 1. Comer beads, casing and trim beads: Galvanized Steel. 2. Control Joint: USG 9093, or approved equal. 3. Reinforcing tape, joint compound: ASTM C475, and as recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board. 4. Fasteners for attaching gypsum board: (GA-216) A. On metal framing: Type S or Type S-12, as recommended by manufacturer. 5. Adhesive: As recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 GYPSUM[ BOARD INSTALLATION: A. Install gypsurn board in accordance with recommendations of GA-216. B. Erect single -layer standard gypsum board:in direction most practical and economical, with ends and edges occurring over fine bearing. C. Use screws when fastening gypsum beard to metal furring or framing. Use nails or screws when fastening gypsum board to wood furring or framing. Staples may only be used when securing the first layer of double -layer applications. D. Place control joints to be consistent with lines of building spaces in consistent pattern and as directed by Architect / Engineer. E. Place corner beads at external comers. Use longest, practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimi- lar materials. F. Tape, fill and sand exposed joints edges, corners, openings acid fixtures, to produce surface ready to receive surface fin- ishes. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces. G. Remove and re -do defective work. END OF SECTION SECTION 09500 - ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS: A. All provisions of the Conditions of the Contract apply to this Section. 1.02 QUALITYASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Minimum 2 years experience in installing suspended acoustical ceilings- 1.03 SUBMITTALS: -A. Product Data: Product T�vfamufactureesspecifications for suspended acoustical ceilings. B. Samples: One 12" x 12" sample of acoustical lay -in panel. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGEAND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials in original sealed containers or packages with manufacturer's name, label, and product identification legible. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Lay -in Acoustic Panels: 5/8" thick, 24" x 48" size, pre - finished white surface, in combustible, cast mineral fiber, square edged, fissured surface pattern 1. Manufacturers: a. Armstrong b. Celotex C. U.S. Gypsum B. Exposed Grid System: System shall be of intermediate duty steel construction and shall consist of main and cross runners, perimeter angles, connectors, hangers and all accessories necessary for complete installation. Finish shall be white baked enamel. 1. Manufacturers: a. Chicago Metallic Corp. b. Donn c. Eastern d. Loc Products Co. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installation with other traders whose work adjoins or combines with acoustical trea�ment. Provide grid members required to accommodate lay -in air diffusers. B. Installation of grid systems and acoustical materials in strict accordance with approved manufacturer's specifications or recommendation and details. C. Grid Suspension System: 1. Structural Requirements: Suspension systems shalt be braced to comply with local regulatiing codes. 2. Space hangar wires along main runners at 4'-0" maximum. Wires for support fixtures shall be in accordance with code requirements and approvals. (Provide special hangers as required where items above ceiling obstruct normal hangar wires. 3. Hangar wires shall be secured to structural roof members only. Hangar wires shall not be attached to fire sprinkler lines, conduit or ductwork. Hangar wires shall be splayed at a maximum of 45 degrees to vertical in the direction of the runner. END OF SECTION SECTION 09663 FLOOR FINISHES PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES Provide vinyl composition tile flooring with accessories, as required for complete installation. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Product Data: Furnish manufacturer's literature for each type of material to be provided for Project. Samples: Furnish each type of tile and edge strip required for Project. Color Charts: Show full range of colors and patterns available. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Firm with minimum five years successful experience completing resilient tile installation similar to that required. 1.04 SITE CONDITIONS Maintain minimum 65 degree F air temperature at flooring installation area for minimum two days prior to, during, and for minimum 24 hours after installation of resilient tile. Store flooring materials in area of application; allow two days for material to reach same temperature as area. and maintain for minimum 24 hours after completion of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MIATERIALS Vinyl Composition Tile Mlanufacturer: Azrock Commercial Flooring, a brand of DOMCO Inc., P.O. Box 354, Florence, Ala- bama, 35631; Telephone 800-558-2240 (samples) and 800-DOMICOTX x223 (Azrock Technical Assistance); Fax 713-869- 5271 (Azrock Technical Assistance). Type: ASTMI F 1066-95, Composition 1, non -asbestos formulated; 12 inch by 12 inch; 1/8 [3/32] inch gage; minimum 1.0 CRF per ASTM E 648; maximum smoke density of less than 450 per ASTM E 662; static load limit of 75 psi or higher, mini- mum slip resistance rating per ASTM D 2047. Color and Pattern: • V863 Sand Drift PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Comply with manufacturer recommendations for preparation of substrate. • Concrete. Terrazzo, Latex Patching Compound Floors: Comply with ASTM F 710 in addition to manufacturer recommen- dations for preparation of substrate. 3.02 INSTALLATION Comply with manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions. Install minimum 1/2 the at room and area perimeter. Install edge strips at unprotected and exposed edges where flooring terminates. Fit flooring to walls, columns, floor outlets and other appurtenances, to produce net joints. Consult with Architect for floor pattern desired in each area. 3.03 CLEANING AND POLISHING Clean floors taking care not to wash floors prior to adhesive set. Apply floor finish in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION SECTION 09220 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Portland Cement Plaster Finishes: Stucco. 2. Non -load -bearing steel framing and furring. 3. Metal lath and metal accessories. B. See Division 5 Section "Cold -Formed Metal Framing" for load -bearing steel framing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color and texture required upon request of the Architect. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide assemblies identical to those tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdic- tion. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after plaster application. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NON -LOAD -BEARING STEEL FRAMING A. Steel Sheet Components, General: Metal complying with ASTM C 645 requirements. 1. Protective Coating: a. Interior Applications: ASTM A 65 VA 653M, 060, hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. b. Exterior Applications: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. B. Suspended Ceiling and Soffit Framing: Size metal ceiling supports to comply with ASTM C 1063, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: Anchors fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials with holes or loops for attaching hanger wires and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 by a quali- - tied independent testing agency. a. Type: Postinstalled, expansion anchor. 2. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641/A 6411VI, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 3. Carrying Channels: Cold -rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base metal thickness of 0.0538 inch, a minimum 1/2-inch-wide flange, and in depth indicated. 4. Furring Channels (Furring Members): a. Cold -Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flange, 3/4 inch deep. C. Partition and Soffit Framing: 1. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. 2. Cold -Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch wide flange, and in depth indicated. 3. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. 2.2 LATH A. Expanded -Metal Lath: ASTM C 847. 1. Material: Zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet, structural quality, with coating complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z 180) coating designation. 2. Diamond -Mesh Lath: Self -furring. a. Weight: 2.5 lb/sq. yd.. B. Paper Backing: Factory bonded to back of lath, complying with FS UU-B-790, Type 1. 1. Vapor -Permeable Paper: Grade D, Style 2. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. General: ASTM C 1063. Coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. B. Metal Corner Reinforcement: Expanded, large -mesh, diamond -metal lath fabricated from zinc -alloy or welded -wire mesh fabricated from 0.0475-inch diameter, zinc -coated (galvanized) wire and specially formed to reinforce external corners of Portland cement plaster on exterior exposures while allowing full plaster encasement. 1. Zinc Alloy: Minimum 0.0207 inch thick. 2. Aluminum: Minimum 0.050 inch thick. C. Comerbeads: Small nose comerbeads with expanded flanges of large -mesh diamond -metal lath allowing full plaster encasement. 1. Material: Zinc alloy or aluminum. D. Casing Beads: Square -edged style, with expanded flanges. 1. Material: Zinc alloy or aluminum. E. Curved Casing Beads: Square -edged style, fabricated from aluminum coated with clear plastic, pre- formed into curve of radius indicated. F. Control Joints: Prefabricated with removable protective tape on plaster face of control joints. 1. Material: Zinc alloy or aluminum. 2. Type: 2-piece, casing beads with back flanges formed to produce slip -joint action, adjustable for joint widths from 1/8 to 5/8 inch. G. Corner Reinforcement: Special Stucco type woven wire corner reinforcing strips. H. Lath Attachment Devices: Material and type required by ASTM C 1063 for installations indicated. 2.4 PLASTER MATERIALS A. Base -Coat Cements: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Job -Mixed Finish -Coat Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type 1. 1. Cement Color: White. C. Stucco Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory -packaged stucco, including Portland cement, aggre- gate, coloring agent, and other proprietary ingredients. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering prod- ucts that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the follow- ing: a. Florida Stucco Corp. b. Highland Stucco. C. IPA Systems, Inc. d. United States Gypsum Co, D. Lime: Special hydrated lime for finishing purposes, ASTM C 206, Type S; or special hydrated lime for masonry purposes, ASTM C 207, Type S. E. Sand Aggregate for Base Coats: ASTM C 897. F. Aggregate for Finish Coats: ASTM C 897 system, manufactured or natural sand, white. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable. B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 932. C. Acid -Etching Solution: Muriatic acid (10 percent solution of commercial hydrochloric acid) mixed 1 part to not less than 6 nor more than 10 parts water. D. Dash -Coat Material: 2 parts portland cement to 3 parts fine sand, mixed with water to a mushy -paste consistency. E. Steel Drill Screws: 1. ASTM C 1002 for fastening metal lath to wood or steel members less than 0.033 inch thick. 2. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening metal lath to steel members 0.03.3 to 0.112 inch thick. 3. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ChemRex, Inc., Contech Brands; PL Acoustical Sealant. b. Pecora Corp.; AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. C. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. F. Three -Coat Work over Metal Lath: 1. Scratch and Brown Coat Mixes: Scratch, I part Portland cement, 0 to 3/4 parts lime, 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate; brown, 1 part Portland cement, 0 to 3/4 parts lime, 3 to 5 parts aggregate. G. Two -Coat Work over Concrete Unit Masonry: 1. Base Coat Mix: 1 part Portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime, 3 to 4 parts aggregate. H. Job -Mixed Finish Coats: 1. Mixes with Sand Aggregates: I part Portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime, 3 parts sand. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LATH AND FURRING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Standards: Comply with NIL/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring," and ASTM C 1063. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in work and for support of fixtures, equipment set -vices, heavy trim, grab bars, handrails, furnishings, and similar work to comply with details indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable written instructions of lath and furring manufacturer. C. Isolation: Where lathing and metal support system abut building structure horizontally and where parti- tion or wall abuts overhead structure, isolate from structural movement to prevent transfer of loading from building structure. 1. Frame both sides of control joints independently and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories. D. Install additional framing, furring, runners, lath, and beads, as required to form openings and frames for other work as indicated. Coordinate support system for proper support of framed work that is not indi- cated to be supported independently of metal furring and lathing system. 3.2 NON -LOAD -BEARING FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Ceiling Suspension Systems: 1. Preparation and Coordination: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension system with instal- lation of overhead structural systems to ensure inserts and other structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive ceiling hangers in a manner that will develop their full strength and at spacings required to support ceiling. 2. Hanger Installation: Comply with ML/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Fur- ring," and with referenced standards. a. Do not attach hangers to metal deck tabs. 3. Install ceiling suspension system components of sizes and spacings indicated, but not in smaller sizes or greater spacings than those required by referenced lathing and furring installation stan- dards. B. Partition Framing and Furring: Comply with ASTM C 754 and ML/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring." 1. Steel Stud Systems to Receive Metal Lath: a. Extend and attach partition support systems to structure above suspended ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. b. Extend partition support systems to finish ceilings and attach to ceiling suspension members, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 LATHING A. Install where plaster base coats are required. Provide appropriate type, configuration, and weight of metal lath selected from materials indicated that comply with referenced ML/SFA specifications and ASTM lathing installation standards. 1. Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Use flat, diamond -mesh lath. 2. Vertical Metal Framing and Furring: Use flat, diamond -mesh lath and cold -rolled channel stud framing. 3. Exterior Sheathed Wall Surfaces: Use paper -faced, self -furring, diamond -mesh lath 4. Monolithic Surfaces: Use [self -furring, diamond -mesh lath or vertical metal framing and furring as required for plaster thickness. 3.4 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING A. Protect contiguous Work from damage and deterioration caused by plastering with temporary covering and other provisions necessary. B. Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster, removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work. C. Etch concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster application. Scrub with acid -etching solution on previously wetted surface and rinse thoroughly with clean water. Repeat appli- cation, if necessary, to obtain adequate suction and mechanical bond of plaster (where dash coat, bonding agent, or additive is not used). D. Apply bonding agent on concrete and concrete trait masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster applica- tion. E. Apply dash coat on concrete surfaces indicated for direct plaster application. Moist -cure dash coat for at least 24 hours after application and before plastering. F. Install temporary grounds and screeds to ensure accurate rodding of plaster to true surfaces; coordinate with scratch -coat work. G. Refer to Division 6 Sections for installing permanent wood grounds. H. Refer to Division 7 Sections for installing flashing. I. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before plastering, dampen concrete and concrete unit masonry sub- strates, except where a bonding agent has been applied, to produce optimum suction for plastering. 3.5 PLASTERING ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories. Miter or cope accessories at corners; install with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and in alignment during plastering. 1. External Corners: Install corner reinforcement at external corners. 2. Terminations of Plaster: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Control Joints: Install at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by Architect: a. Where an expansion or contraction joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind plaster membrane. b. Distance between Control Joints: Not to exceed 18 feet in either direction or a length -to - width ratio of 2-1/2 to 1. C. Wall Areas: Not more than 144 sq. ft. d. Horizontal Surfaces: Not more than 100 sq. ft. in area. e. Where plaster panel sizes or dimensions change, extend joints frill width or height of plaster membrane. B. Where sound -rated plaster work is indicated by STC ratings or other notation, seal work at perimeters, control joints, openings, and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Comply with ASTM C 919 and plaster manufacturer's written instructions for location of sealant beads. C. Install sound attenuation blankets within stud cavities where indicated. 3.6 PLASTER APPLICATION A. Plaster Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C 926. 1. Mixing: Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with appli- cable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. 2. Do not use materials that are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty, or contaminated by foreign materials. 3. Do not use excessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials. B. Flat Surface Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot straightedge placed at any location on surface. C. Grout hollow -metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base -coat plaster material, and before lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire - resistance rating, grout at least 6 inches at each jamb anchor. D. Sequence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will be damaged by installation of other. E. Plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated. Where interior plaster is not terminated at metal frame by casing beads, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at j tinctures with metal. F. Corners: Make internal corners and angles square; finish external corners flush with comerbeads on inte- rior work, square and true with plaster faces on exterior work. G. Number of Coats: 1. Metal Lath: Three coats. 2. Concrete Unit Masonry: Two coats. 3. Concrete; Cast -in -Place or Precast: Two coats when surface condition complies with ASTM C 926 for pfaster bonded to solid base. H. Finish Coats: 1. Float Finish: Apply finish coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch to completely cover base coat, uniformly floated to a true even plane with fine -textured finish matching sample. 2. Trowel -Textured Finish: Apply finish coat with hand -troweled -textured finish matching sample. 3. Moist -cure plaster base and finish coats to comply with ASTM C 926, including written instruc- tions for time between coats and curing in "Annex A2 Design Considerations." 3.7 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND CLEANING A. Cut, patch, replace, repair, and point up plaster as necessary to accommodate other work. Repair cracks and indented surfaces. Point -up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, excessive pinholes, and similar defects. Repair or replace work as necessary to comply with required visual effects. B. Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not to be plastered. Repair sur- faces stained, marred or otherwise damaged during plastering work. END OF SECTION 09220 SECTION 09912 - PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed items and surfaces. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Samples: For each type of finish -coat material indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample for each type of coating and substrate required. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. 1. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 100 sq. ft.. 2. Small Areas and Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 3. Final approval of colors will be from benchmark samples. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well -ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. B. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F. C. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F . D. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at tem- peratures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing con- tents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 1. Quantity: 3 percent, but not less than 1 gal. or 1 case, as appropriate, of each material and color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS i 1 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subjec-t:to.compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not.limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles. C. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Benjamin Moore & ,Co. (Benjamin Moore). 2. ICI DUlux Paint Centers (ICI DUlrlx Paints). 3. Sherwin-Williams CoJSherwin-Williams). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GETN RAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide -block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best -quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated.and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint -material containers not displaying antifactrurer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Colors: As indicated by awnufacturer's designations. 2.3 PREPARATORY COATS A. Concrete Unit Masonry Blo&Filler: High-performance latex block filler of finish coat manufacturer and recommended in writing by 'manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. B. Exterior Primer: ExteriorIkyd or latex -based primer of finish coat manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer f€tir_use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. 1. Ferrous -Metal and A urninum Substrates: Rust -inhibitive metal primer. 2. Zinc -Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer. 3. Where manufacturer:does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat. C. Interior Primer: Interior latex -based or alkyd primer of finish coat manufacturer and recommended in writing by manufacturer frxr€use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. 1. Ferrous -Metal Substrates: Quick drying, rust -inhibitive metal primer. 2. Zinc -Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer. 3. Where manufactturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for fin ish.coat. 2.4 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Exterior Flat Acrylic Paint: 1. Benjamin Moore-, Moorcraft Super Spec Flat Latex House Paint No. 171. 2. ICI Drrhlx Paints; 220_0=XXXX DUlrlx Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Flat Finish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; A-100 Exterior Latex Flat House & Trim Paint A6 Series. B. Exterior Low -Luster Acrylic Paint: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Low Lustre Latex House Paint No. 185. 2. ICI DUlrlx Paints; 24027XXXX DUIIIX Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Satin Finish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; A-100 Exterior Latex Satin House & Trim Paint A82 Series. C. Exterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex House & Trim Paint No. 170. 2. ICI DUltlx Paints; .2406-XXXX DUILIx Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Semi -Gloss Finish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; A-1100 Latex Gloss A8 Series. D. Exterior Full -Gloss Acrylic Enamel for Concrete, Masonry, and Wood: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Gloss Enamel M28. 2. ICI DUILIx Paints; 328-XXXX Dutux InteriorBxterior Acrylic Gloss Finish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; DTMAcrylic Coating Gloss (Waterborne) B66W100 Series. E. Exterior Full -Gloss Acryltc Enamel for Ferrous and Other Metals: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Gloss Enamel M28. 2. ICI Dnllrx Paints; 302,8-XXXX DUIIIY InteriorBxterior Acrylic Gloss Finish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; DTM Acrylic Coating Gloss (Waterborne) B66 W 100 Series. F. Exterior Full -Gloss Alkyd Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Urethane Alkyd Enamel M22. 2. ICI DUltlx Paints; 41 .0.8-XXXX Devguard Alkyd Industrial Gloss Enamel. 3. Sherwin-Williams; Industrial Enamel B-54 Series. 2.5 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Flat Acrylic Paint: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Flat No. 275. 2. ICI DUhlx Paints; 1200-XXXX DUIIIY Professional Velvet Matte Interior Flat Latex Wall & Trim Finish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint B30W200 Series. B. Interior Flat Latex-EmulSiOn'Size: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Flat No. 275. 2. ICI DUlrlx Paints; 1200-XXXX Drltux Professional Velvet Matte Interior Flat Latex Wall & Trim Finish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint B30 W200 Series. C. Interior Low -Luster Acrylic Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel No. 274. 2. ICI Drltrlx Paints; 1402-XXXX DutUx Professional Acrylic Eggshell Interior Watl & Trim Enamel. 3. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg -Shell Enamel B20W200 Series. D. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore; NTGorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel No. 276. 2. ICI Dtrlrlx Paints; 1406-XXXX Dnlrlx Professional Acrylic Semi -Gloss Interior Wall & Trim Enamel. 3. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel B31 W200 Series. E. Interior Full -Gloss Acrylic Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Gloss Enamel No. M28. 2. ICI Dnlrlx Paints; 302�8-XXXX Dutux InteriorBxterior Acrylic Gloss Finish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; .ProMar 200 Interior Latex Gloss Enamel B21 W201. F. Interior Semigloss Alkyd Enamel: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel No. 271. 2. ICI Dl1IUX Paints; 1,16=XXXX Ultra -Hide Alkyd Semi -Gloss Interior Wall & Trim Enamel. 3. Sherwin-Williams; P,"rJrMaI 200 Interior Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel B34W200 Series. G. Interior Full -Gloss Alkyd Enamel for Gypsum Board and Plaster: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Urethane Alkyd Enamel No. M22. 2. ICI DUIr1X Paints; 4308-XXXX Devguard Alkyd Industrial Gloss Enamel. 3. Sherwin-Williams; PtoMaI 200 Alkyd Gloss Enamel B35 W200 Series. H. Interior Full -Gloss Alkyd Enamel for Wood and Metal Surfaces: 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Urethane Alkyd Enamel No. M22. 2. ICI DUIM Paints; 43:08 -XXXX Devguard Alkyd Industrial Gloss Enamel. 3. Sherwin-Williams; PruMar 200 Alkyd Gloss Enamel 1335W200 Series. 2.6 INTERIOR WOOD STAIS AND VARNISHES A. Open -Grain Wood Filler.- 1 . Benjamin Moore; Benwood Paste Wood Filler No. 238. 2. ICI DUlrlx Paints; rrnone required. 3. Sherwin-Williams; rune recommended. B. Interior Wood Stain: Alkyd -based. 1. Benjamin Moore; Beaawood Penetrating Stain No. 234. 2. ICI Drrlllx Paints; 1700-XXX WoodPride Interior Solventborne Wood Finishing Stain. 3. Sherwin-Williams; kV-ood Classics Interior Oil Stain A-48 Series. C. Clear Sanding Sealer: Fast=drying alkyd based. 1. Benjamin Moore; M ore's Interior Wood Finishes Quick -Dry Sanding Sealer No. 413. 2. ICI DrrtLtX Paints; 1902=0000 WoodPride Interior Satin Polyurethane Varnish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Sanding Sealer B26V43. D. Interior Alkyd- or Poly ure mne-Based Clear Satin Varnish: 1. Benjamin Moore-, Bzunvood Interior Wood Finishes Polyurethane Finishes Low Lustre No. 435. 2. ICI DUILM Paints; 1932-0000 WoodPride Interior Satin Polyurethane Varnish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Fast Dry Oil Varnish, Satin A66-300 Series. E. Interior Waterborne Clear Satin Varnish: Acrylic -based polyurethane. 1. Benjamin Moore; Stays Clear Acrylic Polyurethane No. 423, Satin. 2. ICI Dt11lLx Paints; 11802=0000 WoodPride Interior Waterborne Aquacrylic Satin Varnish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; rood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Satin, A68 Series. F. Interior Waterborne Clear Gloss Varnish: Acrylic -based polyurethane. 1. Benjamin Moore; Benwood Interior Wood Finishes Polyurethane Finishes High Gloss No. 428. 2. ICI DUILLx Paints; 1808-0000 WoodPride Interior Waterborne Aquacrylic Gloss Varnish. 3. Sherwin-Williams; Wood Classics Waterbome Polyurethane Gloss, A68 Series. G. Paste Wax: As recommended by manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4 for inspection and acceptance of surfaces to be painted. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materi- als to ensure use of compatible primers. C. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. D. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. CementitiOnS Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. 3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfec- tions in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and back sides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. C. If transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. d. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall con- struction occurs on back side. e. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. 4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC's recommendations. a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by paint system manufacturer and according to SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. C. Touch up bare areas and shop -applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleLim- based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. E. Material Preparation: 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materi- als and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. F. Exposed Surfaces: Include areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 1. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or fumi- tore with prime coat only. 2. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 3. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 4. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 5. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field -finished casework to match exterior. G. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 2. If tmdercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brtush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. K. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces. L. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. M. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn -through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. N. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque sur- face of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. O. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. P. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rott- ing, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. Alter work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 3.3 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Concrete, Stucco, and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior concrete and masonry primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior tat acrylic paint. B. Concrete Unit Masonry: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a block filler. a. Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler. b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint. C. Mineral -Fiber -Reinforced Cement Panels: 1. Acrylic Finish:Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior concrete and masonry primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint. D. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over an exterior alkyd- or alkali -resistant primer. a. Primer: Exterior gypsum soffit board primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint. E. Smooth Wood: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for alkyd enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior full -gloss alkyd enamel. F. Wood Trim: 1. Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood trim primer for full -gloss alkyd enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior full -gloss alkyd enamel. G. Plywood: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior wood primer for acrylic enamels. b. Finish Coats: Exterior flat acrylic paint. H. Ferrous Metal: 1. Acrylic Finish Two finish coatsover a rust -inhibitive primer. a. Primer: Exterior ferrous -metal primer (not required on shop -primed items). b. Finish Coats: Exterior low -luster acrylic paint. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust -inhibitive primer. a. Primer: Exterior ferrous -metal primer (not required on shop -primed items). b. Finish Coats: Exterior full -gloss alkyd enamel. I. Zinc -Coated Metal: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer. a. Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior low -luster acrylic paint. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer. a. Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior full -gloss alkyd enamel. J. Aluminum: 1. Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior aluminum primer under acrylic finishes. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior aluminum primer under alkyd finishes. b. Finish Coats: Exterior full -gloss alkyd enamel. 3.4 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Concrete and Masonry (Other Than Concrete Unit Masonry): 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior concrete and masonry primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel. B. Concrete Unit Masonry: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a block filler. a. Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler. b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a filled surface. a. Block Filler: Concrete unit masonry block filler. b. Finish Coat: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel. C. Mineral -Fiber -Reinforced Cement Panels: 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats. a. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint. D. Gypsum Board: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel. E. Plaster: 1. Acrylic FinishTwo finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior plaster primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior plaster primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel. F. Acoustical Plaster: 1. Flat Acrylic -Latex Finish: Two finish coats. a. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint. G. Wood and Hardboard: 1. Acrylic -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic -enamel and semigloss alkyd -enamel finishes. b. Finish Coats: Interior low -luster acrylic enamel. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior wood primer for acrylic -enamel and semigloss alkyd -enamel finishes. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel.. H. Ferrous Metal 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel.. I. Zinc -Coated Metal: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior zinc -coated metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior flat acrylic paint. 2. Alkyd -Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior zinc -coated metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss alkyd enamel. J. All -Service Jacket over Insulation: 1. Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coats: Interior flat latex -emulsion size. 3.5 INTERIOR STAIN AND NATURAL -FINISH WOODWORK SCHEDULE A. Stain -Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of varnish over a sealer coat and interior wood stain. Wipe wood fuller before applying stain. 1. Filler Coat: Open -grain wood filler. 2. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain. 3. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. 4. Finish Coats: Interior alkyd- or polyurethane -based clear satin varnish. B. Natural -Varnish Finish: Two finish coats of varnish over a sealer coat. 1. Filler Coat: Open -grain wood filler. 2. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. 3. Finish Coats: Interior alkyd- or polyurethane -based clear satin varnish. C. Wax -Polished Finish: Three finish coats of paste wax over a sealer coat. 1. Stain Coat: Interior wood stain. 2. Sealer Coat: Clear sanding sealer. 3. Finish Coats: Paste wax. END OF SECTION 09912 SECTION 10801 - TOILETAND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Toilet and bath accessories. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. Use room and product designations indicated on Drawings. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Special Minor Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis -of -Design Products: The design for toilet and bath accessories described in Part 2 are based on products indi- cated. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Toilet and Bath Accessories: a. A & J Washroom Accessories, Inc. b. American Specialties, Inc. C. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. d. Bradley Corporation. C. General Accessory Manufacturing Co. (GAMCO). f. McKinneylParker Washroom Accessories Corp. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, No. 4 finish (satin), 0.0312-inch (0.8-mm) minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD-NI-411. C. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 1532N/I, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. D. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. E. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. 2.3 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. Per Construction Plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. 1. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. B. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. END OF SECTION SECTION 10999 - MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS: A. Work Included: 1. Fire extinguishers 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Manufacturer's catalog cuts, product data sheets and installation instructions for each item specified. B. Maintenance data for each item. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Larseds Manufacturing Co., Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33311 2. Walter Kidde Co., Belleville, NJ 07109 3. J.L. Industries, Bloomington, NN 55435 B. Type: Portable, dry chemical, 10 lb. U.L. Rating 4A-60B:C C. Wall Brackets: To be plastic J-hook. D. Location: Locate each tenant toiletroom or Fire Marshall's approved location. Mounting height at top maximum 48" a.f.f. END OF SECTION U E o 0 V L d U Ln N ; Y MO 3 0011 � N co U N cto0 o� 0-- C!, CD C N a, CV aco O N N N t\ 0 0 N a� o U) LO O N N M ® M o w z °o z z 0 0 N � CD J w J 70 Q.i r 4-1 -L O ° U _ 0 U ry LLJ co O0 J U LLJ (� U) w (J ) v) a w J W 0 o c, Z N w o U N � �O W W Z 7 Y W O :D ¢ w c _ a c/) o � .. . . . .. .... - . .. . .... . ...... . . . .- . .. ..... ..... . . . . ...... .. .. ... -- ------ . . ............. . . . . . ... . .. ........ __ - - -------- FRONT Architectural Site Plan SCALE: V 20 o RIGHT N LEFT REAR SITE WORK LIMITS , BUILDING LIMITS RE: CIVIL DRAWINGS LINE OF BUILDING - 4" CONCRETE SIDEWALK WITH 13x13 D5xD5 W.W.F BROOM FINISH TO EDGE v SLOPE \ ° x x- �� I/2" x 4" PREFORMED — EXPANSION JOINT FILLER WHERE SLAB ABUTS VERTICAL SURFACES. NOTE: PROVIDE CONTROL & EXPANSION JOINTS 4`0" O.C. 2 Curb Detail SCALE: 1" - 1'-0" (1) +5 CW.:FILL COARSE WYCONCRETE Y8" STUCCCO 05 VERTTrAL'& 16" O.C. FILL CELt'S'W/ GROUT Q ALL RELOCATIONS. a- 8'-0 = - 8" CMU '+`ALL 2'-6" :i�a 2" CONC. CQ'R EACH WAY, O.C. OVERLAP TOP & SIDES (TYP) TOP & BOTTOM �4000 PSI CONCRETE 10" MIN. 4 L—%\�/\r%\!//777 l l �-3" CONC. COVER BOTTOM (TYP) 2'-0" I \_ MIN. '' 2 - 15 CONT. 3 Wall Section SCALE: N.T.S. RINEHART ROAD T BEVELED CONCRETE CAP �.r 6" CONC SLAB 10" REINF. CONC SLAB (D SMOOTH FINISH 8'-IAll 11 3" 8" DIA. PIPE SET IN 2' 6" I I I CONC. FTC. FILL SOLID 8" SCHEDULE 40 G.S. PIPE (S CO.2 PLACES. FILLED W/ CONCRETE (SEE BOLLARD DETAIL) 10' 0" 31-01. PAINT HAZARD YELLOW CONTROL JOINT SAWCUT,GqONTROL " JOINTS (TYP) I DUMPSTER - I FLUSH CONCRETE \_ I 8'x5' 6"x6'-8'f Ir W/ CONCRETE FLOOR `(LAIC)' � _ , , _► ,�....� = L o a W1 O _ a �� FILLED CELLS AT 2'-0" MIN. CORNERS W/ +5 VERT. REBAR (TYP.) '/2" EXP. JOINT SEAL —� I g'=4'�-- 1— 30" DIA. 2500 PSI & PREFORMED 1FILLER _ _ _ _ -_ CONCRETE FOUNDATION 4 Dumpster Plan SCALE: N.T.S. NOTE: VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL UNDER- GROUND UTILITIES BEFORE EXCAVATION GRIND ALL EXPOSED EDGES SMOOTH 5 Bollard Detail SCALE: N.T.S. 0 1"x6" (PAINT) 10'-4" 2x4 RSC STAIN TYP. 5Y2". , r-7l/2° 4'-10" TOP, BOT. & MID PTS. I 11x6 RSC CAP W/ 1/2" O.H. =�= 2x4 RSC (PAINT) 4x4 RSC POSTS 1'x8" RSC. (PLANT) &DOOR SUPPORTS I W/ TREATED POSTS 2x4 RSC (PAINT) o um> Viz' EXP. JOINT, SEAL 42 x2V2' x5/016" STRAP FOR & PREFORMED FILLER HINGE (3 PER DOOR) 5 o _ 2" CONC. COVER TOP & SIDES (TYP) CANE BOT. BOLTS 24" L. Y4' 0. 101. -�� 4 r. - 4000 PSI CONC. +4 Q 12" O.C. +5 CONT. 2'-0' —+5 CONT. I 3" CONC. COVER EACH WAY, 3" CONC. COVER MIN. •4 �2 12" O.C. BOTTOM (TYP) TOP & BOTTOM „BOTTOM (TYP) (TYP) EACH WAY, MIN. TOP & BOTTOM 6 Gate Section Dumpster Gate SCALE: N.T.S. 7 SCALE: N.T.S. :S, INC. cn 4-1 DLO N •� O E o 0 U u � V 3 Y o c N .rllo[ U om t�N N 0^ O C V X CD UR�a o, 0 � N N Q 0� i N N o 0 0 0 c 0 L�^B� }1 W iEJ U Q w v , c v GR EGORY ��. gImp, N v° v_ w N d _ � l a 0 0 w v a 0 n N 0 N a 0 EL 0 M o O LLJ N C F- ¢ p C9 CD wN O z 72 Y D W U O ZD � N � S A N 'mot N ' O li I� l; N M I� I. I� I` B.7 - I; C.1 , &C.4- - l%J%Jl 1 ICAI 1 REAR i I SCALE: 1/8" 1' 0" LEFT RIGHT FRONT Ar Floor Plan REAR SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" LEFT R. FRONT LOADING ZONE A202-3 I f , i WINDLOAD FOR WINDOWS AND DOORS DESIGNATION AREA ZONE 4 ZONE 5 POS. NEG. POS. NEG. PZ-1 10 SF TO 25 SF 28 -30 28 -37 PZ-2 26 SF TO 50 SF 26 -29 26 -34 PZ-3 51SF TO 100 SF 25 -27 25 -32 PZ-4 101 SF TO 200 SF 24 -26 24 -29 PZ-5 201SF TO 300 SF 23 -25 23 -27 PZ-6 300 SF AND UP 22 -24 22 -25 NOTE: 1. ZONE 5 IS DEFINED AS ANY DOOR OR WINDOW WITHIN 10/ OF LEAST HORIZONTAL DIMENSION FROM ANY CORNER OF THE BUILDING. ALL OTHER LOCATIONS 'ARE DEFINED AS ZONE 4. 2. DOORS AND STOREFRONT WINDOWS INSTALLED MUST MEET WINDLOAD PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS AS SHOWN ABOVE. 3.CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY STOREFRONT DOOR AND WINDOW SHOP DRAWINGS MEETING WINDLOAD REQUIREMENTS AND MFG TEST REPORTS AND INSTALLATION DETAILS, TO THE BUILDING D T I R I S 10 . 4. -• -• DESIGNATES A 1HR RATED WALL ►IAT('u IIM i 'oar 1 ian KV AWL L SCALE: 1/64" = 1'-0" REAR LEFT RIGHT FRONT V1 U U `4 E U � N 3 I 3 � M 3 O } � • 00 \ ^`�]VI(1 a N . Ou oco `' U y N �N tt !�1 CJ; � O L < CD u -n � a o� hi1-y Cr- CD N N f� t � rn � T O L v 0 c 0 0 0 0 w `s" c O c y v.t Ito,Q COD o ID r r N fo O V' a T � O �`y N _ y a ou v v v c of i .2 rn v v d O] l L � L L O v _ 0 r � o N O C O E (N o Q) O.Q U) /p co j EL 23 co a m O ®� U ® y = O w o < Z L z ® NO O w tt� J y J U a v v o c o f a �a V® z N y v IL tcU n 0 a �— a �LN m o (� E ® i w n E O w N o v o I..d� w LL C _ v °- L O va�e.v v c 0 W 0 c a REU M O Oz NO N H Lo 0 w U o ::D — o U w 4 Reflected Ceiling Plan REAR SCALE 1/16" = 1'-0" LEFT RIGHT FRONT 1 I�1 1 1 III' 1 1 �1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 " &t— . F 1 i b rw1 RCP Legend I SUSPENDED CEILING GRID 2 x 4 RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE O CAN LIGHT ® HVAC SUPLY GRILLE ® HVAC RETURN GRILLE ® EXHAUST FAN VENTED TO OUTSIDE EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE ® EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHT FIXTURE E2 CANOPY ACCESS PANEL General Notes 1. FOR CANOPY LIGHTING AND DRIVE THRU CANOPY LIGHTING RE: ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 2. LAY IN CEILING 20 ACCOUSTIC TILE AT 11'-0" A.F.F. U.N.O. U N N O t - Ln N 3 3 (D c N tn� •U ® u 0� y cV t , P1 3�. � O U 0 o v VJ W -v U a 0CD N -p d' 00 O N g f• ate. � J Cl- n o „ u Y* LsIn v > 0 1 M O r M Ln O V) Z O t!� W H U W F- WCn U LIJ C 4 r7 Ln cfl I— 00 M O O `d 04 Z N FW- O CD CDO w N Lt1 O Q Ld D 2 a O U e Reflected Ceiling Plan Type 'A' REAR SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" LEFT 7k � RIGHT FRONT Reflected Ceiling Plan Type 'BREAR SCALE: 1/8" = T-O" LEFT RIGHT FRONT Reflected Ceiling Plan Type 'C' REAR SCALE: 1/8" = T-O" LEFT RIGHT FRONT M CB LUDOWICI ROOF CC REAR Roof Plan SCALE: 1/8" - P-01I LEFT RIGHT FRONT REAR 2 Roof Plan SCALE: 1/8" = P-0" LEFT FRONT LUVUIIIUI I\UVI I ILL --o 01 z L, LUDOWICI ROOF TILE 0 C.1 C.2 - � C.3 CI rnTDInnt A302-5 _ I I II I I II I I � I Parapet Detail SCALE: 1/4" = 11-0" ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS FOR PARAPET CLARITY UATN I INF AlU4-1 Floor Plan Key SCALE: 1/64" = T-01' AR LEFT(E/:,� RIGHT FRONT CA 4—A N • O O 0 U o ri. U Ln 3 N 3 I7 3 O 00 \ U n N � t- _ •U O uco cV V�dJ 0 O o 1 \ ct-o � N Q N 00 O N N f� a U v u v` s 0 0 N N � O o rn" r 'a ®Ise � Fi- 3 3: s ® w O tnjj N c J w !) tL0 J U 3 � LPL LL 9 (� O w cz N Z c v # r 'c O C (n W d 0 \ Ln 0 Z 0 w U W LLJ U LLJ J N IY i d' Ln c0 I— 00 .— M O 004 zC14 CD I— N Q o W U 7 LLJ W U O Q W CL Ln cy-, = w cn o U I MATCH LINE A201-2 i 1 t W.Mt O I MATCH LINE Front Elevation Key A201-3 SCALE: 1/64" = 1'-0" (y t Front Elevation A306-4 Riht Side Elevatio n lorl SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" I-- V Y V V -IV- Keynotes O 1 LUDOWICI ROOF TILE 2 EIFS MOLDING RE: A302-4 3 EIFS BRACKET RE: A302-5, A502-10 4 PLYWOOD BACKING FOR FUTURE TENANT SIGNAGE 5 EIFS MEDALLION RE: A502-6,7 6 EIFS WITH STONE SIMULATED FINISH } 7 D.C. KIRCKHOFF STONE COLUMN 8 D.C. KIRCKHOFF STONE VENEER > 9 EIFS GROOVE RE: A502-5 10 OUTLINE OF ROOF BEYOND N ^Ul o 0 cc ' NLn 3 i 3 MO 3 � 00 \ ` , N N •U O o� y cV N tt �^ CD L.� L �1 O o VJ U W V Q\ (=, o N QN 11 COLLECTOR AND DOWNSPOUT RE: A501-6,7 y '� 12 OVERFLOW SCUPPER RE: A501-8 } 13 EIFS BAND RE: A502-8" 14 RAIN HOOD RE: A601-5 15 ROOF ACCESS LADDER RED A501-16 0 O C V V C v u d m O j N C E 2 c h o j � � a ar � v v r C 3 O L y a � 9 �V a �L V T a j O d W o A—J cri 0 N o .� 0 � a� E 'LLJ (� L .l � O o z }+V LL c U w ` 0 \/ x 0 LLA�I'�11 O r v� W W Lu v `m � O �•• 0 m a v GREG, S p 1% i 0 V C O O V �U c t 0 a t t M 0 \ \ CD 0 z 0 W Lu W W U Q Q CO j M O (D N N W O\ I— 0O ¢ CDC7 c� o �o W Ed cV z Y Wcn I A201 U MATCH LINE A202-3 9.2 O5 40 03 T T T 330 -0" MATCH LINE - - Rear Elevation Key02-4 SCALE: 1/64" = T-O" 9.2 2 4 00'4, Left Side Elevation SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" 3A"'6, Rear Elevation SCALE: 1/8" = T-O" 0.2 0.1 I�IV TIE TO STORM SEWER TIE TO STORM SEWER TIE TO STORM SEWER \—TIE TO STORM SEWER TIE TO STORM SEWER I 4 Rear Elevation SCALE: 1/8" = T-O" C Y V Y V Y V V V Y V V V V V V V V V } Keynotes (D 1 LUDOWICI ROOF TILE 2 EIFS MOLDING RE: A302-4 3 EIFS BRACKET RE: A302-5, A502-10 4 PLYWOOD BACKING FOR FUTURE TENANT SIGNAGE 5 EIFS MEDALLION RE: A502-6,7 6 EIFS WITH STONE SIMULATED FINISH 7 D.C. KIRCKHOFF STONE COLUMN 8 D.C. KIRCKHOFF STONE VENEER 9 EIFS GROOVE RE: A502-5 10 OUTLINE OF ROOF BEYOND 11 COLLECTOR AND DOWNSPOUT RE: A501-6,7 12 OVERFLOW SCUPPER RE: A501-8 13 EIFS BAND RE: A502-8 14 RAIN HOOD RE: A601-5 15 ROOF ACCESS LADDER RE: A501-16 N �� � •� 0 O 0 V P9 U U co a 4 V 3 N 3 � 3 O c\ N •� ®U ' C4 N t �1 Of — CD O 4� d- O 0 u- Ua fs, �\ � o ._ ZZ 00 CDN CV i N r CL a u v 0 c 0 0 a N N 'E v o_ •3 f c - ` see m N vo i. l y � V J 9 `a - J # N u m 0 N C N E J N C_ i i 3 N O a a Cu . u r o C 0 N N L a w o t V a v o `o a ; i a ■ v V N N N fl. LL N qq i C m O E c W 0 c� O V O r UJ 4! d r O 0 N C RECORD �h SON 1 O v v v 4= N N a 1 ou n 0 a N O N a 0 } 0 0 0 M O cn Z O Cn W I— U W W U Q J � N r) <t � cD I� Co M O O Z F- U o C-4 N O W N CO Z ¢ Y w _ CD BEARING Aa i" A.F.F. FRAMING )" A.F.F. OPENING 0" A.F.F NL; Jrwr iuA i IUIVJ Drive Thru Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 C 8'-7" -CONC ROOF TILE OVER 30; ROOFING FELT OVER 5/8" FR EXT GRADE PLYWOOD ON MTL DECKING T.O. FRAMING 33'-0" A.F.F. ==7F I _1� I� METAL FRAMED OUTLOOKERS i I AT 16" O.C. I I 1'-611� DROP GABLE END TRUSS I GABLE RAKE BEYOND I i i _FYPON MOLDING RED A201 \) I I I I I I I i I — PRE-ENGINEERED I l I 1 METAL TRUSS ii i I I i I I I 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH OVER I 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD I I I I OVER MTL STUD FRAMING I I I I i I AlI�: I I' I i I FYPON BALUSTER i I ! AND RAILING I I i I I I , I I I I I I I W j TRUSS BEARING I 21'-7" A.F.F. Al I i II I I I I I I STEEL DECKING RE: STRUCTURAL I I I I I I ------ •.--•---•---- I =. - JOIST BEARING @GRID (C.1) 8 -0" A.F.F. I I I I I o ooQ I I I I I yam I I c�_S:2 I I STEEL FRAMING I RE:STRUCTURAL -- ---- -- ------ -- -- --— — — — — --------'—�—rT`B 0 CANOPY CEILING FRAMING*� � I I' _.--.__...�....._._.._-------- -- 41� �' 14'-0" A.F.F. 2 LAYERS OF � 5/8" GYP BRD ._._..—._----_._.--_..__—._.._ ---- IIL� �a% I I ' _ III E" � 111 METAL STUD I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - — I �I DRIP EDGE FRAMING I-- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — _ R-19 BATT I I INSULATION I l ... K I :L- _i i II I rT11I I 11 _ t__ I T O STOREFRONT OPENING C` -- lj- 10'-0" A.F.F I � I 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE I I GYPSUM BOARD WITH I I COLUMN WRAP OVER EIFS FINSH I I I STRUCTURAL STL TUBE I I BEYOND, SHOWN DASHED I j I I � I I � I I I I � I I I I 71-8" 1 I 21-1011 I I I � I � I ALUM STOREFRONT I i SYSTEM i i I ! ! I WS I I I I w CONC. SIDEWALK CD CONC. SLAB RE: STRUCTURAL I — I o0 RE: STRUCTURAL �_— - _ wQ I SLOPE I/g" PER FT ( — —� w CK > I — I FIN FLR I EL 0'-0'77 Al x" x Ll ' \ �w \/ / FOUNDATION / ..., �j��/M ! <..,..,�� .�/ j\ \ /\/ \ I RE: STRUCTURAL X/ / / POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION RE: SPECIFICATIONS RE STRUCTURAL2'oq'� Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = 14" RE: A102, A104, A201 ROOFING SYSTEM RE: SPECIFICATIONS STEEL DECKING — RE: STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL 2 LAYERS OF - 5/8" GYP BRD METAL STUD FRAMING R-19 BATT INSULATION �I ALUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM 0 A601-8 WS CONC.SLAB RE: STRUCTURAL i FOUNDATION RED STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION RE: SPECIFICATIONS RE: STRUCTURAL Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 T.O. FRAMING 28'-3" A.F.F. CONC ROOF TILE OVER ,_�304 ROOFING FELT OVER 5/8" FR EXT GRADE PLYWOOD Z1 —ON MTL DECKING 1'-4 1/2 " 0 \ A501-18 DRIP EDGE TRUSS BEARING 22'-0" A.F.F. 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING Y O (3: Q U W IOf Of bw 0 cno � o uQ xw w� 21► C/1 U N � O t 4Lo V ^ N NCD 3 0 cv ' N Uo 00 ,^ W N cv ♦, y N !"1 yam., N o< U O o W n � w a�o N N ¢00 U N N r o 0 N � O N N rn co 0 r -0 ®m 0 3:E L ® a) -o w c = O OZ ®N C j J LQ J c.� O • � 3 c7tf; C 4_0 � LL O C� t� rco 0 w • P(i c � � (n z 4_4 �_ w CIS o ECD co (� w EGORY PI SIMPSO 1 a M 0 r M CD 0 V) z 0 vn W U W = W U N W Q LLJ O O � z W- O N C*4 CD N O W Z Y w O = Q w CL N C] U �1 PRE -FINISHED METAL CAP FLASHING ON CONT. CLEAT CONTINUOUS BLOCKING EIFS MOULDING METAL STUD FRAMING RE:STRUCTURAL 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD 4 Parapet Detail. SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A302-1 .E I I Oj t/2 . I A302-4 WRAP ROOFING T.O. FRAMING 21-0" A.F.F. ROOFING SYSTEM I I I I RE: SPECIFICATIONS I I STEEL DECKING I I RE: STRUCTURAL 1 1 SLOPE I I JOIST BEARING @GRID (C.1) 18'-0" A.F.F. \ I 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING o 0 CDEwa STEEL FRAMING I\' 1 a- CDRED STRUCTURAL 2 LAYERS OF I l ~ 5/8" GYP BRD METAL STUD FRAMING R-19 BATTI. INSULATIONEP g 0 CANOPY CEILING FRAMING IK r F T O STOREFRONT OPENING 10'-0" A.F.F I i A601-8 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE GYPSUM BOARD WITH �j WH EIFS FINSH I { i i III MTL STUD FRAMED CMU BASE PILLASTER BEYOND, SHOWN DASHED ICD o ALUM STOREFRONT Q SYSTEM_ 3'-0" LANDSCAPE AREA A601-8 I' i A-"! - i Q WS CONC. SIDEWALK o CONC. SLAB RED STRUCTURAL z o RE: STRUCTURAL SLOPE 1/4" PER FT 'X � >_ ;1 FIN FLR ._.7 LL \ \\ / \ \ \ \ FOUNDATION� :_� X RE• STRUCTURAL \/ X�` / \/ POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION / " ;? A RE: SPECIFICATIONS RED STRUCTURAL Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = T-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 CONTINUOUS BLOCKING METAL STUD FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL 1 1/2'' EIFS FINISH OVE 5/8'' DENS GLASS GOL 5 Parapet Detail SCALE: 1 1/2" = T-0" RE: A302-2 SLOPE C0 .m EIFS CAP METAL STUD FRAMING C.1 1'-4 1/2/ T.O. FRAMING II I I 25'-0" A.F.F. A302-5 I I I I I I I II I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I II I i I oLo I I o �w¢ I I I ' am Lncnz co JOIST BEARING @ GRID (C.1) 18'-0" A.F.F. I II I 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER I`I 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING STEEL FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL I�� ! I I 1 I, EIFS MEDALLION METAL PANED A ROOFING SYSTEM RE: SPECIFICATIONS CA50 STEEL DECKING RED STRUCTURAL 2 LAYERS OF 5/8" GYP BRD P1----————— — — — — —— -� ----————— — — — — —— - _ METAL STUD FRAMING I 1 II I R-19 BATT INSULATION 1 1 I I I � I I 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE I ] j - I —I I GYPSUM BOARD WITH - — I EIFS FINSH I I I I I I� II A601-8 ( I WH I I I I Ij Il II I I I I� I II 11 II I I� ALUM STOREFRONT I SYSTEM Al A601-8 WS CONC. SIDEWALK CONC. SLAB RE: STRUCTURAL \ RED STRUCTURAL rz I SLOPE 1/g" PER FT FOUNDATION RE: STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION \ RE: SPECIFICATIONS RED STRUCTURAL Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1`0" RE: A102, A104, A201 zx"'7 B 0 CANOPY CEILING FRAMING 12'-8" A.F.F EIFS TRIM T 0 STOREFRONT OPENING 10'-0" A.F.F 0 ' LANDSCAPE AREA Ld _ V - Q 0 j cn O EI O wa W� # FIN FLR / y/ : /A/// \/ \/` 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH 0\ 5/8" DENS GLASS GC 6 Parapet Detail SCALE: 1 1/2" = T-O" RE:A302-3 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD ( Qj ROOFING SYSTEM RE: SPECIFICATIONS A501-3 STEEL DECKING RE:STRUCTURAL I SLOPE I\ r STEEL FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL 2 LAYERS OF - 5/8" GYP BRD METAL STUD FRAMING R-19 BATT INSULATION ALUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM 10 �VV' CONC. SLAB RE: STRUCTURAL FOUNDATION RE: STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION RE: SPECIFICATIONS RE: STRUCTURAL Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 """ PLYWOOD CAP 1 T.O. FRAMING 25'-0" A.F.F. I I I I II I I II I I�, JOIST BEARING @ GRID (C.1) 18'-0" A.F.F 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING B 0 CANOPY CEILING FRAMING FIN FLR " EIFS FINISH OVER DENS GLASS GOLD U N o 0 in 3 N 3 3 y cd CD °o Q� •v O N y N ct 1 O f\ O o li. n J a �1 o \ 0:� O N Qco CD " o o s T a 0 u 0 v 0 0 a 0 a U 1 0CD 1 N cn L i ^o W r j if) o w = O 0 ®CD cv c j 0 1 Ld U M 0 0 V) z 0 w F_ U W w= U N W � � c0 r— 00 M 0 z 04 CD U N O O LLJ - w o=DQ w U) V V ................ . Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = l'-O" RE: A102, A104, A201 BARREL GROUT BLOCKIN METAL S RE: STRL 7/8" STI PAPER F LATHE 0 DENS GL 4 Parapet Cap Detail. SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-011 RE: A303-2 61-011 ZETE ROOF TILE FRAMING A.F.F. DECK RUCTURAL FRAMING FLASHING e]Q' 1/2. �A303-4 T.O. FRAMING 23-0" A.F.F. Z-1 ROOFING SYSTEM RE: SPECIFICATIONS A501-3 STEEL DECKING —11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER RE:STRUCTURAL I it 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD SLOPE OVER MTL STUD FRAMING JOIST BEARING GRID (C.1) -0" A.F.F. 18' 17' K\ CD (D c/ � STEEL FRAMING u- :ELo RE:STRUCTURAL V' 2 LAYERS OF 5/8" GYP BRD METAL STUD 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER FRAMING 5/8" DENS CLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING R -19 BATT INSULATION B 0 CANOPY FRAMING ll'-O" A.F.F. (7 1 T -7 T 0 STOREFRONT OPENING T' 10'-0" A.F.F 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE A601-8 GYPSUM BOARD WITH WH k EIFS FINSH zh MTL STUD FRAMED CMU BASE PILLASTER BEYOND, SHOWN DASHED Q- CD ALUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM R,- - Li A601-8 .. ............. . . WS 11 CONC. SIDEWALK 31-0(D CONC.SLAB RE:STRUCTURAL V) D LANDSCAPE RE: STRUCTURAL CD AREA Lu >< Li Ld Cr- SLOPE PER FT r 7 FIN FLR EL 0-4- V /< 7 7 X/\ 7c x X� X x >/ L X X FOUNDATION / / RE: STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION x X RE: SPECIFICATIONS RE: STRUCTURAL Wall Section SCALE: 1/211 = 11-011 RE: A102, A104, A201 BARREL GROUT BLOCKIN 7/8 " S PAPER F LATHE C DENS GL METAL S ROOFING RE: SPEC STEEL DI RE: STRU STEEL FF RE: STRU( C> c:) u Ln CD Do-_ to (7) C-1 v 00 u C4 C-q ct r- 1.. -0 CD 0 >< 0 C) Q> :zz Go C4 C-4 .2 E FLASHING o"l CC E 0 n 10 49 Parapet Car) Detail SCALE: 1 1/2" = 14" RE: A303-3 61 -011 00 ol -0 .2 C) E CN E Q) 4- . . .. . . ......... C) c/) Lo cq C14 A303-5 0,) cy) o,10 1/2 ® A'L cp 0 -Q T.O. FRAMING c: 0 1 Lu ROOFING SYSTEM 21-0" A.F.F. 0 H RE: SPECIFICATIONS A501-3 CNI c 0 0 Lo E —j STEEL DECKING RE: STRUCTURAL SLOPE -0 JOIST BEARING @ GRID (C.1) E 181-011 A.F.F. 111F a_ cu 0 1 4 ol RE: STRUCTURAL 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER v 2 LAYERS OF r I Al 1 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD 5/8" GYP BIRD I OVER MTL STUD FRAMING 4 c/) METAL STUD FRAMING � LL 1 0 A -a R-19 BATT I> I, E (D INSULATION — — — — — — — -lb cu Td L B 0 CANOPY FRAMING < -1-� Of C c: ll'-O" A.F.F. o ' 4! I�E --j Lj Ld T 0 STOREFRONT OPENING 0 ()� 3: 101-011 A H: 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE A601-8 WH GYPSUM BOARD WITH GREG c M EIFS FINSH P I 1 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER E 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD -'---��OVER MTL STUD FRAMING .2 ALUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM < CL I II A601-8 ws CONC. SIDEWALK CONC. SLAB RE:STRUCTURAL to 11 LANDSCAPE z o CD RE: STRUCTURAL AREA < SLOPE 1/4" PER FT J Ld >< fl:� Ln CD FIN FLR I I I V- ' I EL 0--0" V) CD V) f xLLJ Q-1 'X xx . ...... .. LLJ F- L \ \ V) af: < Uj x Lu Ln I Co X FOUNDATION RE: STRUCTURAL pe) X \w\v\ POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION RE: SPECIFICATIONS RE: STRUCTURAL 04 zz 04 F CD C14 C) Lo C14 01 D Uj (D =D < Lu oc� V) EL V) 3 Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-011 RE: A102, A104, A201 A303 L .m ROOFING SYSTEM RE: SPECIFICATIONS STEEL DECKING - RE: STRUCTURAL SLOPE STEEL FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL 2 LAYERS OF - 5/8" GYP BRD METAL STUD — FRAMING R-19 BATT INSULATION Al A601-8 WH x to ALUM STOREFRONTj_ SYSTEM I , 1 t- U 1 ' Fw-- A601-8 WS a CONC. SIDEWALK I 31 -011I o CONC. SLAB RE: STRUCTURAL I LANDSCAPE /� CD RE: STRUCTURAL I AREA Q SLOPE I/q" PER FT 1 w FIN FLR t i EL 01_0ll \I I / �/ �/ \ --�1 1 �«Ja`. ,k.....T4..F.:1�. <.z.....Y_. — -0 o n�jn o / f .V FOUNDATION RE STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION / RE: SPECIFICATIONS RE: STRUCTURAL Waif Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-O" RE: A102, A104, A201 C C.1 6'-011 I I T.O. FRAMING 25'-0" A.F.F. A302-5 I 1 1 ! I I I I I I I 0 I I I I I I I I I I I ACCESS PANEL 11 I RE: A502-3 1 ! I I I I I ZL I I ROOFING SYSTEM ( i 1 I o C RE: SPECIFICATIONS A501-3 0 (D U- a STEEL DECKING 1 I I i <, m RE: STRUCTURAL 1 1 V) I\ L I �F_ N SLOPE I ! II I \ I JOIST BEARING @ GRID (C.1) I I1 r I I I I 18'-0" A.F.F. I I I I r I II 11 I I I f I EIFS BANDS I k II I II I STEEL FRAMING ! I I 1 RED STRUCTURAL II ( 1 I 171 I �/ A501 18 2 LAYERS OF � I I I I I I SIM, 5/8 GYP BRD I ll B 0 CANOPY FRAMING 74 METAL STUD �� - - - -� - - - - - - - - ! I I I r I 12'-8" A.F.F. - FRAMING I �I jI r t i- }II� T 0 ARCH R-19 BATT l 1, I / `\ 12'-2" A.F.F. INSULATIONI —11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER I� 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD Ii OVER MTL STUD FRAMING I 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE GYPSUM BOARD j WITH I T 0 STOREFRONT OPENING EIFS FINSH 10'-0" A.F.F 1 ii � II A601-8 I ,I I II ( MTL STUD FRAMED CMU BASE PILLASTER BEYOND, SHOWN DASHED I. r;I CD ALUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM 31_011 � LANDSCAPE AREA A601-8 WS I CONC. SIDEWALK o CONC. SLAB RE: STRUCTURAL �O RE: STRUCTURAL 1 I SLOPE I/q" PER FT j I w > FIN FLR EL 0'-0 \ / J FOUNDATION ..�%` ,a. / �µ. / f\ / \\� \/\ \ \ RE: STRUCTURAL \ vV / / Av / / ` / POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION RE: SPECIFICATIONS RE:STRUCTURAL 2 Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 �J SLOPE STEEL FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL 2 LAYERS OF 5/8" GYP BRD METAL STUD — FRAMING R-19 BATT INSULATION 0 0 � I A303-5 1'-4 1/2� A501-3 I ' y I I T.O. FRAMING ROOFING SYSTEM - {+ + I I 21-0" A.F.F. RE: SPECIFICATIONS \ I ,1 I I\ \ i \ \ I STEEL DECKING RE: STRUCTURAL I \ I I I JOIST BEARING GRID (C.1) ! 18'-0" A.F.F. I I I I oof oU_o f I I I O J- W¢ a- ¢ m II _mil 9 — — — — — — — — — — 1 �j -- 1 -- I �1 � I III I) I 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE I' GYPSUM BOARD WITH EIFS FINSH II I I I I l li I I I II I I I III I I ALUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM zh i A601-8 WS CONC. SIDEWALK CONC. SLAB RE: STRUCTURAL RE: STRUCTURAL SLOPE 1/4" PER FTj I I / \ / " \/\\\, // / FOUNDATION \, G RE: STRUCTURAL�� POISONED COMPACTED FILL FOUNDATION \ RE: SPECIFICATIONS RE: STRUCTURAL Wall Section SCALE 1/211 = 11-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 I I I I� I I I' li I I I I I I II I I I, 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH OVER �5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING B_ 0 CANOPY FRAMING Aa, 11'-0" A.F.F. T 0 STOREFRONT OPENING 10'-0" A.F.F l � t O I� U I: w c� k Q 1 31-0" 0 Imo I, LANDSCAPE z o AREA w wck� FIN FLR EL = " L \ / \ U N N O CD o ' "C'�'1 U Lo N � Q) 1 3 CD 3 c CIA� • o 00 N U v1 ct o t\ o �, ^l O x O V a � o � cr- o N co CD N CV r CD O L v W s , 1 O y I °' s 1 L V a a v a � w fl) cu N 4-' (r- LL. O o co ^ v c6 0 U E Q u O w _ E w O r- w � � w CL / ! `� O — ^.gym svax�xemv+, wxcaswm —. a c 0 GREG SIP�6� w N N w v a 0 N c a 0 w U a Ol a r o Ln 0 z O w U w = w V w Q J � N M d c� co t� co M O O O N Fw I— ¢ \CDO U CD 0 Lo W LLJ N CD w � O Q w N _ CL :1 . FAI T 0 TRUSS 23'-6" A.F.F. 12 61 7/8" STUCCO FINISH ON PAPERFACED MTL LATHE OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS 01 8'-p" STEEL FRAMING -y f RE: STRUCTURAL vp I ki 2 LAYERS OF � �I 5/8" GYP FRD 1 v�K METAL STUD }� FRAMING R-19 BATT I�k INSULATION �----------_ — — — — — — — — — --— i I- F_ Al I I i I A601-8 II II I li II WH II II I � � II II i t I I I I I - •"� I I I I I I I � i t •" I I II II II II ALUM STOREFRONT II II I II II SYSTEM II. II I II II II II I I II II II II I II .• li II II �-_________ �`________= T I -I - j I II II I II II I I I I I I CONC. SLAB l i t I i t i i RE: STRUCTURAL - -J-- - - - -- -- I I - ----- - - -- I I II Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 FOUNDATION RE:STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL RE: SPECIFICATIONS f IJUIVUHI IUIV RE: STRUCTURAL F I I I f TRUSS BEARIN I 17'-10" A.F.F. I I I I I I I I I / I 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER I 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING o a CORRUGATED w < MTL ROOF who 18'-0" A.F.F 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING B 0 CANOPY SOFFIT 15'-0" A.F.F ROOFING SYSTEM RE: SPECIFICATIONS STEEL DECKING - RE: STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL PT WOOD BLOCKING CONTINUOUS d- METAL STUD FRAMING w SCALE: 1 1/2" = 14" RE: A305-2 2'-4 1/2 " EIFS CAP 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD t, T 0 FRAMING 22'-0" A.F.F. I l I T 0 FRAMING — -� 18'-8" A.F.F. JOIST BEARING _o_ VARIES RE: STRUCTURAL 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER z 58" DENS GLASS GOLD "',-OVER MTL STUD FRAMING _ _ _ _ - -� ,� I -I I B 0 CANOPY SOFFIT T-TI �'� i - I I I t1'-0" A.F.F. 1 T 0 STOREFRONT OPENING 7 10'-0" A.F.F. J ! - - T T 0 STOREFRONT OPENING 10'-p" A.F.F. A601-8 A501-18 WH GYPSUM BOARD WITH I .I SIM. EIFS FINSH II I ) MTL STUD FRAMED CMU BASE PILLASTER BEYOND, SHOWN DASHED ,I I Y I -- 0 ALUM STOREFRONT -� ~ SYSTEM U L r r F LANDSCAPE AREA fj a A601-8 I W I' 2'-0" I WS a LANDSCAPE /� o CONC. SIDEWALK_ O AREA Lz Q CONC. SLAB RE: STRUCTURAL Icn Ix RE: STRUCTURAL I w Q FIN FLR I SLOPE ��q" PER FT w iz 0' -0" EL 1 FIN FLR FOUNDATION RE: STRUCTURAL --- POISONED COMPACTED FILL— FOUNDATION RE: SPECIFICATIONS RE: STRUCTURAL Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 4-1 U UN CDo U tt , � M 3 o � Q (14 -o0 l r _ON O O O O o o� a 0 o f � N O N t O O� T � � a u 0 0 c 0 0 0 X. U O " c y}' . 71 V a E ` ti .60 o a . . Li v o v a 0 v v a o 0 E N N �L CL �✓ ® co .o _z: LL o ®�-a s w = O ! o Z 0 t Z l z ® O O v L0 J U v U_ L f 0 m 3 C v E 2 , N C � O f a 7 1 Y L 4U � Q a L L y � v 1 �V I 1 o � �n • V rtY v ENV L O N LL co o U U f E w � � o Li L a c I-- y f- � (� E LLJ O o Co I) w V � W �✓�` _ L o _ 0 W 0 EGO N PS v v v w v n 0 0 w v a w N 0 n 0 v a 0 0 M O CD I— N ¢ C� Lo Ld N O Z Y w o _ L a U A302-4 SIM. ROOFING SYSTEM RE: SPECIFICATIONS A501-3 I I I II STEEL DECKING I I I RE: STRUCTURAL SLOPE I I I II II II II II I I II STEEL FRAMING I I RE: STRUCTURAL I I II II II II iI II II I� II I I II II I I I I I I II II II II 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD OVER I I 1 1/2" 'Z' CHANNEL FURRING I I WITH R-14 INSULATION I I II II \e I I II II II II II I I T 0 MASONRY 18'-8" A.F.F. JOIST BEARU4G VARIES RE: STRUCTURAL 6" METAL STUD FRAMING 7/8" CEMENT PLASTER ON PAPER FACED METAL LATHE OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD CONC. SLAB CONC. SIDEWALK RE: STRUCTURAL I I RE: STRUCTURAL I I I III SLOPE/y" PER FT FIN FLR EL O'-0" FOUNDATION\ i //>/� RE: STRUCTURAL \ \ A�. _� .� • / '= l / POISONED COMPACTED FILL_l RE: SPECIFICATIONS Side Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 ROOFING SYSTEM RE: SPECIFICATIONS STEEL DECKING — RE: STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING RE: STRUCTURAL 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD OVER 1 1/2" 'Z' CHANNEL FURRING WITH R-14 INSULATION CONC. SLAB RE: STRUCTURAL A302-4 SIM. A501-3 LOPE / /---- FOUNDATION RE:STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL RE: SPECIFICATIONS T 0 MASONRY 18'-8" A.F.F. I I I I REAR JOIST BEARING 16'-0" A.F.F. i 5/8" CEMENT PLASTER ON 8" CMU WALL Y 5'-011 I� U w U 0-1 CONC. SIDEWALK RE: STRUCTURAL o 0 SLOPE 1/4" PER FT w ¢ X W W FIN FLR EL 0'_0" /\< �\ \ \ 'bo°o !'jCln4j��Cl?M \` �\ " 2 Rear Wall Section SCALE: 1/2" = T-011 RE: A102, A104, A202 C.4 11.3" 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING B.O. FRAMING @ DRIVE THRU CANOPY 7. 11'_O" A.F.F. 7 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE EIFS TRIM GYP BOARD WITH EIFS i FINISH OVER MTL STUDS I D.C. KERCOFF COLUMN WRAP CONC. RAISED CURB RE: STRUCTURAL I I 1 I /\ \ \ / \ \\ , //v FOUNDATION `. RE: STRUCTURAL , POISONED COMPACTED FILL RE: SPECIFICATIONS cc.4 Column Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 C62'_2" ' B.7 11-611 i I� j — B4O. CANOPY FRAMING — — — j 11'-0" A.F.F. _ I 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE ! 11/2" EIFS FINISH OVER GYP BOARD WITH EIFS l DENS GLASS GOLD FINISH OVER MTL STUDS a� OVER MTL STUD FRAMING f� LANDSCAPE 10 AREA PAINTED CMU BAN Y CAULK CONTINUOUS 1" CULTURED STONE PANELS V SET IN 1/2" BED OF MORTAR Of w OVER 8" CMU BLOCK BASE w o w wco= o W a <t o U w CONC. SIDEWALK N o 0 RE: STRUCTURAL ~ z g w¢ X w SLOPE I/4" PER FT ``'01-1 > FIN FLR . EL 0'_0" \ x/ X FOUNDATION \ x /\' /` /\ RE: STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL RE: SPECIFICATIONS Column Section SCALE: 1/2" = T-0" 2'-2 5/8 " RE: A102, A104, A201/ '-3 5/8 'I� Ili III 0 1/2 " 1 7 5/8 0 3/8 " i C.1 8.8 I I I ----- ------ B.O. FRAMING 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE GYP BOARD WITH EIFS FINISH OVER MTL STUDS I I I COLUMN WRAP I I 21 _ 011 CAST STONE CAP 1" CULTURED STONE PANELS SET IN 1/2" BED OF MORTAR OVER 8" CMU BLOCK BASE CONC. SIDEWALK RE: STRUCTURAL ( - CID N SLOPE I/g" PER FT /w /\/A / FOUNDATION \:.\ \� RE: STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL —� \ RE: SPECIFICATIONS Column Section ; 4'-2 5/8 " SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A102, A104, A201 - c I N I . I '�--L CAULK CONTINUOUS 1" CULTURED STONE PANELS SET IN 1/2" BED OF MORTAR OVER 8" CMU BLOCK BASE CONC. SIDEWALK RE: STRUCTURAL \ SLOPE 1/4" PER FT FOUNDATION RE: STRUCTURAL POISONED COMPACTED FILL RE: SPECIFICATIONS Column Section SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-O" RE: A102, A104, A201 1 01/6 01' _ 101, I `. I— _ _ _ _ _ — _ _ — J 8.8 [I i F=i@milrl 11 M�j 00 \ N N 3'-6 5/8 " 2.5 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER MTL STUD FRAMING PAINTED CMU BAND U U N Vl O c� V tL N 3 3 � MO 3 n N N i'i • O U N y N U O x o 0 U U -o �� ll V a 0\ CV N Q co CDcV N N N f\ .0 o O. T a O O Y { G1 v `0 0 0 0 0 N a� C Lo n ® rn� �'o ® m o � ttL w ® = O Z r/�, 0 N C w ll° .J c� I � O _ N O � U 'I •� 1 rZ ku ■ ® ! �- 0 co 4-10 c� U w � ID 1 U ¢ O Z — O laoo o co o r- (n w Al � GIEGORY N. SlMpsnst� M 0 M 0 V) z 0 w U w _ w w Q � N M d- CO 1\ 00 M O O Z04 LLi ON Cl O w Z w o = ¢ w co ch� _ FL N o U SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION SECTION RE: 2/A-401 I I � \ RE, 2/A-401 P II -II T�'lli I <I � r �� I� IL''•II / I �1 \ CEILING 3%" STUD CHANNEL FRAMING \ �l '' \ \ I. I FRAMING �- --y \� 6" STUD CHANNEL 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED II it •—• RE: A-104 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED — 3%" STUD CHANNEL 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED CEILING — 6" STUD CHANNEL RED A-104 ,� 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED <1 R-11 BATTEN i-� INSULATION, TYP R 11 BATTEN INSULATION, TYP R-11 BATTEN INSULATION, TYP I R-11 BATTEN INSULATION, TYP II INSULATION { — 11 tj 35/e" STUD CHANNEL 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED 35/8" STUD CHANNEL 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED t 6" STUD CHANNEL 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED 6" STUD CHANNEL 20 GA. UNLESS SPECIFIED Y GYP BOARD OVER 1%2" cif , METAL Z-FURRING CHANNELS TO DECK. � CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB I r � \ II IIIL � .� I I I i•.II � RE STRUCTURAL DWGS � _l RE STRUCTURAL DWGS � i.1`��j RE• STRUCTURAL DWGS I CONCRETE SLAB i `1 RE: STRUCTURAL DWGS I� .. .. ... .. .. ... ., .. .. .. .. .. PLAN PLAN 7y PLAN __ W-64 PLAN — - — - PLAN I f INSULATION \ s /S GYP. BOARD BOTH SIDES 35/S" MTL STUDS /S GYP. BOARD BOTH SIDES � s S GYP. BOARD BOTH SIDES e �� /e TYPE X GYP. BOARD BOTH SIDES � - 5/g" GYP BOARD OVER 1�/2" MTL 20 GA. 16" O.C. UNLESS SPECIFIED A" MTL STUDS 20 GA. 16" O.C. UNLESS SPECIFIED 6 MTL STUDS 20 GA. 16 O.C. „ 6 MTL STUDS 20 GA. 16" O.C. Z-FURRING CHANNELS TO 12'-0" A.F.F. UNLESS SPECIFIED UNLESS SPECIFIED NOTES: EXTERIOR `,WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN IN SECTIONS RE: A-300 SERIES SHEETS. NOTES: 35/S" MTL STUDS 16" O.C. NON LOAD BEARING PARTITION WALL SHALL TERMINATE 4" ABOVE CEILING SYSTEM. 5/S" GYP. BOARD NOTES: A" MTL STUDS 16" O.C. NON LOAD BEARING PARTITION WALL SHALL TERMINATE AT UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE. %" GYP. BOARD APPLIED NOTES: 6" MTL STUDS 16" O.C. NON LOAD BEARING PARTITION WALL SHALL TERMINATE AT 4" ABOVE CEILING SYSTEM. %" GYP. BOARD APPLIED NOTES: 6" MTL STUDS 16" O.C. NON LOAD BEARING PARTITION WALL SHALL TERMINATE AT UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE. 5/S" GYP. BOARD APPLIED APPLIED TO BOTH SIDES. TO BOTH SIDES AS PER 1HOUR FIRE RATING, SEE DETAIL U--465 THIS SHEET. TO BOTH SIDES. TO BOTH SIDES AS PER 1 HOUR FIRE RATING, SEE DETAIL U--465 THIS SHEET. , METAL FURRING ON CM U WALL2A SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" 3 5/8" METAL STUD WALL SCALE: 1" = T-0" 3 5/8" METAL STUD WALL 2B 6" METAL STUD WALL 3A 6" METAL STUD WALL 3B RE: AA 02 SCALE: 1" = T-0" SCALE: 1" = T-0" SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" RE: A-102 RE: A-102 RE: A-102 RE: A-102 PLAN SECTION 10 t SEC'CIONA-A L--,A 2B yA I I C SECT lor; .A -A � SECTION A.A 2c 2A 2C ASSEMBLY RATINGS 1 & Hr Aril 30 1998 (Formerly System No. 328 p , ( y y ) F Ratings -1 and 2 Hr. (See Item 3), T Rating - 0 Hr L Rating At Ambient - less than 1 CFM/sq ft December 02,1997 F Rating - 2 Hr T Rating 0 Hr July 29,1995 F Rating -1 Hr 2B 2A A (ITEM 2) JOINT WIDTH -%4" MAX L Rating At 400 F - less than 1 CFM/sq ft - T Rating - 0 Hr NOTES: 1)FLOOR AND CEILING 'RUNNER - CHANNEL SHAPED RUNNERS,3%" WIDE (MIN),1'/4" LEGS, FORMED FROM NOTES: 1)FLOORANDCEILING RUNNER - CHANNEL SHAPED RUNNERS, 3518"WIDE (MIN),11/4"LEGS, NOTES: NOTES: NOTES: MIN, NO. 25 MSG (NIN INO. 20 MSG WHEN ITEM 4C IS USED) GALV STEEL, ATTACHED TO FLOOR AND CEILING WITH FASTENERS SPACEDATTACHED 24 O.C. MAX.T FORMED FROM MIN. NO. 25 MSG (MIN NO. 20 MSG WHEN ITEM 4C IS USED) GALV STEEL, 0 0 FLOOR CEILING WITH FASTENERS SPACED 24" O.C. MAX. " „ 1. Walll Assembly The 1 or 2 hr fire rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assemblyshall be constructed the materials and'. in the manner described in the individual U300 or U400 1. Wall Assembly Min 6 in. thick reinforced lightweight or normal weight (100-150 cf) concrete. y•g •p Wall may also be constructed of an UL Classified Concrete Blocks*. Max dram of opening Y P 9r 1. Wall Assembly The fire rated gypsum wallboard/stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner specified ' in the individual U300 0 U400 Series Wall and Partition 2) STEEL STUDS - CHANNEL SHAPED, 35/S" WIDE (MIN), 1!/4" LEGS, 3/S" FOLDED BACK RETURNS, FORMED FROM MIN. NO. 25 MSG (MIN NO. 20 MSG WHEN ITEM 4C IS USED) GALV STEEL SPACED 24" O.C. MAX 2 STEEL STUDS - CHANNEL SHAPED, 3 518 WIDE ) (MIN), LEGS, 3/8"FOLDED BACK RETURNS, FORMED FROM MIN. NO. 25 MSG (MIN NO. 20 MSG WHEN ITEM 4C IS USED) GALV STEEL SPACED Series Wall or Partition Designs 'in the UL Fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features; is 26 in. Designs in the UL Fire Resistance Director and shall include the following constructionfeatures: g Y g 3) BATTS AND 81-4 #.ETS - (OPTIONAL) MINERAL WOOL OR GLASS FIBER BATTS PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY FILLIG .STUD CAVITY. SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BZJZ) CATEGORY FOR NAMES 24" O.C. MAX 3) BATTS AND BLANKETS - (OPTIONAL) MINERAL WOOL OR GLASS FIBER BATTS PARTIALLY OR COMPLETELY FILLING STUD CAVITY. SEE BATTS AND BLANKETS (BZJZ) CATEGORY FOR NAMES A. Studs Wall framing may consist of nom 2 by 4 in. lumber spaced 16 in. OC with nom 2 by 4 in. lumber braces. Steel See Concrete Blocks (CAZT) category in the Fire Resistance Directory for names of manufacturers. A. Studs Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nom 2 by 4" lumber spaced 16" OC. Steel studs to be min 3-5/8" wide and spaced P OF CLASSIFIED C(tMPANI 5S; 4) WALLBOARD, GYPSUM `%" THICK, 4 -0 VIDE, ATTACHED TO STEEL STUDS AND FLOOR AND CEILING OF CLASSIFIED COMPANIES. end plates and cross studs to be min 3 5/8 in, wide by 1-3/8 in. deep channels spaced max 24 in. OC 2. Through Penetrant One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be installed either concentricallor y eccentrically within the firestop system. The annular space between pipe, conduit or tubing and max 24" OC, TRACK WITH 1 LONG, TYPE S SELF TAPPING STEEL SCREWS SPACED 8 O.C. ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12 (�_C.' N I THE FIELD OF THE BOARD. JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY AND STAGGERED 4) WALLBOARD, GYPSUM - 518" THICK, 4-0" WIDE, ATTACHED TO STEEL STUDS AND FLOOR AND CEILING TRACK WITH 1" LONG, TYPE S SELF -TAPPING STEEL SCREWS SPACED 8" O.C. ALONG EDGES OF BOARD AND 12" O.C. IN THE FIELD OF THE BOARD. JOINTS ORIENTED VERTICALLY AND B. Gypsum Board- Nom %in. thick, 4 ft. wide with square or tapered edges. The sum q P 9YP wallboard type, number of layers and sheet orientation shallbe as specified in the individual of opening shall be min 0 in. (point contact) to max 1-3/4 in. Pie conduit or tubing periphery P 9 P P � 9 • to be rigidlysu orted on both sides of wall assembly, efollowings pp I ly The type and sizes of metallic tubing be B. Gypsum su o 5 ' yp m Bard Nom /ein. thick gypsum wallboard, as specified in the individual Wall and Partition Design. Diann of opening is 1-1/2 in. larger than the outside diam of pipe. ON OPPOSITE SIDES :OF THE ASSEMBLY. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO. -TYPE AG C.each STAGGERED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE ASSEMBLY. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO. -TYPE AG-C CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPESAR,C,IP-X2,SCX,SHX,WRC,WRX Wall andPartition Design. Diam of circular through opening cut through gypsum wallboard on side of wall assembly to be min 0 in: (point contact) to max 1 in. larger than outside diam pipes, conduit or may used A. Steel Pipe Nom 24 in. diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe, 2. Through -Penetrant One metallic pipe, conduit or tubing to be centered within the firestop P P system. An annular space of 3/4in. is required within the firestop system. Pipe, conduit or CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPES AR,C,IP-X2,SCX,SHX,WRC,WRX CONTINENT-N, GYPSUM CO. -TYPES CG-C,CG5-5,CG6-6,CG9-9,CGTC-C. CONTINENTAL GYPSUM CO. -TYPES CG-C,CG5-5,CG6-6,CG9-9,CGTC-C. of flexible metal conduit (Item 2) installed in through opening. Side edge of circular opening to be min 3 in. from nearest stud in wall cavity. B. Iron Pipe Nom 24 in. diam (or smaller) cast or ductile iron pipe. tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The followingtypes and sizes of metallic pipes, conduits or tubing may be used: YP PABCO GYPSUM CO. - TYPE PG-C U.S. GYPSUM CO.- TYPES C,FCV,IPX2,SCX,SHC,SHX,WRC OR WRX 4A) WALLBOARD, GYPSUM- - (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4) - NOM. 3/4" THICK 4' WIDE, INSTALLED AS PABCO GYPSUM CO. - TYPE PG-C U.S. GYPSUM CO. TYPES C,FCV,IPX2,SCX,SHC,SHX,WRC OR WRX C. Fasteners When wood stud framing is employed gypsum wallboard attached to studs with cement coated nails as specified in the individual Wall or Partition Design. When steel channel C. Conduit Nom 4 in. diam (or smaller) steel electrical metallic tubing, nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) steel conduit or nom I in. diam (or smaller) flexible steel conduit. A. Steal Pipe Nom 12 in. diam (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. DESCRIBED IN ITEN 4 WITH SCREW LENGTH INCREASED TO 1 /4 4A) WALLBOARD, GYPSUM' - (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4)-NOM. 3/4"THICK 4' WIDE, INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4 WITH SCREW LENGTH INCREASED T01-114 " stud framing is employed, gypsum wallboard attached to studs with Type S self -drilling, } self -tapping bugle head s eef screws as specified in the individual Wall or Partition Design. D. Copper Tubing Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. B. Conduit Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) electrical metallic tubing or steelconduit. 9 CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPE AR. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. - TYPE AR CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPE AR. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. - TYPE AR 2. Through Penetrating Product- - Flexible Metal Conduit E. Copper Pipe Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. C. Copper Tubing Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. YESO PENANIERICANO SA DE CV - TYPE AR. 4B) WALLBOARD, GYPSUM- - (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4 AND 4A) - 5 " THICK INSTALLED AS /S YESO PENAMERICANO SA DE CV -TYPE AR. 4B) WALLBOARD, GYPSUM* - (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4 AND 4A) - 5/8 "THICK INSTALLED Nom 4 in. diam (or smaller) aluminum or steel Flexible Metal Conduit+. Max one flexible metal conduit to be installed near center of circular opening in sum wallboard. Flexible metal conduit P 9 9YP 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material- - Sealant Min 5 ' y /Sin. thickness of fill material applied within annulus, D. Copper Pipe Nom 6 in. diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper e. PP pipe. DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4. JOINT COVERING (ITEM 5) NOT REQUIRED. CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPE WSX AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4. JOINT COVERING (ITEM 5) NOT REQUIRED. CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPE WSX to rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. flush with both surfaces of wall. At the point contact location between through penetrant and concrete, a min %in. diam bead of fill material shall be applied at the concrete/through penetrant 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material, - Sealant Min %in. thickness of fill material applied within annulus, flush with both surfaces of wall assembly. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. - TYPE WSX UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. - TYPE WSX YESO PENAMERICANO SA DE CV -TYPE WSX AFC CABLE SYSTEMS INC interface on both wallsurfaces. YESO PENAMERICANO SA DE CV -TYPE WSX 4C) WALLBOARD, GYP`�.JJM= - (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4, 4A AND 4B) - %` THICK GYPSUM PANELS, INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4 WITH TYPE S-12 STEEL SCREWS. THE LENGTH AND SPACING 4C) WALLBOARD, GYPSUM' - (AS AN ALTERNATE TO ITEM 4, 4A AND 4B) - 518 "THICK GYPSUM PANELS, INSTALLED AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 4 WITH TYPE S-12 STEEL SCREWS. THE LENGTH AND SPACING OF THE SCREWS AS SPECIFIED UNDER ITEM 4. 3. Fill, Void or Cavity Material- - Caulk Caulk fill material forced into annular space around entire circumference of through penetrating to fill in SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES INC - SpecSeal 100, 101, 102 or 105 Sealant =Bearing the UL Classification Marking MINNESOTA MINING &MFG CO - FB-2000+ =Bearing the UL Classification Markin g product completely opening gypsum wallboard layers on each side of the wall assembly. OF THE SCREWS AS SPECIFIED UNDER ITEM 4. CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPE FRX A min %in. thickness of caulk is required for the 1 hr F Rating. A min 1-1/4 in. thickness of CANADIAN GYPSUM CO., LTD.- TYPE FRX UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. - TYPE FRX caulk is required for the 2 hr F Rating. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO. -TYPE FRX 5) JOINT TAPE AND COMPOUND -VINYL, DRY OR PREMIXED JOINT COMPOUND, APPLIED IN TWO COATS TO JOINTS AND SKEW HEADS: PAPER TAPE, 2" WIDE, EMBEDDED IN FIRST LAYER OF COMPOUND 5) JOINT TAPE AND COMPOUND - VINYL, DRY OR PREMIXED JOINT COMPOUND, APPLIED IN TWO COATS TO JOINTS AND SCREW HEADS; PAPER TAPE, 2" WIDE, EMBEDDED IN FIRST LAYER OF COMPOUND MINNESOTA MINING & MFG CO - CP 25WB+ -Bearing the UL Classification Marking OVER ALL JOINTS -AS AN ALTERNATE, NOMINAL 3/32" THICK GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER MAY OVERALL JOINTS. AS AN ALTERNATE, NOMINAL 3132"THICK GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER MAY BE APPLIED TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF CLASSIFIED VENEER BASEBOARD. JOINTS REINFORCED. BE APPLIED TO THE 'ENTIRE SURFACE OF CLASSIFIED VENEER BASEBOARD. JOINTS REINFORCED. 6) FURRING CHANNEL - .(OPTION -NOT SHOWN) - RESILIENT 25 MSG GALV STEEL FURRING CHANNELS 6) FURRING CHANNEL -(OPTION-NOT SHOWN) -RESILIENT 25 MSG GALV STEEL FURRING CHANNELS SPACED VERTICALLY MAX 24" O.C., FLANGE PORTION ATTACHED TO EACH INTERSECTING STUD WITH SPACED VERTICALLY :MAX 24" O.C., FLANGE PORTION ATTACHED TO EACH INTERSECTING STUD WITH 1/2" LONG TYPE S-12:PANHEAD STEEL SCREWS. NOT FOR USE WITH TYPE FRX GYPSUM PANELS. 1/2 " LONG TYPE S-12 PANHEAD STEEL SCREWS. NOT FOR USE WITH TYPE FRX GYPSUM PANELS. THROUGH -PENETRATION THROUGH -PENETRATION THROUGH -PENETRATION NONBEARING WALL - 1 HR RATED UL SYSTE'NO. U-465 - NOT TO SCALE 1 & 2 HR ASSEMBLIES 2UL SYSTEM NO. HW-S-0030 NOT TO SCALE FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 3UL SYSTEM NO. FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 4UL FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 5UL - W-L-1017 - NOT TO SCALE SYSTEM NO. W-J-1055 - NOT TO SCALE SYSTEM NO. W-L-1084 - NOT TO SCALE RE: A-102 RE: A-102 RE: A-102 RE: A-102 RE: A-102 C U N kn ^� o U U ri L� LO 3 N � 3 3 + Cd 0 00 N ° O co N -2" U � cV cV � � � o o O` o 0� w � o �N " ¢ C0 O N 1-4CV I mt 0 0 N N :3 O C0 Lr) rn (y) cv 0 O 2O w = O O z O Z 0) O O O iz J c) i 70 O O r 70 0-1 LL co tf � CZ LLJ ai o � ~ c E U) G GORY N. SIMP" a� w Q w LU r` 00 M O z W N F O\ H NO o q W N CD 2:Y � w CD => ¢ W 0� N S Cn I �, U � A401 Mark Product Bobrick Model: Bradley Model: ASI Model : Notes A Toilet Tissue Dispenser B-264 5054 0710 Stnls Steel Single Roll - Surface Mounted B 36" Grab Bar B6806-36 8120-001360 3800-36" Stnls Steel, Satin Finish, Provide Mfr's Anchorage for Substrate Reqd C 42" Grab Bar B6806-42 8120-001420 3800-42" Stnls Steel, Satin Finish, Provide Mfr's Anchorage for Substrate Reqd D Mirror Unit B-293 740 0535 18" x 30" Fixed Tilt Mirror with Stnls Steel Frome 2 SCHEDULE OF TOILET ACCESSORIES RE: A401-1 a 1 N — — -\ — — FINISH FLOOR H.C. GRAB BAR MIRROR SOAP TOILET PAPER FEMININE FEMININE HC DOOR CENTERED DISPENSER TISSUE TOWEL NAPKIN NAPKIN COAT AT LAV. DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPENSER DISPOSEL HOOK —� I _ - 17 ! N — FINISH FLOOR H.C. WATER STD. WATER H.C. URINAL COUNTER MTD. WALL MTD. H.C, DRINKING STD. DRINKING CLOSET CLOSET LAVATORY LAVATORY FOUNTAIN FOUNTAIN TYPICAL FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" RE: A401 71- 611 71- 611 ol lo _ co 6 C" A-402 4 555 r 5/�!'8 I '1 7 A-402 9 8 Xvj t6 TV 71-1011 LARGE SCALE PLAN SCALE: 1/4" - T-011 RE: A102 4INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: �/211 = 1'-01' RE: A401 7 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: %2" RE: A401 F= 5 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: �/2" = T-0" RE: A401 IdWIL INTERIOR ELEVATION Ing SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A401 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: �/2" RE: A401 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: �/2" RE: A401 ROOM MATERIAL LEGEND WALLS O z O O W F- I— z ROOM Q (/) m CY_ z On LU fA LU ,J v REMARKS TYP. SALES FLOOR F-1 — W-1 W-1 W-1 W-1 C-1 TYP. --T RESTROOMS F-2 B-1 W-2 W-2 W-2 W-2 C-1 O N •� O � tU U U •� O U U t�t I n, O Fm 0 0 N a� =3 U) U-) O NN rnm ® M 0 LL ® 0 = z z CY) w 0 L0 J .J U E 0 V d- V LC) 3 3 1'N 3 c N M O p cV `00 _ON � N � O p � O o 0 � O p N O N -0'� Q 00 CD cJ 1 CV I -- CD U) r— �C u .2 `v m 0 LL- O E 70 N C � � S o (L m V 70 U M O co L SU 4 0 y v ` co a u a. o t V E 0 v o O n � a 0 _I LL `V c O -0 E U Q) z O w L- co y E w o " � CDr- U) w I.J.J Uj v L O GRE RY N. SPs%q w w � Ln CID I- 00 M O U N z w N F- O CD ¢ \ _ D o CD LLJ U N � Cl-- 0 w CD cn cn LiJ z ¢ L7 w _ U BASE OF EQUIPMENT .032 MILL -FINISH ALUM. SKIRT FLASHING FASTENER & NEOPRENE WASHER e 12" O.C. CURB AND INSULATION MOD, BIT. FLASHING MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING MEMBRANE FIBER CANT STRIP FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2.6" ISO METAL DECK rrrn EQUIPMENT CURB DETAIL SCALE: 1%2" = T-O" RE: A106 CMU PARAPET CONT. SEALANT I_ .032 KYNAR ALUM. FACE PLATE _ 6" x 16" .032 KYNAR f� ALUM. THRU WALL SCUPPER II� FIBERGLASS CAP FLASHING FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET _I -- — — J 2.6" ISO 4" 7" TAPERED ISO METAL DECK 16" x 18" x 11" .032 KYNAR ALUM. LEADERHEAD -- 4" x 4" .032 KYNAR _ ALUM. DOWNSPOUT6 - TYP. ACTIVE SCUPPER, LEADERHEAD AND DOWNSPOUT DETAIL SCALE: 11/2" = 1'-0" RE: A106 2" HIGH x 4"0" CONC. BRICK, 4'-0" O.C. GALVANIZED METAL "U" CLAMP, FASTENED WITH TAPCONS PVC CONDENSATE PIPE ;YSTEM 'METAL DECK PIPE SUPPORT SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" RE: A106 METAL HANDR) 2'-4" INSIDE RADIL EXPANDED GRATING STI FOR GUTTER PROTECTIC Y8" DIA. STEEL RUNGS PAINTED TO MATCH BUILDING FIELD COLOR 2" X%" FLAT BAR -\ STEEL STRINGERS. PAINT TO MATCH BUILDING FIELD COLOR. 4" X 12" X 21/2"X3/8"----- STEEL ANGLE. WELCH TO STRINGERS AND . FA - TO WALL WITH% 'HIT' RENOVATION ANCHORS Am A6 ROOF TOP ACCESS LADDER SCALE: %2"=T-O" RE: A102 .050 KYNAR :ALUM. COPING CAP W/ CONT..063 MLL-FINISH ALUM. CLEAT 2 x 10 P.T. WOOD BLOCKING PEEL & STICK UNDERLAYMENT FASTENER & NEOPRENE WASHER @ 12" O.C. EIFS SYSTEM OVER %2" PLYWOOD \ CMU BLOCK \\ MOD. BIT. FLASHING MEMBRANE BASE FLASFUNG MEMBRANE FIBER CANT :STRIP � - FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET'P 2 PLY TYPE 'IV FELTS V: P STRATAVENT BASE SHEET P 2.6" ISO \ °-� o METAL DECK P D P P Al2CMU PARAPET FLASHING DETAIL SCALE: 11/2" = V-0" RE: A106 20 GA. GALV. MTL. GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT PAINT AS SCHEDULED SECURE TO BLDG Wf :20 GA., GALV. STL. DOWNSPOUT H04GERS � (PREFINISHED ALUM) PROVIDE MIN. ONE TOE' AND BOTTOM AND AT ALL INTERMEIDIATE JOINTS INTERIOR (EXTERIOR CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE 1/—TIE I TO OPLAN STORM DRAINAGE RE:7DOWNSPOUT DETAIL SCALE: Yq" = 1'-0" RE: A106 RIDGE TILE GROUT INFILL BOTH SIDES • PRESSURE TREATED WOOD RIDGE BLOCK • CONC. ROOFING TILE / \ ",BUILDING FELT UNDERLAYMENT CDX FR-S PLYWOOD SHEATHING PRE-ENGINEERED WOOD TRUSS RIDGE HIP END DETAIL SCALE 1 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A301 ANDED GRATING 'STEP PARAPET PROTECTION. APET RE: A301 02" X 2%2" X%" EL ANGLE WELD TO SOLID GROUT FILL INGERS AND FAST-FjN TO L WITH 5/8" HILTt;IIT' OVATION ANCHORS; CONC ROOF TILE' \\ 0 STEEL RUNGS WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IT TO MATCH .� -ODIING FIELD %2" FR-S PLYWOOD /x ROOF SHEATHING X3/a" FLAT BAR STEEL ;INGERS-PAINT TO MATCH METAL DECK � -DING FIELD COLOR RE: STRUCTURAL 17ROOF PEAK DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A301 Al %" CEMENT PLASTER ON PAPER FACED METAL LATHE OVER %" DENS -GLASS GOLD 2-PC, 24 GA GALV. MTL. COUNTERFLASHING ' - -► FIBERGLASS BASE SHEET MOD, BIT. FLASHING MEMBRANE BASE FLASHING MEMBRANE - - FIBER CANT STRIP FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2.6" ISO METAL DECK AVI MTL STUD WALL W/ PANELS FLASHING SCALE: 11/2" = 1'-0" RE: A106 CMU PARAPET CONT. SEALANT .032 KYNAR ALUM. FACE PLATE 6" x 16" .032 KYNAR ALUM. THRU WALL SCUPPER = c MOD. BIT. CAP FLASHING FIBER CANT STRIP FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2.6" ISO METAL DECK —, 8 TYP. OVERFLOW THRU-WALL SCUPPER DETAIL SCALE: 11/2" = 14" RE: A106 MTL FLASHING 2X PT WD NAILER Al Y8" CEMENT PLASTER ON PAPER BACKED MTL LATHE, PAINTED OVER %" DENS GLASS GOLD VALLEY FLASHING CONC. ROOFING TILE BUILDING FELT UNDERLAYMENT CDX FR-S PLYWOOD SHEATHING / WOOD FRAMING CONCRETE TILE ROOF VALLEY SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" RE: A301 2 LAYERS 5/8" R-19 BATT INSUL METAL STUDS RE: STRUCTURAL ACOUSTIC COLIN VENT PIPE PENETRATION LEAD FLASHING - ROLLED INTO PIPE 1" PIPE FLANGE MEMBRANE STRIPPING FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS 4" MIN, 2.6" ISO METAL DECK ----\ vr[[r 4 VENT PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: 11/2" = 14" RE: A106 9 ROOF DRAIN DETAIL SCALE: 11/2" = T-0" RE: A106 PRE-ENGII METAL Tf STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS MEMBRANE STRIPPING LEAD FLASHING FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET TAPERED DRAIN SUMP CLAMPING RING ROOF DRAIN ASSEMBLY ROOF MASTIC DECK CLAMP METAL DECK 2.6" ISO UKL I L KUVr ILL EXTERIOR GRADE WOOD SHEATHING LB. FELT AL DECK STRUCTURAL 20 GA. PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM FLASHING _----P.T. FACIA BOARD 17/8" STUCCO ON I I PAPER FACED I I METAL LATHE I I I - 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH ON 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER METAL STUDS ROOF EAVE / SOFFIT DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" 14RE: A301 HATCH MFGR'D BY DAIKEN-HATCH, *NZWC24A APPROVED EQ. NT TO MATCH CEILING. \ \ I I I I D" x 3'-0" CANOPY ACCESS HATCH A103 4 FOR LOCATIONS I --- I --------- -- A, T -�---� -----�� I ---- ------------I I I EXTERIOR GRADE GYP OVER I i METAL STUDS I I PVC SCREENED VENT (WHITE) - -I- 26" OC JOIST SPACING SOFFIT FRAMING I 1 1 AT ACCESS DOOR ONLY DUS I LOCKABLE SOFFIT I ACCESS DOOR I SING V 1 VI\LI I,VI,1 � (STEM RE:A601---------- SOFFIT, VENT, AND ACCESS DETAIL (TYP - SIM� SCALE: 11/2" = 14" RE: A301-3 \ BIRD SCREEN ANCHOR WITH CADMIUM CAULKING BEAD OR GASKET PLATED SCREWS 12" O.C. ; BY FULL HVAC PERIMETER OF CURB FLASHING 7 -.;---------TREATED WOOD NAILER BY ROOFER T < 12" PREFABRICATED CURB BY HVAC, INSTALLED BY G.C. ROOF SYSTEM -7 SUPPORT ANGLES 1 I/z" EXTERNAL � ? AS REQUIRED BY G.C. INSULATION`,.,,xxx;<xxx c SEAL WATERTIGHT 2" SUMP 5 ROOF EXHAUST CAP DETAIL SCALE: Yq" = 1'-0" RE: A106 STRATAVENT BASE SHEET 2 PLY TYPE IV FELTS MEMBRANE STRIPPING LEAD FLASHING FIBERGLASS CAP SHEET CLAMPING RING ROOF DRAIN ASSEMBLY ROOF MASTIC r__� DECK CLAMP METAL DECK 2.6" ISO ROOF OVERFLOW DRAIN DETAIL SCALE: 11/2" = T-O" RE: A106 -64 Owl FLASHING AT WALL DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = T-0" 5 RE: A305-1 N E D T N �K I � C.� N W) 0 N 3 � 3 M 3 a� o co fl � N M � .r •v O y N o U x o0 VJ a �\ � Q:� CD N �r Q 00 N N 1 N I� `i., O a °u 0 v v 0 0 0 0 An 1 1/2" EIFS FINISH OVER ' 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD OVER METAL STUDS DRIP GROOVE o 0 N � U)L ® rn ti ® co 0 ® W C 0 = 0 z Z im ® CN c J w LLo J c.� _0 O 1 i 7 1 •C L1.. m ->� � L co �/� a 0 W � Qi wC) w CD 0-110 r cn W 0 a 1 lkvl G GORY N. MPSO A k IL i 0 M 0 V z 0 W U W W = U cnLLJ a Q r-- N ro d- Ln O r 00 to O z LLJ C14o CD w W a- o U A302-5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - 7/8" STUCCO ON PAPER II I J FACED METAL LATHE OVER I — — 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD I I SDII METAL STUD FRAMING EIFS FINISH OVER METAL FRAMING II I a DENS GLASS GOLD OVER RED STRUCTURAL I I I I A501-3 I I A501-3 SIM. I SIM./OPP. I I I i I III I Parapet Detail SCALE: 1/2" = P-O" DENS GLASS GOLD /� WALL ADHESIVE MIN. 2-1/2" OVERLAP INSULATION BOARD 3/4" MIN. MIN. 2-1/2" OVERLAP METAL STUD FRAME 5 EIFS V- Groove SCALE: 3" - 1'-0" co 2'-9 7/8 r- EIFS Bracket L) SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" ower Eave & Gutter Detail - SCALE: 1 1/2" = 14" EIFS PROFILE BY: FOAM FACTORY 3510 N.W. 53rd STREET FT LAUDERDALE,FL 33309 (800) 492-1002 EIFS Medallion SCALE: 1%2" - 1'-0" PRE FINISHED ALUMINUM GUTTER SYSTEM 20 GA. PRE FINISHED ALUMINUM FLASHING METAL STUD FRAMING---' RE: STRUCTURAL HATCH MAUFACTURED BY D INZWC24A OR APPROVED E PAINT TO MATCH STUCCO 2'-0" x 3'-0" WALL ACCESS �/a" STUCCO OVER PAPER FACED METAL LATHE OVER %" DENS GLASS GOLD STAINLESS STEEL ANCHOR =ASTENED TO STUDS/BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. OORDINATE STUD LENGTH V/ PINEAPPLE GROVE TO REACH >TRUCTURAL SUBSTRATE. =IFS MANUFACTURER 4PPROVED ADHESIVE DENS. GLASS GOLD 3" EIFS PINEAPPLE GROVE MEDALLION PER OWNER'S SELECTION, TYP. CONTINUOUS SEALANT, TYP. 7 Medallion Detail on Fetal Stud SCALE: 1 1/2 " - 1'-0" I I— \ 26" OC JOIST SPACING SOFFIT FRAMING AT ACCESS DOOR ONLY \ I LOCKABLE SOFFIT ACCESS DOOR I �— —— — — — — — � 43 Vertical Access Hatch SCALE: 1 1/2" = 14" 5/8" CEMENT PLASTER 6" METAL STUDS 7/8" CEMENT PLASTER ON PAPER FACED METAL LATHE OVER 5/8" DENS GLASS GOLD EIFS BAND ff Is Arch Buildout & EIFS Profile SCALE: 1 1/2 " = T-0" GALVANIZED METAL ROOF--,,, 90 LB. FELT EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING —� METAL STUD FRAMING-----_ RE: STRUCTURAL — PRE FINISHED ALUMINUM FLASHING BLOCKING CONT. ROOFING MEMBRANE —� 8" CMU WALL 4 Parapet - Roof Connection Detail. SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" EIFS BAN nit nk All III AI I ALUMINUM UOWNSPOU r fir Is EIFS Profiles & Downspout Detail. SCALE: 1%2" _ V-0" N v N N . ;" O E L U tt, N 3 3 C 03\ ` l n M o2 CA^U'ryVl 0-00 y� N Cj U o 0 W o � 0 N 0� O N 9 � N I a 0 O o s N a fLo 9 N N nC�,, W r- c co ® O O O W O O 3 `�f N O L0 w U 7 1 -�-j � L O w �U O � w ,•� � O o cl� CL P� fi i M O M O N Z O N W U W F— = W U cn W —j w cV ro d Ln cfl I— co r M O O Z ON w N 01 Z Y � w O ZD Q W N a_ N o Hardware Schedule Hardware Notes HARDWARE SET *1: HARDWARE SET =2: HARDWARE SET {3: Door &Frame Schedule • 1. ADJUST ALL CLOSERS TO A 5 LB. MAX. OPENING FORCE. (KAWNEER ENTRANCE DOOR) (KAWNEER ENTRANCE DOOR) 1 /2PAIR BUUTS- FBB179 9%2" X 4%2" W/ NON -REM. PINS -� 2. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TYPE WRITTEN SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT 1 PR. HINGES-ARMALITE- BRONZE ANODIZED FIN. 2 PR. HINGES-ARMALITE- BRONZE ANODIZED FIN. LITERATURE FOR ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE SPECIFIED. PREPARED BY A 1 EACH THRESHOLD U DOOR & LICENSED AND CERTIFIED CONSULTANT. 1 EACH CLOSER -LCN 4040J X TBW/ HOLD- OPEN 2 CLOSER -LCN 4040J X TBW/ HOLD- OPEN Q� DOORS FRAME DETAILS HARD- REMARKS BHMA693 BRONZE FINISH. BHMA693 BRONZE FINISH. 3 EACH SILENCERS- QUALITY # 1337A GREY FRAME WARE 3. ALL EXTERIOR HOLLOW CORE METAL DOORS ARE TO BE INSULATED. THICK ASSEMBLY 1 EACH MOUNTING BRACKETS- LCN 4040- 18TJ- 2 MOUNTING BRACKETS- LCN 4040- 18TJ- 1 EACH EXIT, SET SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL U U TYPE WIDTH HT. MATERIAL FINISH TYPE MATERIAL HEAD JAMB SILL SET 4. SUBMIT DETAILED HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL. BHMA693- BRONZE FINISH BHMA693- BRONZE FINISH �r NESS UL LABEL 1 EACH CLOSER- LCN 4040- USR6D FINISH 5. ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH N.F.P.A. 101-5-2.1.5• 1 EACH DOOR PULLS- MANUF, STANDARD- CLEAR 2 DOOR PULLS- MANUF, STANDARD- CLEAR �, 0 3 A 4'-0" 7'-0" 1%4" ALUMINUM BRONZE SF-1 ALUMINUM WH WJ-1 S-1 - 1 BRONZE ANODIZED BRONZE ANODIZED 1 EACH PANIC BAR -SUBMIT FOR APPROVALco 6. ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH THE FLORIDA p� �� B PR 3'-0" 7'-0" 1%4" ALUMINUM BRONZE SF-2 ALUMINUM WH WJ-2 S-1 - 2 ACCESSIBILITY CODE AND THE A.D.A. FEDERAL REGULATION CODES 1 EACH DOOR PUSH BAR- ARMALITE- CP II- BRONZE 2 DOOR PUSH BAR- ARMALITE- CP II- BRONZE 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP -`� �i UTILIZING A LEVER LATCH OR LOCKSET. ANODIZED ANODIZED . U ® a N C 4'-0" 7'-0" i%q" METAL PAINT MTL-1 HM H-3 J-3 S-3 - 3 7. ALL EXTERIOR THRSHOLDS ARE TO BE SET IN A FULL BED OF MASTIC. 1 EACH CYLINDER- SCHLAGE (7 PIN) LORTISE 2 ECYLINDER- SCHLAGE (7 PIN) LORTISE HARDWARE SET •4: o D 3'-0" 7'-0" 1%q" WOOD PAINT MTL-2 HM H-2 J-2 S-2 - 4EZ (NOTE: TO REMAIN OPEN DURING STORE (NOTE: TO REMAIN OPEN DURING STORE o OPERATION) OPERATION) ' x 3 HAGER HINGES BB1279 4.5 X 4.5 26D U CD,o 1 EACH FLOOR STOP- 331 ES- QUALITY- BLCK 2 FLOOR STOP- 331 ES- QUALITY- BLCK 1 SCHLAGE AL40S SATURN LEVER PRIVACY LATCHSET 2 SETS WEATHERSTRIP 4 SETS WEATHERSTRIP X 626 FOR SINGLE USE ONLY. N 1 DORMA DOOR CLOSER @ 7601X ALUM ¢ coLo cksets and Keyl n � FINAL CORE PROCESS FOR LOCKSETS &KEYING: 1 EACH THRESHOLD 2 THRESHOLD 1 IVES WALL STOP X 26D a s . THE SUBCONTRACTORS WILL INSTALL ALL DOORS, CD FRAMES, HARDWARE AND LOCKSETS AND ENTRANCE DOORS. 3 IVES DOOR SILENCERS * 20 X GRAY T NOTE: SUBMIT PROJECT DATA TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL.: I 1 G _ 0 8" = 8" SAWCUT MASONRY - -'� - JOINT, POINT IN RAIN SAWCUT MASONRY I = a HOOD, CONT.CAULK JOINT POINT IN RAIN PERIMETER TYP. HOOD, CONT.CAULK - PERIMETER TYP. ,n I WT 22 GA. GALV. MTLWSW I — o RAINHOOD, PAINT 22 GA. GALV. MTL. 0 TO MATCH DOORS. RAINHOOD, PAINT �\ o c I J-1 wvm JII 1 i ^ \ o .... TO MATCH DOORS. I a_ T T T i x� y \ CONT.CAULK Br o - PERIMETER WEATHER- �. -- \ STRIPPING TYP. O © © O _- - \ \ 3 N N ELEVATION = _ o u� _ Door T es N o - l ,�4,� = 1�_0�� RAINHOOD ELEVATION RAINHOOD DETAIL i n 5 SCALE: = 1'-0" SCALE: /q 1 o TYPICAL STOREFRONT DETAIL TYPES (U.N.O.) RE: A601-1 46 SCALE: /y" = 1'-O" INDICATES TEMPERED GLAZING RE: A102 0 L Q ,T o 0 U U L WJ-2 @ UNIT 101ONLY a �� \ EQ EQ _. 4 -2 2 -1 2 -1, 4 -2 / EQ. EQ. _ EQ. E E E /I Q Q. Q. EQ. EQ. 4 -2 2.1,E EQ. EQ. E E E \ Q. Q. Q. � r EQ. � EQ• � EQ. � � EQ. � EQ. � •� 21// 4.01/\ 2'// 6.0, 2„ N 2 4.0 2, J 211 3� \ 0 \ 211 WJ-2 11 11 WJ-2 WJ-2 WJ-2 WJ-2 WJ-2 0 _ o , 0 0 o o a o o a 0 0 0 o N F_ F_ � I 0 o = o o , \ \ E N o N , o N N = co � 'o 19'- "S - ^, NILI 11 11 1 jjj N --� s H W � C7 FRAME-SF1 FRAME-SF2 FRAME-MTL2 FRAME-MTL1 4 F 1 20'-0" SF-2 20'-0" SF-3 20'-9%" SF-4 10'-0" I 81_011 1 � ca RE: A601-6 FOR TEMPERED SF-1 O O SF-4 SF-5 SF 6 � co o GLANS LOCATIONS SF-2 SF 3 Door Frame Types . o 1/411 11_011 o ¢ Z j3� RE: A601-1 z ® O O L0 J U u 0 `o N 0 C \^/ J N . j H ) _ N f O J� i-1 'GMTLU M OVER REINFORCED OR \ // CHAANNEL FURRING O PRECAST LINTEL 0., O v //" GYPSUM OVER ^/ RE: STRUCTURAL GROUT SOLID TYP. ACOUSTICAL BATTS 1CH2ANNEL FURRING LL - I o ; I I 5/$" GYP. BD. EACH SIDE STOREFRONT SYSTEM I I Y .� I �—I OF MTL STUDS AS SPECIFIED \ I -. _ o (� LL R19 BATT INSULATION RE: WALL TYPE I -� 5/e" EXTERIOR GYPSUMLL:v) Q� L CAULK PERIMETER \ \ �- I Q I i WITH EIFS FINISH o CONT. TYP N�NNdNNr�N� ALUM. JAMB BEYOND w I SHIM AS REQUIRED i U� v o � O 2 O SOLID WOOD DOOR I I h 4-j � LE CONT. PREFINISHED ALUM. o C FRAME, PAINT FINISH I I \ - ALUM. DOOR , FLASHING, COLOR SELECTED FULL DOOR j RE:DOOR SCHEDULE \ BY ARCHITECT E � U WEATHER STRIP \ i -• RE: DOOR SCHEDULE CONT.CAULK O — 2„ 15 „ FLUSH HOLLOW CORE PERIMETER TYP. _ 4/1 1/a WOOD DOOR •� H r- '� —/ / STOREFRONT RE: DOOR SCHEDULE v w o 7�q,� STOREFRONT SYSTEM SYSTEM i\ o LL H-1 AS SPECIFIED AS SPECIFIED \� o m L . O muaswu_wrvr..fn H-3 H-2/J-2 0 _ CAULK PERIMETER WH/WJ 1 (HEAD/JAMB) WJ-2 o� AkIOJ v CONT. TYP. a STOREFRONT 2„ 5/$„ SYSTEM GROUT SOLID TYP. AS SPECIFIED 18 GA. ALUM. THRESHOLD BELOW X (CONT.) a CLOSURE PLATE 5X" GYPSUM OVER MTL �,Z�, �� \ �i\ / I I � _ - •� CHANNEL FURRING _ — _ — — — I I STOREFRONT — SYSTEM O I \ , AS SPECIFIED a STOREFRONT SYSTEM MASONRY JAMB —b —�• I a r' ANCHOR AS REQ. \ — - — — — i j \i AS SPECIFIED a e X REINFORCED CMU O RE: STRUCTURAL ALUM. DOOR RE: DOOR SCHEDULE 0 U —FULL DOOR WEATHER STRIP J-1 WT (TRANSOM) WHM (HORIZONTAL MULLION) �— CAULK PERIMETER CONT. TYP J-3 PROVIDE BULLNOSE BLOCK ALL DOOR JAMBS TYP. CD STOREFRONT SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED o V) z - o . H.M. DOOR FRAME o o STOREFRONT SYSTEM SOLID WOOD DOOR FRAME AS SPECIFIED (BEYOND) W U (BEYOND) r- SEAL FLASHING w ALUM. JAMB BEYOND � -" w BY STOREFRONT STOREFRONT / ALUM.THRESHOLD ow ' SYSTEM ,, v / SET IN MASTIC (TYP.) ~ct� I APPLIED SWEEP SYSTEM MFG. AS SPECIFIED a Q Of z LLJ DOOR SWEEP \ co FINISH FLOOR `"� ( FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR SLOPE N r RE: FLOOR PLAN II \ \ \ RE:FLOOR PLAN � SLOPE , RE:FLOOR PLAN RE: FLOOR PLAN 3 „ %" PREFORMED EXTERIOR WALK K, EXTERIOR WALK ISOLATION JOINT SET IN FULL BED /$ PREFORMED _ o OF MASTIC ISOLATION JOINT s o S-2 S_1 N INS (SILL) WVM (VERTICAL MULLION) w N w o CD S-3 0 Q w a_ co p U HEAD / JAMB / SILL DETAILS WINDOW DETAILS SCALE: 3" = 1'-O" SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" RE: A601 RE: A601 01A6 -- L _ 40'-0' � , T40'-0" 40'-0" 40'-0" 44 \J \\\\\ r 8 FOUNDATION PLAIN AXIS 1 `; 6 \ \ cJ \ a \ SCALE: 1 /8" = 1'-0" \ \ cJ 6 7 \ \I\ cJ 9 ci 40'-0' 40'-0' Ilk\ \ 50'-0' C/ cJ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — = E. L.E. — — — — — — — — — — — --------- ----- ------ ---� `�---------- ---- —I— ----� OF I Z� I . J.. I.J. M W-1 Jim III IIIIIIII I II-Y IIII . J. I . J. I . J. LJ. ----0 r, ci -------MF20:�4------------------------- MF20.24 —--- — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —M20 F.24 --1 I 2'-0" -- - . ---- ----- --- - --- — —_.- _.._...... : _ LjI of N I I I , 0 •, I j j CJ CJ CJ cJ CJ CJ I j CJ I Ij I 4" CONC. SLAB ON GRADE w 6X6 W1.4 X W1.4 WWF ® ON 6 MIL. VAPOR BARRIER ON COMPACTED TREATED U U U SUB -SOIL (TYPICAL) -0"EL. 0' U U i I I w SC-2 SC-2 T.O. SLAB SC-2 SC-2 I I SC-1 F60 F60 F65 F60 I I F30 ( o r ® I I CJ CJ I I CJ CJ I I CJ CJ -� �I CJ -- --I- - ---- B O LL L.I_. —J�� � I Lu I I SC-1 o I I.J. I � F30 -' I I LU � o 2 I cJ N z cJ CJ cJ CJ CJ CJ 3 C-1 I 3 F30 I I I SC-3 I is -4 S-4 S-4 C� F30 C-1 F30 o / I.J. 1-4 t'-0„ 2 s LL-2 1'-9" T.E. ----- T.E. -- --------T.E'-- s— ---- T.E . — ----- T.E. -- s-4 — T.E. — — r --------T --T- -- —TJ- -- —I�-- -- —�-- -- --rJ-- —r- v j CJ --- --- C 1'-4" _ j _ SC-1 SC-1 SC-1 SC-1 SC-1 SC-1f11C1 F35 v F35 F35 v F35 v F35 v F35 F30 3 j 1'-10" I I-7L/- - U U U - - — — — — — -- — — — — ---- 1'-0—" --- _— �= --- --2 ---3 -----_- -� --- :€- _- — T� ----- moo- — ---- -'r --T --- 0" L 19'-3' SF-3 1'-- -- — C.3 20'-0' SF-2 1'-0" 20'-0' SF-3 20'-0' SF-2 20'-0' SF-3 25'-6" SF-4 4'-6" 1-0" j 09.2 4 I 40'-0' 5014 j j i FOUNDATION 6 O O (8) D SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" z 0 z Z) O LL W i c-q W(D v' i Uz I- Q SC-2 F60 I I J NOTES: 1. ® - REFERS TO A C.M.U. WALL CONTROL JOINT. SEE TYPICAL DETAIL ON S-3 FOR DETAILS. 2. T.O. ALL SPREAD FOOTINGS SHALL BE 1'-4" FROM TOP OF SLAB. 3. ALL MASONRY PIERS SHALL BE MADE w/ MW-3 MASONRY. SEE SCHEDULE FOR REINF. PROVIDE 12" DEEP MAT w/ #5 @12"o.c. EACH WAY BOTTOM. MAT WILL EXTEND 8" OUT FROM FACE OF C.M.U. ON ALL SIDES (TYP.) 4. T.E. INDICATES THICKENED EDGE SEE S-3 FOR DETAILS. 5. I.J. - INDICATES ISOLATION JOINT PLAN AXIS 6 TO 9.2 SC-1 F35 I Vd N O0o O � V � � N 3 � i 3 r7 3 V r> rn p CV 0 V o co N o r o CD CD �\ 0 `dt� o CIA C N N d- Q � N N N N i d 1 0 0 N .� O � ® NN P ®C1 0 3� O w = O z 3 m w ®�° N v - t1� 4-j ILL ® 0 O �v z co ° v w �E 0 0 o U) 0- z z w ZD O Ld f-- _ LL w i I i i l i i i i ui — — — — w N r7 d- U-) c0 r- co r CD o r� O o N Z w r- O o 0 Ln m v N CD � Y Ld w o c w of cf) N S-1 0 x co III 1 I^ 0A' I BB-2 (8'-0") BB-1 (16'-0" A - - 1 2 3 ,/1 4 2 I , I 18'— 8" S-3 T.O. PARAPET BB-2 (8'-0") BB-1 (16'-0") TRUSS BEARING (16'-0") S-3 t 1 1 O = I o (D 00 N 1 1 U mm 16 m m L O I'- I -� d- N NI /' t 1 T.O. PARAPET 0 1 ' ' � p O ,O O I 1 oil. ; NCB � L 10 n S-4 I , 1 < I I , I W1 X 34 15' 0" / W27 'X 84 (17'-0") — — 40G 8N 1 OK (17'-0" — — — — 40G 8N 10K (17'-0" — — o ®/ I I I I v U F- oo o CD 0 O Ln O0 / LI / I 15 U c; V S-4 O'O O U U _)0 _I iO _I O O 1 I �r IL0 0 0p ��� cn x r, OI x I 1 1 I I I 1 N NIA —" / m m-; � N N N Y d d d d rt d d d d d / mim N N N N N N N cV N N N N I 1 I I i W1 I X 26 15' 0" W1 X 34 15' 0" ® SEE TYP. ROOF SEE TYP. ROOF B % — SCREEN WALL SCREEN WALL /w—AiK_ DETAIL ON S-4 I ' ' DETAIL ON S-4I I I A \ STUD WALL & STOREFR NT BELOW 17 / S-4 S-4 S-4 71 (D - - - - - - i S- 4 \ � W12 X 45 W12 X 5 W12 X 5 —13 W12 X 45 w12 x 5 (18'-0" I I .......--.---- .... . ......... ........ . - - _ _ -- _ , W12 > 5 i I / I COLUMN EXTENDSrill 2 X 53 (21'-7") I -------- UP TO HIGH ROOF ENDS UPLTO HI ROO UPLTONHGHT ROOF 9II 91.9 S-4 S-48 I ® II 8 I 03 / O II � II / I op x II A I x METAL TRUSSES FRAMING ROOF PLAN LA AXI A I I SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" - 1 / I I I W12 X 45 II II x 11 / 6 7 8 II II / 40'-0' 40'-0' �W12 X 5 I❑ W12 X 53 ,(21'-7") is — I ET �Q n METAL TRUSS TIE DOWN SCHEDULE MARK ALPINE CLIP FASTEN TO TRUSS FASTEN TO STEEL SIMPSON STRAP FASTEN TO TRUSS FASTEN TO CONC. ALLOWABLE UPLIFT L.T. LOAD PARALLEL LAT. LOAD PERP. ® (1) TSUC3 (3) #10 S.D.S. (2) HILT] 0.145" 0 SEE NOTE 3 - _ _ 540 LBS B20 LBS 310 LBS © (2) TSUC3 (3) #10 S.D.S. (2) HILTI 0.145"0 SEE NOTE 3 - _ - 1640 LBS 1230 LBS 630 LBS Q (2) TSUC5 (5) #10 S.D.S. (2) HILT] 0.145" 0 SEE NOTE 3 - _ _ 2490 LBS 2050 LBS 1050 LBS O (2) TSUC11 (11) #10 S.D.S. (3) 3/16x1 3/4" TAPCONS _ - - 2210 LBS "1776 LBS 1776 LBS O - - _ META (6) #10 S.D.S. _ 730 LBS 75-.LBS 55 LBS O - - _ (2) META (6) #10 S.D.S. _ 3000 LBS 7.50 LBS 110 LBS NOTES: 1. EACH MARK REQUIRES BOTH ALPINE CLIPS AND SIMPSON TIE -DOWNS ® EACH TRUSS BEARING. FOLLOW QUANTITY GIVEN. 2. VALUES ARE FOR USE W/ 4000PS1 CONCRETE OR GREATER. 3. CONNECTION SHALL BE HILT[ X-EDN X 0.145"0 DOME HEAD NAIL w/ KNURLED SHANK COC EQUAL) INTO STEEL. TIP PENETRATE STEEL. Ar 2 F RAM 1 N G RO 0 F P LAN AXIES B TO 9.2. SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" I I I I Cr'^'J v I N I U co r-O _J 1 Y � N U LL. 1 1 ryW LJ- — w 40G 8N 10K (17'-0")— o 0 L B U I I I I I I 1 I 1 I I 1 I 1 I 1 1 N N N N N N 1 I 1 I I 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 SEE TY SCREED 1 1 I I I DETAIL IW12X45(18' I IU I to 0 � I -Y NI I 1 U O I Y Ln I I I I 1 — — �® 40G 8N 10K (17'-0")— — 0 I®U 9Q o 0 o�CD 1 1 I U O U 1 r- O N N N© N N N 1 5 6 40'4 40'-0' 2 , I s-3 I BB-2 (8'-0") BB-1 (16'-0") BB-1 (16'-0") W24 X 76 I � U O O c 0 co x Y I FA Lp N SC -5 S-4 I � d � N N I N I T 1 U ' 'J c; C n s ,, O I Y If) I I y�s L I , I 1 — — 40G 8N 10K (17'-0" — — 0� O Ln I--- O O I-- O 0 1 I 15 1 , Z S- 4 O x I 0 o ' , U O t` r O I N � Ln N � N 1 I � 1 Sc 5 \ 1 STUD \WALL s-4 ! & STOREFRONT ELOW i W12 X 45 (18'-0") W12 X 45 W12 X 45 a W12 X 45 - -- — 6 13 14 I j'•, COLUMN EXTENDS s-4 s-4 I COLUMN EXTENDS I s-4 UP TO HIGH ROOF UP TO HIGH ROOF \ 4.6 4.9 \ 5 IIT w8 40 II \ 1-- GT 3 �- 10 _ 0I -6 \ \ B -II xuj II- GT \ L _ _ _ I Y L0 N 1 I U O^0 I w OI vN I m m N © m m 13 S-4 13 S-4 STUDWALLS BELOW SEE NOTE 5 NOTES: 1. METAL DECK ON MAIN ROOF STRUCTURE SHALL BE 1.513 20 GA METAL DECK w/ 5/8" PUDDLE WELDS @ SUPPORTS (36/4 PATTERN) AND (4) #10 TEK SCREW SIDELAP FASTENERS, MAIN ROOF STRUCTURE IS THE STEEL JOIST AND BEAM ROOF SYSTEM. 2. METAL STUD ROOFS SHALL HAVE 1.513 22GA METAL DECK w/ 36/3 WELD PATTERN AND (3) #10 TEK SCREW SIDELAP FASTENERS. U.N.O. SEE ARCH. FOR LOCATION. 3. (XX'—X") INDICATES TOP OF BEAM ELEVATION. 4. SEE MECH'L. FOR LOCATION AND WEIGHT OF RTU'S. 5. ALL METAL STUDS SHALL BE 6" 20 GA STUDS w/ 1-5/8" FLANGES U.N.O. ® 16" o.c. TYP. USE 7/16" PLYWOOD OR OSB WALL SHEATHING w/ No. 8 SCREWS © 6" o.c. AT PANEL EDGES AND 12" o.c. IN THE FIELD OF THE PANEL. 6. ® INDICATES MOMENT CONNECTION. 7. 0 INDICATES TRUSS HOLDDOWN ANCHOR — SEE SCHEDULE 8. SEE SECTION 9/S-4 FOR STOREFR ON T/STU D WALL INFORMATION. STUDS & BRACING WILL BE CONTINUOUS ALONG THE FRONT OF BUILDING. —8" 9. PROVIDE A WELDED KNIFE PLATE THROUGH COLUMNS FOR WIDE FLANGE �. PARAPET BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTIONS (TYP.) 10. G.C. TO COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL UNITS WITH MECH. DRAWINGS. ,� �� c '(3 T _T_�1/� P / / Il STEEL RAFTERS © 16" o.c. / / STUDWALLS BELOW SEE NOTE 5 W N +, • � E o o 0 U Co Q L I v N 3 3 + C) c\ U rN'> rn • v iz 1 00 U t0 o I v � 0 o � V L X u o\ z o 00 N N NCD N � d- ICATES DBL. STUD o a FUDWALLS BELOW --E NOTE 5 0 O CD CV Lb U) ® h (3) C7 ® co O 0 w c :EO Q 0z3 z ® (N c L0J w u _' (13 �J 011-0 CO LL LL ® O or) w •\iJ C 0 Z -4-1 qs co C ) LLJ N o D[ (n a C!) z LL 0 0 r� V z w w w LL w I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I Q w W N r7 d- LO O I` CO tY T r7 r7 \ O O CV O w � co CD 0 m U N O Z w Li-1 V � Cl) 2 0- V) U ul SIM STRUCTURAL NOTES CONCRETE ( CONT'D ) B. MAXIMUM DROP SHA," vBE 16" (TWO BLOCK COURSES) AND SPAN EQUAL SEE PLAN CONTRACTOR NOTE: TO MASONRY OPEN [vG =WIDTH. PROVIDE 2 #5 AT BOTTOM OF DROP T.O. JOIST INCLUDING #3 TIES :24- O.C. EXTENDING TO TOP OF BEAM THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR INITIATING, MAINTAINING AND REINFORCING. IF THREE LINTEL EXCEEDS THE ABOVE LIMIT OF DROP, A SUPERVISING ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS IN CONNECTION SEPARATED LINTEL SHALL :BE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS: WITH THE WORK. O'DONNELL, NACCARATO & MIGNOGNA, INC. IS NOT 2 1/2 • RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MEANS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION OR FOR L1. OPENING LESS THAN 6'0" WIDE 8" X 8" W/2 #5 BOTTOM BARS. RELATED SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS. L2. OPENING BETWEEN 6'0" AND 12'0" 8" X 12" W/2 #6 BOTTOM BARS. CODES AND STANDARDS C. LINTELS TO HAVE 8" (MINIMUM BEARING AT EACH END. 1. WIND LOADS AS PER: D. IF THE MASONRY OPENING HAS AN END ADJACENT TO A CONCRETE COLUMN PROVIDE (2) ;#5 ;OR #6 DOWELS, AS THE CASE MAY BE, IN THE A. FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2001 EDITION, FOR A 110 MPH WIND SPEED, UPLIFT BRIDGING EXPOSURE B, INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT + - 0.18, AND 1.0 CONCRETE COLUMN '"l1TH SHEAR KEY 1-1/2 INCH DEEP BY LINTEL'S PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LINE / DEPTH AND WIDTH FOR ITS SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION. IMPORTANCE FACTOR. OF BRIDGING AT THE FIRST MASONRY BOTTOM CHORD PANEL POINT. 2. THE PROJECT WAS DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE: TYP. A. STANDARD BUILDING CODE N1 EDITION. 1. MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE :ASTM C 90 GRADE N WITH MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE Ij STRENGTH OF 2,000 PSI fu* °NET AREA OF INDIVIDUAL UNITS. B. FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2001 EDITION. ALL CMU SHALL BE LAID :fN 'A FULL BED OF MORTAR IN RUNNING BOND (U.N.0.). C. BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE 2. ALL MORTAR SHALL BE TEE S (OR TYPE M) IN ACCORDANCE WITH UPLIFT BRIDGING AT BOTTOM CHORD (ACI 318/ 1995 EDITION). ASTM SPECIFICATION C271?_ D. MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR DETAILING REINFORCED 3. GROUT SHALL BE A HIGH ',SLUMP MIX HAVING A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH CONCRETE STRUCTURES (ACI 315/ 1994 EDITION). OF 3,000 PSI. E. MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR WELDING REINFORCING STEEL, 4. ALL CONCRETE MASONRY €BEARING AND SHEAR WALLS SHALL BE INSPECTED BY INSERTS & CONNECTIONS IN REINFORCED CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION. A QUALIFIED ENGINEER AV0,CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "BUILDING 8"x8" MASONRY BOND BEAM ELA8'-8" AWS. D1.4/ 1992 EDITION. CODE REQUIREMENT FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES" (ACI 530/ASCE 5/TSM 402) AND W/ 1 #S CONT. MASONRY T.O.PARAPET F. SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION & ERECTION OF "SPECIFICATIONS FOR MASNRY 'STRUCTURES" (ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TSM T STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS. (AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL 602)/ 1995 EDITIONS.FILL CELLS FULL CONSTRUCTION) ASIC ASD/ 9TH EDITION. WITH GROUT 5. PROVIDE 8" X 8" MASONRY BEAM WITH 2 #5 CONT. AT EVERY WINDOW SILL. L4x4x1/4 @ 24"o.c. G. SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS, EXTEND BEAM 8" BEYOND ;EDGE OF OPENING. W/ 5/8"0 EXP. BOLTS ACI 301/1996 EDITION. 6. PROVIDE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED LADDER TYPE HORIZONTAL JOINT H. BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MASONRY REINFORCEMENT (9 GA.) AT ''16" ON CENTER VERTICAL IN ALL JOIST BRACING STRUCTURES (ACI 530, 530.1/ASCE 5, 6/TMS 402, 602/ 1999 EDITIONS). MASONRY WALLS. PROVIDE `DOVE TAIL SLOT ANCHORS AT CONCRETE NOT SHOWN SEE PLAN COLUMNS. T.O. BEAM 3. ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS: 7. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS LN !MASONRY WALLS AT A SPACING OF 30' + O.C. A. THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND ALIGN WITH ARCHITECTURAL CONTROL JOINTS. STEEL JOIST AND DO NOT BY THEMSELVES PROVIDE ALL THE INFORMATION (SEE PLAN) J L_ REQUIRED TO PROPERLY COMPLETE THE PROJECT STRUCTURE. THE 8. EPDXY GROUT SHALL BE NON -SHRINK HIGH CREEP RESISTANT, AND SHALL s GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT THE ARCHITECTURAL, HAVE THE FOLLOWING MIN 'bJUM ,`ALLOWABLE PROPERTIES: BOND BEAM MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE THE TENSILE STRENGTH, ASTM C 30: 1,500 PSI (SEE PLAN) INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THESE DRAWINGS WITH THE STRUCTURAL FLEXURAL STRENGTH, ASTM C 580: 4,000 PSI DRAWINGS TO PROPERLY CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT. COMPRESSIVE STREIt3TH, ASTM C 579: 1,600 PSI/7 DAYS. STEEL MASONRY B. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL OPENINGS, DEPRESSIONS, FINISHES, INSERTS, BOLTS SETTINGS, DRAINS, REGLETS, ETC. 1. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SMALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST A1SC CODE. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL 8" CMU WALL SEE LA C. BEFORE ORDERING ANY MATERIALS OR DOING ANY WORK, THE CONFORM TO: PLAN & SCHEDULE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS TO PROPERLY SIZE FOR REINF. OR FIT THE WORK. NO EXTRA CHARGE OR COMPENSATION WILL BE A. ASTM SPECIFICATION ;A 36. ALLOWED BY THE OWNER RESULTING FROM THE CONTRACTOR'S B. ASTM SPECIFICATION iA 992 GRADE 50. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. D. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE C. ALL STEEL TUBING Sk IALL CONFORM TO ASTM SPECIFICATION A 500 PROVIDE PREFAB. ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK. GRADE B (FY=46 KSI). S c ^ i JOINT REINFORCING V 1 AT ALL CORNERS 4 SECTIONS AND DETAILS D. ALL STEEL TO HAVE A'_SHOP COAT OF RUST INHIBITIVE PAINT. TERMINATE HORIZ. REINF. AT THE JOII REIF. CELL OR COL. CONC. SEE PLAN CONSTRUCTION PAPER ON ONE SIDE ONLY CAULK AND PREMOLDED FOAM BACKING ROD FILL VOID SOLID WITH MORTAR. DISCONTINUED WALL LATERAL REINFORCING PLAN VIEW CMU WALL CONTROL JOINT (WCJ) DETAIL e NOTES : 1.- SAW CUT BOND BEAMS, TIE BEAMS 1" DEEP TO CONTINUE WALL CONTROL JOINT TO TOP OF WALL. 2.- CONTROL JOINT SPACING IS NOT TO EXCEED 25'-0" O.C. IN WALLS WITH MORE THAN 25'-0" OF UNITERUPTED MASONRY. REFER TO DWGS. FOR ADDITIONAL SPECIFIED LOCATIONS AS NOTED THUS (WCJ). 3.- CONTINUE ALL BOND BEAMS, TIE BEAMS REINF. THROUGH THE JOINT. MASONRY BEAM SCHEDULE MARK SIZE BxH (inches) REINFORCING STIRRUPS BOTT TOP INT TIES SPACING BB-1 8 X 16 1 #5 1 #5 - - - B-1 8 X 36 2 #6 2 #5 4 #5 #3 @ 16" o.c. B-2 8 X 24 2 #7 2 #5 2 #5 #3 @ 10" o.c. BB-2 8 X 8 1 #5 - - - - NOTES : 1. BEAM CONCRETE TO HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 4000 P.S.I. AT 28 DAYS. 2. TIE -BEAMS INTENDED TO BE CAST ATOP MASONRY WALLS - EXTEND AND HOOK WALL REINFORCING INTO TIE -BEAM. 3. BB- REFERS TO A MASONRY BOND BEAM. FOOTING SCHEDULE MARK SIZE REINFORCING MF20.24 2'-0" x 2'-0" x CONT. (3) #5 CONT. BOTT. F30 3'-0" x 3'-0" x 12" 4 #6 E.W. BOTT. F35 3'-6" x 3'-6" x 12" 4 #6 E.W. BOTT. F50 5'-0" x 5'-0" x 12" 6 #5 E.W. TOP & BOTT. F60 6'-0" x 6'-0" x 12" 7 #6 E.W. BOTT. F65 6'-6" x 6'-6" x 16" 6 #6 E.W. BOTT. F6030 6'-0" x 3'-0" x 12" (4) #5 L.W., (7) #5 S.W. TOP & BOTTOM - - F7040 7'-0" x 4'-0" x 12" (5) #5 L.W., (8) #5 S.W. TOP & BOTTOM - - CENTERLINE COLUMN & FOOTING PROVIDE PREFAB. "T" ANCHOR BOLTS E. ALL MILL CAMBER TO BE ORIENTED UPWARD DURING FABRICATION AND 3/4" = 1'-0" S-3 JOINT REINFORCING ATull SEE SCHEDULE ALL DETAILS, SECTIONS AND NOTES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE ALL T-INTERSECTIONS ISOLATION JOINT INTENDED TO BE TYPICAL AND SHALL APPLY TO SIMILAR SITUATIONS ERECTION. ELSEWHERE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW O FIN. FLR. EL. 2. ALL SHOP AND FIELD WELDNG SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDERS SPECIALTY ENGINEERED PRODUCTS QUALIFIED, AS DESCRIBED 2-1 "AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY'S STANDARD SEE PLAN QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE*" �(AWS D1.1), TO PERFORM THE TYPE OF WORK x vx x x 1. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE THE PROPER SUBMISSION REQUIRED.�'" OF SPECIALTY ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS WHICH SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY AN ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF FLORIDA. IT IS THE GENERAL 3. ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL RE: :BOLTED WITH 3/4" 0, A-325 HIGH STREGTH CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSURE THAT THE SPECIALTY ENGINEERED SHOP BOLTS OR WELDED (UNLESS' SHOWN OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS). SEE PLAN DRAWINGS ARE SUBMITTED IN A TIMELY MANNER SO AS TO ALLOW REVIEWS AND A. FULL DEPTH CONNE6a`TIONS ARE TO BE USED ON ALL GIRDER AND BEAM T.O. PARAPETS` RESUBMISSIONS AS REQUIRED. ALL SPECIALTY ENGINEERED PRODUCTS SHALL BE CONNECTIONS TO COLIJ-MNS. BOLTS TO BE AT 3-INCH O/C VERTICAL. s DESIGNED FOR THE APPROPRIATE GRAVITY LOADS AND WIND LOADS INCLUDING UPLIFT B. FULL DEPTH CONNE-C'WITH L 4 X 4 X 3/8" CLIP ANGLES TOP 8" CONC. CAP BEAM _. 18'-8" Y W/ 2 #5 CONT. r AND LATERAL LOADS. INTERIOR SPECIALTY PRODUCTS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR AND BOTTOM ARE TO :CBE USED ON ALL GIRDER AND BEAM CONNECTIONS MASONRY CONCRETE MASONRY 1" TO BOTTOMLOF LATERAL LOADS TO ASSURE STABILITY. SPECIALTY ENGINEERED PRODUCTS SHALL TO COLUMNS. BOLTS TO !BE AT 3-INCH O/C VERT. L COLUMN BASE PLATE L 4x4x1/4"xCONT " ` CONCRETE COLUMN SCHEDULE MARK SIZE VERT. REINF. TIES SPACING TYPE C-1 8 x 16 6 #5 #3 @ 8" o.c. I C-2 8 x 24 8 #6 #3 @ 8" o.c. II 1/4" LEVELING PL. 3/4" GROUT BE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED T0, THE FOLLOWING: 4. ALL STEEL WELDING RODS .SHALL BE E70XX ELECTRODES. LLV W/ 5/8" 0 EXP. (� A. LIGHT GAUGE METAL INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED T0, SOFFITS, CLADDING, 5. SUBMIT ALL STEEL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY BOLTS @ 24" o.c. I ► � . .0 O _ � „ y N ^ �-F� � � LLL ._..__ JJJ ��.���JJJ , . CEILINGS ETC. FABRICATION. MIN. EMBED). 3" CLEAR 4" CLEAR (6 O O. B. MISCELLANEOUS METALS INCLUDING STEEL STAIRS, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 6. STAINLESS STEEL SHALL CG`INFORM TO THE LATEST AISC CODE. STAINLESS SUPPORTS, FRAMES THAT SUPPORT MACHINES, PIPES OR OTHER STRUCTURAL EXTEND JOINT REINF. 6" PROVIDE DOVETAIL- CONCRETE SEE SCHED METAL USED FOR SUPPORT OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. ANCHOR SYSTEM COLUMN ULE FOR FOOTING STEEL ROD MATERIAL SHAL,, :MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM F593 (AISI 304). STAINLESS STEEL WASHERS SHALL MEET ANSI B18.22.1/LATEST JOIST BRG. INTO CONCRETE COLUMN PROVIDE ANCHOR PLATE SIZE AND REINFORCING C. MISCELLANEOUS HANGARS, METAL FRAMES, LADDERS, RIGGING, HANGING WALLS, EDITION, TYPE A PLAIN, REQUIREMENTS. STAINLESS STEEL NUTS SHALL =, SEE PLAN PLAN VIEW PLAN VIEW 3/8" x 4" x 10" WHERE NORMAL METAL RAILINGS, GLAZING FRAMES, CLADDING SUCH AS STONE, PRECAST, MEET ASTM F594 REQUIREMENTS. EMBED PLATE EMBEDMENT IS NOT POSSIBLE ALUMINUM, METAL PANELS, CABLE BARRIER SYSTEMS, ETC. OR ANY OTHER 10x7x3/4" W/ (MASONRY LAID BEFORE COLUMN) (MASONRY LAID AFTER COLUMN) MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCT REQUIRED BY ANY OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 7. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS: TYPE I TYPE I_I STEEL COLUMN SCHEDULE MARK SIZE BASE T A. B. REM SC-1 HSS 4x4x1 /4 1 Ox10x3/4" (4) 3/4" 0 SC-2 HSS 6x6x1 /4 12x12x3/4" (4) 3/4"0 SC-3 8" STD PIPE 1Ox10x3/4" (4) 3/4"0 SC-4 W10 X 49 16x16x3/4" (4) 3/4"0 SC-5 HSS 7x7x3/8 13x13x3/4" (4) 3/4"0 DESIGN LOAD SCHEDULE (ALL LOADS SHOWN ARE IN POUNDS PER SQ. FT.) Q w Q 0 COMPONENT 0 SYSTEM 5 MECH/ELECT 10 MISC 5 CEILING 2 SHEATHING 3 TOTAL DEAD LOAD 25 TOTAL LIVE LOAD 20 TOTAL LOAD 45 MASONRY WALL SCHEDULE MARK THICKNESS REINFORCING MW-1 8" CMU #6 @ 48" o.c. MW-2 8" CMU #7 @ 48" o.c. MW-3 8" CMU #5 @ 48" o.c. (2) 3/4- Dx6 MASONRY WALL NOTES: FOUNDATION PROVIDE ALL SUPPORTING :STEEL NOT INDICATED ON PLAN AS REQUIRED _ LONG HEADED TYPICAL MASONRY i Y DETAILS FOR THE INSTALLATION GF -MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS, ry STUDS. TYPICAL STEEL COLUMN FOOTING a 1. WALL SEGMENTS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH 9 GA. GALVANIZED INCLUDING ANGLES, CHAC�IFIEL•S 'BEAMS, HANGERS, ETC. DO NOT SUPPORT 1. ALL SITE PREPARATION AND EXCAVATION WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED IN STEEL JOIST N.T.S. LATERAL REINFORCING @ 16" O.C. HORIZ. EXTEND REINFORCING o STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS ON SOILS AND EQUIPMENT OR PIPING FROMMETAL DECKING. (SEE PLAN) N.T.S. 6" INTO POURED ELEMENTS AND AROUND ENCASED STEEL. FOUNDATIONS INVESTIGATION PREPARED BY UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SERVICES DATED 8 DECK SUPPORTS: a AUGUST 6, 2001. 2. ADJACENT TO ANY EXTERIOR WALL OPENING, PLACE (1) MATCHING 2. THE BUILDING SITE SHOULD BE EXCAVATED TO THE DEPTH AND EXTENT PROVIDE 1/4" BENT PLACES AT ALL HIPS, VALLEYS, SKEWED BEAMS AND �� I If1 2 VERTICAL IN CELL GROUTED SOLID, FULL HEIGHT. o INDICATED IN THE SOILS REPORT. ALL SUBGRADES SHALL BE APPROVED IN OTHER AREAS FOR DECK :SUPPORT. �JJ WRITING BY THE SOILS ENGINEER PRIOR TO BACKFILLING. LOAD BEARING STRUCTURAL S-11.-13S 3/4" = 1'-O" S-3 2" DEEP SAWCUT (OR 1 x SLAB THICKNESS) WITHIN 24 HOURS OF 3. BOTTOM OF FOOTINGS ASSUMED TO BEAR ON SOIL CAPABLE OF SAFELY POUR (DO NOT INTERRUPT MESH) SUPPORTING 3000 PSF. 1. WALLS SHOWN ON STRUCTO'AL'DRAWINGS ARE LOAD CARRYING STANDARD HOOK ELEMENTS FORA DESIGN B�-",.SIS USG STRUCTURAL METAL STUDS ARE , 4. TOP OF ALL EXTERIOR FOOTINGS SHALL BE MINIMUM 1'-0" BELOW ASSUMED. MANUFACTURER ;AND/OR SUPPLIER MUST SUBMIT DESIGN, EXTERIOR FINISH GRADE. CALCULATIONS AND SHOP :DRAWINGS SIGNED AND SEALED BY A ROOF II-111 1-!I II- IL..III..I I III-11 PROFESSIONAL SPECIALTY ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF 8" CMU WALL - -F METAL KEY -FORM BY KEYHOLD 5. EXCAVATION & BACKFILL: FLORIDA INDICATING CAPACITY OF MEMBERS, FRAMING DETAILS, BRACING, SEE SCHEDULE og INC. OR EQUAL (STOP MESH) BRIDGING AND ALL OTHER .APPURTENANCES OF MEMBERS TO CONFORM TO FOR REINFORCING A. ALL EXCAVATION SHALL BE KEPT DRY. EXCAVATE TO DEPTHS AND LOAD CRITERIA. f CONSTRUCTION JOINT CONTROL JOINT DIMENSIONS INDICATED. TAKE EVERY PRECAUTION TO GUARD AGAINST =_ ANY MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES, UTILITIES, 2. ALL LINTELS INDICATED ON 'DRAWINGS AS METAL STUD LINTELS ARE TO BE WALL TIES -: TIE SIZE PIPING, ETC. PROVIDED BY STUD MANUrs CTURER/SUPPLIER. 3/16" x 5" x 9" (SEE SCHEDULE) TYPICAL SLAB -ON -GRADE z WELDED TO COLUMN @ 16" O.C. IN COURSING B. PROVIDE ANY BRACING OR SHORING NECESSARY TO AVOID SETTLEMENT 3. ALL STEEL STUDS TO BE HGT-DIPPED GALVANIZED (G 60) PER ASTM A525. w/ LATERAL REINFORCING NOTE: CONTROL JOINTS CONSTRUCTION JOINTS N.T.S. OR DISPLACEMENT OF EXISTING FOUNDATION OR STRUCTURES. STEEL STUDS SHALL BE DE7-SIGNED, MANUFACTURED AND INSTALLED IN SHALL CREATE PANELS OF 400 SQ. FEET ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAf ST AISI SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL COMPLY VERT STL (MAXIMUM) 6. CENTERLINE OF FOOTINGS: SHALL COINCIDE WITH CENTERLINE OF WITH ASTM A446, A570 OR ."A611 (FY=40 KSI), (FY=33 KSI FOR RUNNERS CONCRETE CAST AROUND ' COLUMNS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. ONLY). COLUMN AFTER WALLSARE PLACED M._. 7. DIMENSIONS: ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE 4. MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE `HOLES IN STUDS FOR PASSAGE OF PIPE AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS MUST BE VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH THE WIRING. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BY THE CONTRACTOR BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE CONSTRUCTION. DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE JOISTS ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER IN WRITING BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK. 1. ALL JOISTS SHALL HAVE A :SHOP COAT OF RUST INHIBITIVE NON BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAINT. TYPICAL STEEL COLUMN f MASONRY 2. JOIST FABRICATOR SHALL H,A:VE :A SPECIALTY ENGINEER REGISTERED IN WALL ENCASEMENT DETAIL 1. CONCRETE ELEMENTS TO HAVE THE FOLLOWING STRENGTHS: THE STATE OF FLORIDA SItOYI AND SEAL ALL STEEL JOIST SHOP DRAWINGS. THESE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL CONTAIN A STATEMENT CERTIFYING THAT N.T.S. A. FOUNDATIONS 3000 PSI THE STEEL JOISTS CAN SAFELY RESIST THE WIND UPLIFT FORCES AS NOTED. B. SLAB -ON -GRADE 3000 PSI C. COLUMNS 4000 PSI 3. STEEL JOISTS SHALL BE DESiGNED, FABRICATED AND ERECTED TO THE D. BEAMS 4000 PSI REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE E. TIE BEAMS 4000 PSI FOR: 10" F. MASONRY GROUT 3000 PSI 4 Cj o A. SERIES K JOISTS 2" 1 6" 1 2" o Z ALL OTHER CONCRETE TO BE 4000 PSI UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B. SERIES G JOIST GIROEIRS 4. 4 cv �_ T.O. JOIST MANUFACTURER SHALL BE fA =MEMBER OF THE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE. N+ 4 SEE PLAN 2. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE READY MIX, HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE PROVIDE BRIDGING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SJI STANDARDS UNLESS NOTED---�---- STRENGTH OF: OTHERWISE ON THE DRMA411GS. A. 3000 PSI @ 28 DAYS AND HAVE A MINIMUM OF 517 LBS. OF CEMENT PER JOIST SHALL HAVE THE FO*_3'OWING CAMBERS UNDER THEIR OWN - CUBIC YARD. WEIGHTS: _ -' W24 30' SPAN OR LESS - .DAMBER = 0 B. 4000 PSI @ 28 DAYS AND HAVE A MINIMUM OF 587 LBS. OF CEMENT PER 30' SPAN TO 60' SPPM14 - CAMBER = 1" MAXIMUM - CUBIC YARD. 60' SPAN TO 100' SPAAN CAMBER = 1-1/2" MAXIMUM 4 `v C. SLUMPS SHALL BE 4 MINIMUM AND 6 MAXIMUM. 4. EXTEND AND CONNECT BOTTOM CHORDS OF JOISTS AT ALL COLUMNS AND 4 WHERE NOTED ON DRAWINGS_ "PROVIDE RIGID CONNECTION OF BOTTOM CHORDS N D. CONCRETE SHALL HAVE 5 PERCENT AIR ENTRAINMENT. TO COLUMNS ON ALL JOIST `GIRDERS ONLY AFTER ALL DEAD LOADS ARE APPLIED. �4 4 ' PL 10"x21 "x3/4" E. ALL CONCRETE TO HAVE MAXIMUM WATER/CEMENT RATIO OF 0.55. DECK W/ 8-3/4"OX6" V F. JOBSITE WATER SHALL NOT BE ADDED. 1. STEEL ROOF DECK SHALL B_ .1-1/2", 20 GA. TYPE B METAL DECK GALVANIZED HEADED STUD AS SHOWN ON ROOF PLAN ,AND AS MANUFACTURED BY UNITED STEEL DECK, INC. 3. ALL CONCRETE WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OR APPROVED EQUAL. MAAI+JFACTURER SHALL BE A MEMBER OF THE STEEL TYPICAL STEEL BEAM TO ACI BUILDING CODE (ACI 318/ 1995 EDITION), THE ACI DETAILING MANUAL DECK INSTITUTE. ROOF DE�.K °MUST COMPLY WITH STEEL DECK INSTITUTE (ACI 315/ 1994 EDITION), (ND THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STANDARDS. ALL ROOF DECK `SHALL BE CONTINUOUS OVER A MINIMUM OF CONCRETE DETAIL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS ACI 301/ 1996 EDITION . THREE SPANS. 2. ALL ROOF DECK TO BE DESIGNED, MANUFACTURED, AND INSTALLED IN N.T.S. 4. SUBMIT ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST FACTORY MUTUAL STANDARDS. TO ANY FABRICATION. 3. IN AREAS OF WARPED ROOM !ID.ECK, SELF DRILLING SCREWS ARE TO BE rtj r1i rld 5. CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY USED ON CONNECTIONS Or :'`STEEL ROOF DECK TO STRUCTURAL STEEL THE 1995 ACI SPECIFICATIONS. SUPPORTS. SCREW SIZES "TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S AND FACTORY MUTUAL REQUIREI EE'NTS- ATTACH DECK TO ALL SUPPORTING 6. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM A 185, UNLESS ROOF JOISTS. __-__-1_�_h OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. PLACE FABRIC 2" CLEAR FROM TOP OF THE SLAB IN 4. 1-1/2" METAL ROOF DECK. 45 TO BE ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL STEEL SUPPORTS SLAB ON GRADE AND SUPPORT ON SLAB BOLSTERS SPACED AT 3'-0" O.C. WITH 5/8" DIAMETER PUDDLE .WELDS (MINIMUM OF 5 WELDS PER SHEET PER I I JOIST). SIDE JOINTS SHALE BE FASTENED TOGETHER WITH #10 SELF I I I I 7. ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE MANUFACTURED FROM HIGH DRILLING SCREWS AT MID S?AN BETWEEN SUPPORTS (MINIMUM OF 3 PER II II II STRENGTH BILLET STEEL CONFORMING TO ASTM DESIGNATION A 615-I------------J------ J� -! - -- - L SHEET), UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. ----- - - 1 - I - - f------ - --- -1 GRADE 60. I I I I I I I I 8. LAP ALL BARS MINIMUM 48 DIAMETERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED I I I I -�- L- ---- J----- J--L-- -----� ------ -I--I- ON DRAWINGS. LAP ALL WWF A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES (UNLESS OTHERWISE ---- I -I - 1------ I -r f----- I NOTED). TYP. @ EA. FACE Q I I I I I I ui 9. REINFORCING BARS: 1--- -- J-II------ 3 ! /8" THK. THRU-PLATE �- ---- 1I - / r-I A. AT CORNERS OF CONCRETE WALLS, BEAMS AND CONTINUOUS WALL vI I I I I I I FOOTINGS, PROVIDE MATCHING HORIZONTAL BARS X 5'-0" BENT TS 1----- I - I - L- ---- I- I I _ BAR FOR EACH HORIZONTAL BAR SCHEDULED AT EACH FACE. COLUMN 3/8 � a ----- --tl--.�--- -- �------ t I I------ �----- � -- B. WHERE COLUMNS ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF CONCRETE WALLS, WALL II I I II I I II cl:� I I I 1 1 REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THRU THE COLUMNS.:. Q r m _ t- T- 1- 1----- r- 1------- r C. ALL HOOKS SHOWN IN REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE ACI RECOMMENDED HOOKS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. I 11 I I II I I II i 10. CONCRETE LINTELS: I I- A. DROP BOTTOM OF BEAM AT WINDOWS, DOORS AND MASONRY OPENINGS PLAN VIEW - - � AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A CONCRETE CLOSURE BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE BEAM AND WINDOW AND/OR DOOR HEADER OR PROVIDE TYPICAL KNIFE PLATE DETAIL A PRECAST CONCRETE LINTEL BY CASTCRETE IF NOT NEXT TO A POURED CONCRETE COLUMN. TIE SPACING (SEE SCHEDULE) DOWELS TO MATCH COL REINF SIZE AND NUMBER FIN. FL. EL. SEE FOOTING SCHEDULE NOTE: FOR SIZE AND REINF 1.ADD EXTRA TIES IF THE DISTANCE BETWEEN BOTTOM LAYER OF SLAB REINFORCEMENT AND LOWER POINT OF OFFSET BENT IS MORE THAN HALF SCHEDULED TIE SPACING. TYPICAL CONCRETE COLUMN AND FOOTING N.T.S. 1/2" PLATE CONCENTRATED LOAD - COORDINATE WITH EQUIPTMENT SUPPLIER IF NOT STATED ON DRAWINGS - SUPPORT ADDITIONAL "X"-BRIDGING @ CENTER LINE OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORT (EACH SIDE OF JOIST) SEE PLAN HANGER ANGLE L 2 1 /2"x 2 1 /2"x 1 /4" FOR MECH. (MIN. WEB REINF. FOR EQUIPMENT JOIST). OR ACCESORY BY EQUIPTMENT SUPPLIER TYPICAL JOIST REINFORCING AT CONCENTRATED LOAD METAL DECK SEE MECH. DWGS (TYPICAL) FOR OPENING SIZE --------- - -11F GROUT -FILLED CELLS - 3000 PSI (TYPICAL) L 6 x 4 x 5/16 (LLV) -TYPICAL 4 SIDES L6x4x3 8CLIP L (4 REQUIRED) L SEE PLAN FOR 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" CUT JOIST SIZE MASONRY INSPECTION 1. PROVIDE AT PERIMETER OF ALL ROOFTOP & CLEAN -OUT HOLE MECHANICAL UNITS AND OPENINGS AS REQUIRED. 2. SEE MECH. DWGS FOR OPENING SIZE & LOCATION. 3. PROVIDE L 3 x 3 x 5/16 AT ROOF SUMPS DOWELS TO MATCH VERT. TYPICAL ROOF OPENING DETAIL MA N.T.S. 3. ALL MASONRY REINFORCED CELLS SHALL BE FILLED WITH 3000 PSI GROUT MIX. 0 WIND LOAD SCHEDULE E ROOF WIND LOADS WALL WIND LOADS CL (SEE NOTE 1) m ROOF AREA WALL AREA L 1 2 3 4 5 PRESSURE (PSF) 10.0 10.0 10.0 21.8 21.8 a SUCTION (PSF) -21.8 -.36.5 -55.0 -23.6 -29.1 s V EXTERIOR GLAZED OPENINGS IN BUILDINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH 2O01 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE BY EITHER BEING DESIGNED FOR IMPACT RESISTANCE OR BEING PROTECTED BY IMPACT PROTECTIVE SYSTEMS. o CORNER DISTANCE, A = 8.1 FEET a v A A d A A � - - - - - - =--4 N PLAN SLAB CONSTRUCTION 1 OR CONTROL JOINT SEE TYPICAL DETAIL / I 2,. MIN. I THICKENED EDGE (T.E.) N.T.S. 1/2" PREMOULDED JOINT FILLER TYPICAL ISOLATION JOINTS CONCRETE AND STEEL N.T.S. 2" nm„n. o � 5 ELEVATION SLAB CONSTRUCTION OR CONTROL JOINT SEE TYPICAL DETAIL I 1/2" PREMOULDED JOINT FILLER C, N o En Co CL U c� Lo c�v 3 CD 3 + aoo ® U r`NCo j � • U C14 d D V �l o D � N c N p � -p ¢Co C:)N CV N CD 0 O N � cn 0 ti � m Co �_0 _ Co o :3 LL 0 w C = O ME z Z N C OLo w J v /0 LL. I It co C co J -0 LL co 0 •Co � Nw o 01 GL (n w 00 co Co w V) Mi w z w I I I l I i I L' I I I I I I I w - - w [V M 'd- LO c0 CO O N z o w o w rn n¢ Ln w N CDz m Ld w cn o TYPICAL MASONRY FILLED CELL DETAIL 1/4 STIFFENER 1.5" METAL !DECK 5/8" FIRE RATED 8" CMU PLATE @SUPPORT PLYWOOD SHEATHING 16 GA CLIP ANGLES x 3" 3/16 w/(2) #10 TEK SCREWS TO STUD & (2) 1 /4"0 I I 48 BAR DIA. TAPCONS TO C.M.U., I I 16 GA CLIP ANGLES LAP 1-1/2" EMBED I I w/(4) #10 TEK SCREWS TO STUD & (2) 0.145"0 METAL TRUSS POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS MONOLITHIC FOOTING (SEE PLAN) I I TO STEEL BEAM (SEE PLAN) N r 1 +0' 0 +------- --- + + C o fE 10 X 10 X 1/2 I L 4 X 4 X 1/4" STEEL JOIST I I (4) #10 TEK � T.O.SLAB V Q SCREWS TO `9 w/ (4) 3/4"0 THRU-BOLTS STEEL BEAM "" """ DENS GLASS GOLD TO BOTTOM FLANGE I I I I STUD00 o x'i STEEL M SEE PLAN FOR CONT. 1 4" THICK x12" 2X FACIA BOARD I I \ \ \ X\\\\ BEAM TRUSS ATTACHMENT LONG PLATE TO WELD STEEL BEAM I I _ \ '' • e \\4" SLAB ON GRADE o TO PLATE DECKS „ �/\ (SEE PLAN) �� ®V N V C�1 STEEL COLUMN 1 1/2" METAL DECK VARIES �� �� W TYP. 1/8" + + 20GA TRACK o ��C�� I+ +I S REWS INTO 14 I EACH SIDE ��"�®i V 1 u F� g\ 3/4" =1'-0" S-4 N ��CTiO�I 5 � N + I L 2"X2"X1/4"XCONT. S-4 / 3 4"=1'-0" 2" @ 3/4"=1'-O" CD TRUSS N CD B L6x6x5 16" xCONT. CQP.E FLANGE / 1.5" METAL DECK STANDARD DOBLE ©STEEL BEAM BETWEEN JOISTS I ( STEEL COLUMN v ANGLE CONNECTION J/L INSIDE MASONRY PIER (BEARS ON FOOTING.) STEEL BEAM I I (4) #10 TEK I I s STEEL JOIST I I SCREWS +18'-0" c� L 4"X4"X1 /4" I I Y T.O.BEAM I I a - I I 8X8 MASONRY BOND 1 0 SEC-n® rio I C I \\ I I BEAM w/ 1 #5 CONT. e o - -- @ TOP OF PIER TYP. 3/4"=1'-O" S-4 I I \ \ (3) #10 TEK � SCREWS I L 2"X2"X1 /4"XCONT. d + STEEL JOIST STEEL BEAM I i \\ (3) #10 TEK ISOLATION JOINT I { PROVIDE BOTTOM CHORD I \ \ SCREWS ° EXTENSION @ EVERY OTHER I I I \\ I 3 \\\\ JOIST WHEN CONNECTING TO STEEL fEEAM METAL TRUSS I I 3 4" SLAB ON 8" C.M.U. j STEEL BEAM (10'-0" MAX.) - - L 5/8" FIRE RATED 4t + I GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING I - - - - o o STEEL BEAM I I +0'-0" I a L sEc���pp,,�� ON.GRADE o lii T.O.SLAB 3/4"=1'-0" CLIP ANGLE \ (4) #10 TEK 18GA CONC. FOOTING ° 2X FACIA BOARD 1„ @ I I PAD EXTENSION '\//\//\//\/�\� SIMPSON S/H3 I I TRUSS 1/8" I I FOR COLUMN �/ rtN T \\ PLACE DBL. STUD AT I I (BEYOND) i ALL TRUSS BEARING I I L 4"X4"X1/4' \ LL k POINTS X CONT. I I \ /\ v z r 4 \\ y 8" CMU ( ) \ METAL PLAN) i : ,tee a k •?e a« s , \// 7/ / / / \� / / / \/ / /� CONC. FOOTING \\-METAL STUD \\\\\\\\\\\\ ( SEE PLAN) y 48 BAR DIA. I I (SEE PLAN) ��'n® G LAP V v MONOLITHIC FOOTING 3/4"=1'-O" s-`� ° L , nON 8 (SEE PLAN) SIMPSON S/H3 �� 2 0 PLACE DBL. STUD AT I I 3/4" = 1'-O" ALL TRUSS BEARING I I o ±0'-0" POINTS I I h T.O.SLAB I I STEEL COLUMN POST a (SEE PLAN) WINDOW/ DOOR OPENING / / I IRm 3 $qx ., @BUILDING /� O // METAL TRUSS 1.5" METAL DECK i i o 12 X 12 X 1/2 BASE PLATE o N 4" SLAB ON GRADE \\ I I w/(4) 3/4"0 THRU-BOLTS ISOLATION JOINT @INTERIOR n $ 5/8" FIRE RATED TO FLANGE OF BEAM o 4" SLAB ON GRADE PLYWOOD SHEATHING / (SEE PLAN) I I1 6, +0'-0" _ N SLOPE N CO //\/\\// T.O.SLAB a Q� .. n.� ... ON.GRADE V \7-7 co O 4" SLAB ON GRADE SLOPED AWAY FROM -r 3 L� BUILDING @EXTERIOR j//j//j//j//�\ w ® = o THICKENED EDGE a z Z 3 � ��� (SEE PLAN) s � � 3 w NO C SEC-nO O 3/4"=1'-O" S-4 ® J 3/4„=1 '- 0" S- 4 m v STEEL BEAM SOMO 3 " 1 /4" STIFFENER PLATE @ STEEL POST LOCATIONS (SEE PLAN) 3/4"=1'-O" s-`I o J (BOTH SIDES OF BEAM) Q CLIP TO C6"X13" CHANNEL 2 14GA CLIP ANGLE @ EACH �°y STUD TO C6"X13" CHANNEL I I SCV 7 o W PROVIDE (4) #10 TEK ++ I STUD WALL FROM ROOF +22'-0" SCREWS @ EACH CHANNEL CONNECTION TO i ++ i 3/4"=1'-O" S-4 _, _ --� 0 Q (SEE PLAN) "` �' T.O.PLATE • I I I I 06 METAL TRUSS 2X12 PT TOP PLATE I i+ + v w 2 3 16"� LAG SCREWS �+ + co 18 GAGE CLIP ANGLE TO TRACE @ 12" o.c. �+ + i 6"x1 5/8"x18GA METAL USE (4) #10 SCREWS PLYWOODESHEATHING / ( ) / ° STUDS @ 24" o.c. MAX. I TO STUD AND 4 10 I I METAL STUD / a PROVIDE V-BAR I I INFILL STUDS ( ) # STAGGERED i + '! 0 BETWEEN POSTS SCREWS TO DECK I I 1.5" METAL DECK (SEE PLAN) I I SCREWS TO K r u U BRACING @ CENTER I I i OF SCREEN WALL BOTH SIDES I i ++ 16 GA CLIP ANGLE i I i STUD w w/ (4) #10 TEK SCREWS i / I o C _J TO STUD & (3) 1/4"0 TAPCONS + + w/ 1-1/2" EMBED TO C.M.U. ++ I+ +I SHIM STUD AS REQ. i I I 12" 20GA STUDS h w/ 1-5/8" FLANGES H � 0 O Z) LL CLIP TO C6 X13" CHANNEL I ( + 8X8 MASONRY BOND I @ 16" o.c. STEEL BEAM -,I II 2X FACIA BOARD 18'-8" BEAM w/ 1 #5 I E U ++ I I 1.5" METAL DECK I I - •� T.O. PARAPET O w y ALL METAL STUDS SHALL o z -_ •� LL. FILLED CELLS I I BE 6" 20GA STUDS w � _� v` PROVIDE MOMENT CONNECTION I I EL.vARIEs FOR EXP. BOLTS I / BETWEEN BEAM AND COLUMN T.O.JOIST o _ IF I 1-5/8" FLANGES U.N.O. s o [Y w (� @ 16" o.c. TYP. V) METAL STUD' �TIO(�17 I I I o S-4 STEEL JOIST STEEL COLUMN BEYOND (SEE PLAN) L4'X4"X1/4"XCONT. 3/4"=1'-0" I I 16 GA CLIP ANGLES o (SEE PLAN) /5/8"O EXP. BOLTS w/(2) #10 TEK SCREWS w '� i @24" o.c., 6" EMBED TO STUD & (2) 1/4"� a_ SCU rl� INTO FILLED CELLS TAPCONS TO C.M.U., I I a 1-1/2" EMBED (10) #10 TEK w SCREWS TO o HSS 4x4x1 /4" SCREEN �� $ - - - _ - - - - - STUD E WALL SUPPORT TUBE STEEL JOIST + ++ + + + + + c SEE SECTION 17/S-4 i i __. 3/4"=1'-O" S-4 FOR INFILL STUDS m STEEL BEAM I I q I I C6X:13xCONT. i I ° SCREEN WALL SUPPORT CH A NNEL. 6" STUD SCREEN L 4"X4"X1 /4" a WALL WILL ATACH TO 18 GAGE CLIP ANGLE X CONT. O CriANNELS. USE (4) #10 SCREWS 1.5" METAL DECK 18GA CLIP I I - - - - - - - ++ + + + + E TO STUD AND (4) #10 ANGLE I I 8" C.M.U. + - - - METAL DECK I I '� METAL DECK SCREWS TO DECK-;,,, 16 GA CLIP ANGLES I I w Lx3x1/4" I PRE -CAST LINTEL w/(3) #10 TEK SCREWS L'i+ +, I OVER OPENING TO STUD & (2) 0.145"0 +10'-0" b (CONT. 5 JOISTS) 5/8" FIRE RATED + L4x4x1/4"x4" LON I I > / + POWER DRIVE N FASTENERS > PLYWOOD SHEATHING / r o L3x3x1 /4" X-BRACING IN / I I TO STEEL BEAM a �2) :BAYS ON EITHER SIDE OF JOIST i i i i i 4 BAYS TOTAL) METAL TRUSS I I / / I I 18GA CLIP // / + I ANGLE 7 I , SEC —PION 12 TRUSS CONNECTION 3 4"=1'-0"J4 (SEE SCHEDULE) <3k ++ STEEL BEAM I' 3 k, -, STEEL JOIST ���3 / / L 4"X4"X1 /4" Q 2X FACIA BOARD I I I / / METAL STUD - / (SEE PLAN) - N M d- Ln CO i� Cp PROVIDE MOMENT CONNECTION BETWEEN BEAM AND COLUMN „ „ ST�L JO1S (SEE PLAN) I I STEEL JOIST STEEL JOIST L4x4x1 4 x4 LONG / z / (CGNT_ 5 JOISTS) I I R 1 /2" I I / / O N � m HSS COL. BEYOND '\- W U BEAMS SHALL BE / / Qf N o Li (SEE PLAN) CONNECTED TO I I / / / 4 10 I I SECTION KNIFE PLATE I / O # TEK 3/4"=1'-0" s-`� O'Donnell N IN COLUMN METAL STUD I / / SCREWS I I , accarato, Mignogna Jackson y TYP. ROOF SCREEN WALL TUBE sc (SEE PLAN) i �/ // STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS � • 1 / I I 32115TH STREET, SUITE 200 LIC. #0004386 TYP. STEEL SUPPORT DETAIL 3/4"=1'-0" S-4 + /--------- — — + WEST PALM BEACH, FLORIDA 33401 � N.T.S. + + I561I835-9994 FA'(f5r61 835.8255 JOB # 296.003 ———— — — — —— ---- — -----— (4) #10 TEK r k. SCREWS WINDOW/ DOOR OPENING =I @BUILDING (1 _ !c SEE CIVI ONTINU I I I I �J(����}� t4oi I I I I I f , I I I I ! I I I ! ! I ! FIRE RISER .- ! �I I. I I � I I II ! I I } I !� d r'-1 � I i I I I I - I I I I �'I � ! ��I ! 1 I i ! I J I I I �--•� r^: I I ! I I I I oo I 1 I 73 I 1 7 1 I ! TTI II I ! I �' ! IIII II I I! ! I I I I I I TT I i( I ! II i •! 11 Ir I , I II I I I !I 5 I j 1 I I I I III I j ! i !I I, I 1! j :I I ( II II I .! it I � h h 8 ! i i I � I �! I I I I ! I !. ! ! ' I a u II I !• I I ! 1( IJ-11 I! I II ;I .I I IIT, i I( I I1 ! I ! ! I I I I I I I I I I I I!! I I I I ! I I I I I I ! I I I I ! I ( I I I I I I I I I ! I ! I I I I I I I I I! ! I I II ! ! 1! I f ! I ! I ! I I I ! III I! ! I I ( ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !!!!III! III I!III!!III I Illfllllll!III ! IIIIlll IIII! I I I!I!j!IIII!!IIIIIII!Illt Tl I II I ! IIq ! II I {a l I I !! i I I IIII I �I II I, II!Illllllllllil I MH I� I !IIII II I ! I ! I I i li I �I i I I y I I II I I II 11 i I j I I I !! i i I it I F I !I ! I !I 1 !, �! I!� I I! !! I! I� ;! I I I! �! I u I i I u a � I I I 11 i i I I I ! 'I ,' .I ' I I I E I I 1 1 i (► ! I I ! l J , I I I! I i I ! I I I I ! I I I ! I ! ! I I I I! ! ! ( I ! I I; I I I! I � IIli I! I ! ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I ( I ! I I I I I I I I I I I! ! I I ( I I I , I I ! I 1 I {! ! I I 1 ( I I ! I I I I ! I I I! I l I 1 f I I I i I ! I I I I ! ! I !' I! I j I I i II I I I I ! I l I 1 I I I! I ! I I( I I ! ( i I ! I I I I I ! I II , I I l I I I ! ! '! ii j ! i ! f1 ! I jl it II i 1 ! ! ! (j I! %I ! i I I! I I " !� l i a I I I '! r• ! I I I ! I I !I 1 1' 1 !! ' � !la ! lil►III!I I I I � i l II � I� ! ! I I ,► , I �II j j � 11 I i ; I I :, � I ! 1 � ! I i I L I I EEI Y I , I I t I ! i FIRE Q UT n I• I I i I �li j ! P � I I► ,� I 1 :! � ;I - OTE T P �' E .I '� I- !- i II TI N „Q A I j I I ! !- I SE E LAY- I � I i I � I I � ! � 1 I-• R PROTECT F E I Q UT liY ! pg$a I j A , it �I � - ( r E B I ! !I i i 0 I I ! ! i SE I 4AY li ! I ,; I 11 - Er R ROTECTIO E - I OUT TYF�E I II ! :I: I !! li j it I o, >, I AI I i !I � I I I y 1 r I �� EE, FIRS - I LAY QUT I ! 1 i n I� �, i !I P;ROTE1, T YPE S5 M y i 'I TIO ( B � � I I I � 14 I I $E !A-OU I pI 1 - F I =! I 1 ,13 RE FRO T TY ! ! ! - ! i T CT Ej E A1. I � ! I- I - I I ON I f I i _ IT I L, EEI !AY- I! F ! Q, II ! RE UT 114 ! ; IR OTETI'ON PE I I .I II- I I I I B I a '! I! I I I i I i I I ! I SEA LA' I U _ Y � ! IIII !�� ' IRE ROTQCTION R pU TYPE !T ;i I I - I I I ,, A. ;) i I i I I I I ! ill!I!III I ! I I i I SE I LAIY�OuT I - FIRE I I-! ! i I I P R ! IT 1. I !! T P E I I C T Q E I ! Cr I I I I - I N II t ! ( I ! I I III ! !I I I� I '! ISEE I F LAY O i a I I I i i n7 II 1.1 E T TYPE, I I !! I I I ! II 11 I R T�CTION f ,> » i I / ;I 11 ( ! Il 'I ! I ! ! -: ll it(� r I 102+ I I! I I ! ;! i' I I EE FIIREI PROTECTION'' I >, Y- 0IUT TYP B LA I I E J II ! i •j I. i j! � i j II & 1 � a ! I I ! I 1! ! I I i II I SEEI l FII L!AY-QUT 1 II , I ! 1 1 I i II I _:�I I I' I ( I ! P OTE REi R! TYPE i II ! n I 1 1 1 11 i r I TIONI » !A ! ! I• ;I 1 it -1 1 ! I I �, ! I I ,I I 1 1 �T I I ( I : n I E F R P E I E ! j- AY QUT 1�YPE ii I. 1 I � 1 ! I! I i 1_ I I , II i1 I it !! I - OTECTIO. R! y I B r• a I I � II , I I I f l l ;, :i u I i 1 I I 1 u� I. I I ! II ! it i I I I. : -• I R' TECTIO SEE IRE Q „ i„ LAIY OUT TY E A , I P ! ) `I 1 ( I !, I I' I ;! I 'i a iI I I ' I I f ' '! I ! I l i l l I I � I' IF I SE' 'IRE fi �A i -OUT � , 1, � ! II 6 I ' ' ,1 I P! 1� � I Q TECTIO E , ! li I ! B' r I � ! I I ! f (_ ! ! I I I E FIRE LAY ! I II I I I I C7! I I. I 'I !I � I I RO 4Ur TYf�E i I I .I 1 I ! ! ! I :I 1 Ij I� I I � TEC 0 T �, ! AI 1 'i a I I' I�1 ! - -I __ I I I I I I ! I I � I ''; l ! I V�� a SEEI F RE! P OITECTIION I '- 'UT TYPE B! LAY 0 j i! I I I ss �-• I_ - _ I I I I ! r{ I I I I i- P I ' r R R T I YR ! I I ( i • 1�j L) �j I L) i, i ! GENERAL NOTES: (FIRE PROTECTION • ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 2 OCCUPANCY, 130 SQUARE FEET. - MAXIMUM SPRINKLER SPACING 14'. • PIPING SIZE: HYDRAULIC CALCULATION METHOD NFPA 13 (CURRENT EDITION). • STOCKPILES SHALL NOT EXCEED 12'-0 GENERAL NOTES. (FIRE PROTECTION) • THE WATER SUPPLY IS TAKEN FROM AN EXISTING CITY WATER MAIN. • THE SPACING OF SPRINKLERS (WHERE POSSIBLE): THE SPACING AND SIZES OF PIPES SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA PAMPHLET NO. 13, SPRINKLERS SHALL BE INSTALLED BY PERSONNEL WHO HAVE ENGINEERING FACILITIES AND EXPERIENCE IN SUCH WORK AND WHO ARE REGULARLY EMPLOYED TO DO SUCH WORK. • SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 AND WITNESSED BY FIRE MARSHALL. • IN LOCATING SPRINKLERS AND PIPING, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SPRINKLER LAYOUT WITH THE LIGHTING AND AIR CONDITIONING LAYOUT. • ALL MATERIAL SHALL BE OF APPROVED QUALITY AND THE WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A THOROUGH AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. THE WORK, MATERIALS AND TEST SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA PAMPHLET NO. 13 AND 14, LATEST EDITION. • PIPING: SPRINKLER PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS CONFORMING TO ASTM A-120-55. MINIMUM SIZE IS ONE (1") INCH. THINWALL PIPE NOT PERMITTED. • CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SYSTEM(S) WITH FLUSHING CONNECTIONS) AT THE END OF ALL MAINS. • PROVIDE GALVANIZED FITTINGS, VALUING AND VALVE TRIM FOR EXTERIOR PIPING. • PIPE SUPPORTS: HANGERS, CLAMPS, RODS AND OTHER ACCESSORIES OF AN APPROVED TYPE AND IN SUFFICIENT NUMBER TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED. PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ROUND WROUGHT U-TYPE APPROVED ADJUSTABLE HANGERS. • SPRINKLERS SHALL BE 1/2" ORIFICE TYPE OF ORDINARY DEGREE RATING EXCEPT WHERE EXCESSIVE TEMPERATURES ARE ANTICIPATED. IN THESE LOCATIONS HIGH TEMPERATURE SPRINKLERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA NO. 13. • CONTRACTOR TO INDICATE SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING, ORIFICE SIZE AND TYPE ON FINAL DRAWINGS. ® PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 18 INCHES CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF THE SPRINKLER DEFLECTOR AND THE TOP OF STORAGE, FILES, ETC. • REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL SMOKE AND/OR FIRE WALLS WHICH FIRE PROTECTION PIPING PENETRATES AND PENETRATION DETAILS SHOWING THE MAINTAINING OF THE INTEGRITY OF THE SMOKE/FIRE SAFED IN AN APPROVED MANNER WHEN PENETRATING WALLS AND FLOORS. SEE DETAILS. • CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT A SET OF INSTALLATION DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS FOR ENGINEERS REVIEW. 1" INSPECTOR TEST PIPING, SEE PLAN FOR CONTINUATION 1" GLOBE VALE OVER 7' ABOV' INSPECTORS TEST NO SCALE ASS NIPPLE >H BLOCK FLOOR PLAN - FIRE PROTECTION SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" 3080 I I 1 3M BRAND FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP25 AND PUTTY 303 FIRE RATED PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL NO SCALE NOTES: 0FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY -MIN. 2 1/2" THICK LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR OR MIN. 7 5/8" THICK CONCRETE OR MASONRY BLOCK WALL. MIN. 3 HOUR FIRE RATED WALL. MAX. THROUGH OPENING SIZE IS 8" DIA. D2 STEEL PIPE OR CONDUIT -NOMINAL 6" DIA.(OR SMALLER) SCHEDULE 10S(OR HEAVIER) STEEL PIPE OR NOM 4" DIA.(OR SMALLER) STEEL EMT OR RIGID CONDUIT. MAX ONE STEEL PIPE OR CONDUIT PER THROUGH OPENING. WHEN THROUGH OPENING SIZE EXCEEDS 4" DIA. MAX. ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN PIPE OR CONDUIT AND EDGE OF THROUGH OPENING SHALL NOT EXCEED 2". O PACKING MATERIAL -USED AS A FORM TO PREVENT LEAKAGE OF THE FILL MATERIAL WHEN IN A PLASTIC STATE. IN FLOORS, PACKING MATERIALS MAY CONSIST OF CARDBOARD, MINERAL -WOOL BATTS OR CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET MATERIAL. IN WALLS, PACKING MATERIAL MAY CONSIST OF MINERAL -WOOL BATT OR CERAMIC FIBER BLANKET MATERIAL WITH A REMOVABLE FORM(TAPE OR EQUAL) PLACED OVER THE THROUGH OPENING AT THE WALL SURFACE TO PREVENT SEEPAGE OF THE FILL MATERIAL FROM THE THROUGH OPENING WHILE IN ITS PLASTIC STATE. O4 FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIALS -APPLIED TO FILL THE THROUGH OPENING TO A MIN. DEPTH AS REQUIRED. STEEL COVER PLATE -MIN. 0.019" THICK (26 GAUGE) GALV STEEL PLATE SIZED TO OVERLAP THE THROUGH OPENING MIN. 2". SECURED TO TOP OF CONCRETE FLOOR (AND BOTH SIDES OF WALL) WITH STEEL MASONRY FASTENERS, WHEN ANNULAR SPACE IS GREATER THAN 3/4". �6 VAPORPROOF SEAL OR APPROVED DRYWALL COMPOUND APPLIED PER U.L. OR LISTING AND TESTING PROCEDURES IF OPENING IN WALL AROUND PIPING IS LESS THAN 1/4". INSTALL "BLOW-OUT" PATCH PER ARCHITECTURAL WALL DETAILS IF OPENING IN WALL AROUND PIPE EXCEEDS 1 /4". n 1. RISER FROM MAIN WATER SUPPLY 2. ALARM CHECK VALVE 3. MONITORED OS&Y VALVE 4. CHECK VALVE 5. PIPING FROM SIAMESE 6. WET PIPING TO SPRINKLER SYSTEM 7. TEST STATION DISCHARGE PIPING 8. RETARD CHAMBER 9. PRESSURE GAGE 10. STRAINER & CHECK VALVE 11, CHAIN LOCK VALVE OPEN 12. WATER MOTOR GONG 13. REDUCER 14. MODEL "E' DRY VALVE 15. ANGLE VALVE 16. TEST DRAIN 17. OS & Y OR BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH TAMPER SWITCH 18, DRY RISER TO CANOPY SPRINKLER SYSTEM 19. AIR COMPRESSOR 20. DRY PIPE SYSTEM FOR EXTERIOR PIPING IF REQUIRED. SPRINKLER RISER DETAIL NO SCALE SEE FLOC PLAN FOI CONTINU/ IR !i II I III I! I I I I I 'I I li I I ! II j ( 1 j ! i ! i ! I I i is I I I j I I ! I I l l l l I I l l I i I i i Icbj l l l l Z ,TION ! I I I I , I I I ( l I l I I I I ! ' I J! II I I I I I I I I II I I I I! I I I 1 1 1 I I! i i 'I III I I `II I_li I ! ; i I II r, Il • II j i1 li li I ! ! (! f I I I I I I! l f ' I I I I I I ! ! I ! I SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR CONTINUATION SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR CONTINUATI01\ Fire bcpt ,I Final Insp. . Date�� r-,OU. ilk .3A��' SEE FLOOR SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR PLAN FOR CONTINUATION CONTINUATIQI I I I FIRE PROTECTION LAY-OUTTYPE "A" FIRE PROTECTION LAY -OUT TYPE "P" SCALE: 1 /8"=1'-0" 3080 SCALE: 1 /8"=V-0" 3080 SPRINKLER HEAD LEGEND SYMBOL NAME METAL TEMP K NPT ORIF MFG. MODEL # FESCUT G PEND. CHROME 155 5.5 1/2" 1/2 MKING M SEMI-REC. UPRIGHT BRASS 155 8.0 3/4» 17/32 VIKING M ------ I t NOTE: ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE FM AND UL APPROVED CEILING TYPE: LAY -IN FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND DESCRIPTION SYMBOL NEW- FIRE PROTECTION PIPING FLUSHING CONNECTION L FOR ATION n ) DB c- J r r� 3 � � N- .c Oro ® w O x VP-4� <00 o 0 0 RI a� in Lo O N N n , � M Cy) �✓ 0 c6 _o Mi z Z N r�' J z �+ t0 O CIO -�--+ ,J _ ao j W CD 1✓ 6 ,-l- n 05 L O LL O O LL V) 5) oLLJ d O d U CN C> w o = Q w N V) U CONNECT T DOMESTIC 1 { ROUTE 3/4" ABOVE CEILI TIGHT TO WE SOV. (TYPIC, 3/4"CW f CEILING PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: • ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2001 FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE. • REVIEW PLANS OF ALL TRADES PRIOR TO BIDDING AND INSTALLATION TO INCLUDE ALL PLUMBING FOR COMPLETE SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND AS REQUIRED. • COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH HVAC DUCTS, STRUCTURE, ELECTRICAL LIGHTING, AND OTHER PIPING IN THE CEILING SPACE. VENT PIPING AND WATER PIPING SHALL BE HELD EITHER ABOVE OR BELOW HVAC DUCTWORK AS COORDINATED WITH THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. • ALL CHANGES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. • COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BEFORE ROUGHING —IN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES. • THE PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. • VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT AND WATER CONNECTION SIZES TO ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. FURNISH CUT—OUT TEMPLATES, FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN MILLWORK, TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. • VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING WATER SERVICE AND THE LOCATION/INVERTS OF SANITARY PIPING PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. • ALL PLUMBING VENTS IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE OFF —SET A MINIMUM OF 3'-0" BEFORE ROOF PENETRATION. • INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS WHERE WATER PRESSURES ARE EXCESSIVE OR WHERE REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE WATER HAMMER OR WHEN DEEMED NECESSARY BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. LOCATE AND SIZE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF PLUMBING ENGINEERS. • ALL WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THESE PLANS SHALL NOT PASS THRU OR ABOVE ANY ROOM DESIGNATED AS AN ELECTRICAL ROOM. • IT IS IN THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS TO COVER ALL WORK AND MATERIAL FOR A FIRST CLASS INSTALLATION. ANY EQUIPMENT, PLUMBING FIXTURE, TRIM HARDWARE AND/OR DEVICES USUALLY UTILIZED IN THE CLASS OF WORK, THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS, BUT WHICH MAY BE NECESSARY FOR THE SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE WORK (AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT) SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PART OF HIS TOTAL WORK. • ALL WORK, BOTH MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION, SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE: WC—HC: WATER CLOSET, BARRIER FREE — AMERICAN STANDARD, CADET II NO. 2216.170 FLOOR MOUNTED, 16-1/2" HIGH, TANK TYPE, VITREOUS CHINA, ELONGATED SIPHON ACTION BOWL, 2" BALLPASS TRAPWAY, CLOSE COUPLED TANK, 1.6 GPF. OLSONITE 95 OPEN FRONT SEAT LESS COVER, STAINLESS STEEL CHECK HINGE. 1/2" CW, 2" VENT, 4" SAN. LAV—HC: LAVATORY — AMERICAN STANDARD LUCERNE NO. 0355.012, 20x18" VITREOUS CHINA, WALL HUNG, 4" CENTERS. PROVIDE FLOOR CARRIER WITH CONCEALED ARMS_ DELTA NO. 501—WF CHROME FAUCET, SINGLE LEVER, 1/2 GPM FLOW RESTRICTOR, GRID DRAIN ASSEMBLY. TOP OF FRONT RIM MOUNTED 34" FROM FINISHED FLOOR. PROVIDE STOPS, SUPPLIES, TRAP, ETC., TO MAKE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. INSULATE TRAP AND SUPPLIES WITH TRUEBRO NO. 103 LAV GUARD. 1/2" CW, 2" VENT, 2" SAN. EWC: ELECTRIC WATER COOLER — BI—LEVEL, ELKAY MODEL EBFAT-8CC. PROVIDE SUPPLY, TRAP, ETC., TO MAKE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1/2"CW, 2"VENT, 2"SAN. WH-1: INSTAHOT — ARISTON, MODEL P10S, 2.5 GALLON, 1,350 WATTS, SINGLE PHASE. ADJUSTABLE THERMOSTATIC CONTROL, ON —OFF SWITCH, AND 110/120 VOLT PLUG IN CORD. 1 /2"CW, 3/4"T&P. FCO: FLOOR CLEANOUT — SMITH NO. 4237, CAST IRON WITH BRONZE COVER. HB: WALL HYDRANT, MODERATE CLIMATE — ZURN NO. Z-1335, ENCASED FLUSH WALL HYDRANT, NICKEL BRONZE BOX AND HINGED COVER WITH OPERATING KEY LOCK AND "WATER" CAST ON COVER. 3/4" CW WCO: WALL CLEAN —OUT — ZURN, #Z-1441, SMOOTH STAINLESS STEEL ACCESS COVER, DURA—COATED CAST IRON BODY. MATCH TO PIPE SIZE. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS: 1. HOT & COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE CPVC AND TYPE L COPPER IN FIRE RATED WALL. PROVIDE 12 GA. TRACER WIRE ABOVE PIPE BELOW SLAB. ALL HW PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED. 2. SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE WITH SOLVENT FITTINGS. PIPING IN FIRE RATED WALLS TO BE CAST IRON. CONFORMING TO ASTM STANDARDS. 3. INSULATION SHALL BE FLEXIBLE UNICELLULAR —SELF —SEAL ARMAFLEX 2000 1/2" THICK FOR HOT WATER PIPING UP TO 2" SIZE — PROVIDE SHEET METAL SADDLES AT EACH HANGER. FLOOR PLAN — MECHANICAL SCALE: 3/32"=V-0" 3080 PLUMBING LEGEND DESCRIPTION ABBREV. SYMBOL SANITARY PIPING SAN VENT PIPING V --------- COLD WATER PIPING CW — - - - — HOT WATER PIPING HW -- -- GAS PIPING G G GATE VALVE GV CLEAN OUT TO GRADE COTO WALL CLEAN OUT WCO WCO TYPICAL (TYP) CAP CAP HOSE BIBB HB HB PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE P.R.V. GAS COCK �71 VENT THRU ROOF VTR TEE UP TEE DOWN r, 90' UP 90' DOWN `i BACK FLOW PREVENTER BFP �Ii 3 ( CON ANI�ARY FG o i\ 2 C 2'' FCO WC SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM NO SCALE C—CLAMP PIPE HANGER FOR TOP ANGLE 3/8"0 ALL THREAD ROD ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL PIPE HANGER RING � 1 JL BAR JOIST PIPE HANGER DETAIL NO SCALE r \/ Cp 2�G� I `� dp NNE ,1� I 3 MESTI T T� 1 I I I /4 Cyy C WET SITE S OV I I ER I 1�1pI C 1 /2C IIN W/Hw H4T WATER RISER DIAGRAM NO SCALE CONNECT TO CONNECT TO SITE SANITARY SITE SANITARY WCO t�TAn I\I/\ IA I\/I-M .i l 3/4"CW ABOVE CEILING 3/4"CW ABOVE CEILING SEE FLOOR SEE FLOOR _ PLAN FOR _ _ _ � _ _ _ _ PLAN FOR CONTINUATION%/ CONTINUATION LAV—HC � i i i! , u �' t �+� LAV—HC WCO V INSTAHOT\'%`�N! WC—hic WC—HC jr—? .� INSTAHOT UNDER LAV—HC EWC EWC UNDER LAV—HC PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - SANITARY PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - WATER SCALE: 1 /4"=V—O" 3080 SCALE: 1 /4"=V-0" 3080 MAY EXTEND AS A WASTE OR VENT WALLCOVER AND SCREW WALL PLUGGED TEE WITH CLEANOUT FLOOR LINE 1/8 C.I. BEND BALANCE OF PIPING SAME AS CLEANOUT TO GRADE WALL CLEANOUT DETAIL N z COPPER OR LEAD SLEEVE I WITH FLANGE I N VENT PIPE ROOF "STIC 4" I ROOF DECK I ROOF DECK i PACK W/OAKUM OR EQUAL MATERIAL TO PREVENT ASPHALT DRAINAGE VENT THRU ROOF DETAIL NO SCALE CLEANOUT AND ACCESS COVER. TOP OF COVER BRASS CLEANOUT PLUG TO BE FLUSH W/TOP OF W/COUNTERSUNK HEAD FLOOR FLOOR LINE FINISHED GRADE 1/8" C.I. BEND 16" SQUARE CONCRETE PAD TROWEL SMOOTH AND EDGE f-BALANCE OF PIPING SAME AS CLEANOUT 1/8" C.I. BEND TO GRADE C.I. WASTE LINE FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) LENGTH TO SUIT CLEANOUT NOT TO BE LOCATED IN CARPETED AREA -'�� -- WASTE LINE 1/8" BEND IF CLEANOUT OCCURS AT END OF LINE CLEANOUT TO GRADE (COTG) CLEANOUT DETAILS NO SCALE Renna Enterprises, Inc. P.E. 7 56067 Ronald R. Rennc, P.E AUTH. GOOO 63i Consulting En-gineer_ 323i Drcne Field Road Ph. (863) 646 125 Lakeland, FI 33811 rex. (863) 646 88E u E :J L+ r7 3 p N � C - 1 N �/� V1 i— c` O � X u Lr:: J N N J C N , —o L n O O N Lo CO N N a)c') VI/ ca T .a C m o �LL 0 c: O O _w z 3 z ® L0 J L.L C 010.0 co LL - O O U ,ME co O J (� C �/ ry E 0 cl�_ U) co L 0 LL 0)-0 l CO � r 0 Q Lu w w =:> Q NO SCALE :2 n 1-1 /4" COMBINED CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE TO SPILL INTO SCUPPER / STORM ! \ �7 SPOUT AND DOWN (TYPICAL OF EACH/ A"ROOP UNITS) I '� I I i I :, iI � �I I II II I i— i I I I I j II I�► !I it ! .I I I !I I III T , , ! ;' ! �; I i II,r — I i � t i i I! j I S i, L-1J T I U-5 ! j l •I !! i; ! I I; II TU-5 ' `• I II I ( I I I �; �I ! � i i 1 I. ��� I �I ! I , I I,JI ! I II/ I I � l II 1 1 L__J, TU-7 I l i li I I I II V !I I I ' �! V � i i I I I ► II I � i ! � r� I ! � j I I I I I —h I I� I r I� � I i I 1 I I I 1 1 TUI i 1 it !� III U 1 I I! — I i4 I —; I !� I I I i! I II I I —a I i I I I I —i � II I I I� I I ► 13 I I i �� I (� ! I R I I ! I I of TU!-15 j I d f I I i I I I I i) `I�i, R —T I RAI P � i »! C I N F D E N��' E I SI CH/ I T. I I I i !' I I t i 4_ (`� I TU $ I— I I I; I ! I I I s �._ r_ I� �— I I I ! I ► I I I RITU� I J 112 I I I I C,qL i i I I I I I, I it I L TU-9 I I JI !! I i I I I I I I I� ► i I TU! 10 I— !! I ( l 1 !! ' ! g� II RTC —1 ' � I i, � I I I I i I l i I S ; RTU-21 I q I it � it I I I I i t I it I S it I TU— � ! l i' iI I I I I ' I I i I IIg I, I T—TJ I I I TI I iT,1' i y !.II; I i I I I I I 1 I ! I I I I I I 's E I LAf ! 1 i ! I I I 1 �J1 I �I I — I ! i 1 ME � E CH N CAL I I ,> I,> — Y �OU;T �fYPE � � ! — I I I ! ! I I ' I I I I �r — I I i SEE E� H N I C iL i I _ M Cr I 1» I» LAY —OUT TYPE B� I I � c I !—. — - ! I I I I ! I I I e I I I I I I ! I L 1 1 i I I I I �r ; i I I i i I !I I I i I II i � I 'I I ! II 1 Y ! I I a i .! I I i i i I II I I , ( 1 I' I 9 ii I I C II ! I I �� '1 II 1 �• 1 I I I I 1 I 11 :I t. , I III: (: I 1 II 11 _ 1 A li I II i 1 i I !i I � I I 1 I I I I I 1 t 1 1 — 1 I !i I 112' I u '-�--r-- - 1 ii 9 II I z i I— - I i ---r I �1 1 !; pry$ I ti I I r a !I '!I � i r� � it 1.. , g — I ':� I � ! 'I r 1 I I I� I t � l. I I 1 I :I I I � — I li I 'i I II ! I 'I I I:' I - I I: I I . � � : — I 1 6 I ! I V i I t1 I — I I I� t 1 I a Ii I 1 SEE ECHAN C I I — I— I 6 I AL SEE E�HANIC L SESEE— I —� I I E ME HANICAL �E � HA i M r I ! I I � E EC , NIC IL � E H' NI l » ' » :» I I{I ! �! IA CAL IL IY,OUT TY E I — ! ! ' '° I �`'1 � Py i P I SAY QUff TYRE Bi LAZY OUT ITYPEi LA — U TY !» >' „ I» I ! ! ! MECH/�N,ICAL I SEE �CHANI'CAL I I � I � ; —1 �+ Y O (f I RE B; I LA,Y—IOI�T TYPE+ A I AY—OU� TYR i ,> :,, E Bi _ LA,Y. OUT (TYPE A I ( ,> ,, I ISEE ECHAN CAL j S ' ! _ _ - !' ! - ! - i -- i ; , i 1. ' ! i 1 I LAY -BUT TYPE I B -! LAZY 0 _ I I , I , , 1 EE MECHf! N C L IT I _I ! —I UT TYPE A LAY OU » , I ! , I I_ T TY E B M I I I = I I R LAIY OUT TY EI Y— I I i I I � i LA OU TY E, BI - _ IT I I I __ I I LAZY Ol) T TYP 11 P i l I 1 R -� ILAIY�OUT !TYPE! -'A - I E• C i � I -I I t 1! I I I I I. I it II I :1 I I' I I b i 9 ,I I I it II I ''I I I I: I I I i ! I li — � I I � I i i 1 1 i ! I I ! i I I. � i ! i i I I I I: II ii I i I I' I it I I n Ii d I i I :i :! I I ! I I 1 ! I , I {C[ ! ( { I I I I I I_ ! I li H � 'I I p I ! I I 'I I i r I I I :I �i I �I iI I I i � II I 1 I I I II Ii I 1 IUI I l !I l I I I I I I t I i 261, 22x22 R 1,700 Cf 12 GC M 1 ! I I 1 I II I ��� 6'' O i 32 CFM 1 =; ITT, I I I i 1 d"b I I i! I II 325 I 11 Ii qFM it II it i I r I ; 12x12 li i I' li Is ' II I I i I I 1 20x16 I it i I I I i 16 141 I I ii I I I ! i I it 1010 � I 325 CFM ! 1 D I ! I I I I II I i I I I l I I I I I I I I I 1 ! i�i it I I 110i'0 Il II �D i I I I I I i I I I it 'I I I I i �I ! I ! ,I!I li I 114"0 CD i! l 700 (CFM I, 1 I I ROOF EXHAUST CAP 0 MECHANICAL LAY -OUT TYPE ,'A" SCALE: 1 /8"=1'-0" 3080 FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL SCALE: 3/32"=1'-0" 3080 �J ROOF EXHAUST CAP 26x12 22x22 RGC 1,700 CFM I I I ! I I ! , I 610 (, E '1 325 I CFMVN i i I i Ij II ' i I I 1 I ( I I I 11 c »0 I ! I �i 325 CFM �h I 12(1121 I it n ii I I ! I Is i l it I 1 II 12Qx16 I I -17 I I i I 116�141 i I i it I it ' I! 11 ii I I i ! I I i 10 I 132 0 5 IFM OD i I I I I I r I I I I I II II " 101'0D ! I I I j i ! I I I ' I i I I i i I I IF-- II ifj I I I I I I ! 1 I T I , I I jI _ I I• !i 0 I D 700 CFM i i it II li I I I l i i l i I I I I I MECHANICAL LAY -OUT TYPE " IP" SCALE: 1 /8"=1'-0" 3080 a ROOF EXHAI CAP 26x16 46x22 RGC 2,600 CFM MECHANICAL LAY -OUT TYPE "C" SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" 3080 - a V o C J Li cJ 3 3 Q- _ :v � r �x 'J N N I 0 0 N g (n 0�M cu -0 cu _O L LL 0 z Z 3 C� N cy LO :J J 0 L.L n� W ♦� C J o cp� o U � z cm 0 E z n m^ ^ I CL 0 LL 0 C m L) = 0 I I r\ CO M O O Z C F-- 4 � Q) � N C) w Renna Enterprises, Inc. P.L # 6067 Ronald R. Renna, P. AUTH. 7 00008631 r I onsll?ina=n'aineers 0 3231 Drone Field Road Ph. (863) 040 1258 Lakeland, FI 338T1 =ax.. (863) 046 8881 i \ M100 4, SANFORD FIRE DEPARTMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Ff. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford Ff. 32772 Office (407) 302-2520 / FAX (407) 302-2526 Pager (407) 918-0395 Plans Review Sheet Date: March 4, 2004 Business Address: 1101 Rinehart Road Occur. Ch. Mercantile (Shell only) Business Name: Deon P. Dike Ph. (407) 830-4888 Contractor: Not on Application Ph. () Fax. 0 Architect/Engineer: Chaco & Peterson Architects Pit (407) 228-4220 Fax (407) 228-4219 Reviewed with Comment: (X) Reviewed By: T. L. Robles Fire Inspector/Plans Examiner Comments: Plans reviewed cis a shell only. Building can not be ever occupied without afire department CIO on shell, and additional permit for interior renovations. Interior renovations blueprints will be required prior to C/O or any occupancy of shell. Fire Department requires additional permits for all undergroundfire line work. 1.1 Application — New Building, Type VI Const., 24,600 sq. ft., (shell only) 1.2 Mixed — N/A 1.3 Special Definitions — N/N 1.4 Classification of Occupancy — Unknown (shell only) 1.5 Classification of Hazard of Contents — Unknown 1.6 Minimum Construction — SEE SANFORD BUILDING DEPTS. REQUIRII CENTS 1 SANFORD FIRE DEPAR TMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford Fl. 32772 Office (407) 302-2520/FAX (407) 302-2526 Pager (407) 918-0395 2.2 Means of Egress Components — 2.3 Capacity of Egress — 2.4 Number of Exits — Six —teen separate (16) future tenant space 2.5 Arrangement of Egress — two separate exits per tenant space 2.6 Travel Distance — Less than 75' as shell 2.7 Discharge from Exits — 2.8 Lumination of Means of Egress — Required over each EXIT illuminated with battery back up 2.8 Emergency Lighting — required 9 Marking of Means of Egress — required 2.10 Special Features - Interior build out permit will be required 3.0 Protection of Vertical Openings — Interior build out permit will be required 3.2 Protection from Hazards — Interior build out permit will be required 3.3 Interior Finish - Interior build out permit will be required 3.4 Detection, Alarm, and Communications — Interior build out permit will be required monitoring o f &e sprinkler system 3.5 Extinguishing Requirements —each tenant required to have One (1) 3A10 BC Fire extinguisher 3.6 Corridors — 4 Special Provisions — 5 Building Services 5.1 Utilities — 5.2 HVAC — 5.3 Elevators, Escalators, Conveyors (4A-47) — N/A 5.4 Rubbish Chutes, Incinerators, and Laundry Chutes — N/A SANFORD CITY CODE — CHAPTER 9 Fire Sprinklers — Required, Ordinary Group Two 92, no storage over 12' ft per design criteria Monitoring — Required, on fare sprinkler system OTHER — NFPA 1 2 SANFORD FIRE DEPAR TMENT FIRE PREVENTION DIVISION 300 N. Park Ave., Sanford, Fl. 32771 / P. O. Box 1788, Sanford Fl. 32772 Office (407) 302-2520/FAX (407) 3 02-252 6 Pager (407) 918-0395 3-5.1 Fire Lanes — Required if building is more than 150' from street, exception: building has a fire sprinkler system, F.D.C. required to be 25' (ft) from building not allowed on building 3-6.1 Key Box —Required, see application attached 3-7.1 Bldg. Address Number Posted & Legible — Required, will field verify, numbers of a contrasting color to background MECHANICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION NEW DUCTWORK, PIPING, OR EQUIPMENT ® SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT SECTION ® RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT SECTION FLEXIBLE DUCT DUCTWORK TRANSITION MANUAL AIR VOLUME CONTROL DAMPER ® ® SUPPLY AIR DEVICE. CLEAR TRIANGLE SIDES INDICATE AIR FLOW PATTERN ® RETURN, TRANSFER OR EXHAUST AIR DEVICE --i}_ UNDERCUT DOOR 3/4" (MINIMUM) O WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT 0 SMOKE DETECTOR CD CEILING DIFFUSER RGC RETURN GRILLE AT CEILING MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES: IN GENERAL, PLANS AND DIAGRAMS ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE SCALED, INTENT OF THESE NOTES AND MECHANICAL NOTES ON DRAWINGS IS TO CLARIFY THE SCOPE OF WORK AND ALERT CONTRACTOR OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR TO VISIT SITE AND VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES BEFORE FABRICATION OF DUCTWORK AND PROVIDE ADDITIONAL OFFSET AND/OR CHANGES IN DUCT SIZES TO MEET FIELD CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SUBCONTRACTOR BEFORE ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK_-__- - s THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TRADES INSTALLATION SCHEDULES. FIXED WORK SUCH AS DUCTWORK AND PLUMBING SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ANY TRADE WORK THAT CAN BE EASILY RELOCATED OR OFFSET SUCH AS ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, SMALL WATER LINES ETC. s UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, INSTALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE. COORDINATE DUCT ELEVATION WITH WATER PIPING, SANITARY DRAINS AND MAJOR ELECTRICAL CONDUITS. * CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL REQUIRED TO SUSPEND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS. e ALL MECHANICAL WORK SHALL MEET ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE "2001 FLORIDA MECHANICAL BUILDING CODE". • LOCATIONS OF DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE REFERENCE LOCATIONS ONLY. THE FINAL PLACEMENT OF THE DETECTOR IN THE DUCTWORK SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE A PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TEST AND THE MANUFACTURER'S TEST KIT. A COPY OF ALL TEST DATA WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE AT THE FINAL INSPECTION. PROVIDE READILY ACCESSIBLE DUCT ACCESS DOOR FOR INSPECTING AND SERVICING THE DETECTOR. DETECTORS ARE FURNISHED, INSTALLED IN DUCTWORK AND WIRED TO SHUT DOWN UNIT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. • DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. • DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND OTHER ITEMS OF THE AIR HANDLING SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED BY THE CEILING OR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. • ALL WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTATS AND/OR TEMPERATURE SENSORS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT AN ELEVATION OF 54" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE TOP UNLESS OTHERWISE.NOTED ON DRAWINGS. LOCATION OF THE WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES FOR A NEAT APPEARANCE. FINAL LOCATION OF THERMOSTAT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE IN THE FIELD. ALL SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS SHALL BE 4—WAY THROW UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. * COORDINATE AIR DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH LIGHTING FIXTURES AND FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS (WHERE APPLICABLE). • PROVIDE A TRAP IN ALL CONDENSATE PIPING LOCATED AT THE ROOF TOP UNIT. CONDENSATE PIPING TO BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. * VERIFY VOLTAGE WITH ELECTRICAL BEFORE ORDERING EQUIPMENT. 0 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF THE TEST AND BALANCE REPORT AT THE FINAL INSPECTION, THIS REPORT MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO THE FINAL INSPECTION. THE CONTRACTOR MUST ALSO PROVIDE ALL REPORTS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFICATION. 0 FLEXIBLE AND RIGID ROUND DUCT TAKE —OFFS FOR DIFFUSERS SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS DIFFUSER NECK. MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH SHALL BE 8'-0". INSULATE RIGID WRAP TO HAVE AN OU ND DUCTS LLED MIN MINIMUM THERMAL RESISTANCE /2" FOIL FACED R ( )SS DUCT WRAP, DUCT VALUE 0 6.0. • SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 1-1/2" THICK DUCT BOARD (ANTI —MICROBIAL FIBER DUCTWORK) AND CONFORM WITH UL STANDARDS FOR SAFETY AIR DUCT, NO. 181, 1967 ESTABLISHED FOR CLASS 1 AIR DUCTS. CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS AND DETAILS IN SMACNA BULLETIN 15, LATEST REVISION AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE SECURELY TAPED WITH FASTON 0810 OR APPROVED EQUAL PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE. METAL TO FIBERGLASS CONNECTIONS TO BE MADE USING 3" WIDE GLASS FABRIC TAPE WITH FOSTER 30/35 MASTIC OR EQUAL. SUPPORT DUCTS WITH 1X2X1 22 GAUGE MINIMUM CHANNELS AND STRAP OR 12-GAUGE WIRE FROM BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. SUSPEND FROM JOINTS WITH BEAM CLAMPS. PROVIDE HOT DIPPED STEEL FASTENERS, ANCHORS, RODS, STRAPS, TRIM AND ANGLES FOR SUPPORT OF DUCTWORK. 0 ALL EXHAUST DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST SMACNA STANDARDS, ALL JOINTS SHALL BE SECURELY TAPED WITH 3" WIDE GLASS FABRIC TAPE WITH FOSTER 30/35 MASTIC OR EQUAL. • FLEXIBLE DUCTS: EITHER SPIRAL ROUND SPRING STEEL WITH FLAMEPROOF VINYL SHEATHING, OR CORRUGATED ALUMINUM; COMPLY WITH: UL 181. PROVIDE 1-1/2" THICK CONTINUOUS FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS SHEATH WITH VINYL VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. FLEX TO HAVE AN INSTALLED MINIMUM THERMAL RESISTANCE (R) VALUE OF 6.0. s DUCT SHALL BE SECURELY SUPPORTED, HUNG OR SUSPENDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1997 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1-1/2" WIDE 22 GA. STRAPS, 10 FT. SPACING FOR MAXIMUM HALF DUCT PERIMETER UP TO 30" AND ALL ROUND FLEX DUCT. PROVIDE 1" WIDE 22 GA. STRAPS, 5 FT. SPACING FOR MAXIMUM HALF DUCT PERIMETER FROM 31" TO 72" AND 1" WIDE 20 GA. STRAPS, 5 FT. SPACING FOR MAXIMUM HALF DUCT PERIMETER UP TO 96". s ROOF TOP UNIT OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM ANY EXHAUST ROOF CAPS OR SANITARY VENT THRU ROOF PIPING. • PROVIDE ALL ROOF TOP UNITS WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE AREA CLEARANCES. ALL ROOF TOP UNITS SHALL BE REINFORCED TO WITH STAND 110 MPH WIND LOAD DESIGN, WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. (SEE "ROOF CURB DETAIL FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT") ALL CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING ON ROOF SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED. (SEE "CONDENSATE PIPE SUPPORT ON ROOF" DETAIL) GUARANTEE, FOR ONE YEAR AFTER DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER, ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP TO BE FREE FROM DEFECT. OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATION OCCUPANCY * * PERSONS) CFM �k �k CFM * * CFM CFM AREA (SF) FLOOR AREA (P/1,000 S.F.) - _ S.F. - PERSON REQUIRED SUPPLIED (RETAIL) SERVED BY RTU-1 THRU 15 1,000 * --- --- 0.30 --- 300 300 (RETAIL) SERVED BY RTU-5 -1,330 * --- --- 0.30 --- 399 400 TOTALS 4,899 4,900 �k AREA '� NET OCCUPIABLE FLOOR ** INTERMITTENT OCCUPANCY *�k PER ASHRAE STANDARD 62-1989 v EDGE OF ROOF MIN 18 GA STRAP BOLT EXHAUST CAP TO BOLT (,AS AIN FRAME **1/4" BOLT W/WASHERS AND LOCKWASHERS THRU UNIT ASKET BETWEEN UNIT AND I IN FRAME AND CURB AND THRU UNITULL PERIMETER OF CURB I CABINET. 16" ON CENTER WHEREEALANT M ALL SCREW APPLIESETAVOID O TWO LLONGEST ILLING SIDES. AREA.ENETRATIONS BY HVAC FLASHING YROOFER 12"TED WOOD NAILER N 14GA. ROOF B BY RI HVAC INSITALLED GENERAL CONTRACTOR SPACER BLOCK AS REQUIRED TO LEVEL UNIT. SULATION 1 4" PLATE OR STACKED ORT ANGLES WASHERS FIBEQUIRED BY CANRAL CONTRACTOR ** 1/2"0 BOLTS, NUTS, AND DUCT WASHERS ON 24" CENTERS. ROOF OPENING AS MIN. THREE REQUIRED PER REQUIRED FOR **REINFORCING SHOWN SIDE. DUCTWORK IS FOR 110—MPH WIND LOAD DESIGN. ROOF CURB DETAIL FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT NOT TO SCALE 14 GA. 1" GALVANIZED SCHEDULE 40 PVC STRAPS SCREWED CONDENSATE PIPING TO BLOCK WOOD SLEEPER CONDENSATE PIPE SUPPORT NOTE_ WOOD SLEEPER SHALL BE 4"x4"x8" REDWOOD (OR WOOD TREATED WITH PENYTHOL) 4„ ROOF SYSTEM BLOCKS TO BE PLACED ON 8'-0" CENTERS AND AT ALL TURNS AND JUNCTIONS IN LINES. MASTIC BLOCKING SECURE TO ROOF. COORDINATE MATERIALS WITH ROOF TYPE TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY. CONDENSATE PIPE SUPPORT ON ROOF DETAIL NO SCALE EDGE OF ROOF TOP UNIT ` CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE, SLOPE PROVIDE PLUG'FOR WITH FLOW 1/8" PER FOOT TO MAINTENANCE SCUPPER / STORM GUTTER AND DOWN SPOUT. ---A (TYPICAL OF EACH ROOF TOP UNIT) �A CONDENSATE A = FAN SUCTION PRESSURE + 1INCH MAX. TONS PIPE SIZE 2 3/4" NOTE: 3 1" PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT EACH CHANGE 30 1 1/4" OF DIRECTION OR EVERY 30' CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP DETAIL NOT TO SCALE (FOR DRAW THRU APPLICATIONS) MAX. 20' — TRANSITION 1.25 X DIA. EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE TAG — EF-1 SERVICE — EXHAUST AIR QUANTITY CFM 100 EXT. STATIC PRESS. IN. H2O 0.30 FAN TYPE — CEILING DRIVE — DIRECT SONES — 3•9 MOTOR WATTS 204 FAN SPEED RPM 716 - POWER V/0 115/1 CONTROL — INTERLOCK SWITCH AREA SERVED — TOILET ROOM MANUFACTURER — GREENHECK MODEL — SP-9 NOTES # 02 3 1 WITH FACTORY PLUG—IN DISCONNECT AND HANGING VIBRATION ISOLATOR KIT. 2 SUPPLY ROOF EXHAUST CAPS AS REQUIRED.SEE' DETAIL. 3 WITH FACTORY FAN SPEED CONTROLLER LOCATED AT FAN. AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE TICEI TDC (ROUND NECK) CEILING DIFFUSER (CD) MANUFACTURER CEILING TO BE SIZED AS FOLLOWS: MARK TYPE MATERIAL FINISH ACCESSORIES AND MODEL TYPE BAK. WHT. OPPOSED_-_-_ - TITUS - LAY —IN NECK SIZE -CFM RANGE CEILING CD DIFFUSER ALUMINUM ENAMEL BLADE DAMPER TDC—AA 9X9 50 TO 150 RGC RETURN STEEL_ BAK. WHT. ENAMEL TITUS 50R LAY —IN 12X12 151 TO 500 GRILLE 15X15 501 TO 650 AIR DEVICE NOTES: 1BX18 651 TO 1,000 1. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AIR DEVICE FRAMES WITH CEILING AND/OR WALL TYPE. 2. NECK SIZES AND CFM QUANTITIES ARE SHOWN ON MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN. 3. ALL AIR DEVICES ARE SIZED AT A NOISE CRITERIA OF LESS THAN 30 DB. 4. ALL DUCTWORK VISIBLE THRU SUPPLY & RETURN AIR DEVICES SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK. 5. DO NOT CUT AIR DEVICES INTO CEILING TILES. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE BORDER FOR LAY —IN CEILINGS. g j w:? 0 1 TOP 1/4" BOLT W/WASHERS AND LOCK WASHERS FAN MAIN FRAME O THRU UNIT FRAME AND MIN 18 GA STRAP FROM BOLT TO BOLT GASKET BETWEEN UNIT AND ! I CURB AND THRU UNIT 1U FULL PERIMETER OF CURB CABINET. 16" ON i SEALANT AT ALL SCREW CENTER 'WHERE PENETRATIONS BY HVAC POSSIBLE. AVOID FLASHING BY R006 DRILLING COIL AREA. TREATED WOOD NAILER 12" MIN. APPLIES TO TWO ROOF SYSTEM 12" FABRICATED, MIN 14GA. CURB LONGEST SIDES. BY HVAC INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHIM AS REQUIRED SPACER BLOCK TO LEVEL UNIT. 1/4" PLATE OR STACKED INSULATION WASHERS O FIBER SUPPORT ANGLES AS MECHANICAL NOTE BY SYMBOL: CANT REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR 1O REINFORCING SHOWN IS FOR 1/2"0 BOLTS, NUTS, AND GENERAL WASHERS ON 24" CENTERS. DUCT ROOF OPENING AS 110—MPH WIND LOAD DESIGN. MIN. THREE REQUIRED PER REQUIRED FOR tJ2 MOUNTING OF ROOF TOP UNIT TO SIDE. O FULL SIZE DUCTWORK COMPLY WITH THE 2001 FLORIDA MECHANICAL BUILDING CODE. O COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL FOR FLASHING TO ROOF SYSTEM. ROOF CURB DETAIL FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 0.25 X DIA. (4" MIN. PER SMACNA) RECTANGULAR DUCT 4( s' DIA. I _I r —MANUAL VOLUME a DAMPER RECTANGULAR DUCT CONICAL FITTING WITH LOCKING TYPE VOLUME DAMPER. \— FLEX DUCT OR ROUND SHEET METAL DUCT. USE CLAMP TO ATTACH FLEXIBLE DUCTS AND SEAL. SUPPORT DUCT EVERY FOUR FEET FROM STRUCTURE BRANCH DUCT DETAILS NO SCALE NOT TO SCALE SUPPLY DUCT SEE DRAWING FOR SIZES INSULATED ROUND SPIN —IN FITTING FLEXIBLE DUCT WITH DAMPER (MAX. 8'-0" LONG) SIZE TO MATCH DIFFUSER NECK. ROUND METAL DUCT INSULATION (EXTERNALLY INSULATED) CEILING DIFFUSER CEILING CEILING DIFFUSER RUNOUT DETAIL NO SCALE MOUNT CAP LEVEL BIRD SCREEN COORDINATE ROOF CAULKING BEAD OR GASKET PITCH WITH ARCH. FULL PERIMETER OF CURB BY HVAC. TREATED WOOD NAILER ANCHOR W/CADMIUM 12" PLATED SCREWS 12" O.C. CURB PREFABRICATED CURB BY HVAC INSTALLED COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR FLASHING TO ROOF SYSTEM —�� ROOF SYSTEM SUPPORT ANGLES AS REQUIRED BY FULL SIZE GALVANIZED EXHAUST DUCT GALVANIZED EXHAUST SEE MECHANICAL 1 1/2" EXTERNAL L'��DUCT. 2" SUMP FLOOR PLAN FOR SIZE. INSULATION SEAL WATERTIGHT ROOF CAP TO BE GREENHECK MODEL GRS-8 W/CURB OR EQUAL ROOF EXHAUST CAP DETAIL NO SCALE V . C �U 1-J 3 N N J �^ 0 co — � C O u O N N N N J N � c+ L U -O J o. d G Renna Enterprises, Inc. P.E. L 56067 Ronald R. Renna, P.E. AUTH. 00008631 Consulting=noineers 3231 Drone Field Road Pn. (863) 646 1258 Lakeland, FI 33811 Fox. (863) 645 8881 O O CV � (!J ti 0) m tiCo T 0 -� 0 c: 3 z N c U pp�0/ L.L+ L 0 p� LL LL `v O O (-) 0 c o z E n U 0 S LAJ C) Z N Fw- ) U CD p ic� LLJ w w o _ of � O U \ M200 SURFACE MOUNT, WEATHERPROOF BOX, AND NIPPLE INTO POLE FOR CONNECTIONS. GRADE OR PAVING. 43' CONCRETE POLE WITH HAND HOLE. (PROVIDE FUSING AT BASE OF POLE) #2 BARE COPPER GROUND WIRE. illlllill�ll�ll�lll 1II1 1111111111111� =III=1 1=1 1=11 _ I _ 00 1 1 /4" PVC =III=III 1= =11 11-1I1=1 I I _-5/8"x8'-O" COPPER GROUND ROD (DRIVEN). SITE LIGHTING - POLE BASE DETAIL N. T. S. SEPARATE 120V. CONN.- PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR (OVER PANEL) EQUAL TO EDWARDS #62708/6251 B-001 A 2 wP i MANUAL PULL STATION (AT PANEL) EQUAL TO EDWARDS #270-SPO -\ WATER GONG (BY OTHERS) SPRINKLER RISER FLOW & TAMPER SWITCHES (BY OTHERS) (2) PHONE LINES IN 1 /2" C. TO TELEPHONE BOARD •HP-13 PROVIDE FOUR ZONE FIRE ALARM DIGITAL DIALER PANEL WITH BATTERY BACK UP CONNECTED TO LOCAL MONITORING STATION. PANEL EQUAL TO EDWARDS #EST1-2Z3 USING #DL1 DIALER MODULE AND 2IBC ZONE MODULE. SUPERVISED SPRINKLER SYSTEM DETAIL N.T.S. PROVIDE NEMA 313 TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET WITH 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. VERIFY SIZE REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY PRIOR TELEPHONE TO BID. PAINT BOARD WITH APPROVED TERMINAL FIRE RETARDANT PAINT. CABINET �_V' EMPTY CONDUIT W/PULL WIRE. STUB -UP 2'-0" A.F.F., i CAP AND MARK. (TYP. FOR JL _ EACH TENANT) #6 CU. TO BUILDING GROUND (2) 2" PVC CONDUIT WITH PULL _ WIRE TO PROPERTY LINE FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE. STUB UP, CAP & MARK. USE LONG RADIUS BENDS. COORDINATE WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY FOR EXACT ROUTING AND POINT OF TERMINATION PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. TELEPHONE CABINET DETAIL N.T.S. N N ca N 0 0 (7 N 0 X F F T 4.4 3.9 3,5 1,5 4,6 '4.1 6.6 8,7 p7 I ° I � I�.2 PE1.2 5 � 5,1 4.4 6.0 6.9 7,6 7,6 ° 9 5.6 5,4 5.5 4,7 I 6.2 6.0 6.4 6.4 I 2 6.3 6.3 5.7 5.1 I7.2 t7.3 ° 6.6 E19 7.0 ❑ 6.3 5.5 � F110 6 .9 l 7.1 0 0 0 6.7 6.1 � ❑ °I al (i I 5.8 5,9 6.0 iJ 6,2 7 8 .8 6.7 6.3 Ei3 6.0 5.6 _ Ej.5 6 ` 5.4 5.7 E 6 E.2 I 5,4 6.0 6I p I 112 ❑.8 I 5.4 ❑ 1 ° ,7 .0 5.3 6, ° I / ❑ ❑ �.1 .8 3r''�� 5,/5.6 1 0 5.8 5.0 5.3 ° 2 5 % 6.0 5.5 5.0 l� 4.0!I 414 4.6/ 4.9 °.3 5.6 5.6 / I.1 5.3 .4 5.6 4 / �,4 5.2 5.0 .3 5.6 5.8 �'0 7 5.2 4.7 4. / i .0 5.0 V 5.6 5 5.2 4.5 / .5 5.2 5.0 .4 5.1 4.2 /r 3 3 7 °.1 5.0 5.0 6.2 2 4.6 4.8 F AV'-_-­ 8 l / 6,8 5, 4.7 4.4 4. 6.6 5, 4.5 4.1 `\ 0 46 ,3 3.9 4.1�� f 4 42 3.7 3.4 3. % 7 3' 3.7 3.4 .8 3,5 3.1 1 3.5 3.3 SITE PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1 "=30'-O" ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN NOTES 1. PROPOSED UTILITY COMPANY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER. CONTACT FPC - SHERI MCCORKELL ® (407) 328-1909 FOR COORDINATION AND ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. 2. WARNING - UTILITY COMPANY UNDERGROUND PRIMARY (APPROX. 36" BELOW GRADE) FROM UTILITY POLE (TO N.E.), TO HAND HOLE NEAR PROPOSED TRANSFORMER LOCATION AND CONTINUES S.W. TO SAM'S CLUB GAS STATION. 3. TELEPHONE CONDUIT TO PROPERTY LINE. CONTACT BELL SOUTH - NICK DARWICK ® (407) 237-3083 FOR COORDINATION, ROUGH -IN LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. SEE TELEPHONE CABINET DETAIL, THIS SHEET. Numeric Summary Project: Retail ® Rinehart Road Label Site Descri tion Horizontal 0 Grade Units Fc I Avg 15.05 Max 19.7 Min 11.8 Av Min 2.81 I Max Min 5.39 w) 00 C� to a N � N 3 co 3 • ¢ rn X cm R$ �I ILL 04 N V� pT N -j X Q N ° N agy i Q O 0 v N = 0 o --- r a. O a 0 O c 5 3 v 0 v L D• .a ° L O N m a I`o a 0 v 0 V yU 00 0 C ® J 'd a ❑ t e V LMa Ito V v ° W a CD v J v 9 n O� CU = OCv (TS 1z ° Qr V I. L - 7 CLu _® 7 U a: cn s M O Z N O m Ew-- \ C)p if C W W 2-1 U D CD Lj_j = Gt N p U Harold Hart & Associates, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 4201 West Gray Street : Tampa, Florida 33609 Telephone: (813) 287-2719 Fax: (813) 287-5704 EB #0004221 : PE #17286 SHEET ES-1 00 aTELEPHONE I TERMINAL CABINET PNL "HP" MAIN #2 MAIN #1 (71 (�� (9`1 (93i (3"N 4Z (s � METER ��FACP METER BANK #1 i- � r _r T BANK #2 1 I 1 i_ —f - -(� I I 1 "A" ( ✓ l� »D» „E" 11 ( "F" nGn i nHn nIn if "U" "K" (f ( "L" "M" �� „N„ »Pn .Q Q ! w + I � I I i I i � I j I RTU-1 RTU-2 RTU-3 RTU-4 RTU-5 RTU-6 RTU-7 RTU-8 RTU-9 RTU-10 RTU-11 RTU-12 RTU-13 RTU-14 RTU 15 RTU-16 » n "B" ! » n n n "A" n n � » » n " i » n » n I "A" "B" "A" n n `�,, — ✓ Q TYPE "A" TYPE "B" TYPE A TYPE B TYPE A TYPE B TYPE A TYPE B TYPE A TYPE B TYPE A TYPE B TYPE A TYPE B ? TYPE A TYPE C 6 f 4 2 I. I SUITE SUITE I SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE ( SUITE SUITE 6j� } 105 106 107 108 j 109 110 111 112 j 113 114 115 116 i ( 101 102 103 104 I � I 1 f 2 6 4 i I f 1 H P- 2, 4, 6 �'� _ �jr- 5-(a.� li I y ►:�! 2-- 4- -6 --� - �- 4---'- 2- --4 -I -6 -- 2 (- 4--6-- - 2 --4 - -- 6 -- 2- _4=�-6 ��4 �I� 6 4 6 -I_ ? - - 4- _ 62-f'-4 . (_a f (118"7� F I (7.5 h ( I (9�.. 0 (2(3.5 (4h4 6 (4rf (5.5 (0:0 (U, 69� . ✓ f ✓ ✓ ✓ I ✓ ✓ I ✓ f ✓ i I ✓ SAME AS TYPE "A" (z� FIXTURE TYPE "B" G\ (71 (� TYP. U.O.N. ✓ ✓ ✓ EXCEPT MIRRORED (TYP.) ✓ �� 1 FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /16"=1'-0" [XTURE TYPE "A" YP. - U.O.N. C -L- SIGN TYPE °A° FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1 /8"=1'-0" N 9, 1 (TYP.) -T A �1 1 a ' e , s II 1/ - �1 ��►�� rMAI j WP , W11 ( i 1 1 TO I / 1 / TENANT / SIGNij f TYPE T` FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1 /8"=1'-O" LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE TYPE MANUFACTURER CATALOG NO. VOLT LAMPS MOUNTING A LITHONIA 2GT8 432 A12125 120 (OSIS) GLR 120 4—FO32 T8/841 SYL FLUSH CEILING B LITHONIA AH 70M 8AR 120 SF 120 1—MP70 M/CU SYL FLUSH SOFFIT C LITHONIA RESERVED — — — D LITHONIA RESERVED — — — E LITHONIA LQMSW3R 120/277 ELN 120 LED — INCLUDED UNIVERSAL EM LITHONIA 6ELM2H 120 INCLUDED WALL 0 8'-0" AFF F LITHONIA KVF 1000M ASYDL TB (208) DF RP09 208 1-1000W MH SYL POLE 0 35'-0" AFG G LITHONIA TFR 400M RC TB (208) DF IS TFRAB 208 1-40OW MH SYL POLE ® 25'-0" AFG H LITHONIA TWA 100M TB (120) SF 120 1-10OW MH SYL WALL ® 10'-0" AFG POLE PRECAST SPECIALTIES — 43' O.A.L. W/ 8' EMBEDMENT, CLASS II DIRECT BURIAL CONCRETE POLE W/ 2 3/8" TOP TENON AND HAND HOLE (RATED FOR 15 S.F. ® 120 M.P.H.). PROVIDE LITHONIA TENONS T20-190 FOR SINGLE FIXTURES, T20-280 FOR TWIN FIXTURES. ALTERNATE LUMINAIRES SHALL BE BY "LITHONIA", "THOMAS INDUSTRY", "GENLYTE", "USI INDUSTRY" AND "COOPER INDUSTRY" ONLY. ALL ALTERNATE LUMINAIRES SUBSTITUTIONS LISTED ABOVE MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR TEN DAY PRIOR APPROVAL (SEE SPECIFICATIONS). GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES SHALL HAVE 4. ALL EMERGENCY, EXIT AND NIGHT LIGHT LUMINAIRES SYLVANIA OCTRON LAMPS AND ELECTRONIC BALLASTS. SHALL BE CONNECTED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHES. 2. PROVIDE NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE AND UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ACCESSORIES FOR ALL LUMINAIRES. 5. ALL ALTERNATE LUMINAIRES SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR 3. PROVIDE .125 MIN. THICK LENSES FOR FLUORESCENT PRIOR APPROVAL, SEE SPECIFICATIONS. LUMINAIRES. 01 ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES 1. TELEPHONE CONDUIT W/ PULL STRING TO TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET. SEE TELEPHONE CABINET DETAIL, SHEET ES-100 (TYP. EACH TENANT). a Harold Hart & Associates, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 4201 West Gray Street : Tampa, Florida 33609 Telephone: (813) 287-2719 Fax: (813) 287-5704 EB #0004221 : PE #17286 2 CL b E co LO U a N U N cf 3 00) o-1 J 04 LL N dN 90 Q� J X 0 0 LL _ c N ix It I p N Q ti N = T C- O O CV CD �COto h oW� A� ®ca 3� ®! o ® to U F— U uj .J W 1 L0 0 Ln 0 0 w 0 vi U O I- Ln WQ a W— W r- C-4 rM -4- Ln CO 1— 00 M O Z Uj CD N F- \ \ ON ul 0 W_ CDZuJ Y W C)Q W N 0- ul U SHEET E-1 01 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 120 VOLT CIRCUIT FOR SMOKE DETECTORS PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL, IF REQUIRED. VERIFY WITH MECH. FOR EXACT LOCATION. (TYP.) J R TU crt (TYP.) h� SEE PANEL SCHEDULE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND GFI RECEPTACLE INTEGRAL W/ ROOFTOP UNIT _(TYP.). 1. VERIFY NAMEPLATE RATINGS, LOCATIONS, AND POINT OF POWER CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO START OF PROJECT. 2. DO NOT LOCATE DISCONNECT SWITCHES OVER UNIT ACCESS PANELS. 3. PROVIDE A 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT THROUGH INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS (I.E. WALLS, UNDER SLAB) FOR CONTROL WIRING. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL PLANS. 4. ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONDUIT AND WIRE SHOWN ARE SIZED, AS PER THE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER LISTED ON MECHANICAL PLANS. IF THERE IS AN EQUAL MANUFACTURER, OR OTHER MANUFACTURER PROVIDED, THE MECHANICAL/ GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ANY ADDITIONAL COST INCURRED IF THE ELECTRICAL IS NOT EQUAL TO SPECIFICATIONS. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL STARTERS FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL MAKE ALL REQUIRED CONNECTIONS UNLESS STARTERS ARE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON MECHANICAL PLANS TO BE FACTORY INSTALLED (SEE NOTE 4). MECH. EQUIP. POWER WIRING DETAILS N.T.S. 12" x 12" WP WIREWAY; LENGTH AS REQUIRED. nl IAI nnAlnl InT/'1n l". rl II 1 1 r\I11T11 /1r .,RI"1 r.,I♦ \i POWER RISER DIAGRAM N.T.S. 01 RISER DIAGRAM NOTES 1. PROPOSED UTILITY COMPANY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER. 2. 3-3 1 /2"C. W/ 4#300 MCM. IN EACH. 3. 3 1 /2"C. FOR SPARE. STUB -UP 2'0" AFG, CAP & LABEL. 4. LIGHTNING ARRESTOR. 5. #3/0 COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. SEE GROUNDING ELECTRODE DETAIL, THIS SHEET. 6. 3-3 1 /2"C. W/ 4#300 MCM., 1 #1 /0 E.G. IN EACH. 7. 2 1 /2"C. W/ 4#3/0, 1 #6 E.G. 8. 2 1 /2"C. W/ PULL WIRE FOR FUTURE (400A CAPACITY) USE. STUB -UP 2'-0" AFG/AFF BELOW EACH DISCONNECT AND TENANT PANEL, CAP & LABEL. 9. STUB METERS ON 32" CENTERS TO ALLOW REPLACING 200A SWITCHGEAR W/ 400A SWITCHGEAR. 10. 1 1 /4"C. W/ 4#3, 1 #8 E.G. 11. TIME CLOCK - INTERMATIC TYPE ET102C W/ 2T2500GA NEMA 3R ENC. POWER FROM LIGHTING CIRCUIT HP-12. 12. LIGHTING CONTACTOR - SQUARE D TYPE LH1200VO2, 12-POLE, ELECTRICALLY HELD, 30 AMP RATED, W/ 120V COIL, NEMA 3R ENC., OR EQUAL. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONTACTORS AS REQUIRED. EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR CONNECTION OF FULL SIZE GROUND CONDUCTOR TO BLDG. STEEL AND FOUNDATION REINFORCING STEEL---, FULL SIZE (SEE RISER DIAGRAM) SERVICE EQUIPMENT NEUTRAL BONDING BUS JUMPER --ENCLOSURE (TYP) -FULL SIZE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PER N.E.C. 250-66. (SEE POWER RISER DIAGRAM) EXTERIOR METAL WATER PIPE PER N.E.C. 250-104. 5/8" x 20'-0" COPPER GROUND ROD (TYP. OF 2) 6'-0" MIN_ GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR DETAIL N. T. S. 12" x_12" WP WIREWAY; LENGTH AS REQUIRE', LOAD SUMMARY MAIN #1: 6,150 S.F. ® 15W = 92.3 KW (256 AMPS) 6,150 S.F. @ 3OW = 184.5 KW (513 AMPS) = 276.8 KW (769 AMPS) MAIN #2: 6,150 S.F. ® 15W = 92.3 KW (256 AMPS) 6,150 S.F. ® 3OW = 184.5 KW (513 AMPS) HOUSE PANEL "HP" = 20.1 KW (56 AMPS) = 296.9 KW (825 AMPS) TOTAL EST. CONN. LOAD = 573.7 KW (1594 AMPS) ® 120/208V/30 - AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT TRANSFORMER IS IS LESS THAN 22,521 AMPS BASED ON A 300 KVA PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER (PER FPC - SHERI MCCORKELL). - ALL FUSED DISCONNECTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM A.I.C. RATING OF 100,000 AMPS. • • SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL •A• (TYP. •Av THRU ®P®j MAIN BKR - 120/208V., 30, 4W. SQUARE D TYPE "QO", 10,000 A.I.C. (INTEGRATED) MAIN LUGS 225A POLE NO. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE GND WIRE COND SERVES LOAD V.A. POLE NO. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE GND WIRE COND SERVES A 0 B 0 C 0 1 20 1 2#12 1 #12 1 /2" EXIT, EM., N/L LTS. 2 20 1 4#12 1#12 1/2" REC. 720 3 20 1 3#12 1#12 1 1/2" STORE LTS. 4 20 1 REC. 920 1 5 20 1 STORE LTS. 6 20 1 REC. - ROOFTOP GFI 360 7 20 1 3#12 1#12 1/2" DISPLAY WINDOW REC. 8 20 1 3#12 1#12 1/2" EWC 72O 20 1 TENANT SIGN 10 20 1 E 13500EM9 - 11 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 12 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 13 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 14 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = < 15 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 16 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 17 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 18 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = 19 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 20 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = < 21 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 22 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = <_ 23 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 24 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY - 25 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 26 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = 27 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 28 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY < 29 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 30 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 31 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY < 32 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ <= 33 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 34 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY < 4632 35 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 36 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ �4632 37 60 3 3#6. 1#10 1" 7.4632 RTU-1 (TYP. 1 THRU 15) (HEAT) 38 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 39 40 - 1 _ _ _ SPACE ONLY 41 42 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 21.5 KVA (60 AMPS) TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 22.4 KVA (s2 AMPS) CONNECTED V.A. PER PHASE 6722 8822 5912 LIGHTING: 3.7 KVA 01.25 D.F. 4.6 KVA RECEPT.: 2.5 KVA, FIRST 10,000 O 1007% REMAINING O 50% = 2.5 KVA A/C: 13.9 KVA O 1.00 D.F. - 13.9 KVA MISC.: 1.4 KVA O 1.00 D.F. = 1.4 KVA CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE 56 74 49 SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL "Q'v MAIN BKR - 120/208V., 30, 4W. SQUARE D TYPE "QO", 10,000 A.I.C. (INTEGRATED) MAIN LUGS 225A POLE NO. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE GND WIRE COND SERVES LOAD V.A. POLE NO. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE GND WIRE COND SERVES A 0 B 0 C 4 1 20 1 2#12 1 #12 1 /2" EXIT, EM., N/L LTS. 470 2 20 1 4#12 1 #12 1 /2" REC. < 3 20 1 4#12 1#12 1/2" STORE LTS. 4 20 1 REC. 920 > 5 20 1 STORE LTS. s 20 1 REC. - ROOFTOP GFI/DUSMOKE CT 98o 1200 7 20 1 STORE LTS. 8 20 1 2#12 1 1#12 1/2" EWC 720 9 20 1 3#12 1 12 # 1 2 / " DISPLAY WINDOW REC. 10 20 1 2#12 1 #12 1 /2" EWH 1350 11 20 1 TENANT SIGN 12 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 13 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 14 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = 15 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 16 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 17 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY SPACE ONLY 19 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 20 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY <_ 21 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 22 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY < 23 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 24 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ _ 25 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 26 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 27 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 28 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = < 29 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 30 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 31 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 32 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = < ssoo 33 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 34 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = ssoo 35 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 36 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 6900 37 80 3 3#4 1#8 1 1/4" RTU-16 (HEAT) 38 _ 1 _ _ - SPACE ONLY 39 40 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY < 41 42 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 29.0 KVA (811 AMPS) TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 30.2 KVA (84 AMPS) CONNECTED V.A. PER PHASE 9550 10250 9200 LIGHTING: 4.7 KVA 01.25 D.F. = 5.9 KVA RECEPT.: 2.2 KVA, FIRST 10,000 O 1001a REMAINING O 50% = 2.2 KVA A/C: 20.7 KVA O 1.00 D.F. = 20.7 KVA MISC.: 1.4 KVA O 1.00 D.F. = 1.4 KVA CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE 80 85 77 SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL 'wHPw NEMA 3R MAIN BKR - 120/208V., 30, 4W. SQUARE D TYPE "QO", 10,000 A.I.C. (INTEGRATED) MAIN LUGS 200A POLE NO. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE GND WIRE COND SERVES LOAD V.A. POLE NO. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE GND WIRE COND SERVES A 0 B 0 C 0 1 30 3 3#8 1 #8 1 1 /4" SITE LTS. - FRONT 2140 214 2140 2 20 1 4#8 1 #8 3/4" CANOPY LTS. 1230 2140 3 4 20 1 CANOPY LTS. j 0 > 2140 5 g 20 1 CANOPY LTS. 1148 > 140 7 30 3 3#8 1#8 1 1/4" SITE LTS. - SIDE/REAR 8 20 2 2#10 1 #10 1 1 /4" FACADE FLOODS 910 < ��0 9 10 910 11 12 20 1 2#10 1 #10 1 /2" WALLPACKS, SINGLE POLE LTS. i 1 s0 13 20 1 1 2#12 1 #12 1 /2" FACP 14 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 15 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 16 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = 17 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 18 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 19 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 20 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = <_ 21 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 22 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY < 23 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 24 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ - 25 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 26 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = <= 27 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 28 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 29 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 30 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 20.1 KVA (56 AMPS) TOTAL DEMAND LOAD: 24.9 KVA ( 69 AMPS) CONNECTED V.A. PER PHASE 7140 6338 6588 LIGHTING: 19.4 KVA O 1.25 D.F. = 24.2 KVA RECEPT.: KVA, FIRST 10,000 O 1007., REMAINING O 50% = KVA A/C: KVA O 1.00 D.F. KVA MISC.: 0.7 KVA O 1.00 D.F. 0.7 KVA CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE 60 53 55 PANEL SCHEDULE NOTES = LOCK -ON BREAKER HANDLE (SET SCREW TYPE, LOCKED IN "ON" POSITION). • = HACR TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER. # = VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR/TIME CLOCK. ❑ = DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR IS USUALLY POWERED FROM RTU CONTROL CIRCUIT AND DOESN'T REQUIRE EXTERNAL AC POWER. SPECIFIED RTU'S ARE PROVIDED WITH BUILT-IN GFI REC. AND DON'T REQUIRE EXTERNAL AC POWER. IN THIS CASE, PROVIDE INDICATED CIRCUIT BREAKER AND LABEL AS SPARE. ❑■ Fm_ w] W 3 s r a o v 0 1 wl �i 0 U U LO CL U M n N 3 C0 3 ¢P .� 0 04 U. N zo r l P � ¢ d' V x o LL y 0 /off� Ys' Lu CV p N ' V s. � O ra J W � a r� 0 LO O LO O 0 w 0 Cn U Q ¢W a W CV r7 '-t U) cD 1-- W M O z N g \ \ E- CDW) 0 W W 3 C` N 2 �- N U Harold Hart & Associates, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 4201 West Gray Street : Tampa, Florida 33609 Telephone: (813) 287-2719 Fax: (813) 287-5704 EB #0004221 : PE #17286 SHEET E-201 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 1. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION, AS A MINIMUM, ARE TO CONFORM WITH THE LATEST EDITION 20. THE DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSE SIZES, CONDUIT AND WIRE SHOWN FOR ALL HVAC ARE SIZED PER OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, THE LATEST EDITION OF N.F.P.A., AND THE LATEST EDITIONS THE MANUFACTURER, AND MODEL NUMBER LISTED ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS. IF THERE IS AN OF THE LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, INCLUDING ALL AMENDMENTS TO THE N.E.C. EQUIPMENT, EQUAL MANUFACTURER, OR OTHER MANUFACTURER PROVIDED, THE MECHANICAL/ WHERE APPLICABLE, WILL BE LISTED WITH THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. QUALITY AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ANY ADDITIONAL COST INCURRED IF THE ELECTRICAL WORKMANSHIP ESTABLISHED BY DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO BE REDUCED BY THE IS NOT EQUAL TO SPECIFICATIONS. ABOVE MENTIONED CODES. 21. ALL SWITCHGEAR, PANELS, STARTERS, CONTACTORS ETC., SHALL BE THE PRODUCT OF A SINGLE 2. BIDDERS ARE TO VISIT THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND MANUFACTURER, THE SYSTEM DESIGN IS BASED ON SQUARE "D"; HOWEVER, COMPARABLE EQUIPMENT SATISFY THEMSELVES AS TO THE NATURE AND SCOPE OF WORK. THE SUBMISSION OF A BID WILL BY G.E., SIEMENS AND CUTLER HAMMER ONLY WILL BE ACCEPTABLE. TANDEM AND HALF -SPACE BE EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE. LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT, CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE USED. OR MATERIALS REQUIRED, OR FOR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HAD AN EXAMINATION BEEN MADE, WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 21.1. TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT INDEX SHALL BE AFFIXED TO INSIDE SURFACE OF EACH PANELBOARD DOOR, CLEARLY INDICATING AREA AND TYPE OF LOAD SERVED BY EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN A FIRST-CLASS PROTECTIVE DEVICE, INCLUDING SPARES. HAND PRINTED WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. WORKMANLIKE MANNER. THE COMPLETED SYSTEM IS TO BE FULLY OPERABLE AND ACCEPTANCE OF THIS SYSTEM BY THE ENGINEER/ARCHITECT MUST BE A CONDITION OF THE SUB CONTRACT. 21.2. ENGRAVED, LAMINATED PLASTIC IDENTIFICATION PLATES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON ALL PANELS AND SWITCHGEAR. PLATES SHALL BE AFFIXED TO FRONT OF PANELS, INDICATING 4. ALL WORK TO BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH THE PANEL NAME, VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE. PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION. 22. ALL UNDERGROUND PVC CONDUIT RUNS SHALL HAVE RIGID STEEL ELBOWS AND RIGID STEEL 5. CONTRACTOR TO GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR PERIOD SECTIONS AT SLAB PENETRATIONS WHERE SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE DAMAGE. OF NOT LESS THAN ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE, 23. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET AND COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL POWER COMPANY 6. CORRECTION OF ANY DEFECTS TO BE COMPLETED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE AND TO INCLUDE AT THE SITE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. AT THAT TIME, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL RELATED WORK WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY'S RESPONSIBILITIES TO MEET THE OWNER'S REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OF ANY OTHER PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION WHICH MAY HAVE BEEN SCHEDULE. DAMAGED THEREBY. 24. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN AN APPROVED RACEWAY, EMT, IMC, RIGID 7. ALL REQUIRED INSURANCE TO BE PROVIDED FOR PROTECTION AGAINST PUBLIC LIABILITY OF GALVANIZED CONDUIT OR SCHEDULE 40 P.V.C. THERE SHALL BE NO TYPE 'NM', 'MC', ELECTRICAL PROPERTY DAMAGE FOR THE DURATION OF THE WORK. NON-METALLIC TUBING, & FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITING. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 120V CIRCUITS ALLOWED IN A COMMON CONDUIT SHALL BE SIX (6), THE 8. CONTRACTOR TO PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES INSPECTIONS AND TESTINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL STRICTLY CONFORM TO THE N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS OF DERATING FOR CONDUCTOR AMPACITY AND CONDUIT FILL. NO CONDUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED, EXPOSED 9. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION TO MEET ALL STANDARD REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL POWER AND ON ROOF. TELEPHONE COMPANIES. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT LOCAL POWER AND 24.1. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COLOR CODED AS FOLLOWS: TELEPHONE COMPANIES PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 208V SYSTEM 480V SYSTEM PHASE SEQUENCE 10. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL NEUTRAL -WHITE NEUTRAL -WHITE ABC, TOP TO BOTTOM BE #12 AWG, EXCLUDING CONTROL WIRING. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER WITH PHASE A - BLACK PHASE A - BROWN LEFT TO RIGHT, FRONT THWN/THHN INSULATION. CONDUCTORS #10 AND SMALLER MAY BE SOLID; ALL THOSE #8 PHASE B - RED PHASE B - ORANGE TO BACK AND LARGER TO BE STRANDED. PHASE C -BLUE PHASE C -YELLOW GRD.CON - GREEN GRD.CON - GREEN 11. ALL UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS SHALL BE MINIMUM 3/4", GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT OR 24.2. WHEN MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE HAS A WIREWAY, E.C. SHALL TAP OFF OF ALL SERVICE ENTRANCE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. ALL OTHER RACEWAYS TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES. WHERE RIGID STEEL FEEDERS (PARALLEL CONDUCTORS) FOR TOTAL AMPACITY & BALANCING. IS USED, IT SHALL BE COMPLETELY COATED WITH AN ALKALI AND RUST RESISTANT BITUMASTIC PAINT, KOPPER NO. 50, AND THREADS SHALL BE COATED WITH ZINC CHROMATE. RIGID STEEL 25. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SEALING ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS MADE THROUGH SHALL ALSO BE USED WHEN CONDUIT IS EXPOSED TO EXTERIOR ENVIRONMENT SUCH AS EXTERIOR FIRE RATED WALLS, CEILINGS, SLABS, ETC. PENETRATION SEALS SHALL BE PER U.L. ASSEMBLY OF BUILDING OR WHERE IT IS EXPOSED AND SUBJECT TO DAMAGE, INSIDE OF BUILDING. STANDARDS. 12. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PRESSED STEEL IN DRY LOCATIONS, CAST ALLOY WITH THREADED HUBS 26. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS FOR LIGHT FIXTURES, SWITCHGEAR, IN WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS, AND BE OF SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION FOR OTHER CLASSIFIED AREAS. WIRING DEVICES, EMERGENCY GENERATOR/TRANSFER EQUIPMENT, AND ALL SYSTEMS (FIRE ALARM, ALL BOXES SHALL BE RECESSED (FLUSH) IN WALLS OR CEILINGS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. SECURITY, ETC.) PROVIDE TWO (2) COPIES, TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR TO BID DATE FOR ENGINEER'S 13. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE H.P. RATED, GENERAL DUTY, QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK TYPE. APPROVAL TO SUBMIT. ENGINEER'S APPROVAL OF THE PRIOR APPROVAL PACKAGE WILL BE CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY. FINAL APPROVAL WILL BE CONTINGENT UPON REVIEW OF FINAL SHOP ENCLOSURES SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY N.E.C. AND LOCATION (WEATHERPROOF, EXPLOSION DRAWINGS. ALL PROPOSED ALTERNATES MUST BE INDUSTRY STANDARD EQUALS TO THE ITEMS PROOF, ETC.). ENGRAVED LAMINATED PLASTIC IDENTIFICATION PLATES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND SPECIFIED AS THE BASIS OF DESIGN; HOWEVER, IF THE ITEMS ARE NOT CONSIDERED EQUAL BY INSTALLED ON ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONTACTORS AND STARTERS. THE ENGINEER, IT SHALL BE DISAPPROVED FOR FINAL SUBMITTAL. IF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR/ 13.1. ALL FUSES FOR SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE DUAL ELEMENT, CARTRIDGE TYPE. FUSES SHALL BE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DOES NOT SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR ITEMS THOSE MANUFACTURED BY EITHER BUSSMAN OR LITTLEFUSE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH LISTED ABOVE, ELECTRICAL ENGINEER WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY, AND OR OMISSIONS TO THE OWNER ONE SPARE FUSE FOR EACH SIZE AND TYPE OF FUSE INSTALLED. FUSES 600 AMPS OR ERRORS DUE TO SHOP DRAWINGS NOT SUBMITTED. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL ONLY BE REVIEWED OR LESS SHALL BE CLASS RK1, TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FUSES OVER 600 AMPS SHALL TWICE AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT. ADDITIONAL SHOP DRAWING REVIEWS SHALL BE INVOICED AT $85.00 PER HOUR, BE CLASS L. BILLABLE TO THE SUB -CONTRACTOR, C.O.D. 27. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS AT JOB SITE WITH 14. ALL GENERAL PURPOSE SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE THE PRODUCT OF A SINGLE COLORED MARKINGS INDICATING PROGRESS OF WORK. THIS SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS IS TO MANUFACTURER. CATALOG NUMBERS LISTED ARE LEVITON: HOWEVER, COMPARABLE DEVICES BY BE SEPARATE FROM AND IN ADDITION TO CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SET. EVERY UNIT OF PASS & SEYMOUR, BRYANT, OR ARROW HART WILL BE ACCEPTED. COLOR OF DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, CONDUIT AND WIRE IS TO MARKED WHEN INSTALLED. USE GREEN TO PLATES SHALL BE DICTATED BY ARCHITECT/OWNER. INDICATE INSTALLATION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND USE RFD TO INDICATE FIELD CHANGES. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THIS SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS IS TO BE TURNED OVER TO, A. SWITCHES: LEVITON #CSB1-20I AND BECOME PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. B. RECEPTACLES: LEVITON #BR20-I C. COVER PLATES: SMOOTH PLASTIC 28. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REVISE THE DRAWING FROM TIME TO TIME TO INDICATE CHANGES IN THE WORK. WHEN REVISED DRAWINGS AND/OR ANY REVISIONS ARE ISSUED, THE NOTE: ALL OTHER REQUIRED DEVICES SHALL MATCH IN COLOR AND STYLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL EVALUATE THE CHANGES PROMPTLY. BEFORE INSTALLATION OF ANY ITEM OR PERFORMANCE THE WORK INDICATED BY THE REVISED DRAWINGS OR REVISIONS, THE CONTRACTOR 15. IT IS NOT THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS TO SHOW EVERY MINOR DETAIL OF CONSTRUCTION. THE SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IN WRITING THAT THE REVISED DRAWINGS INVOLVE AN CONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL AN ADDITION OR DEDUCTION OF A SPECIFIC AMOUNT OF MONEY TO THE CONTRACT PRICE. THE SYSTEM, AND PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DEVICES AND COMPONENTS FOR EQUIPMENT BE PLACED IN CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH THE REVISED WORK WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY PROPER WORKING ORDER. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF THE COST OF THE REVISED WORK. 16. A SEPARATE, GREEN TYPE THW COPPER GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE RUN FROM GROUND LUG OF 29• IF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS, OR IN THEIR OPINION FINDS OMISSIONS OR EACH GROUNDED RECEPTACLE TO AN APPROVED CONNECTION INSIDE THE ENCLOSING STEEL OUTLET ERRORS ON ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS, IT IS THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING THIS TO THE BOX. DEVICE MOUNTING SCREWS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AN APPROVED GROUND. ATTENTION OF THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECT/OWNER IMMEDIATELY. IF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROCEEDS WITH ANY CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WITHOUT WRITTEN A SEPARATE GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EVERY CONDUIT AND RACEWAY AND PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECT/OWNER WILL NOT BE COMPENSATED. SECURELY BONDED IN AN APPROVED GROUNDING TERMINAL AT BOTH ENDS OF THE RUN. THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 250-95 OF THE N.E.C. 30. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TWO (2) COPIES OF THE PROPOSED SITE LIGHT FIXTURE PACKAGE CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE CONDUIT TO ACCOMMODATE ADDITIONAL CONDUCTOR. TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR 1.0 BID DATE FOR ENGINEER'S APPROVAL TO SUBMIT. ENGINEER'S APPROVAL OF THE PRIOR APPROVAL PACKAGE WILL BE CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY. FINAL 17. LOAD DATA IS BASED ON INFORMATION GIVEN ENGINEER AT THE TIME OF DESIGN. VERIFY ALL APPROVAL WILL BE CONTINGENT UPON REVIEW OF FINAL SHOP DRAWING. ALL PROPOSED EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE RATINGS BEFORE ORDERING. ALTERNATES MUST BE INDUSTRY STANDARD EQUALS TO THE SITE FIXTURES SPECIFIED AS THE BASIS OF DESIGN; HOWEVER, IF THE SITE FIXTURE IS NOT CONSIDERED EQUAL BY THE 18. CIRCUITS SHOWN ON PLANS ARE TO DETERMINE LOAD DATA AND PANEL SIZES. THE CONTRACTOR ENGINEER, IT SHALL BE DISAPPROVED FOR FINAL SUBMITTAL. ALTERNATE SITE FIXTURES SHALL IS TO PROVIDE CIRCUITS AND ROUTING OF CONDUITS TO SUIT JOB CONDITIONS. INCLUDE A COMPUTER GENERATED POINT -BY -POINT PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION BASED ON THE PLANS (FIXTURE CHARACTERISTICS AND POLE PLACEMENT SHALL NOT BE ALTERED). THIS 19. FURNISH AND INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, WIRING, AND CONNECTIONS ON AIR CONDITIONING DIAGRAM SHALL SHOW COMPOSITE VALUES OF THE ILLUMINANCE PROJECTED FROM THE SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON PLANS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH ARRANGEMENT OF LIGHT SOURCES AS SHOWN ON PLAN. COMPUTER PLOT DIAGRAM SHALL ALSO MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR REGARDING SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF ALL REQUIRED CONTROLS. SHOW THE LOCATIONS OF THE POLES, SPACING BETWEEN POLES, THE MOUNTING HEIGHT USED IN THE CALCULATIONS, AND THE FIXTURE CATALOG NUMBER BEING USED. MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ARE MAXIMUM/MINIMUM HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS - THEY SHALL NOT BE ALTERED WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION. ELECTRICAL LEGENDI NOT ALL DEVICES SHOWN IN LEGEND ARE REQUIRED. REVIEW POWER & LIGHTING PLANS AND DETAILS FOR ITEMS WHICH APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. 1--I FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, LETTER INDICATES TYPE ® 277/48OV, 30 PANELBOARD O4 T.V. CAMERA OB INCANDESCENT OR HID LIGHT FIXTURE, LETTER INDICATES TYPE ® LIGHTING OR POWER PANELBOARD T.V. MONITOR FO C WALL BRACKET LIGHT FIXTURE, LETTER INDICATES TYPE MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD ■ DEVICE AS NOTED ® ® ®L LIGHT FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY CIRCUIT/NIGHT LIGHT (NQ MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL DATA OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH EXIT LIGHT (ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION) O EQUIPMENT NUMBER (SEE SCHEDULE) PULL WIRE AND INSUATING MOUNT BOX 18" A.F.FL U.O.N. BUSHING STUBBED INTO CEILING SPACE. BATTERY POWERED EMERGENCY LIGHT CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR ABOVE CEILING WITH 2 #12, 1 #12 TELEVISION OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT E.G. CONDUCTORS IN 1/2" CONDUIT MIN. U.O.N. H9 WITH PULL WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHING STUBBED INTO CEILING a� TRACK LIGHTING SPACE. MOUNT BOX 18" - CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR SLAB OR FINISHED GRADE WITH A.F.F. U.O.N. Sa SINGLE POLE SWITCH, LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES LIGHT 2 #12, 1 #12 E.G. CONDUCTORS IN 3/4" CONDUIT MIN. U.O.N. 0 PUSHBUTTON, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. CONTROLLED, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. S2 DOUBLE POLE SWITCH, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. - - - - CONDUIT EXPOSED ON WALL OR CEILING WITH 2 #12, 1 #12 E.G. CONDUCTORS IN 1/2- CONDUIT MIN. U.O.N. BD DOOR CHIME WITH TRANSFORMER S3 THREE-WAY SWITCH, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT NOT TO EXCEED 6 FEET IN LENGTH TELEPHONE WALL OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" 0 CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHING STUBBED INTO S a FOUR-WAY SWITCH, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. TV � --__, TELEVISION SYSTEM EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE CEILING SPACE. MOUNT BOX 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. 0 DIMMER SWITCH, WATTS AS NOTED, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. DC " D.C. VOLTAGE WIRING (#10 WIRE IN 1/2 CONDUIT) PS TELEPHONE WALL OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHING STUBBED INTO ♦ Sp SINGLE POLE SWITCH WITH PILOT LIGHT, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. CONDUIT SEAL -OFF FITTING FOR COOLER/FREEZER CIRCUITS, PER CEILING SPACE. MOUNT BOX 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. ("PS" INDICATES PAY STATION) SF FAN CONTROLLER, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. �� N.E.C. ARTICLE 300-7. FIRESTOP CIRCUITS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 300-62. ® FLOOR MOUNTED TELEPHONE RECEPTACLE Sm MOTOR RATED SWITCH X JUNCTION BOX FOR PADDLE FAN, FLUSH MOUNTED PER THE N.E.C. TELEPHONE BACKBOARD WITH #6 CU. GROUND (SIZE AS NOTED) S K KEY OPERATED SINGLE POLE SWITCH, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA WALL OUTLET, PROVIDE & SINGLE RECEPTACLE, AMPS AS NOTED, MOUNT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. `= DISCONNECT SWITCH SINGLE GANG V BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHING STUBBED INTO CEILING SPACE. MOUNT BOX 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. 100/3/60 NON -FUSED; DISCONNECT DESIGNATIONINDICATES INDICATES IDUALOE SMENTEFUSES. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH CEILING MOUNT ® MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER ABBREVIATIONS � DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT U.O.N. q23 COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER/DISCONNECT SWITCH EG EQUIPMENT GROUND NL NIGHT LIGHT QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. �T DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER IG ISOLATED GROUND PC PULL CHAIN DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT HORIZONTALLY IN SHELVING UNIT ® CONTACTOR (AS NOTED) WP WEATHERPROOF C/T CURRENT TRANSFORMER BASE U.O.N. EC EMPTY CONDUIT EX EXISTING DEVICE @ 30A 10, 250V. RECEPTACLE, AMPS AS NOTED, MOUNT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. Tc TIME CLOCK EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER' AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR FO SPECIAL RECEPTACLE AS NOTED Pc PHOTO -CELL 0 FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE � MOTOR PERMANENTLY CONNECTED WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (HORSEPOWER INDICATED) EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER AFG ABOVE FINISH GRADE E/F-EF EXHAUST FAN U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED c GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE, LEVITON #6898-I, MOUNT ® ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER A/H-AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT U.O.N. G. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, ISOLATED GROUND TYPE, LEVITON #5362-IGI TO THERMOSTAT. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 1/2" C. STUBBED INTO CEILING SPACE, MOUNT 60" A.F.F. U.O.N. (COORDINATE WITH ACC-CU CONDENSING UNIT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT MOUNT AT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN) RTU ROOF TOP UNIT JO JUNCTION BOX (FLUSH MOUNT IN FINISHED AREAS U.O.N.) O SPEAKER NOTE: MOUNTING HEIGHTS NOTED ARE TO CENTERLINE OF DEVICE SHOWN. U.O.N. o WIREMOLD (SIZE AND LENGTH AS NOTED) a �3 It U a N � N cr 3 ¢� 0 O-1 J b LLo N zq ►� 0 ¢ d' -' x 0 oLL _ �o N p N J � `t o C) N = T n. _/ U W /ua. v I Od a z LLJ LLI .1 M 0 Ln 0 1-1 L0 0 0 w O M cri U OO w a J Ln Co r_ Op ac r- Pq O Z N O m W O CD Z LLj f¢�Y C-) LLj a N U Harold Hart & Associates, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 4201 West Gray Street : Tampa, Florida 33609 Telephone: (813) 287-2719 Fax: (813) 287-5704 EB #0004221 : PE #17286 SHEET E-301 43' CONCRETE POLE WITH HAND HOLE. (PROVIDE FUSING AT BASE OF POLE) SURFACE MOUNT, WEATHERPROOF BOX, AND NIPPLE INTO POLE a FOR CONNECTIONS. GRADE OR PAVING. /- GROUNDE COPPER WIRE. 1 1 /4" PVC a�a�JJ I 00 - 5/8"x8'-O" COPPER GROUND ROD (DRIVEN). SITE LIGHTING - POLE EASE DETAIL N. T. S. SEPARATE 120V. CONN. PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR (OVER PANEL) EQUAL TO EDWARDS #6270B/6251 B-001 A 2 MANUAL PULL STATION (AT PANEL) EQUAL TO EDWARDS #270-SPOT WATER GONG (BY OTHERS) SPRINKLER RISER FLOW & TAMPER SWITCHES (BY OTHERS) ) PHONE ES 1 /2" C. TO IN TELEPHONE BOARD HP-13 PROVIDE FOUR ZONE FIRE ALARM DIGITAL DIALER PANEL WITH BATTERY BACK UP CONNECTED TO LOCAL MONITORING STATION. PANEL EQUAL TO EDWARDS #EST1-2Z3 USING #DL1 DIALER MODULE AND 2IBC ZONE MODULE. SUPERVISED SPRINKLED SYSTEM DETAIL N.T.S. PROVIDE NEMA 3R TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET WITH 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. VERIFY SIZE REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY PRIOR TO BID. PAINT BOARD WITH APPROVED FIRE RETARDANT PAINT. C�--1" EMPTY CONDUIT W/PULL I WIRE. STUB -UP 2'-0" A.F.F., I I CAP AND MARK. (TYP. FOR JL - EACH TENANT) -CL--- #6 CU. TO BUILDING GROUND (2) 2" PVC CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE TO PROPERTY LINE FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE. STUB UP, CAP & MARK. USE LONG RADIUS BENDS. COORDINATE WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY FOR EXACT ROUTING AND POINT OF TERMINATION PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. TELEPHONE CABINET DETAIL N.T.S. F F TI `l 4.4 3.9 3,5 1,5 _ 11P.5 4.6 4.1 ` II S �8.7 �F7 l .2 d.2 5 5.1 4.4 v ❑ ❑ v ❑ a v ❑ J 6.9 7.6 7.6 9 5.6 5.4 5.5 4.7 I v v ❑ v v ❑ ❑ v 6.0 6.4 6.4 �2 6.3 6.3 5.7 5.1 17.3 ❑ 6.6 (49 7.0 ❑ 6.3 5.5 S �.9 j .0 7.1 0 7.0 .0 6.7 6.1 3 5.9 6.0 6.2 ❑ 7 ❑.8 t.8! 6:7 6.3 (l ❑3 ❑ .5 .6 6.0 5.6 9 .4 �,q � 5.4 5.7 i , ❑ 6 .2 v �. 'S.4 6,0 I� ❑ 1 ❑ J .0 5.3 6.0' 9,1 ❑ .8 .3 5/5.6 � 0 5.8 �` f 5.0 5.3 { ❑ 2 5 6,0 5.5 5.0 J {! 4.4 4.6,// 4.9 ❑ .3 .�� 5.6 5.6 1 5,3 % .4/ 5.6 16Y4 5.2 5.0 3 5.6 5.8 .7 5.2 4,7 4. / J 5.0 5 5.6 5 5.2 4,5 / / D ❑5.2 5.0 .4 5.1 4.2 -/ 83 C�,3 ❑ 7 ❑ ,1 5,0 5.0 1/ ❑ ✓ 6.2 2 4.6 4.8 /l / t trb_ F S.8 5 4.7 4.4 4. -f /v `- a Sv v 6.6 5. i 4.5 4.1 1 J 4.6 .3 3.9 4.1 42f 3.7 3.4 3. / 7 3 3.7 3.4 / /� O ❑ / 8 3.5 3.1 8 \ 3.5 3.3 SITE PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1 "=30'-O" 01 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN NOTES 1. PROPOSED UTILITY COMPANY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER. CONTACT FPC - SHERI MCCORKELL ® (407) 328-1909 FOR COORDINATION AND ROUGH -IN REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. 2. WARNING - UTILITY COMPANY UNDERGROUND PRIMARY (APPROX. 36" BELOW GRADE) FROM UTILITY POLE (TO N.E.), TO HAND HOLE NEAR PROPOSED TRANSFORMER LOCATION AND CONTINUES S.W. TO SAM'S CLUB GAS STATION. 3. TELEPHONE CONDUIT TO PROPERTY LINE. CONTACT BELL SOUTH - NICK DARWICK ® (407) 237-3083 FOR COORDINATION, ROUGH -IN LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. SEE TELEPHONE CABINET DETAIL, THIS SHEET. Numeric Summary Project: Retail ® Rinehart Road Label Descri tion Units I Avg Max Min Av Min Max Min Site Horizontal @ Grade I Fc 15.05 19.7 11.8 12.81 15.39 l Harold Hart & Associates, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 4201 West Gray Street : Tampa, Florida 33609 Telephone: (813) 287-2719 Fax: (813) 287-5704 EB #0004221 : PE #17286 3 Ni o a CM U N 3 M 3 C U r® o 04 LL. N O N u^ a o PW QX pU- O N ' 00 w N 0 N i N r d 13 co cc cts �� .co 4-'0 J Q V J uj n 0 Ln 0 Ln O M w 0 M vi U O wq W H a w 0= .- CV M <F• Ln CD 1- Oa tM O Z N LIJ O m j F'- O p¢ u N O 0 uj O � ¢ W V) d N U SHEET ES-1 00 a TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET PNL "HP" MAIN 2 MAIN 1 , (71 METER I �FA CP METER BANK #1 (6,11 BANK #2 I i I I "A" f B" C" ' ,IDI, "E"�! I F G f H, I I i� J K l "P" 1j F " 1 f x �. e ri s I ' I f i I i j i I I I ' I RTU-1 RTU-2 RTU-3 RTU-4 RTU-5 RTU-6 RTU-7 RTU-8 RTU-9 RTU-10 RTU-11 RTU-12 ' RTU-13 RTU-14 RTU-15 RTU-16 f I I TYPE "A" TYPE "B" TYPE "A" TYPE "B" TYPE "A" TYPE "B" TYPE "A" TYPE "B" TYPE "A" TYPE "B" TYPE "A" TYPE "B" TYPE "A" TYPE "B" TYPE "A" TYPE "C" ' 6 I 4 2 I I I I SUITE SUITE ! SUITE SUITE + SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE M SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE SUITE 6� I 101 102 I 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 111 112 113 114 1 D0 ❑ ❑ 15 116 2 f 6 4 (a.a1— --- ----- i HP-2,4,6 i �-h4. - 2-- 4- 6 -2 _ 4---_ 2_ _-4 I 6 2-_4-- 6-- --4 -;�- 6--?-) 4--6 I 2- 4-1 6_ ?- 4--6 -I-- 4- 6---?_. ��__4 -6-I 2-- �4 6 I 2( f-----i ------ - --_ 2 ®-- - - �__-_ -� -(0.21 ✓ � � � Q �I ! I I f� r-I ', �I� - I I I I� I �f i I (`-. j-�—� ✓ .(4.(4..I ` I .(7.5i \ I .(8.5 (✓,(0.l (.� 1) (to (10 (21 (3-5 (4.0 6 ✓ .J I ✓ J J I ✓ I ✓ I ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ I ✓ ✓ (, FIXTURE TYPE "B" SAME AS TYPE "A" (� (�1 (� EXCEPT MIRRORED (TYP.) TYP. - U.O.N. FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1 /16"=1'-0" IXTURE TYPE "A" YP. - U.O.N. f i ZA - L - SIGN TYPE "A" FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1 /8"=1'-O" l9 11 1 l (TYP 1 T / i I I f -u -u— - -- - - ---7- wPI f � L TO l } TENANT SIGN 821 f TYPE °C° FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE: 1 /8"=1'-0" ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES 1. TELEPHONE CONDUIT W/ PULL STRING TO TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET. SEE TELEPHONE CABINET DETAIL, SHEET ES-100 (TYP. EACH TENANT). e V1 � E �d Lo a N U N 3 co 3 03 ' Q orn 't �) ILLN O N t Z O V PSI Q d _ OLL O N 3 Z 00 N ° W o Cq ° o tax T a v O O N O o�; ®3e 0=8 N ®10-j ID co Cz C ■� CC cd V JJ � LL ■C L� 0, J U L0 0 L0 M LEI O M vi U O w a w N r) tf") CD Il_ w tM O Z N w— C)m p Fp 1-1 u\ W N C)Z LLJ :2 w Y CD U LLJ Harold Hart & Associates, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 4201 West Gray Street : Tampa, Florida 33609 Telephone: (813) 287-2719 Fax: (813) 287-5704 E8 #0004221 : PE #17286 SHEET E-101 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 120 VOLT CIRCUIT FOR SMOKE DETECTORS PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL, IF REQUIRED. VERIFY WITH MECH. FOR EXACT LOCATION. (TYP.) RTU GF1 (TYP.) '!(P SEE PANEL SCHEDULE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND GFI RECEPTACLE INTEGRAL W/ ROOFTOP UNIT (TYP.). 1. VERIFY NAMEPLATE RATINGS, LOCATIONS, AND POINT OF POWER CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO START OF PROJECT. 2. DO NOT LOCATE DISCONNECT SWITCHES OVER UNIT ACCESS PANELS. 3. PROVIDE A 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT THROUGH INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS (I.E. WALLS, UNDER SLAB) FOR CONTROL WIRING. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL PLANS. 4. ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONDUIT AND WIRE SHOWN ARE SIZED, AS PER THE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER LISTED ON MECHANICAL PLANS. IF THERE IS AN EQUAL MANUFACTURER, OR OTHER MANUFACTURER PROVIDED, THE MECHANICAL/ GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ANY ADDITIONAL COST INCURRED IF THE ELECTRICAL IS NOT EQUAL TO SPECIFICATIONS. 5. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL STARTERS FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL MAKE ALL REQUIRED CONNECTIONS UNLESS STARTERS ARE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON MECHANICAL PLANS TO BE FACTORY INSTALLED (SEE NOTE 4). MECH. EQUIP. POWER WIRING DETAILS N.T.S. EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR CONNECTION OF FULL SIZE GROUND CONDUCTOR TO BLDG. STEEL AND FOUNDATION REINFORCING STEEL-- / I FULL SIZE (SEE RISER DIAGRAM) SERVICE EQUIPMENT NEUTRAL BONDING BUS JUMPER -ENCLOSURE (TYP) -FULL SIZE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PER N.E.C. 250-66. (SEE POWER RISER DIAGRAM) rEXTERIOR METAL WATER / PIPE PER N.E.C. 250-104. 5/8" x 20'-0" COPPER GROUND ROD (TYP. OF 2) 6'-0" MIN. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR DETAIL N.T.S. 12" x 12" WP WIREWAY; LENGTH AS REQUIRED. 12" x 12" WP WIREWAY; LENGTH AS REQUIREG. RUN CONDUCTORS FULL LENGTH OF WIREWAY. 9 9 RUN CONDUCTORS FULL LENGTH OF WIREWAY. PROVIDE KEY TAPS. 6 6 PROVIDE KEY TAPS. O O O O O O 800 00 n 11 • 3 3 • O O O O O O �1 O 12 800 800 TC 2M 200 00 10- Q 2QQ 00 22 WP WP 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 MAIN #1 MAIN ,y2 200 Z00 � 200 200 2, Q 200 Q PNL � � 3 WP WP 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 "HP" 5 TM wP WP WP wQ wQ wQ wQ WP T 4 4 WQ wQ WPWP WP WP WP wQ 7 7 8 7 PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL = "Q" I PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL PANEL I PANEL "P" "N" "M" "L" "K" "J„ "I" 2 "H" ui "F" "E" "D„ " W - -_s 5_- - - - - - - - - - - - - C" "B„ A - - - - - - - - - - - - -� �--- - - - �- -- - - - - - - - --- - - - - - --�-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - POWER RISER DIAGRAM N.T.S. RISER DIAGRAM NOTES 1. PROPOSED UTILITY COMPANY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER. 2. 3-3 1 /2"C. W/ 4#300 MCM. IN EACH. 3. 3 1 /2"C. FOR SPARE. STUB -UP 2'0" AFG, CAP & LABEL. 4. LIGHTNING ARRESTOR. 5. #3/0 COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. SEE GROUNDING ELECTRODE DETAIL, THIS SHEET. 6. 3-3 1 /2"C. W/ 4#300 MCM., 1 #1 /0 E.G. IN EACH. 7. 2 1 /2"C. W/ 4#3/0, 1 #6 E.G. 8. 2 1 /2"C. W/ PULL WIRE FOR FUTURE (400A CAPACITY) USE. STUB -UP 2'-0" AFG/AFF BELOW EACH DISCONNECT AND TENANT PANEL, CAP & LABEL. 9. STUB METERS ON 32" CENTERS TO ALLOW REPLACING 200A SWITCHGEAR W/ 400A SWITCHGEAR. 10. 1 1 /4"C. W/ 4#3, 1 #8 E.G. 11. TIME CLOCK - INTERMATIC TYPE ET102C W/ 2T250OGA NEMA 3R ENC. POWER FROM LIGHTING CIRCUIT HP-12. 12. LIGHTING CONTACTOR - SQUARE D TYPE LH1200VO2, 12-POLE, ELECTRICALLY HELD, 30 AMP RATED, W/ 120V COIL, NEMA 3R ENC., OR EQUAL. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CONTACTORS AS REQUIRED. LOAD SUMMARY MAIN #1: 6,150 S.F. @ 15W = 92.3 KW (256 AMPS) 6,150 S.F. ® 3OW = 184.5 KW (513 AMPS) = 276.8 KW (769 AMPS) MAIN #2: 6,150 S.F. ® 15W = 92.3 KW (256 AMPS) 6,150 S.F. ® 3OW = 184.5 KW (513 AMPS) HOUSE PANEL "HP" = 20.1 KW (56 AMPS) = 296.9 KW (825 AMPS) TOTAL EST. CONN. LOAD = 573.7 KW (1594 AMPS) @ 120/208V/30 - AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT TRANSFORMER IS IS LESS THAN 22,521 AMPS BASED ON A 300 KVA PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER (PER FPC - SHERI MCCORKELL). - ALL FUSED DISCONNECTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM A.I.C. RATING OF 100,000 AMPS. 16 • SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL vow MAIN BKR 120/208V., 30, 4W. SQUARE D TYPE "QO", 10,000 A.I.C. (INTEGRATED) MAIN LUGS 225A POLE NO. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE GND WIRE COND SERVES LOAD V.A. P0� N0. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE (gyp WIRE COND SERVES A 0 B 0 C 0 1 1 20 1 2#12 1#12 1/2" EXIT, EM., NA LTS. 470 92a > 9so 2 20 20 20 1 1 1 4#12 1#12 1/2" 540 REC. 3 20 1 4#12 1#12 1/2" STORE LTS. 5 20 1 STORE LTS. 360 4 REC. 6 REC. -ROOFTOP GFI/DUCTSMOKE 7 20 1 MORE LTS. 1200 8 20 1 2#12 1 #12 1 /2" EWC 920 9 20 1 3#12 1#12 1/2" DISPLAY WINDOW REC. 10 20 1 2#12 1 #12 1 /2" EWH 11 20 1 TENANT SIGN 1350 < 12 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY - - 13 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 14 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY = 15 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 16 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 17 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 18 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 19 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 20 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 21 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 22 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 23 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 24 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 25 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 26 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 27 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 28 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 29 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 30 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 31 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 32 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ ssoo 33 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 34 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ <_ 35 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 36 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 37 39 80 41 TOTAL CONNECTED 29.0 TOTAL DEMAND 30.2 3 KVA KVA 3#4 LOAD: (81 LOAD: 84 ( 1 #8 1 1 /4" AMPS) AMPS) RTU-16 (HEAT) CONNECTED V.A. PER PHASE 6900 38 - 1 _ _ _ SPACE ONLY <L6900 9550 40 _ 1 _ _ _ SPACE ONLY < 10250 42 LIGHTING: RECEPT.: A/C: MISC.: _ 1 _ _ 4.7 KVA 01.25 D.F. 2.2 KVA, FIRST 10, 000 20.7 KVA O 1.00 D.F. = 1.4 KVA O 1.00 D.F. = _ = 5.9 O 1009a 20.7 SPACE ONLY 9200 KVA _ REMAINING O 509' - 2.2 KVA KVA CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE 80 85 77 1.4 KVA SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL. BHP• MAIN BKR - 120/208V., 30, 4W. SQUARE D TYPE "QO", 10,000 A.I.C. (INTEGRATED) NEMA 3R MAIN LUGS 200A POLE NO. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE GND WIRE COND SERVES LOAD V.A. POLE NO. TRIP AMP BKR POLE WIRE GND WIRE COND SERVES A 0 6 0 C 0 1 30 3 3#8 1#8 1 1/4" SITE LTS. - FRONT 2140 > 2140 2 20 1 4#8 1#8 1 3/4" 3 1230 <2140 2140 CANOPY LTS. 5 11.2 < 9100 4 20 1 CANOPY LTS. 1 > 6 20 1 1 CANOPY LTS. ?i4s 2140 7 30 3 3#8 1#8 1 1/4" SITE LTS. - SIDE/REAR 8 20 2 2#10 1#10 1 1/4" FACADE FLOODS 9 910 720 10 11 < 12 20 1 2#10 1 #10 1 /2" WALLPACKS, SINGLE POLE LTS. 11160 13 20 1 2#12 1 #12 1 /2" FACP 14 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 15 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY. 16 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 17 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 18 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 19 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 20 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 21 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 22 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ 23 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 24 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ _ 25 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 26 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY _ <_ 27 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 28 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 29 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY 30 - 1 - - - SPACE ONLY TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 20.1 KVA (-&- AMPS) TOTAL DEMAND LOADD:: 24.9 KVA (69 AMPS) CONNECTED V.A. PER PHASE 7140 6338 6588 LIGHTING: 19.4 KVA O 1.25 D.F. = 24.2 KVA RECEPT.: A/C: KVA ®1,00 D.F. KVA, FIRST 10,000 O 1007a REMAINING O 50% KVA = KVA = A/C:MISC0.7 KVA O 1.00 D.F. = 0.7 KVA CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE 60 53 55 PANEL SCHEDULE NOTES = LOCK -ON BREAKER HANDLE (SET SCREW TYPE, LOCKED IN "ON" POSITION). ® = HACR TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER. # = VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR/TIME CLOCK. ❑ = DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR IS USUALLY POWERED FROM RTU CONTROL CIRCUIT AND DOESN'T REQUIRE EXTERNAL AC POWER. SPECIFIED RTU'S ARE PROVIDED WITH BUILT-IN GFI REC. AND DON'T REQUIRE EXTERNAL AC POWER. IN THIS CASE, PROVIDE INDICATED CIRCUIT BREAKER AND LABEL AS SPARE. w W U o coo V L a N , � U 00 3 N 3 i� a rn o't CC3 u o0 N VI d CV U� CC 0 Li.. j F \ O N =Y Cr •t Z 00 o LuN � J � x a ogy O V a N = r a e s L. cz co L .� W 1 D C W V 4-0 0 U CIO X r CIO ® Lu Z Wr Cr. a. L0 0 LO 0 0 w 0 ui 0 0 H w a w CV h'") '-I' In CO r- 00 0= M \ O Z N LLIO m CV Q \ \ O p ul Cr cv C)Z Y O w U LLJ = N M U Harold Hart & Associates, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 4201 West Gray Street : Tampa, Florida 33609 Telephone: (813) 287-2719 Fax: (813) 287-5704 EB #0004221 : PE #17286 SHEET E-201 i ;1 j i �I N N N C O N I O 0 a_ C) o v • <o T v 0 a> 3 0 Ch ul (V I � O o co 0 D: r m L N C �a ry C) 0 3 U ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS �y 1. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION, AS A MINIMUM, ARE TO CONFORM WITH THE LATEST OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, THE LATEST EDITION 20. THE DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSE SIZES, CONDUIT AND WIRE SHOWN FOR ALL HVAC ARE SIZED PER 4� EDITION OF N.F.P.A., AND THE OF THE LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, INCLUDING ALL AMENDMENTS TO THE LATEST EDITIONS N.E.C. EQUIPMENT, THE MANUFACTURER, AND EQUAL MODEL NUMBER LISTED ON THE MECHANICAL PLANS. IF THERE IS AN 0 WHERE APPLICABLE, WILL BE LISTED WITH THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. QUALITY AND MANUFACTURER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR OTHER MANUFACTURER PROVIDED, THE MECHANICAL/ SHALL BEAR ANY ADDITIONAL WORKMANSHIP ESTABLISHED BY DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE NOT TO BE REDUCED BY THE COST INCURRED IF THE ELECTRICAL IS NOT EQUAL TO SPECIFICATIONS. '�" ABOVE MENTIONED CODES. ca o 2. BIDDERS ARE TO VISIT THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND 21. ALL SWITCHGEAR, PANELS, STARTERS, CONTACTORS ETC., SHALL BE THE PRODUCT OF A SINGLE MANUFACTURER, THE SYSTEM DESIGN IS BASED ON SQUARE "D"; HOWEVER, COMPARABLE SATISFY THEMSELVES AS TO THE NATURE AND SCOPE OF WORK. THE SUBMISSION OF A BID WILL EQUIPMENT BY G.E., SIEMENS AND CUTLER HAMMER ONLY WILL BE ACCEPTABLE. TANDEM AND HALF -SPACE BE EVIDENCE THAT SUCH AN EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE. LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR, EQUIPMENT, CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE USED. OR MATERIALS REQUIRED, OR FOR DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED WHICH COULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEN HAD AN EXAMINATION BEEN MADE, WILL NOT BE ALLOWED. 21.1. TYPEWRITTEN CIRCUIT INDEX SHALL BE AFFIXED TO INSIDE SURFACE OF EACH PANELBOARD DOOR, CLEARLY INDICATING AREA AND TYPE OF LOAD SERVED BY EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT 3. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LICENSED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN A FIRST-CLASS PROTECTIVE DEVICE, INCLUDING SPARES. HAND PRINTED WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. WORKMANLIKE MANNER. THE COMPLETED SYSTEM IS TO BE FULLY OPERABLE AND ACCEPTANCE OF THIS SYSTEM BY THE ENGINEER/ARCHITECT MUST BE A CONDITION OF THE SUB CONTRACT. 21,2, ENGRAVED, LAMINATED PLASTIC IDENTIFICATION PLATES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON ALL PANELS AND SWITCHGEAR. PLATES SHALL BE AFFIXED TO FRONT OF PANELS, INDICATING 4. ALL WORK TO BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH THE PANEL NAME, VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE. PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION. 22. ALL UNDERGROUND PVC CONDUIT RUNS SHALL HAVE RIGID STEEL ELBOWS AND RIGID STEEL 5. CONTRACTOR TO GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR PERIOD SECTIONS AT SLAB PENETRATIONS WHERE SUBJECT TO POSSIBLE DAMAGE. OF NOT LESS THAN ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. 23. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MEET AND COORDINATE WITH THE LOCAL POWER COMPANY 6. CORRECTION OF ANY DEFECTS TO BE COMPLETED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE AND TO INCLUDE AT THE SITE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. AT THAT TIME, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL RELATED WORK WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY'S REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OF ANY OTHER PHASE OF THE INSTALLATION WHICH MAY HAVE BEEN RESPONSIBILITIES TO MEET THE OWNER'S SCHEDULE. DAMAGED THEREBY. 24. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN AN APPROVED RACEWAY, EMT, IMC, RIGID 7. ALL REQUIRED INSURANCE TO BE PROVIDED FOR PROTECTION AGAINST PUBLIC LIABILITY OF GALVANIZED CONDUIT OR SCHEDULE 40 P.V.C. THERE SHALL BE NO TYPE 'NM', 'MC', ELECTRICAL PROPERTY DAMAGE FOR THE DURATION OF THE WORK. NON-METALLIC TUBING, & FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITING. MAXIMUM NUMBER OF 120V CIRCUITS ALLOWED IN A COMMON CONDUIT SHALL BE SIX (6). THE 8. CONTRACTOR TO PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES INSPECTIONS AND TESTINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL STRICT[*Y CONFORM TO THE N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS OF DERATING FOR CONDUCTOR AMPACITY AND CONDUIT FILL. NO CONDUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED, EXPOSED 9. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION TO MEET ALL STANDARD REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL POWER AND ON ROOF. TELEPHONE COMPANIES. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT LOCAL POWER AND 24.1. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COLOR CODED AS FOLLOWS: TELEPHONE COMPANIES PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 208V SYSTEM 480V SYSTEM PHASE SEQUENCE 10. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL NEUTRAL - WHITE NEUTRAL -WHITE ABC, TOP TO BOTTOM BE #12 AWG, EXCLUDING CONTROL WIRING. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER WITH PHASE A - BLACK PHASE A - BROWN LEFT TO RIGHT, FRONT THWN/THHN INSULATION. CONDUCTORS #10 AND SMALLER MAY BE SOLID; ALL THOSE #8 PHASE B - RED PHASE B - ORANGE TO BACK AND LARGER TO BE STRANDED. PHASE C - BLUE PHASE C - YELLOW GRD.CON - GREEN GRD.CON - GREEN 11. ALL UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS SHALL BE MINIMUM 3/4", GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT OR 24.2. WHEN MAIN ELECTRICAL SERVICE HAS A WIREWAY, E.C. SHALL TAP OFF OF ALL SERVICE ENTRANCE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. ALL OTHER RACEWAYS TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES. WHERE RIGID STEEL FEEDERS (PARALLEL CONDUCTORS) FOR TOTAL AMPACITY & BALANCING. IS USED, IT SHALL BE COMPLETELY COATED WITH AN ALKALI AND RUST RESISTANT BITUMASTIC PAINT, KOPPER NO. 50, AND THREADS SHALL BE COATED WITH ZINC CHROMATE. RIGID STEEL SHALL 25. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SEALING ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS MADE THROUGH ALSO BE USED WHEN CONDUIT IS EXPOSED TO EXTERIOR ENVIRONMENT SUCH AS EXTERIOR OF BUILDING OR FIRE RATED WALLS, CEILINGS, SLABS, ETC. PENETRATION SEALS SHALL BE PER U.L. ASSEMBLY WHERE IT IS EXPOSED AND SUBJECT TO DAMAGE, INSIDE OF BUILDING. STANDARDS. 12. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PRESSED STEEL IN DRY LOCATIONS, CAST ALLOY WITH THREADED HUBS IN WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS, AND BE OF 26. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS FOR LIGHT FIXTURES, SWITCHGEAR, SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION FOR OTHER CLASSIFIED AREAS. ALL BOXES SHALL BE RECESSED (FLUSH) IN WALLS OR CEILINGS WHENEVER WIRING DEVICES, EMERGENCY GENERATOR/TRANSFER EQUIPMENT, AND ALL SYSTEMS (FIRE ALARM, POSSIBLE. SECURITY, ETC.) PROVIDE TWO (2) COPIES, TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR TO BID DATE FOR ENGINEER'S 13. DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE H.P. RATED, GENERAL DUTY, QUICK -MAKE, QUICK -BREAK TYPE. APPROVAL TO SUBMIT. ENGINEER'S APPROVAL OF THE PRIOR APPROVAL PACKAGE WILL BE CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY. FINAL APPROVAL WILL ENCLOSURES SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY N.E.C. AND LOCATION (WEATHERPROOF, EXPLOSION BE CONTINGENT UPON REVIEW OF FINAL SHOP DRAWINGS. ALL PROPOSED ALTERNATES MUST BE INDUSTRY STANDARD EQUALS TO PROOF, ETC.). ENGRAVED LAMINATED PLASTIC IDENTIFICATION PLATES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ON ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, THE ITEMS SPECIFIED AS THE BASIS OF DESIGN; HOWEVER, IF THE ITEMS ARE NOT CONSIDERED EQUAL BY CONTACTORS AND STARTERS. THE ENGINEER, IT SHALL BE DISAPPROVED FOR FINAL SUBMITTAL. IF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR/ 13.1. ALL FUSES FOR SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE DUAL ELEMENT, CARTRIDGE TYPE. FUSES SHALL BE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DOES NOT SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FOR ITEMS THOSE MANUFACTURED BY EITHER BUSSMAN OR LIITLEFUSE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH LISTED ABOVE, ELECTRICAL ENGINEER WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY, AND OR OMISSIONS TO THE OWNER ONE SPARE FUSE FOR EACH SIZE AND TYPE OF FUSE INSTALLED. FUSES 600 AMPS OR ERRORS DUE TO SHOP DRAWINGS NOT SUBMITTED. SHOP DRAWINGS WILL ONLY BE REVIEWED OR LESS SHALL BE CLASS RK1, TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FUSES OVER 600 AMPS SHALL TWICE PART THIS CONTRACT. ADDITIONAL SHOP DRAWING REVIEWS SHALL BE INVOICED AT $850 PER BE CLASS L. .0 O HOUR, BILLABLE TO THE SUB -CONTRACTOR, C.O.D. 27. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS AT JOB SITE WITH 14. ALL GENERAL PURPOSE SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE THE PRODUCT OF A SINGLE COLORED MARKINGS INDICATING PROGRESS OF WORK. THIS SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS IS TO MANUFACTURER. CATALOG NUMBERS LISTED ARE LEVITON: HOWEVER, COMPARABLE DEVICES BY BE SEPARATE FROM AND IN ADDITION TO CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SET. EVERY UNIT OF PASS & SEYMOUR, BRYANT, OR ARROW HART WILL BE ACCEPTED. COLOR OF DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT, DEVICE, CONDUIT AND WIRE IS TO MARKED WHEN INSTALLED. USE GREEN TO PLATES SHALL BE DICTATED BY ARCHITECT/OWNER. INDICATE INSTALLATION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND USE M TO INDICATE FIELD CHANGES. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THIS SET OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS IS TO BE TURNED OVER TO, A. SWITCHES: LEVITON #CS81-20I AND BECOME PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT. B. RECEPTACLES: LEVITON #BR20-I C. COVER PLATES: SMOOTH PLASTIC 28. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REVISE THE DRAWING FROM TIME TO TIME TO INDICATE CHANGES IN THE WORK. WHEN REVISED DRAWINGS AND/OR ANY REVISIONS ARE ISSUED, THE NOTE: ALL OTHER REQUIRED DEVICES SHALL MATCH IN COLOR AND STYLE. CONTRACTOR SHALL EVALUATE THE CHANGES PROMPTLY. BEFORE INSTALLATION OF ANY ITEM OR PERFORMANCE THE WORK INDICATED BY THE REVISED DRAWINGS OR REVISIONS, THE CONTRACTOR 15. IT IS NOT THE INTENT OF THESE PLANS TO SHOW EVERY MINOR DETAIL OF CONSTRUCTION. THE SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IN WRITING THAT THE REVISED DRAWINGS INVOLVE AN CONTRACTOR IS EXPECTED TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL AN ADDITION OR DEDUCTION OF A SPECIFIC AMOUNT OF MONEY TO THE CONTRACT PRICE. THE SYSTEM, AND PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DEVICES AND COMPONENTS FOR EQUIPMENT BE PLACED IN CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH THE REVISED WORK WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY PROPER WORKING ORDER. THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEE;R OF THE COST OF THE REVISED WORK. 16. A SEPARATE, GREEN TYPE THW COPPER GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE RUN FROM GROUND LUG OF 29. IF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS, OR IN THEIR OPINION FINDS OMISSIONS OR EACH GROUNDED RECEPTACLE TO AN APPROVED CONNECTION INSIDE THE ENCLOSING STEEL OUTLET ERRORS ON ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS, IT IS THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING THIS TO THE BOX. DEVICE MOUNTING SCREWS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AN APPROVED GROUND. ATTENTION OF THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECT/OWNER IMMEDIATELY. IF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROCEEDS WITH ANY CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WITHOUT WRITTEN A SEPARATE GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EVERY CONDUIT AND RACEWAY AND PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECT/OWNER WILL NOT BE COMPENSATED. SECURELY BONDED IN AN APPROVED GROUNDING TERMINAL AT BOTH ENDS OF THE RUN. THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 250-95 OF THE N.E.C. 30. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TWO (2) COPIES OF THE PROPOSED SIZE LIGHT FIXTURE PACKAGE CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE CONDUIT TO ACCOMMODATE ADDITIONAL CONDUCTOR. TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR "0 BID DATE FOR ENGINEER'S APPROVAL TO SUBMIT. ENGINEER'S 17. LOAD APPROVAL OF THE PRIOR APPROVAL PACKAGE WILL BE CONSIDERED PRELIMINARY. FINAL DATA IS BASED ON INFORMATION GIVEN ENGINEER AT THE TIME OF DESIGN. VERIFY ALL APPROVAL WILL BE CONTINGENT UPON REVIEW OF FINAL SHOP DRAWING. ALL PROPOSED EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE RATINGS BEFORE ORDERING. ALTERNATES MUST BE INDUSTRY STANDARD EQUALS TO THE SITE FIXTURES SPECIFIED AS THE 18. BASIS OF DESIGN; HO'AEVER, IF THE SITE FIXTURE IS NOT CONSIDERED EQUAL BY THE CIRCUITS SHOWN ON PLANS ARE TO DETERMINE LOAD DATA AND PANEL SIZES. THE CONTRACTOR ENGINEER, IT SHALL BE: DISAPPROVED FOR FINAL SUBMITTAL. ALTERNATE SITE FIXTURES SHALL IS TO PROVIDE CIRCUITS AND ROUTING OF CONDUITS TO SUIT JOB CONDITIONS. INCLUDE A COMPUTER GENERATED POINT -BY -POINT PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION BASED ON THE PLANS (FIXTURE CHARACTERISTICS AND POLE PLACEMENT SHALL NOT BE ALTERED). THIS 19. FURNISH AND INSTALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, WIRING, AND CONNECTIONS ON AIR CONDITIONING DIAGRAM SHALL SHOW COMPOSITE VALUES OF THE ILLUMINANCE PROJECTED FROM THE SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON PLANS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH ARRANGEMENT OF LIGHT SOURCES AS SHOWN ON PLAN. COMPUTER PLOT DIAGRAM SHALL ALSO MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR REGARDING SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF ALL REQUIRED CONTROLS. SHOW THE LOCATIONS OF THE POLES, SPACING BETWEEN POLES, THE MOUNTING HEIGHT USED IN THE CALCULATIONS, AND THE FIXTURE CATALOG NUMBER BEING USED. MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ARE MAXIMUM/MINIMUM HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS - THEY SHALL NOT BE ALTERED WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION. ELECTRICAL LEGENP NOT ALL DEVICES SHOWN IN LEGEND ARE REQUIRED. REVIEW POWER & LIGHTING PLANS AND DETAILS FOR ITEMS WHICH APPLY TO THIS PROJECT. FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, LETTER INDICATES TYPE ® 277/48OV, 30 PANELSOARD = T.V. CAMERA OB INCANDESCENT OR HID LIGHT FIXTURE, LETTER INDICATES TYPE ® LIGHTING OR POWER PANELBOARD T.V. MONITOR I O C WALL BRACKET LIGHT FIXTURE, LETTER INDICATES TYPE MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD ■ DEVICE AS NOTED ® ® ®NL LIGHT FIXTURE ON EMERGENCY CIRCUIT/NIGHT LIGHT (NQ MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL DATA OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH EXIT LIGHT (ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION) O EQUIPMENT NUMBER (SEE SCHEDULE) PULL WIRE ANINSUANG BUSHING STUBBED INTO CEILING SPACE. MOUNT BOX 18"A.F.FL U.O.N. BATTERY POWERED EMERGENCY LIGHT ^ CONDUIT CONCEALED IN WALL OR ABOVE CEILING WITH 2 #12, 1 #12 E.G. CONDUCTORS IN 1/2" CONDUIT MIN. U.O.N. TELEVISION OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT TRACK LIGHTING HSj WITH PULL WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHING STUBBED INTO CEILING _ CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR SLAB OR FINISHED GRADE WITH SPACE. MOUNT BOX 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. Sa SINGLE POLE SWITCH, LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES LIGHT CONTROLLED, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. 2 #12, 1 #12 E.G. CONDUCTORS IN 3/4" CONDUIT MIN. U.O.N. PUSHBUTTON, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. S 2 DOUBLE POLE SWITCH, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. _ - - - CONDUIT EXPOSED ON WALL OR CEILING WITH 2 #12, 1 #12 E.G. CONDUCTORS IN 1/2" CONDUIT MIN. U.O.N. DOOR CHIME WITH TRANSFORMER S 3 THREE-WAY SWITCH, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT NOT TO EXCEED 6 FEET IN LENGTH 0 TELEPHONE WALL OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHING STUBBED INTO S 4 FOUR-WAY SWITCH, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. TV TELEVISION SYSTEM EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE CEILING SPACE. MOUNT BOX 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. El DIMMER SWITCH, WATTS AS NOTED, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. DC D.C. VOLTAGE WIRING (#10 WIRE IN 1/2" CONDUIT) S P TELEPHONE WALL OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHING STUBBED INTO Sp SINGLE POLE SWITCH WITH PILOT LIGHT, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. CONDUIT SEAL -OFF FITTING FOR COOLER/FREEZER CIRCUITS, PER CEILING SPACE. MOUNT BOX 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. ("PS" INDICATES PAY STATION) SF FAN CONTROLLER, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. N.E.C. ARTICLE 300-7. FIRESTOP CIRCUITS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 300-62. ® FLOOR MOUNTED TELEPHONE RECEPTACLE SM MOTOR RATED SWITCH X JUNCTION BOX FOR PADDLE FAN, FLUSH MOUNTED PER THE N.E.C. TELEPHONE BACKBOARD WITH #6 CU. GROUND (SIZE AS NOTED) Sx KEY OPERATED SINGLE POLE SWITCH, MOUNT 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. A- SINGLE RECEPTACLE, AMPS AS NOTED, MOUNT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. `= DISCONNECT SWITCH V COMBINATION TELEPHONE/DATA WALL OUTLET, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE AND INSULATING BUSHING � DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. 100/3/60 DES"DEI GNATIINDICATES -FUS STUBBED INTO CEILING SPACE. MOUNT BOX 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. DDISCNNEC; NON IN ICOATESIDUALOELEMENTEFU ES. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLUSH CEILING MOUNT ® MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER ABBREVIATIONS DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT U.O.N. `® COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER/DISCONNECT SWITCH EG EQUIPMENT GROUND NL NIGHT LIGHT QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. ❑T DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER IG ISOLATED GROUND PC PULL CHAIN DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT HORIZONTALLY IN SHELVING UNIT ® CONTACTOR AS NOTED) WP WEATHERPROOF C/T CURRENT TRANSFORMER BASE U.O.N. @3 aon 10, 250V. RECEPTACLE, AMPS AS NOTED, MOUNT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. Tc TIME CLOCK EC EMPTY CONDUIT EX EXISTING DEVICE h® SPECIAL RECEPTACLE Pc PHOTO -CELL EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AS NOTED Q FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE (� MOTOR PERMANENTLY CONNECTED WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER AFG ABOVE FINISH GRADE y (HORSEPOWER INDICATED) E/F-EF EXHAUST FAN U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED �cFr GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE, LEVITON #6898-I, MOUNT ABOVE COUNTER HEIGHT U.O.N. ® ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER A/H-AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE i.c. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, ISOLATED GROUND TYPE, LEVITON 362-IGI T THERMOSTAT. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 1/2" C. STUBBED INTO CEILING SPACE, MOUNT 60" A.F.F. U.O.N. (COORDINATE WITH ACC-CU CONDENSING UNIT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT MOUNT AT 18" A.F.F. U.O.N. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN) RTU ROOF TOP UNIT JO JUNCTION BOX (FLUSH MOUNT IN FINISHED AREAS U.O.N.) O SPEAKER NOTE: MOUNTING HEIGHTS NOTED ARE TO CENTERLINE OF DEVICE SHOWN. U.O.N. WIREMOLD (SIZE AND LENGTH AS NOTED) Harold Hart & Associates, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS 4201 West Gray Street : Tampa, Florida 33609 Telephone: (813) 287-2719 Fax: (813) 287-5704 EB #0004221 : PE #17286 0 2 L a �j N , , U N 3 < �v o'v LL.. N N V cf:x a cc 't �i 00 Z .A/ uj N J h kY?, N r a. O CV 0 ® 04 (7) CC0 1 V � CU A- OT8 CD N ®ttoJ co W co a z w V w O Ln 0 0 w vi U OO uj a W CV M c}- U-) CD r` 00 C) O Z N O m CN �w Q \ \ C)W M C-)C CD W LLJ U � 3 � V) _ V) 0 U SHEET E-301. _ i _ -- - - ! . , AFF R IR EL, 100'-0" POINT OF TRANSITION FROM 4' STAINLESS STEEL IN -BUILDING RISER TO AWWA C900 PVC. FOR CONTINUATION REFER TO FLOOR PLANS, BASE OF RISER DETAIL NTS '_� PENDENT DEFLECTOR RETURN BEAD DETAIL NTS HAM"'T R%e._.'4)A M CLAMP TRAPEZE HANGER DETAIL NTS TOP BEAM CLAMP i-1— ALL THREAD ROD ---PIPE HANGER RING c TOP BEAM CAMP HANGER DETAII. BITS —,---- DROP NIPPLE (LENGTH VARIES) REDUCING COUPLING ESCUTCHEON ���— CEILING SPRT_NKI_ER AMES 3000 SS BACKFLOW PREVENTER. SEE SPECIFICATIONS, GALVANIZED ANCHOR FLANGE (TYPICAL), - REINFORCED CONCRETE PAD, 18%18%4" (TYPICAL) ---` 1. ,� v; I { , .,. �,' — a FINISHED GRADE —�' 11.1 PROVIDE ELECT: SUPERVISED TAMPER SWITCH (TYPICAL) COORDINATE WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR - GALVANIZED SUPPORTS (TYPICAL) - - -_� sr. r- Vr I'll1. V_ i'f 3 r 'I \� �- iAlI Ji — W_ 61, a a Ai VAO. a- 1.10 14.-J A. -, i. PLANS REVIEWED CITE' OF SANFORD / F'= I! - i CG%VVf '� - ___—_-__ _...___--._-_.... ._._..____ _. _.._-__ ..____ . _ _— ._-_._-._-- / ? GA, L. �tV,' VE - PENDENT D« LECTOR - _ _ -- - __-- -- I � MIN. W - 'Z\'\��/\\,\\��\\<-\)> PLANS FOR ; _.--- 'c---- ---- ---_ __- _._ -- _---- - - ---- -' ----__ ___�' __.'------------ _ _._._.._. _._----- -- -- _'_:.::.. ---- - - -_._ _ —---_._-----_..------. _— _-- -- —�.. ._ ------ ._ --. _ _ -- _ --'-- _ _ -. - -i ' �. 4, - - - -- --------------- ---- ---- - - - ._.._- - — - -- - _ _..._ __ --- --- - - -- --- - ------ x2 _ ---- -- -- ----- - - - - - - . _. _,r. ___ ____-. _--_._ _ ..__ ---- _ .. ___ ___._ - _ -- _.. - - TINUOUS SIZES ------ - --. _.... ----- - --- - - - - -- - -- ---- - F`L „ ,- - _ -- -- ---- ---- --..__ -_ _--.- -.- _-- -- -- - ...--- ... -,---_ _.-.._.._." --- -- --._ --- -' - --- ----- - -._:_: - --_ -- - _ _. -- _ :. t _ . a'r .+- -- --- nr. --'- ' ` s`,'r 1 tJ L74Jr n --'. - z------', ,.,... ---- - - - -. _------- -- ... -_ YP CA�\\� I /ddt --j_ L . -aN __. r..b,,:1 -'_._--r'ferL -'__' _------ r?','l 1- i<'',`�•_------------F.'.I.. — / P E f� T ID��IT RINKDETAIL ,t ... ___... �,... ...___.__ +1 _'.:. f- `rv- - �- =;j__ ......,.,r�r..._._. _.. _.. __ ._ _---__--- ,s`� _,. r f -ci _ _— ,ti GYP__-- _ (' _.___.—__ ,........ __.. ..._. - .___ -_.__ a __....... . . _.. .. 1\ _._.._..._.. ..._....-._.._ _._ ,.,r° .y{ t.^.lrn•§ ""5, i"J'(I.,.'rl C1 R"•-. �r, ...___ rI E � __. .....-_... _ ... ...-..... _. _. _... _..._. _...—+ , �1 f �,:c >>,' / I NTS ! ' !I i i I::I } , : _ ! y !I I i � . Ji �r`. '-' .: _ .. __.__ . - — _ . - _ 1 =_ _ _ _ - __ __ _ _ _ _ ''I"y ,`!,u: i" , -- _ %j� i Ii j - t r ! I !I III ; ' .. .—__:r: __�_ rll .. r._..__, _. ._7 .'_., 1 t', li... i,—� ,1 _., '! ! `� ! I I i -__ /;` NOTE: MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL COMPLY v i 1 T :I I'± 41 EXISTING $" TE' WI'Ij I PL I GS. I I i ! j ! ' ;j Y WITH AUTHORITIES HA (ING JURISDICTION. ri i ;i REMQVE PLUG QND fNSTALL 8 :X 4 I j 1 •!i t------ -' DOUBLE _ ' DETECTOR CH C FZEQIfCER COUPLING FOR SYSTEM SUPPLY E K B A C K E I_ 0 IV PREVEf�I TOR DETAIL I= r �lI , I - - i - , - ._ .� �, - ! CFSG POINT OF CONNECTION IS HERE I I ----- , ii %j ! I NTS J . a I I I;; „ I �� w. , - EXI �T" v i ..I ; rl., li i♦, I , , I"'.,� -`-. j.i':. .; -� ",. 1 I n 1 `�' 1 I Ii _ __.- _— I li ii', .I i, j jj f ! i''. 4 I I - _ l ) .f lj, i 1 ! - :. I I+I, : I . ; 'I �! I ((•l , • 1 11 +�'i'1 e _ i ilk �I ; I I I ('..�., ;I h ; ) 1 j I " g ail i� Ufl�.tli f r,t;: a ,{ 1,:,,) 1 %, Ili 'fl ht _" I'� ! , i I n I,I i. I s" I u +,3 I:! I I ' 1 i'i _ lri lil t�� _ rt <;_t3a, r- .. `" !, ., .111/ :Q� ! , I 1 ,.,.I ';I I ' ii: ;. �'l is ,, ,yI Erq_ I ltl �... !, p,. ` i! i I Ii . I I , �.. ,r''�:�..-�,:.�.., _. _ f._:_.� _ .. .. -_, _ - _. -..�....__. ..... r L._ .. .lam .! ;) I 1 I� i , 1 r �I ! � ' 1 :1;i f .. - ,. , _ :, _—___._._—, r _--—.__�,__.- - s. ... _ _ �,u - I : : - I t,' , -I'- -.r 5,,,.,�..- _ rp:-t-:— - :;t— ,r -t _�— _.�_- -I-�. - I' � i :,i .i :!I ' i f 1 T_._. _r::..,,..,, _ ..:,......_,�,._:__ I >,a__- ,..i: - .:�,g I'• j,'` Iji 1. _ y ! I , { ! .� s I! IL. - =r_-`---_'-u ---- i^I -�.u. _� �4— .. _ _ _ ....� ! it ! I —___-- I __.. -. L�1I — _ _ . _ -- — i j _____ t [, 1 -M.—..�_._ __f=-r 3` :�ri_>_.. __ ,_ -: -i -.__ �•:r:__r:.i._ -_ -- _ ••.._s"="'_ S._....s_ _� �. - l _ - _ I 7 � I i.l ! ! I I a '' - • _r• 1 co it �. 1 , ' _= _. I Y ram" ^ 11 il I M r O '4 111 / I I � qi , !I I / I 7 .- .__ .. _._ - ___ _ _.. - �._i - - ii , i! __. _ _.. _.. __ _ I - , I I t, i $"x "x4" TEE �. �. 11 i f TO MJETER BANK p' .! 1! I ;; li , ( II , I 'I f 2� 600 S.F.± G.F.A. , ._ 1 j if' I r!3 "" H r. /�j 6 "'a H � I � ''i ; "�­,, i , � � � '111 " i 1 11! i � I i�� � I �!,! i ,,, 1�i,� �, I! ! . s � " ff J` V Is /r, i /� i i ,,,I i ll' -- r� — _—r _ __ — i— I `� RISER , ! rs — ; — _ - r.'. ,i ' AND FDC: SUPPLY I L , I ci"; ; ,% ___ __ _ — — —//-- / CFSC TO I I s ;; ,,. ir' j Is ,,' REMOVE PLUG j I BY CRAIN FIRE SPRINKLERS �(! - %f GENERAL NOTES: 1, TOTAL AREA PROTECTED EACH SYSTEMi AS NOTED ON PLANS, 2, 1' TO W PIPE: SCHAO STEEL, THREADED FITTINGS, 3, 1�¢' TO 4' PIPEI SCH,10 STEEL, GROOVED FITTINGS, 4, ALL SCH,10 PIPING 1�' AND UP TO HAVE SHOP WELDED OUTLETS, 5, PLANS HAVE BEEN CONFORMED TO NFPA 13 (1999 ed) sec,141,3, 6 BRANCH PIPING ELEVATIONS ARE 12'-8' ABOVE FIN FLOOR WITH V DROPS AS NECESSARY TO LOCATE PENDANT SPRINKLERS BELOW THE CEILING, 7, MAIN PIPING ELEVATIONS ARE 11'-11'' ABOVE FIN FLOOR AND CONNECT CO 1 �'I J ` EXIST. 8" VVM NOTE, x I , ! t, 0 - - ... ! .. ,��' ( , z-..,.___, _._i-T., y: „:; :.:c:-e z-. ��;__ _'i _ _ _ _� -7r '!+ g r i r 1 r I _ ___L_ --__ ! .- =- - - - --- - - .. ! . -:I . ,_, _ -e. .. - y' INDICATED ON THESE PLANS (TAMPER SWITCHES, , r l r''--- -- ._ ._ : ;_-------' - - - - -I------,,------.____ _ _ i,r,' ` , r ALL ALARh4 S �IITCHES i ji ,.` ,,,; I - - -- t FLOW SWITCHES, ETC,) SHALL BE MONITORED PER AHJ CODES, i I !l . =r- 4 - ,{ ___..___ 4 _.., : ? i t i' , �, _ i ;;; DD ASSEMBLY GATING INSTALLATION OF THESE 2�� FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS COORDINATING s COMP I l �" f - ! , J ; �) : I i � v I , it - r E i ! j.' !: / ONENTS BY OTHERS, WIRING AND CONDUIT BY OTHERS, IV, a­11 I v • r 1 FRS, / SpR ! "r,., y` I i -t -S, r �l /vim// I / , ' / . s-- - _- C ii _,:� I { ,� %/// 1 �: 11 ! / 41 /;; � H / 11 BY CRA N FIR KLE �� i'' / E ! FDC SPRIN R.$_. i —�� I / t �— 1 /'. '. 1 I ff 1 -...-- , L. 1 I ,i I ;. `_-_.- ,',',:.... ,,__ ._..�, j _' - f,' _ i ,, 1 I I� ;� , ; :/` ,/�/ INLET CONK, BY CRAII_FIRE SPRlNKL1=R i I + i� TOP OF 1P� Dept+ SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR I ' ! ` 11 1. C ,_ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _-4 I LABEL NOMENCLATURE l r,, . - i I , ., f:; inal I .� ., n DESIGN CRITERIA r '. 1 _, .il! TO B U I L G F I FIRE DENT, CONN:, 2 Y ._, __ date f,. . .. - . .. `- - , / SHO SEE SPEC Iu a / . / :„ ! ! " SPRINKLDER SYSTEM WNW SPECIFICATIONS ll LIGHT HAZARD 0,10 GPM PER SQ, FT, OVER 1150 SOFT, 225 SOFT. MAXIMUM - ! _ T pr x. ;:J Jj �� FOR EXACT TYPE TO BE HEAD SPACING AND 100 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE, �.,�",, :.� v::.,.... j J nib ! - 1. - , !I /! ". / INSTALLED, OCCUPANCIES HAVINIG CONDITIONS SIMILAR TO OFFICE SPACE &RESTAURANT SEATING ,., i - ) : 0 s ! . , / (30% REDUCTION IN DESIGN AREA PER NFPA 13 1999, 11,2,3,2,31 - Q.R. SPRINKLERS) ! J / 1r 1 / / �, 1�1 / �, E jr -. / R D IDENTI r ,, , ..� ,r , / � as `~ ; -_,.. , r j R C NCRETE ON BA � PLATE, t j -' t> Ti' 1 f PAD, 18°x 8'x4' SPECIFICATIONS ICATIONS FOR 27 ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP III 0 20 GPM PER SO, FT, OVER / _ / LABEL NOMENCLATURE, r 0 S , FT., ;' �__ /! . ` / ; HEAD SPACING, 250 GPM HOSE ALLOWANCE, U / I ;,: __ _ ._ _ 13CUPAN IES HAVING CONDITIONS SIMILAR TO MERCHANTILE OR RESTAURANT SERVICE � `y , I i / MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL ROOMS, I• l " �1 FINISHED GRADE I ` � - CODES REFERENCED IN THE DESIGN OF THIS FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: ;'' / /' 1'1 / ?;l - _ _ f / - ,/l ,` � j� �����j�:�� 4, . . � ��i�%���% -UNDERGROUND: NFPA 24 (1995 ed.) ' , ;' C %'j'` > �������� ����i��% -ABOVE GROUND NFPA 13 (1999 ed.) f , ly� MI , ���IJ �/�� / / 4 i �C / k ! lL, r, .' ' 1` / t \ ` - !: �! ; ' / / / 2 #4 CONTINUOUSABBREVIATIONS 1 h , - �' -) , , _y... ��� - ` �,� ! v MIN �. I AFF ABOVE r,/ ..�, - - �tiw 2 1 / FINISHED FLOG y r R - _ DRAWING , i/ / >^ DWG �!4' � ' CONT CONTINUED �,, / ,! "/`) � 4' SWING CHECK VALVE WITH UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE / BALL DRIP VALVE; PROVIDE N/S NO AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER GRAVEL BASE FOR DRAINAGE �- / REQUIRED IN THIS SPACE I \, TYP TYPICAL /� , / /! �, FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION PUS POINT OF SERVICE � / PIV POST INDICATING VALVE i � / / ;/ HYD FIRE HYDRANT I / F,C, FLUSHING CONNECTION I ,°, REVJ .' / / I s. ) 0 F -PEE STANDING FDIC DETAIL / / , NTS DN DROP NIPPLE 1 :,r ED . ;` i'..,-' ! NOTE: RN RISER NIPPLE CFSC CRAIN FIRE SPRINKLERS CORP. I - 1, MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL COMPLY WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, � CENTER LINE anford Fire r .Yen on , Y PIPING f_EGEND `� �1. �� p� �$�. _ C5 o UNIDERGROUND PIPING ' i 1. - . I ( �" r p . ,General Notes� . Symbols Number of Sprinklers Drawing Fire Protection Details, Underground Job: Symbol Description Total This Sheet 0 Total This Job 513 Title DIKEOU RETAIL 1. All Pipe Locations are to be Field Measured Prior to Fabrication O Hydraulic Reference Points Symbol Description C t ' t N Revisions: Date: 5 518 Fo rc e Fo u r P k w 0 i d I d 3 2 8 3 9 and Installation by Sprinkler Contractor, n ran o, I- o rl a Phone (407) 438-4767 * Fax (407) 438-4794 Toll Free (800) 370-8843 E—Mail CFSC@Bellsouth.net E I o r i d q State Certification 099405000192 Florida State Certification 62267000012001 2. All Dimensions Shown are Center To Center � 8. High Temperature Heads are to be Field Located Where Required. � ! 4. All Pipes and Hangers are to be Installed per NFPA f13. 5, Hangers are to be U.L. Listed and F.M. Approved. Lt8 ate Elev. Below Top or steel on rac o. 1101 Rhinehart Rd Sanford, FL � l � F 3 , , F -, � i T E 8-67 Elev. Above Finished Floor Drawn By Mire Alicea + (Tos 20-0) Elev, of `Pop of Steel io-o Ceiling Height Scale NO SCALE _ Contractor: CPH Ei�IGINEERS 500 W. FULTON ST Denotes Hanger Location 0 Rise up or down Date 12/01/04 - Approval By MC/xC 5-1-1FORD, F'L 3�772 . -_ _ ._- -_-._ ____ _. _____ _._-____ _...-._. ----_. __-_- . _- -- ___..__ .._- ._-_- _._-.-._-_ __-.__ __-_.___.._ _._._- --__ _._- _-.___.__ _ ---- ____----'--- - __.___- ..-_- .- '.. -- -. -- -_ ------_._.._ _.. ..---.. _ 5LF Crain SprinklersCorp. 5518 Force Four Pkwy., Orlando, Florida 32839 Phone (407) 438-4767 ,1 Fax (407) 438-4794 Toll Free (800) 370-8843 E—Mail CFSC@Bellsouth.net Florida State Certification 099405000192 Florida State Certification 62267000012001 4' AMES RISER SYSTEM SUPPLY IM 0 I .I -� .li Ali Ji Ji Ali Ji Ji .li Ali Ali .li Ji Ali .li .L Ji .li �L .li Ji Ali Ali 9 'OTECT10"N PLAN SCALE: 1/8 = 1-0" 4' TO "~ r i-i ===a TSR SYSTF,I 11'-0" CEILING -i 6' ELFC, BELL WEATHER PROOF BOX F�T-Y /INSTALL PER ELEC. DWG. i.__j 4' IFL6dSWITCH 12 HEAD BOX w/ WIREp _BY OTHERS SPARE SPRINKLEP.S7 f I I 4' ll fH11V ' s� 4'PIREAK QN lu BFY VA ! BSR r o� �L7� } i I � �t I I I _ i 1'-10 A" _ R �1 -4� } FIN, FLR, ~ SLE VE ` FIN. FLR. _. 0, 0 W rV _ j w V) L w UG1 FROM SUPPLY n nI RISES C NON !� I `I 4' AMES RISER" 4' C-900 DR-18 SCALE, 1/2'=r-0' BY CRAIN F.S. ' - 01/04/2005 MICHAEL F, CONSTANTINIDE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REG. NO. 37249 Pa/ Pane Oc_,5/in L�Q FI PEf� SPPINKLEP D _15/6) FO;P r>1c> lP> SPPINKL�PlN1�U5r1'Y Office 9OI-33�� 6483 / lobile: 9O/ 72� 30�'? cnoll; pfancc@cfl,ff,con General Notes Symbols. Number of S rinklers Drawing DNAME Job: Symbol Description Total This Sheet o Total This Job 513 Title DIKE@U RETAIL 1. All Pipe Locations are to be Field Measured Prior to Fabrication O Hydraulic Reference Points Symbol Description Contract No. Revisions: Date: 1101 Rinehart Road and Installation by Sprinkler Contractor. I [is at] Elev. Below Top of Steel O F IF 612) 17/32' 8,OK 155x WHITE RECESSED PENDANT RELIABLE F-r R (R3 2. All Dimensions Shown are Cut Dimensions E11'-11Y1 Elev. Above Finished Floor Drawn By PWR Sanford, E'lorida 3. High Temperature Heads are to be Field Located Where Required. -F- (TOS 20-0) Elev. of Top of Steel Co11Lractor: 0EP Ceiling Height Scale 0 4. All Pipes and Hangers are to be Installed per NFPA #13. ! Denotes Hanger Location ��� Engineers 5. Hangers are to be U.L. Listed and F.M. Approved. g 0 Rise up or down Date 12 01 04 � � 500 Fulton Street Sanford, Forida Approval By 14IC/HC Crain ire t�prinklers or o 5518 Force Four Pkwy., Orlando, Florida 32839 Phone (407) 438-4767 Fax (407) 4387-4794 Toll Free (800) 370-8843 * E—Mail CFSC@Bellsouth.net Florida State Certification 099405000192 Florida State Certification 62267000012001 General Notes Symbols. Number of Sprinklers Drawing DNA IE Symbol Description Total This Sheet 0 Total This Job 513 Title 1. All Pipe Locations are to be Field Measured Prior to Fabrication 0 Hydraulic Reference Points Symbol Description Contract No. and Installation by Sprinkler Contractor. [16 IQ Elev. Below Top of Steel O RELIABLE 'F1FR' (R3612) 1.7/32' UK 155)K WHITE RECESSED PENDANT 2. All Dimensions Shown are Cut Dimensions [11­111] Elev. Above Finished Floor Drawn By PWR 3. High Temperature Heads are to be Field Located Where Required. _F (TOS 20-0 Elev. of Top of Steel Q Ceiling Height Scale 4. All Pipes and Hangers are to be Installed per NF'PA #13. ..7G. Denotes Hanger Location 5. Hangers are to be U.L. Listed and F.M. Approved. ® Rise up or down Date 12/01/04 Approval By MC/HC 01_/A/�005 MICHAEL F, CONSTANTINIDE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER REG. NO, 37249 a� Pal Pancc /3�'��L� C Lr r r iaG / FIRE 5PRlNK FOR Ttif FIRS 5Pl?INK C lN1�U5iJ'Y Office �07 33� 648� l7obile; �lO/ `J23 309 Job: Revisions: Date: DIKEOU RETAIL 1101 Rinehart Load. Sanford, (Florida Contractor CPI Engineers 500 Fulton. Street Sanford, Forid.a a let- 4 fa F C I. ! I 115 � oy�